Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-K

 

 

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from              to             

Commission File No. 1-13300

 

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   54-1719854

(State or Other Jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1680 Capital One Drive,

McLean, Virginia

  22102
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (703) 720-1000

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to section 12(b) of the act:

 

Title of Each Class

 

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered

Common Stock (par value $.01 per share)   New York Stock Exchange
Warrants (expiring November 14, 2018)   New York Stock Exchange
Depository Shares, Each Representing a 1/40 th Interest in a Share of Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B   New York Stock Exchange

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 (d) of the Act.    Yes   ¨     No    x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a Shell Company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act)    Yes   ¨     No   x

The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the close of business on June 30, 2012.

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: $31,515,866,408*

* In determining this figure, the registrant assumed that the executive officers of the registrant and the registrant’s directors are affiliates of the registrant. Such assumption shall not be deemed to be conclusive for any other purpose.

The number of shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock as of the close of business on January 31, 2013.

Common Stock, $.01 Par Value: 582,248,632 shares

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

1. Portions of the Proxy Statement for the annual meeting of stockholders to be held on May 2, 2013, are incorporated by reference into Part III.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

PART I

  
Item 1.    Business      1   
        Overview      1   
        Operations and Business Segments      3   
        Supervision and Regulation      4   
        Competition      14   
        Employees      15   
        Additional Information      15   
        Forward-Looking Statements      16   
Item 1A.    Risk Factors      18   
Item 1B.    Unresolved Staff Comments      32   
Item 2.    Properties      32   
Item 3.    Legal Proceedings      33   
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures      33   

PART II

  
Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities      34   
Item 6.    Selected Financial Data      37   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”)      42   
        Overview      42   
        Executive Summary and Business Outlook      44   
        Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates      49   
        Accounting Changes and Developments      57   
        Consolidated Results of Operations      58   
        Business Segment Financial Performance      65   
        Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis      81   
        Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities      85   
        Capital Management      86   
        Risk Management      89   
        Credit Risk Profile      96   
        Liquidity Risk Profile      111   
        Market Risk Profile      117   
        Supplemental Tables      121   
Item 7A.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk      128   
Item 8.    Financial Information and Supplementary Data      128   
   Consolidated Statements of Income      132   
   Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income      133   
   Consolidated Balance Sheets      134   
   Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity      135   
   Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows      136   
   Notes to Consolidated Statements      137   
        Note   1 — Summary of Significant Accounting Policies      137   
        Note   2 — Acquisitions      159   
        Note   3 — Discontinued Operations      163   
        Note   4 — Investment Securities      164   
        Note   5 — Loans      173   
        Note   6 — Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses      194   

 

i


Table of Contents
          Page  
        Note   7 — Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations      196   
        Note   8 — Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets      203   
        Note   9 — Premises, Equipment & Lease Commitments      206   
        Note 10 — Deposits and Borrowings      207   
        Note 11 — Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities      211   
        Note 12 — Stockholders’ Equity      216   
        Note 13 — Regulatory and Capital Adequacy      218   
        Note 14 — Earnings Per Common Share      220   
        Note 15 — Other Non-Interest Expense      221   
        Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation Plans      221   
        Note 17 — Employee Benefit Plans      225   
        Note 18 — Income Taxes      231   
        Note 19 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments      235   
        Note 20 — Business Segments      248   
        Note 21 — Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees      252   
        Note 22 — Capital One Financial Corporation (Parent Company Only)      266   
        Note 23 — Related Party Transactions      268   
        Note 24 — Subsequent Events      269   
   Selected Quarterly Financial Information      270   
Item 9.    Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure      271   
Item 9A.    Controls and Procedures      271   
Item 9B.    Other Information      271   

PART III

  
Item 10.    Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance      272   
Item 11.    Executive Compensation      272   
Item 12.    Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters      272   
Item 13.    Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence      272   
Item 14.    Principal Accountant Fees and Services      272   

PART IV

  
Item 15.    Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules      273   

SIGNATURES

     274   

EXHIBIT INDEX

     275   

 

ii


Table of Contents

INDEX OF MD&A TABLES AND SUPPLEMENTAL TABLES

 

Table

  

Description

   Page  
   MD&A Tables:   
1    Business Segment Results      43   
2    Average Balances, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Yield      59   
3    Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income      60   
4    Non-Interest Income      62   
5    Non-Interest Expense      64   
6    Credit Card Business Results      67   
6.1    Domestic Credit Card Business Results      70   
6.2    International Credit Card Business Results      72   
7    Consumer Banking Business Results      74   
8    Commercial Banking Business Results      77   
9    “Other” Results      80   
10    Investment Securities Available for Sale      82   
11    Non-Agency Investment Securities Credit Ratings      83   
12    Net Loans Held for Investment      83   
13    Changes in Representation and Warranty Reserve      85   
14    Capital Ratios Under Basel I      87   
15    Loan Portfolio Composition      98   
16    Loan Maturity Schedule      100   
17    30+ Day Delinquencies      102   
18    Aging and Geography of 30+ Day Delinquent Loans      103   
19    90+ Days Delinquent Loans Accruing Interest      103   
20    Nonperforming Loans and Other Nonperforming Assets      104   
21    Net Charge-Offs      105   
22    Loan Modifications and Restructurings      106   
23    Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Activity      109   
24    Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses      110   
25    Liquidity Reserves      111   
26    Deposit Composition and Average Deposit Rates      112   
27    Maturities of Large Domestic Denomination Certificates—$100,000 or More      114   
28    Short-term Borrowings      114   
29    Contractual Maturity Profile of Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt      115   
30    Senior Unsecured Debt Credit Ratings      116   
31    Contractual Obligations      117   
32    Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis      120   
   Supplemental Tables:   
A    Loan Portfolio Composition      121   
B    Performing Delinquencies      123   
C    Nonperforming Assets      124   
D    Net Charge-Offs      125   
E    Summary of Allowance for Loan And Lease Losses      126   
F    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures under Basel I      127   

 

iii


Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

 

 

OVERVIEW

 

General

Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware Corporation established in 1995 and headquartered in McLean, Virginia, is a diversified financial services holding company with banking and non-banking subsidiaries. Capital One Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) offer a broad array of financial products and services to consumers, small businesses and commercial clients through branches, the internet and other distribution channels. As of December 31, 2012, our principal subsidiaries included:

 

   

Capital One Bank (USA), National Association (“COBNA”), which currently offers credit and debit card products, other lending products and deposit products; and

 

   

Capital One, National Association (“CONA”), which offers a broad spectrum of banking products and financial services to consumers, small businesses and commercial clients.

The Company and its subsidiaries are hereafter collectively referred to as “we”, “us” or “our.” CONA and COBNA are collectively referred to as the “Banks.” References to “this Report” or our “2012 Form 10-K” are to our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012. All references to 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008 refer to our fiscal years ended, or the dates, as the context requires, December 31, 2012, December 31, 2011, December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

As one of the nation’s 10 largest banks based on deposits as of December 31, 2012, we service banking customer accounts through the internet and branch locations primarily in New York, New Jersey, Texas, Louisiana, Maryland, Virginia and the District of Columbia. In addition to bank lending, treasury management and depository services, we offer credit and debit card products, auto loans and mortgage banking in markets across the United States. We were the fourth largest issuer of Visa ® (“Visa”) and MasterCard ® (“MasterCard”) credit cards in the United States based on the outstanding balance of credit card loans as of December 31, 2012.

We also offer products outside of the United States principally through Capital One (Europe) plc (“COEP”), an indirect subsidiary of COBNA organized and located in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”), and through a branch of COBNA in Canada. COEP has authority, among other things, to provide credit card and installment loans. Effective December 1, 2010, as a result of the transition of our U.K. operations to an Authorized Payment Institution, we are no longer authorized to accept deposits in the U.K. Our branch of COBNA in Canada has the authority to provide credit card loans.

We had total loans held for investment of $205.9 billion, deposits of $212.5 billion and stockholders’ equity of $40.5 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with total loans held for investment of $135.9 billion, deposits of $128.2 billion and stockholders’ equity of $29.7 billion as of December 31, 2011.

Recent Acquisitions

We regularly explore and evaluate opportunities to acquire financial services companies and financial assets, including credit card and other loan portfolios, and enter into strategic partnerships as part of our growth strategy. We also regularly consider the potential disposition of certain of our assets, branches, partnership agreements or lines of businesses. We may issue equity or debt in connection with acquisitions, including public offerings, to fund such acquisitions. Below we provide information on acquisitions completed in 2012 and 2011.

 

1


Table of Contents

Acquisitions in 2012

ING Direct

On February 17, 2012, we completed the acquisition (the “ING Direct acquisition”) of substantially all of the ING Direct business in the United States (“ING Direct”) from ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V., ING Direct N.V. and ING Direct Bancorp (collectively the “ING Direct Sellers”). The ING Direct acquisition resulted in the addition of loans of $40.4 billion, other assets of $53.9 billion and deposits of $84.4 billion as of the acquisition date.

On October 17, 2012, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) approved, subject to several conditions, CONA’s application to merge with ING Bank, fsb with CONA surviving the merger. Capital One effected the merger on November 1, 2012. In addition, the OCC approved CONA’s companion application to reduce capital surplus, which was necessary to manage excess capital levels that would result from the merger. CONA effected the reduction in surplus through a return of capital to Capital One Financial Corporation immediately prior to the merger. The merger and reduction in CONA’s capital surplus had no effect on Capital One’s total capital.

HSBC—U.S. Credit Card Business

On May 1, 2012, pursuant to the agreement with HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. (collectively, “HSBC”), we closed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and assumed liabilities of HSBC’s credit card and private-label credit card business in the United States (other than the HSBC Bank USA, National Association consumer credit card program and certain other retained assets and liabilities) (the “2012 U.S. card acquisition,” which we sometimes refer to as the “HSBC U.S. card acquisition”). The 2012 U.S. card acquisition included (i) the acquisition of HSBC’s U.S. credit card portfolio, (ii) its on-going private label and co-branded partnerships, and (iii) other assets, including infrastructure and capabilities. At closing, we acquired approximately 27 million new active accounts, approximately $27.8 billion in outstanding credit card receivables designated as held for investment and approximately $327 million in other net assets.

Acquisitions in 2011

Hudson’s Bay Company—Credit Card Portfolio

On January 7, 2011, we acquired the existing credit card loan portfolio of Hudson’s Bay Company (“HBC”), one of the largest retailers in Canada, from GE Capital Retail Finance. The acquisition included outstanding credit card loan receivables with a fair value of approximately $1.4 billion and the transfer of approximately 400 employees directly involved in managing HBC’s loan portfolio. The acquisition and partnership with HBC significantly expanded our credit card customer base in Canada, tripling the number of customer accounts, and provided an additional distribution channel.

Kohl’s—Credit Card Portfolio

On April 1, 2011, we acquired the existing private-label credit card loan portfolio of Kohl’s Department Stores (“Kohl’s”) from JPMorgan Chase & Co. pursuant to a partnership agreement we entered into in August 2010 with Kohl’s. The existing portfolio consisted of more than 20 million Kohl’s customer accounts with an outstanding principal and interest balance of approximately $3.7 billion at acquisition. Under the terms of the partnership agreement and in conjunction with the acquisition, we began issuing Kohl’s branded private-label credit cards to new and existing Kohl’s customers on April 1, 2011.

 

2


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “COF” and is included in the S&P 100 Index. As of January 31, 2013, there were 14,059 holders of record of our common stock. Our principal executive office is located at 1680 Capital One Drive, McLean, Virginia 22102 (telephone number (703) 720-1000). We maintain a Web site at www.capitalone.com. Documents available on our Web site include: (i) our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for the Corporation; (ii) our Corporate Governance Principles; and (iii) charters for the Audit and Risk, Compensation, Finance and Trust Oversight, and Governance and Nominating Committees of the Board of Directors. These documents also are available in print to any shareholder who requests a copy.

In addition, we make available free of charge through our Web site our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably practicable after electronically filing or furnishing such material to the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

 

 

OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

Our consolidated total net revenues are derived primarily from lending to consumer and commercial customers and by deposit-taking activities net of the costs associated with funding our assets, which generate net interest income, and by activities that generate non-interest income, such as fee-based services provided to customers and merchant interchange fees with respect to certain credit card transactions. Our expenses primarily consist of the provision for credit losses, operating expenses (including associate salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, professional services, infrastructure enhancements and branch operations and expansion costs), marketing expenses and income taxes.

Our principal operations are currently organized for management reporting purposes into three primary business segments, which are defined primarily based on the products and services provided or the type of customer served: Credit Card, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The operations of acquired businesses have been integrated into our existing business segments. The acquired ING Direct business is primarily reflected in our Consumer Banking business, while the business acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition is reflected in our Credit Card business. Certain activities that are not part of a segment, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management by our centralized Corporate Treasury group, are included in the “Other” category.

 

   

Credit Card: Consists of our domestic consumer and small business card lending, national small business lending, national closed end installment lending and the international card lending businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom.

 

   

Consumer Banking: Consists of our branch-based lending and deposit gathering activities for consumers and small businesses, national deposit gathering, national auto lending and consumer home loan lending and servicing activities.

 

   

Commercial Banking: Consists of our lending, deposit gathering and treasury management services to commercial real estate and commercial and industrial customers. Our commercial and industrial customers typically include companies with annual revenues between $10 million to $1.0 billion.

In the first quarter of 2012, we re-aligned the loan categories reported by our Commercial Banking business and the loan customer and product types included within each category. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation.

Customer usage and payment patterns, credit quality, levels of marketing expense and operating efficiency all affect our profitability. In our Credit Card business, we experience fluctuations in purchase volumes and the level of outstanding loan receivables due to higher seasonal consumer spending and payment patterns around the

 

3


Table of Contents

winter holiday season, summer vacations and back-to-school periods. Although there is some seasonal impact to purchase volumes and credit card loan balances in our Credit Card business, these seasonal trends have not caused significant fluctuations in our results of operations. No individual quarter in 2012, 2011 or 2010 accounted for more than 30% of our total revenues in any of these fiscal years. Delinquency rates in our consumer lending businesses also have historically exhibited seasonal patterns, with delinquency rates generally tending to decrease in the first two quarters of the year as customers use income tax refunds to pay down outstanding loan balances.

For additional information on our business segments, including the financial performance of each business and the realignment of our Commercial Banking business, see “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”)—Executive Summary and Business Outlook,” “MD&A—Business Segment Financial Performance” and “Note 20—Business Segments” of this Report.

 

 

SUPERVISION AND REGULATION

 

General

Capital One Financial Corporation is a bank holding company (“BHC”) under Section 3 of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (12 U.S.C. § 1842) (the “BHC Act”) and is subject to the requirements of the BHC Act, including its capital adequacy standards and limitations on our nonbanking activities. We are also subject to supervision, examination and regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Permissible activities for a BHC include those activities that are so closely related to banking as to be a proper incident thereto, such as consumer lending and other activities that have been approved by the Federal Reserve by regulation or order. Certain servicing activities are also permissible for a BHC if conducted for or on behalf of the BHC or any of its affiliates. Impermissible activities for BHCs include activities that are related to commerce such as retail sales of nonfinancial products. Under Federal Reserve policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to any banks that we control, including the Banks, and to commit resources to support them.

On May 27, 2005, we became a “financial holding company” under the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act amendments to the BHC Act (the “GLBA”). The GLBA removed many of the restrictions on the activities of BHCs that become financial holding companies. A financial holding company, and the nonbank companies under its control, are permitted to engage in activities considered financial in nature (including, for example, insurance underwriting, agency sales and brokerage, securities underwriting and dealing and merchant banking activities), incidental to financial activities or complementary to financial activities if the Federal Reserve determines that they pose no risk to the safety or soundness of depository institutions or the financial system in general.

Our election to become a financial holding company under the GLBA certifies that the depository institutions we control meet certain criteria, including capital, management and Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) requirements. Effective July 21, 2011, under amendments to the BHC Act enacted under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), Capital One Financial Corporation also must be “well capitalized” and “well managed.” If we were to fail to continue to meet the criteria for financial holding company status, we could, depending on which requirements we failed to meet, face restrictions on new financial activities or acquisitions or be required to discontinue existing activities that are not generally permissible for bank holding companies.

The Banks are national associations chartered under the laws of the United States, the deposits of which are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the “FDIC”) up to applicable limits. In addition to regulatory requirements imposed as a result of COBNA’s international operations (discussed below), the Banks are subject to comprehensive regulation and periodic examination by the OCC, the FDIC and, effective July 21, 2011, by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”).

 

4


Table of Contents

We are also registered as a financial institution holding company under Virginia law and, as such, we are subject to periodic examination by Virginia’s Bureau of Financial Institutions. We also face regulation in the international jurisdictions in which we conduct business (see below under “Regulation of International Business by Non–U.S. Authorities”).

Regulation of Business Activities

The activities of the Banks as consumer lenders also are subject to regulation under various federal laws, including the Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (the “FCRA”), the CRA and the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, as well as under various state laws. Depending on the underlying issue and applicable law, regulators are often authorized to impose penalties for violations of these statutes and, in certain cases, to order banks to compensate injured borrowers. Borrowers may also have a private right of action for certain violations. Federal bankruptcy and state debtor relief and collection laws also affect the ability of a bank to collect outstanding balances owed by borrowers. These laws may affect the ability of banks to collect outstanding balances.

Regulations of Consumer Lending Activities

The Credit CARD Act (amending the Truth-In-Lending Act) enacted in May 2009, and related changes to Regulation Z, impose a number of restrictions on credit card practices impacting rates and fees and update the disclosures required for open-end credit. Overlimit fees may not be imposed without prior consent, and the number of such fees that can be charged for the same violation is constrained. The amount of any penalty fee or charge must be “reasonable and proportional” to the violation. The Credit CARD Act also significantly restricts the ability of a card issuer to increase rates charged on pre-existing card balances. Card issuers are generally prohibited from raising rates on pre-existing balances when generally prevailing interest rates change. Moreover, the circumstances under which a card issuer can raise the interest rate on pre-existing balances of a customer whose risk of default increases are restricted. Payments above the minimum payment must be allocated first to balances with the highest interest rate. The amount of fees charged to credit card accounts with lower credit lines is limited. A consumer’s ability to pay must be taken into account before issuing credit or increasing credit limits.

State Consumer Financial Laws

The Dodd-Frank Act created the CFPB, a new independent supervisory body, that is the primary regulator for federal consumer financial statutes. State attorneys general will be authorized to enforce new regulations issued by the CFPB. State consumer financial laws will continue to be preempted under the National Bank Act under the existing standard set forth in the Supreme Court decision in Barnett Bank of Marion County, N.A. v. Nelson, which preempts any state law that significantly interferes with or impairs banking powers. OCC determinations of such preemption, however, must be on a case-by-case basis, and courts reviewing the OCC’s preemption determinations will now consider the appropriateness of those determinations under a different standard of judicial review. These laws may affect the ability of the Banks to collect outstanding balances.

Mortgage Lending

The Dodd-Frank Act prescribes additional disclosure requirements and substantive limitations on our mortgage lending activities. Most of these provisions require the issuance of regulations by the CFPB or other federal agencies before they become effective. Though we do not expect the resulting regulations to have a material impact on our operations, one new requirement under the Dodd-Frank Act, the requirement for mortgage loan securitizers to retain a portion of the economic risk associated with certain mortgage loans, could impact the type and amount of mortgage loans we offer, depending on the final regulations.

Debit Interchange Fees

The Dodd-Frank Act requires that the amount of any interchange fee received by a debit card issuer with respect to debit card transactions be reasonable and proportional to the cost incurred by the issuer with respect to the

 

5


Table of Contents

transaction. In June 2011, the Federal Reserve adopted a final rule and an interim final rule (which largely was adopted in final form in July 2012) implementing the portion of the Dodd-Frank Act that limits interchange fees received by a debit card issuer. The final rules limit interchange fees per debit card transaction to $.21 plus five basis points of the transaction amount and provide for an additional $.01 fraud prevention adjustment to the interchange fee for issuers that meet certain fraud prevention requirements.

Dividends, Stock Repurchases and Transfers of Funds

In November 2011, the Federal Reserve finalized capital planning rules applicable to large bank holding companies like us (commonly referred to as Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review or CCAR). Under the rules, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more must submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before making most capital distributions. The purpose of the rules is to ensure that large bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and capital needs to continue operations through times of economic and financial stress. As part of its evaluation of a capital plan, the Federal Reserve will consider the comprehensiveness of the plan, the reasonableness of assumptions and analysis and methodologies used to assess capital adequacy and the ability of the bank holding company to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier 1 common ratio of 5% on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout a planning horizon of at least nine quarters.

Traditionally, dividends to us from our direct and indirect subsidiaries have represented a major source of funds for us to pay dividends on our stock, make payments on corporate debt securities and meet our other obligations. There are various federal law limitations on the extent to which the Banks can finance or otherwise supply funds to us through dividends and loans. These limitations include minimum regulatory capital requirements, federal banking law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits or surplus, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W governing transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates, as well as general federal regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices. In general, federal and applicable state banking laws prohibit, without first obtaining regulatory approval, insured depository institutions, such as the Banks, from making dividend distributions if such distributions are not paid out of available earnings or would cause the institution to fail to meet applicable capital adequacy standards.

Capital Adequacy

The Banks are subject to capital adequacy guidelines adopted by federal banking regulators. For a further discussion of the capital adequacy guidelines, see “MD&A—Capital Management” and “Note 13—Regulatory and Capital Adequacy.” The Banks exceeded minimum regulatory requirements under these guidelines as of December 31, 2012.

FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action

In general, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) subjects banks to significantly increased regulation and supervision. Among other things, FDICIA requires federal banking agencies to take “prompt corrective action” for banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. FDICIA establishes five capital ratio levels: well capitalized; adequately capitalized; undercapitalized; significantly undercapitalized; and critically undercapitalized. Under applicable regulations, a bank is considered to be well capitalized if it maintains a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5% and is not subject to any supervisory agreement, order or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure. A bank is considered to be adequately capitalized if it maintains a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 4% (3% for certain highly rated institutions), and does not otherwise meet the well capitalized definition. The three undercapitalized categories are based upon the

 

6


Table of Contents

amount by which a bank falls below the ratios applicable to adequately capitalized institutions. The capital categories are determined solely for purposes of applying FDICIA’s prompt corrective action provisions, and such capital categories may not constitute an accurate representation of the Banks’ overall financial condition or prospects. As of December 31, 2012, each of the Banks met the requirements for a well-capitalized institution.

As summarized below, the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC released a proposed rule in June 2012 that would update the prompt corrective action framework to reflect new, higher regulatory capital minimums. For a further discussion of the Basel III proposed rule, see “Basel III and U.S. Capital Rules Proposals” below.

As an additional means to identify problems in the financial management of depository institutions, FDICIA requires regulators to establish certain non-capital safety and soundness standards. The standards relate generally to operations and management, asset quality, interest rate exposure and executive compensation. The agencies are authorized to take action against institutions that fail to meet such standards.

Enhanced Prudential Standards and Other Requirements under the Dodd-Frank Act

With the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, because we are a bank holding company with consolidated assets of $50 billion or greater (a “covered company”), we are subject to certain enhanced prudential standards, including requirements that may be recommended by the Financial Stability Oversight Council (the “Council”) and implemented by the Federal Reserve and other regulators. As a result, we expect to be subject to more stringent standards and requirements than those applicable for smaller institutions, including risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits and liquidity requirements. The Council also may issue recommendations to the Federal Reserve or other primary financial regulatory agency to apply new or heightened standards to risky financial activities or practices. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve released proposed rules beginning to implement the enhanced prudential standards. If finalized as proposed, we will be subject to new requirements regarding liquidity management, risk management, and single-counterparty credit limits. The proposal also implements an early remediation framework, under which a covered company could be subject to enforcement actions, growth limits, prohibitions on capital distributions and other consequences if a triggering event were to occur. The Federal Reserve also indicates in the proposal that it intends to implement the Basel III capital surcharge framework, although the extent to which that would apply to us is unclear. In October 2012, the Federal Reserve released a final rule that implements the requirement in the Dodd-Frank Act that the Federal Reserve conduct annual stress tests on the capacity of our capital to absorb losses as a result of adverse economic conditions. The rule also implements the requirement that we conduct our own semiannual stress tests. The rule also requires us to publish the results of the stress tests on our Web site or other public forum. The OCC finalized a similar stress test rule in October 2012, to implement the requirement that each of the Banks conduct annual stress tests. In addition, in 2011, the Federal Reserve finalized rules requiring us to implement resolution planning for orderly resolution in the event of material financial distress or failure of us. The FDIC has issued similar rules regarding resolution planning applicable to the Banks.

In addition to the provisions described throughout this Supervision and Regulation section, the Dodd-Frank Act imposes new, more stringent standards and requirements with respect to bank and nonbank acquisitions and mergers, affiliate transactions, and proprietary trading (the “Volcker Rule”). In 2012, the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the SEC jointly issued final rules further defining the Dodd-Frank Act’s “swap dealer” definitions. Based on the final rules, no Capital One entity will be required to register with the CFTC or SEC as a swap dealer; however, this may change in the future. If such registration occurs, the registered entity is currently required to comply with additional regulatory requirements relating to its derivatives activities. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires all swap market participants to keep swap transaction data records and report certain information to swap data repositories on a real-time and on-going basis. Further, each swap, group, category, type or class of swap that the CFTC or SEC determines must be cleared will need to be cleared through a derivatives clearinghouse unless the swap is eligible for a clearing exemption and executed on a designated contract market (“DCM”), exchange or swap execution facility (“SEF”) unless no DCM, exchange or SEF has made the swap available for trading. The Dodd-Frank Act also prohibits conflicts of interest relating to

 

7


Table of Contents

securitizations and generally requires securitizers to retain a 5% economic interest in the credit risk of assets sold through the issuance of asset-backed securitizations, with an exemption for traditionally underwritten residential mortgage loans that meet the definition of a qualified residential mortgage loan. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act includes provisions related to corporate governance and executive compensation and new fees and assessments, among others.

The federal agencies have significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations of the Dodd-Frank Act. These rules may result in modifications to our business models and organizational structure, and may subject us to escalating costs associated with any such changes. However, the full impact of the Dodd-Frank Act will not be known for many months or, in some cases, years. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires various studies and reports to be delivered to Congress, which could result in additional legislative or regulatory action.

Basel II

U.S. Federal banking regulators finalized the “Advanced” version of Basel II in December 2007. These Advanced Approaches rules are mandatory for those institutions with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated total on-balance-sheet foreign exposure of $10 billion or more. We became subject to these rules at the end of 2012 primarily as a result of the ING Direct acquisition.

Prior to full implementation of the Basel II framework, organizations must complete a qualification period of four consecutive quarters, known as the parallel run, during which they must meet the requirements of the rule to the satisfaction of their primary U.S. banking regulator. We currently expect to enter parallel run on January 1, 2015. This will require completing a written implementation plan and building processes and systems to comply with the rules. Compliance with the Basel II rules will require a material investment of resources.

The Collins Amendment within the Dodd-Frank Act and the U.S. banking regulators’ implementing final rules establish a capital floor so that organizations subject to the Basel II Advanced Approaches rules may not hold less capital than would be required using the generally applicable risk-based and leverage capital calculations. Our current analysis suggests that our risk-weighted assets will increase under the Basel II framework, and therefore we would need to hold more regulatory capital in order to maintain a given capital ratio. We will continue to monitor regulators’ implementation of the new rules with respect to the institutions that are subject to them and assess the potential impact to us.

Basel III and U.S. Capital Rules Proposals

In December 2009, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (the “Basel Committee”) released proposals for additional capital and liquidity requirements, which have been clarified and amended in recent pronouncements (“Basel III”). In September 2010, the Basel Committee announced a package of reforms that included detailed capital ratios and capital conservation buffers, subject to transition periods through 2018. In December 2010, the Basel Committee published a final framework on capital and liquidity, consistent in large part with the prior proposals. In November 2011, the Basel Committee adopted a framework that would require additional Tier 1 common capital for systemically important institutions. This surcharge would vary based on the firm’s systemic importance as determined using five criteria (size, interconnectedness, lack of substitutability, cross-jurisdictional activity and complexity). As described above, the U.S. federal banking agencies have stated that they intend to implement this surcharge, although the extent to which it would apply to us is unclear.

The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC released in June 2012 three proposed rules that would substantially revise the federal banking agencies’ current capital rules, including the current Basel II Advanced Approaches, and implement the Basel III capital framework described above. The first proposal, known as the Basel III proposal, would increase the general risk-based capital ratio minimum requirements, modify the definition of regulatory capital, establish a minimum Tier 1 common ratio requirement, introduce a new capital conservation buffer requirement, and update the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new regulatory capital minimums.

 

8


Table of Contents

For those institutions subject to the Basel II Advanced Approaches framework discussed above, the proposal would also implement a supplementary leverage ratio that incorporates a broader set of exposures in the denominator and would introduce a new countercyclical capital buffer requirement. The second proposal, known as the Standardized Approach proposal, would revise the federal banking agencies’ general approach for calculating risk-weighted assets to reflect a more risk-sensitive risk-weighting approach and remove reliance on external credit ratings, as required by Section 939A of the Dodd-Frank Act. The third proposal would modify the existing Basel II rules for calculating risk-weighted assets by implementing elements of the Basel III framework and removing reliance on external credit ratings. As discussed above, under the Collins Amendment within the Dodd-Frank Act, organizations subject to the Basel II rules must calculate their risk-based capital under both the Standardized Approach and the Advanced Approach and use the lower of each of the relevant capital ratios to determine whether it meets the minimum risk-based capital requirements.

The proposed rules would go into effect according to different start dates and phase-in periods. If finalized as proposed, the rules would increase the minimum capital that we and other institutions would be required to hold.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee also published a liquidity framework, which was subsequently amended in January 2013. The liquidity framework includes two standards for liquidity risk supervision, each subject to observation periods and transitional arrangements. One standard promotes short-term resilience by requiring sufficient high-quality liquid assets to survive a stress scenario lasting for 30 days. This standard, the liquidity coverage ratio (“LCR”), is included in the amended liquidity framework. The other standard promotes longer-term resilience by requiring sufficient stable funding over a one-year period, based on the liquidity characteristics of assets and activities. This standard remains under development by the Basel Committee. We expect that minimum liquidity requirements for us and other institutions will increase as a result of the Basel III liquidity framework, though rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework have not yet been proposed by the U.S. federal banking agencies.

We will continue to monitor regulators’ implementation of the new capital and liquidity rules and assess the potential impact to us.

Market Risk Capital Rule

A market risk capital rule, which the federal banking regulators amended in August 2012, supplements both the general risk-based capital rules and the Basel II Advanced Approaches rules by requiring institutions subject to the rule to adjust their risk-based capital ratios to reflect the market risk in their trading activities. The rule applies to institutions with aggregate trading assets and liabilities equal to the lesser of (i) 10 percent or more of total assets or (ii) $1 billion or more. We are not yet subject to this rule but may become subject to it in the future.

Deposits and Deposit Insurance

Each of CONA and COBNA, as an insured depository institution, is a member of the DIF maintained by the FDIC. Through the DIF, the FDIC insures the deposits of insured depository institutions up to prescribed limits for each depositor. The DIF was formed on March 31, 2006, upon the merger of the Bank Insurance Fund and the Savings Association Insurance Fund in accordance with the Federal Deposit Insurance Reform Act of 2005 (the “Reform Act”). The Reform Act permits the FDIC to set a Designated Reserve Ratio (“DRR”) for the DIF. To maintain the DIF, member institutions may be assessed an insurance premium, and the FDIC may take action to increase insurance premiums if the DRR falls below its required level.

Prior to passage of the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC had established a plan to restore the DIF in the face of recent insurance losses and future loss projections, which resulted in several rules that generally increased deposit insurance rates and purported to improve risk differentiation so that riskier institutions bear a greater share of insurance premiums. The Dodd- Frank Act reformed the management of the DIF in several ways: raised the minimum DRR to 1.35% (from the former minimum of 1.15%) and removed the upper limit on the DRR;

 

9


Table of Contents

required that the reserve ratio reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020 (rather than 1.15% by the end of 2016); required that in setting assessments, the FDIC must offset the effect of meeting the increased reserve ratio on small insured depository institutions; and eliminated the requirement that the FDIC pay dividends from the DIF when the reserve ratio reaches certain levels. The FDIC has set the DRR at 2% and, in lieu of dividends, has established progressively lower assessment rate schedules as the reserve ratio meets certain trigger levels. The Dodd-Frank Act also required the FDIC to change the deposit insurance assessment base from deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity. In February 2011, the FDIC finalized rules to implement this change that significantly modified how deposit insurance assessment rates are calculated for those banks with assets of $10 billion or greater.

Banks may accept brokered deposits as part of their funding. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”), as discussed in “MD&A—Liquidity Risk,” only “well-capitalized” and “adequately-capitalized” institutions may accept brokered deposits. Adequately-capitalized institutions, however, must first obtain a waiver from the FDIC before accepting brokered deposits, and such deposits may not pay rates that significantly exceed the rates paid on deposits of similar maturity from the institution’s normal market area or, for deposits from outside the institution’s normal market area, the national rate on deposits of comparable maturity.

The FDIC is authorized to terminate a bank’s deposit insurance upon a finding by the FDIC that the bank’s financial condition is unsafe or unsound or that the institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or has violated any applicable rule, regulation, order or condition enacted or imposed by the bank’s regulatory agency. The termination of deposit insurance for a bank could have a material adverse effect on its liquidity and its earnings.

Overdraft Protection

The Federal Reserve amended Regulation E in November 2009 to limit the ability to assess overdraft fees for paying ATM and one-time debit card transactions that overdraw a consumer’s account, unless the consumer opts in to such payment of overdrafts. The rule does not apply to overdraft services with respect to checks, ACH transactions, or recurring debit card transactions, or to the payment of overdrafts pursuant to a line of credit or a service that transfers funds from another account. We are required to provide to customers written notice describing our overdraft service, fees imposed and other information, and to provide customers with a reasonable opportunity to opt in to the service. Before we may assess fees for paying discretionary overdrafts, a customer must affirmatively opt in, which could negatively impact our deposit business revenue.

Source of Strength and Liability for Commonly-Controlled Institutions

Under the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks (the so-called “source of strength doctrine”). The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength doctrine, directing the Federal Reserve to require bank holding companies to serve as a source of financial strength to its subsidiary banks.

Under the “cross-guarantee” provision of the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (“FIRREA”), insured depository institutions such as the Banks may be liable to the FDIC with respect to any loss incurred, or reasonably anticipated to be incurred, by the FDIC in connection with the default of, or FDIC assistance to, any commonly controlled insured depository institution. The Banks are commonly controlled within the meaning of the FIRREA cross-guarantee provision.

FDIC Orderly Liquidation Authority

The Dodd-Frank Act provides the FDIC with liquidation authority that may be used to liquidate non-bank financial companies, including Capital One Financial Corporation and its non-bank subsidiaries, if the Treasury

 

10


Table of Contents

Secretary, in consultation with the President and based on the recommendation of the Federal Reserve and another federal agency, determines that doing so is necessary, among other criteria, to mitigate serious adverse effects on U.S. financial stability. Upon such a determination, the FDIC would be appointed receiver and must liquidate the company in a way that mitigates significant risks to financial stability and minimizes moral hazard. The costs of a liquidation of a financial company would be borne by shareholders and unsecured creditors and then, if necessary, by risk-based assessments on large financial companies. The FDIC has issued rules implementing certain provisions of its liquidation authority and may issue additional rules in the future.

FFIEC Account Management Guidance

On January 8, 2003, the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”) released Account Management and Loss Allowance Guidance (the “Guidance”). The Guidance applies to all credit lending of regulated financial institutions and generally requires that banks properly manage several elements of their lending programs, including line assignments, over-limit practices, minimum payment and negative amortization, workout and settlement programs, and the accounting methodology used for various assets and income items related to loans.

We believe that our account management and loss allowance practices are prudent and appropriate and, consistent with the Guidance. We caution, however, the Guidance provides wide discretion to bank regulatory agencies in the application of the Guidance to any particular institution and its account management and loss allowance practices. Accordingly, under the Guidance, bank examiners could require changes in our account management or loss allowance practices in the future, and such changes could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operation.

Fair Credit Reporting

Like other financial institutions, the Banks rely upon consumer reports for prescreen marketing, underwriting new loans and for reviewing and managing risks associated with existing accounts. In addition, the Banks furnish customer account information to the major consumer reporting agencies. The use of consumer reports by the Banks and furnishing of account information to the consumer reporting agencies is regulated under the FCRA on a uniform, nationwide basis. This includes restrictions on the ability of the Banks to share consumer report information with affiliates and to use customer account information shared by affiliates for a marketing purpose. The Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 (the “FACT Act”), extends the federal preemption of the FCRA permanently, although the law authorizes states to enact laws regulating certain subject matters so long as they are not inconsistent with the conduct required by the FCRA. The FACT Act also added new provisions to the FCRA designed to address the growing crime of identity theft and to improve the accuracy of consumer credit information. Generally, FCRA rulemaking and enforcement authority with respect to the Banks now resides with CFPB. In addition, the FCRA creates a limited private right of action for consumers to seek relief for certain violations of the FCRA.

Investment in the Company and the Banks

Certain acquisitions of our capital stock may be subject to regulatory approval or notice under federal or state law. Investors are responsible for ensuring that they do not, directly or indirectly, acquire shares of our capital stock in excess of the amount that can be acquired without regulatory approval. Each of the Banks is an “insured depository institution” within the meaning of the Change in Bank Control Act.

Consequently, federal law and regulations prohibit any person or company from acquiring control of us without, in most cases, prior written approval of the Federal Reserve or the OCC, as applicable. Control is conclusively presumed if, among other things, a person or company acquires more than 25% of any class of our voting stock. A rebuttable presumption of control arises if a person or company acquires more than 10% of any class of voting stock and is subject to any of a number of specified “control factors” as set forth in the applicable regulations.

 

11


Table of Contents

Additionally, COBNA and CONA are “banks” within the meaning of Chapter 13 of Title 6.1 of the Code of Virginia governing the acquisition of interests in Virginia financial institutions (the “Financial Institution Holding Company Act”). The Financial Institution Holding Company Act prohibits any person or entity from acquiring, or making any public offer to acquire, control of a Virginia financial institution or its holding company without making application to, and receiving prior approval from, the Virginia Bureau of Financial Institutions.

USA PATRIOT Act of 2001

The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “Patriot Act”) contains sweeping anti-money laundering and financial transparency laws as well as enhanced information collection tools and enforcement mechanisms for the U.S. government, including: due diligence requirements for private banking and correspondent accounts; standards for verifying customer identification at account opening; rules to promote cooperation among financial institutions, regulators, and law enforcement in identifying parties that may be involved in terrorism or money laundering; reporting requirements applicable to the receipt of coins and currency of more than $10,000 in nonfinancial trades or businesses; and more broadly applicable suspicious activity reporting requirements.

The Department of Treasury, in consultation with the Federal Reserve and other federal financial institution regulators, has promulgated rules and regulations implementing the Patriot Act that prohibit correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks at U.S. financial institutions; require financial institutions to maintain certain records relating to correspondent accounts for foreign banks; require financial institutions to produce certain records upon request of the appropriate federal banking agency; require due diligence with respect to private banking and correspondent banking accounts; facilitate information sharing between government and financial institutions; require verification of customer identification; and require financial institutions to have an anti-money laundering program in place.

Non-Bank Activities

Our non-bank subsidiaries are subject to supervision and regulation by various other federal and state authorities. Capital One Investment Services LLC, Capital One Southcoast, Inc. and Capital One Sharebuilder, Inc. are registered broker-dealers regulated by the SEC and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority. Our broker-dealer subsidiaries are subject to, among other things, net capital rules designed to measure the general financial condition and liquidity of a broker-dealer. Under these rules, broker-dealers are required to maintain the minimum net capital deemed necessary to meet their continuing commitments to customers and others, and are required to keep a substantial portion of their assets in relatively liquid form. These rules also limit the ability of broker-dealers to transfer capital to parent companies and other affiliates. Broker-dealers are also subject to other regulations covering their business operations, including sales and trading practices, public offerings, publication of research reports, use and safekeeping of client funds and securities, capital structure, record-keeping and the conduct of directors, officers and employees.

Capital One Asset Management LLC, which provides investment advice to institutions, foundations, endowments and high net worth individuals, is an SEC-registered investment adviser regulated under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. ShareBuilder Advisors, LLC is also an SEC-registered investment adviser. Capital One Financial Advisors LLC is a state-registered investment adviser.

Finally, our insurance agency subsidiaries are regulated by state insurance regulatory agencies in the states in which we operate. Capital One Agency LLC is a licensed insurance agency that provides both personal and business insurance services to retail and commercial clients and is regulated by the New York State Department of Financial Services in its home state and by the state insurance regulatory agencies in the states in which it operates.

 

12


Table of Contents

Regulation of International Business by Non-U.S. Authorities

COBNA is subject to regulation in foreign jurisdictions where it operates, currently in the United Kingdom and Canada.

United Kingdom

In the United Kingdom, COBNA operates through Capital One (Europe) plc (“COEP”), which was established in 2000 and is an authorized payment institution regulated by the Financial Services Authority (the “FSA”) under the Payment Services Regulations 2009. COEP’s indirect parent, Capital One Global Corporation, is wholly-owned by COBNA and is subject to regulation as an “agreement corporation” under the Federal Reserve’s Regulation K.

A coalition government of the Liberal Democrat and Conservative parties was established in the U.K. following the general election held in May 2010. The new coalition government has made significant changes to the framework of financial services regulation. As part of these changes, in April 2013, the Financial Services Authority (the “FSA”) will cease to exist in its current form and will split into a new Prudential Regulatory Authority (the “PRA”) and a new Financial Conduct Authority (the “FCA”). From April 2013, COEP will be regulated by the FCA and not the PRA. The FCA is expected to be a more engaged regulator that will be involved earlier in a product’s lifecycle and will focus more heavily on consumer outcomes. Consultation activity is also expected during 2013 as to whether and how the U.K. consumer credit regime currently regulated by the Office of Fair Trading (the “OFT”) should transfer to the FCA and/or whether the existing underlying legislative framework for consumer credit regulation (under the Consumer Credit Act 1974) should be replaced with a model similar to regulation of other retail financial services (under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000).

Regulatory focus on Payment Protection Insurance (“PPI”) complaint handling has continued following the introduction of new FSA rules in December 2010 governing the handling of PPI complaints. As anticipated, PPI complaint volumes have increased significantly following the regulatory focus on PPI. COEP has completed root cause analysis of its historic PPI sales and developed a remediation plan. The FSA is monitoring firms’ compliance with the new complaint handling rules.

Cross-border interchange fees continue to be under scrutiny from the European Commission (the “EC”) and the OFT. In May 2012, the EC held that MasterCard’s “interchange” fees were anticompetitive, and its decisions were upheld by the General Court. The General Court held that there was no merchant or consumer benefit that could justify the restriction on competition implied by the fee. MasterCard has appealed this decision, although it is not expected that the appeal will be concluded before 2014. The OFT has indicated its own investigation will remain on hold until after the outcome of MasterCard’s appeal. In August 2012, Visa Europe was warned by the EC that its multilateral interchange fees may also violate the EU’s competition rules. Twelve major U.K. retailer groups have issued proceedings against various MasterCard companies and the MasterCard U.K. Members Forum Limited (“MMF”) for damages arising from their alleged anti-competitive behavior in the setting of U.K. and intra-European Economic Area fallback interchange fees. COEP is a shareholder in MMF. MMF is in liquidation and, as a result, COEP and other member banks are providing the legal fees required to enable MMF to defend the claims. MasterCard has issued an application to stay the proceedings pending the outcome of MasterCard’s appeal of the General Court’s decision. Three further retail groups have commenced proceedings against MasterCard, but not MMF, and further claims from retailers against MasterCard, MMF or credit card issuers may follow.

The EC has also issued a draft regulation which will replace the Data Protection Act 1998. This will be directly effective without the need for additional U.K. legislation. The date on which the regulation will come into force has not yet been confirmed, but it is expected to be in the next two years. There will then be a two-year grace

 

13


Table of Contents

period to work towards compliance with the regulation. Key proposed changes that we expect would impact COEP include:

 

   

Requirement on companies to notify any breach of the regulation to the Information Commissioner’s Office (“ICO”) and to individuals whose data has been affected or compromised as a result of the breach;

 

   

Increased powers, including the ability to assess fines, given to the ICO;

 

   

Requirement to conduct a Privacy Impact Assessment for all areas of the business including any changes to systems.

 

   

Mandatory appointment of a data protection officer who must act independently and autonomously at all times.

 

   

Widening of the definition of personal data.

Canada

In Canada, COBNA operates as an authorized foreign bank pursuant to the Bank Act (Canada) (the “Bank Act”) and is permitted to conduct its credit card business in Canada through its Canadian branch, Capital One Bank (Canada Branch) (“Capital One Canada”). The primary regulator of Capital One Canada is the Office of the Superintendent of Financial Institutions Canada (“OSFI”). Other regulators include the Financial Consumer Agency of Canada (“FCAC”), the Office of the Privacy Commissioner of Canada, and the Financial Transactions and Reports Analysis Centre of Canada. Capital One Canada is subject to regulation under various Canadian federal laws, including the Bank Act and its regulations, the Proceeds of Crime (Money Laundering) and Terrorist Financing Act and the Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act.

In 2012, there were two new regulatory developments that affect credit cards issued by federally regulated financial institutions in Canada. These amendments could increase our operational and compliance costs and affect the types and terms of products that we offer in Canada.

In March 2012, Negative Option Billing Regulations were made under the Bank Act. These regulations require federally regulated financial institutions to obtain the express consent of individuals before providing new primary or optional products and services to individuals. Generally, the Negative Option Billing Regulations prescribe the timing, manner and content of disclosure that must be provided to individuals before they can expressly consent to new products or services. These regulations came into force on August 1, 2012.

In September 2012, the Credit Business Practices (Banks, Authorized Foreign Banks, Trust and Loan Companies, Retail Associations, Canadian Insurance Companies and Foreign Insurance Companies) Regulations were amended to require a bank to obtain express consent prior to providing credit card checks to a borrower. If consent is given orally, the bank must provide confirmation of that consent in writing (paper or electronic). The amended regulations also provide that the use of the credit card or the use of the check does not constitute express consent. These amendments will come into force on June 20, 2013.

 

 

COMPETITION

 

Each of our business segments operates in a highly competitive environment, and we face competition in all aspects of our business from numerous bank and non-bank providers of financial services.

Our Credit Card business competes with international, national, regional and local issuers of Visa ® and MasterCard ® credit cards, as well as with American Express ® , Discover Card ® , private-label card brands, and, to a certain extent, issuers of debit cards. In general, customers are attracted to credit card issuers largely on the basis of price, credit limit and other product features.

Our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking businesses compete with national and state banks and direct banks for deposits, auto loans, mortgages and trust accounts and with savings and loan associations and credit

 

14


Table of Contents

unions for loans and deposits. Our competitors also include automotive finance companies, mortgage banking companies and other financial services providers that provide loans, deposits, and other similar services and products. In addition, we compete against non-depository institutions that are able to offer these products and services. Securities firms and insurance companies that elect to become financial holding companies may acquire banks and other financial institutions. Combinations of this type could significantly change the competitive environment in which we conduct business. The financial services industry is also likely to become more competitive as further technological advances enable more companies to provide financial services. These technological advances may diminish the importance of depository institutions and other financial intermediaries in the transfer of funds between parties. In addition, competition among direct banks is intense because online banking provides customers the ability to rapidly deposit and withdraw funds and open and close accounts in favor of products and services offered by competitors.

Our businesses generally compete on the basis of the quality and range of their products and services, transaction execution, innovation and price. Competition varies based on the types of clients, customers, industries and geographies served. Our ability to compete depends, in part, on our ability to attract and retain our professional and other associates and on our reputation. In the current environment, customers are generally attracted to depository institutions that are perceived as stable, with solid liquidity and funding.

We believe that we are able to compete effectively in our current markets. There can be no assurance, however, that our ability to market products and services successfully or to obtain adequate returns on our products and services will not be impacted by the nature of the competition that now exists or may later develop, or by the broader economic environment. For a discussion of the risks related to our competitive environment, please refer to “Item 1A. Risk Factors.”

 

 

EMPLOYEES

 

A central part of our philosophy is to attract and retain a highly capable staff. We had 39,593 employees, whom we refer to as “associates,” as of December 31, 2012. None of our associates are covered under a collective bargaining agreement, and management considers our associate relations to be satisfactory.

 

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Geographic Diversity

Our consumer loan portfolios, including credit cards, are diversified across the United States with modest concentration in California, Texas, New York, Florida, Louisiana and Illinois. We also have credit card loans in the U.K. and Canada. Our commercial loans are concentrated in New York, Texas, Louisiana and New Jersey. See “MD&A—Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans” for additional information.

Technology/Systems

We leverage information technology to achieve our business objectives and to develop and deliver products and services that satisfy our customers’ needs. A key part of our strategic focus is the development of efficient, flexible computer and operational systems to support complex marketing and account management strategies, the servicing of our customers, and the development of new and diversified products. We believe that the continued development and integration of these systems is an important part of our efforts to reduce costs, improve quality and provide faster, more flexible technology services. Consequently, we continuously review capabilities and develop or acquire systems, processes and competencies to meet our unique business requirements.

As part of our continuous efforts to review and improve our technologies, we may either develop such capabilities internally or rely on third party outsourcers who have the ability to deliver technology that is of higher quality, lower cost, or both. Over time, we have increasingly relied on third party outsourcers to help us

 

15


Table of Contents

deliver systems and operational infrastructure. These relationships include (but are not limited to): Total System Services Inc. (“TSYS”) for processing services for our North American and United Kingdom portfolios of consumer and small business credit card accounts, Fidelity Information Services (“FIS”) for the Capital One banking systems and IBM Corporation for management of our North American data centers.

To protect our systems and technologies, we employ security, backup and recovery systems and generally require the same of our third-party service providers. In addition, we perform, or cause to be performed, a variety of vulnerability and penetration testing on the platforms, systems and applications used to provide our products and services in an effort to ensure that any attacks on these platforms, systems and applications are unlikely to succeed. Despite these controls, Capital One, along with several other U.S. financial services providers, was targeted recently on several occasions with distributed denial-of-service attacks from sophisticated third parties that succeeded, on a few occasions, in temporarily limiting our ability to service customers through online platforms.

Intellectual Property

As part of our overall and ongoing strategy to protect and enhance our intellectual property, we rely on a variety of protections, including copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, patents and certain restrictions on disclosure, solicitation, and competition. We also undertake other measures to control access to and distribution of our other proprietary information. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for a third party to copy or otherwise obtain and use certain intellectual property or proprietary information without authorization. Our precautions may not prevent misappropriation or infringement of our intellectual property or proprietary information. In addition, our competitors and other third parties also file patent applications for innovations that are used in our industry. The ability of our competitors and other third parties to obtain such patents may adversely affect our ability to compete. Conversely, our ability to obtain such patents may increase our competitive advantage. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in such efforts, or that the ability of our competitors to obtain such patents may not adversely impact our financial results.

 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

From time to time, we have made and will make forward-looking statements, including those that discuss, among other things, strategies, goals, outlook or other non-historical matters; projections, revenues, income, expenses, capital measures, returns, accruals for claims in litigation and for other claims against us; earnings per share or other financial measures for us; future financial and operating results; our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions; the projected impact and benefits of the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions (collectively, the “Transactions”); and the assumptions that underlie these matters.

To the extent that any such information is forward-looking, it is intended to fit within the safe harbor for forward-looking information provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Numerous factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from those described in such forward-looking statements, including, among other things:

 

   

general economic and business conditions in the U.S., the U.K., Canada and our local markets, including conditions affecting employment levels, interest rates, consumer income and confidence, spending and savings that may affect consumer bankruptcies, defaults, charge-offs and deposit activity;

 

   

an increase or decrease in credit losses (including increases due to a worsening of general economic conditions in the credit environment);

 

   

financial, legal, regulatory, tax or accounting changes or actions, including the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, regulations governing bank capital and liquidity standards, including Basel-related initiatives and potential changes to financial accounting and reporting standards;

 

16


Table of Contents
   

the possibility that we may not fully realize the projected cost savings and other projected benefits of the Transactions;

 

   

difficulties and delays in integrating the assets and businesses acquired in the Transactions;

 

   

business disruption following the Transactions;

 

   

diversion of management time on issues related to the Transactions, including integration of the assets and businesses acquired;

 

   

reputational risks and the reaction of customers and counterparties to the Transactions;

 

   

disruptions relating to the Transactions negatively impacting our ability to maintain relationships with customers, employees and suppliers;

 

   

changes in asset quality and credit risk as a result of the Transactions;

 

   

developments, changes or actions relating to any litigation matter involving us;

 

   

the inability to sustain revenue and earnings growth;

 

   

increases or decreases in interest rates;

 

   

our ability to access the capital markets at attractive rates and terms to capitalize and fund our operations and future growth;

 

   

the success of our marketing efforts in attracting and retaining customers;

 

   

increases or decreases in our aggregate loan balances or the number of customers and the growth rate and composition thereof, including increases or decreases resulting from factors such as shifting product mix, amount of actual marketing expenses we incur and attrition of loan balances;

 

   

the level of future repurchase or indemnification requests we may receive, the actual future performance of mortgage loans relating to such requests, the success rates of claimants against us, any developments in litigation and the actual recoveries we may make on any collateral relating to claims against us;

 

   

the amount and rate of deposit growth;

 

   

changes in the reputation of or expectations regarding the financial services industry or us with respect to practices, products or financial condition;

 

   

any significant disruption in our operations or technology platform;

 

   

our ability to maintain a compliance infrastructure suitable for the nature of our business;

 

   

our ability to control costs;

 

   

the amount of, and rate of growth in, our expenses as our business develops or changes or as it expands into new market areas;

 

   

our ability to execute on our strategic and operational plans;

 

   

any significant disruption of, or loss of public confidence in, the United States Mail service affecting our response rates and consumer payments;

 

   

any significant disruption of, or loss of public confidence in, the internet affecting the ability of our customers to access their accounts and conduct banking transactions;

 

   

our ability to recruit and retain experienced personnel to assist in the management and operations of new products and services;

 

   

changes in the labor and employment markets;

 

   

fraud or misconduct by our customers, employees or business partners;

 

17


Table of Contents
   

competition from providers of products and services that compete with our businesses; and

 

   

other risk factors listed from time to time in reports that we file with the SEC.

Any forward-looking statements made by us or on our behalf speak only as of the date they are made or as of the date indicated, and we do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should carefully consider the factors discussed above in evaluating these forward-looking statements. For additional information on factors that could materially influence forward-looking statements included in this Report, see the risk factors set forth under “Part I—Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Business Risks

This section highlights specific risks that could affect our business. Although we have tried to discuss all material risks of which we are aware at the time this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been filed, other risks may prove to be important in the future, including those that are not currently ascertainable. In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report, other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward looking statements include:

The Current Business Environment, Including A Slow or Delayed Economic Recovery, May Adversely Affect Our Industry, Business, Results Of Operations And Capital Levels.

The recent global recession resulted in a general tightening in the credit markets, lower levels of liquidity, reduced asset values (including commercial properties), sharp and prolonged declines in residential home values and sales volumes, reduced business profits, increased rates of business and consumer repayment delinquency, increased rates of business and consumer bankruptcy, and increased and prolonged unemployment, some of which have had a negative impact on our results of operation. Although the overall economic recovery seems to be underway, it has remained modest and fragile. A recovery that is only shallow and very gradual, marked by continued elevated unemployment rates and reduced home prices, or another downturn, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations as customers default on their loans or maintain lower deposit levels or, in the case of credit card accounts, carry lower balances and reduce credit card purchase activity.

In particular, we may face the following risks in connection with these events:

 

   

Adverse macroeconomic conditions may affect consumer confidence levels and may cause adverse changes in payment patterns, causing increases in delinquencies and default rates, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations. In addition, changes in consumer behavior, including decreased consumer spending and a shift in consumer payment behavior towards avoiding late fees, over-limit fees, finance charges and other fees, could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

   

Increases in bankruptcies could cause increases in our charge-off rates, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

   

Our ability to recover debt that we have previously charged-off may be limited, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

   

The processes and models we use to estimate inherent losses may no longer be reliable because they rely on complex judgments, including assumptions and forecasts of economic conditions which may no longer be capable of accurate estimation in an unpredictable economic environment, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

18


Table of Contents
   

Our ability to assess the creditworthiness of our customers may be impaired if the criteria or models we use to underwrite and manage our customers become less predictive of future losses, which could cause our losses to rise and have a negative impact on our results of operations.

 

   

Significant concern regarding the creditworthiness of some of the governments in Europe and uncertainty stemming from U.S. debt and budget matters have contributed to volatility in the financial markets and led to greater economic uncertainty worldwide. Concerns about sovereign debt in Europe and the U.S. debt could diminish economic recovery and lead to further stress in the financial markets, both globally and in the United States, which could have a negative impact on our financial results.

 

   

Our ability to borrow from other financial institutions or to engage in funding transactions on favorable terms or at all could be adversely affected by disruptions in the capital markets or other events, including actions by rating agencies and deteriorating investor expectations, which could limit our access to funding. The interest rates that we pay on our securities are also influenced by, among other things, applicable credit ratings from recognized rating agencies. A downgrade to any of these credit ratings could affect our ability to access the capital markets, increase our borrowing costs and have a negative impact on our results of operations. Increased charge-offs, rising LIBOR and other events may cause our securitization transactions to amortize earlier than scheduled, which could accelerate our need for additional funding from other sources.

 

   

We have increased our reliance on deposit funding over the past several years, in particular with the acquisition of ING Direct, and an inability to accept or maintain deposits or to obtain other sources of funding could materially affect our liquidity position and our ability to fund our business. Many other financial institutions have also increased their reliance on deposit funding and, as such, we expect continued competition in the deposit markets. We cannot predict how this competition will affect our costs. If we are required to offer higher interest rates to attract or maintain deposits, our funding costs will be adversely impacted.

 

   

Interest rates have remained at historically low levels for a prolonged period of time, and the flat yield curve associated with current interest rates generally leads to lower revenue and reduced margins because it limits our opportunity to increase the spread between asset yields and funding costs. The continued presence of a flat yield curve for a sustained period of time could have a material adverse effect on our earnings and our net interest margin.

 

   

The historically low interest rate environment also increases our exposure to prepayment risk, particularly with respect to the originated mortgage portfolio we acquired from ING Direct. Increased prepayments, refinancing or other factors would reduce expected revenue associated with mortgage assets and could also lead to a reduction in the value of our mortgage servicing rights, which could have a negative impact on our financial results.

Compliance With New And Existing Laws, Regulations And Regulatory Expectations May Increase Our Costs, Reduce Our Revenue, Limit Our Ability To Pursue Business Opportunities, And Increase Compliance Challenges.

There has been increased legislation and regulation with respect to the financial services industry in the last few years, and we expect that oversight of our business will continue to expand in scope and complexity. A wide and increasing array of banking and consumer lending laws apply to almost every aspect of our business. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in financial, structural and operational penalties, including receivership, and could result in negative publicity or damage to our reputation with regulators or the public. In addition, establishing systems and processes to achieve compliance with these laws and regulations may increase our costs and limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities.

The Dodd-Frank Act, as well as the related rules and regulations adopted by various regulatory agencies, could have a significant adverse impact on our business, results of operations or financial condition. The Dodd-Frank Act is a comprehensive financial reform act that requires, among other things, enhanced prudential standards

 

19


Table of Contents

(including capital and liquidity requirements), enhanced supervision (including stress testing), recovery and resolution planning (often referred to as “living wills”), prohibitions on proprietary trading and increased transparency and regulation of derivatives trading. The Dodd-Frank Act also provides heightened expectations for risk management and regulatory oversight of all aspects of large financial institutions, including us. Many aspects of the law remain to be implemented under the rulemaking and regulatory authority of the SEC, the CFTC and federal banking regulators. Although it is clear that the Dodd-Frank Act and implementing regulations materially impact large financial institutions like us, the rulemaking process has been progressing slowly, and we may not experience the ultimate impact of the Dodd-Frank Act for years. Though some aspects of the Dodd-Frank Act may significantly impact our financial condition or results of operations, other aspects of the law may not apply to us. Nevertheless, the law has increased our need to build new compliance processes and infrastructure and to otherwise enhance our risk management throughout all aspects of our business. The cumulative impact includes higher expectations for capital and liquidity, as discussed in more detail below under the header “We May Not Be Able to Maintain Adequate Capital Levels or Liquidity, Which Could have a Negative Impact on Our Financial Results,” and higher operational costs, which may further increase once regulators fully implement the law. In addition, U.S. government agencies charged with adopting rules and regulations under the Dodd-Frank Act may do so in an unforeseen manner, including ways that potentially expand the reach of the legislation more than was initially contemplated.

There are a number of other provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that directly or through implementing regulations may impact our business, including:

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act will likely subject us to the supervision of regulatory agencies that historically have not regulated our businesses, such as the Commodity Futures Trading Commission with respect to our derivatives activities. The Dodd-Frank Act also created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”), who regulates our businesses with respect to our compliance with certain consumer laws and regulations. The cost of complying with applicable laws and regulations could have an adverse impact on our financial condition.

 

   

The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish enhanced prudential standards governing capital, liquidity, risk management, stress testing, single-counterparty credit exposure limits, early remediation, and resolution planning for bank holding companies and certain foreign banking organizations with $50 billion or more in consolidated total assets (“covered companies”). In December 2011, the Federal Reserve requested comment on proposed rules that would implement most of these requirements for domestic covered companies, including us. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC issued a final rule in November 2011 implementing the resolution planning requirements, and under the rule, we are required to submit our resolution plan by December 31, 2013. The cost of complying with final rules implementing enhanced prudential standards could have a negative impact on our financial results.

The Credit CARD Act (amending the Truth-in-Lending Act) and related changes to Regulation Z impose a number of restrictions on credit card practices impacting rates and fees and also update the disclosures required for open-end credit. Overlimit fees may not be imposed without prior consent of the customer, and the number of such fees that can be charged for the same violation is constrained. The amount of any penalty fee or charge must be “reasonable and proportional” to the violation. In addition, the ability of a card issuer to increase rates charged on pre-existing card balances has been significantly restricted. Card issuers are generally prohibited from raising rates on pre-existing balances when generally prevailing interest rates change. Moreover, the circumstances under which a card issuer can raise the interest rate on pre-existing balances of a customer whose risk of default increases are restricted. As a result, the rules implementing the Credit CARD Act could make the card business generally less resilient in future economic downturns.

Under the various state and federal statutes and regulations, we are required to observe various data security and privacy-related requirements, including establishing information security and data security breach response programs and properly authenticating customers before processing or enabling certain types of transactions or interactions. Future federal and state legislation and regulation could further restrict how we collect, use, share

 

20


Table of Contents

and secure customer information. The failure to observe any one or more of these requirements could subject us to litigation or enforcement actions and impact some of our current or planned business initiatives.

In 2012, we were party to several consent orders and settlement agreements with certain federal agencies. On July 17, 2012, COBNA entered into consent orders with each of the OCC and the CFPB relating to oversight of our vendor sales practices of payment protection and credit monitoring products. On July 26, 2012, the Banks each entered into consent orders with each of the Department of Justice and the OCC relating to compliance with the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, or the SCRA, and, in the case of the OCC orders, third-party management.

In addition, in the first quarter of 2012, we closed the ING Direct acquisition. In its order approving the acquisition, the Federal Reserve Board required Capital One to enhance our risk-management systems and policies enterprise-wide to account for the changes to our business lines that would result from the acquisitions of ING Direct and HSBC’s credit card operations in the U.S. Among other things, we are implementing enhancements to our compliance risk management programs on an enterprise-wide basis in the following primary areas:

 

   

Compliance with laws, rules and regulations regarding unfair and deceptive practices;

 

   

Compliance with the SCRA;

 

   

Compliance monitoring and transaction testing capabilities to detect any instances of non-compliance with consumer compliance laws and regulations;

 

   

Third-party management, especially in the context of compliance with consumer laws and regulations; and

 

   

Internal controls, policies and procedures and oversight by the Board and senior management.

We are continuing to make significant changes to our systems and processes in order to enhance our enterprise-wide compliance risk management programs. There will continue to be heightened regulatory oversight by the federal banking regulators to ensure that we build systems and processes that are commensurate with the nature of our business, and we expect this heightened oversight will continue for the foreseeable future until we meet the expectations of our regulators and can demonstrate that such systems and processes are sustainable.

The legislative and regulatory environment is beyond our control, may change rapidly and unpredictably and may negatively influence our revenue, costs, earnings, growth and capital levels. Certain laws and regulations, and any interpretations and applications with respect thereto, may benefit consumers, borrowers and depositors, but not stockholders. Our success depends on our ability to maintain compliance with both existing and new laws and regulations. For a description of the laws and regulations to which we are subject, please refer to “Supervision and Regulation” in “Item 1. Business.”

We May Experience Increased Delinquencies And Credit Losses.

Like other lenders, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans. Rising losses or leading indicators of rising losses (such as higher delinquencies, higher rates of non-performing loans, higher bankruptcy rates, lower collateral values or elevated unemployment rates) may require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses, which may degrade our profitability if we are unable to raise revenue or reduce costs to compensate for higher losses. In particular, we face the following risks in this area:

 

   

Missed Payments . Our customers may miss payments. Loan charge-offs (including from bankruptcies) are generally preceded by missed payments or other indications of worsening financial condition for our customers. Customers are more likely to miss payments during an economic downturn or prolonged periods of slow economic growth. In addition, we face the risk that consumer and commercial customer behavior may change (for example, an increase in the unwillingness or inability of customers to repay debt), causing a long-term rise in delinquencies and charge-offs.

 

21


Table of Contents
   

Estimates of Inherent Losses . The credit quality of our portfolio can have a significant impact on our earnings. We allow for and reserve against credit risks based on our assessment of credit losses inherent in our loan portfolios. This process, which is critical to our financial results and condition, requires complex judgments, including forecasts of economic conditions. We may underestimate our inherent losses and fail to hold a loan loss allowance sufficient to account for these losses. Incorrect assumptions could lead to material underestimates of inherent losses and inadequate allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, our estimate of inherent losses impacts the amount of allowances we build to account for those losses. In cases where we modify a loan, if the modifications do not perform as anticipated we may be required to build additional allowance on these loans. The increase or release of allowances impacts our current financial results.

 

   

Underwriting. Our ability to assess the credit worthiness of our customers may diminish . If the models and approaches we use to select, manage and underwrite our consumer and commercial customers become less predictive of future charge-offs (due, for example, to rapid changes in the economy, including the unemployment rate), our credit losses may increase and our returns may deteriorate.

 

   

Business Mix. Our business mix could change in ways that could adversely affect credit losses . We engage in a diverse mix of businesses with a broad range of credit loss characteristics . Consequently, changes in our business mix may change our charge-off rate.

 

   

Charge-off Recognition. The rules governing charge-off recognition could change . We record charge-offs according to accounting and regulatory guidelines and rules . These guidelines and rules, including FASB standards and the FFIEC Account Management Guidance, could require changes in our account management or loss allowance practices and cause our charge-offs and/or allowance for loan and lease losses to increase for reasons unrelated to the underlying performance of our portfolio . Such changes could have an adverse impact on our financial condition or results of operation.

 

   

Industry Developments. Our charge-off and delinquency rates may be negatively impacted by industry developments, including new regulations applicable to our industry.

 

   

Collateral. Collateral, when we have it, could be insufficient to compensate us for loan losses . When customers default on their loans and we have collateral, we attempt to seize it where permissible and appropriate . However, the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan, and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from our customers . Particularly with respect to our commercial lending and home loan activities, decreases in real estate values adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for our loans and investments . Thus, the recovery of such property could be insufficient to compensate us for the value of these loans. Borrowers may be less likely to continue making payments on loans if the value of the property used as collateral for the loan is less than what the borrower owes, even if the borrower is still financially able to make the payments.

 

   

New York Concentration . Although our lending is geographically diversified, approximately 37% of our commercial loan portfolio is concentrated in the New York metropolitan area. The regional economic conditions in the New York area affect the demand for our commercial products and services as well as the ability of our customers to repay their commercial loans and the value of the collateral securing these loans. An economic downturn or prolonged period of slow economic growth in, or a catastrophic event that disproportionately affects, the New York region could have a material adverse effect on the performance of our commercial loan portfolio and our results of operations.

We May Experience Increased Losses Associated With Mortgage Repurchases and Indemnification Obligations.

Certain of our subsidiaries, including GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. (“GreenPoint”), Capital One Home Loans and Capital One, N.A., as successor to Chevy Chase Bank, may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that have been sold to investors in the event there are breaches of certain representations and warranties contained within the sales agreements. We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans that we sell to investors in the event that there

 

22


Table of Contents

was improper underwriting or fraud or in the event that the loans become delinquent shortly after they are originated. These subsidiaries also may be required to indemnify certain purchasers and others against losses they incur in the event of breaches of representations and warranties and in various other circumstances, including securities fraud or other public disclosure-related claims, and the amount of such losses could exceed the repurchase amount of the related loans. Consequently, we may be exposed to credit risk associated with sold loans.

We have established reserves in our consolidated financial statements for potential losses that are considered to be both probable and reasonably estimable related to the mortgage loans sold by our originating subsidiaries. The adequacy of the reserve and the ultimate amount of losses incurred will depend on, among other things, the actual future mortgage loan performance, the actual level of future repurchase and indemnification requests, the actual success rate of claimants, developments in litigation related to us and the industry, actual recoveries on the collateral and macroeconomic conditions (including unemployment levels and housing prices). Due to uncertainties relating to these factors, there can be no assurance that our reserves will be adequate or that the total amount of losses incurred will not have a material adverse effect upon our financial condition or results of operations. For additional information related to our mortgage loan repurchase and indemnification obligations and related reserves and our estimate of the reasonably possible future losses from representation and warranty claims beyond the current accrual levels as of December 31, 2012, see “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

We May Not Be Able to Maintain Adequate Capital Levels or Liquidity, Which Could Have a Negative Impact on Our Financial Results.

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act and international accords, financial institutions will become subject to new and increased capital and liquidity requirements. Although U.S. regulators have proposed regulations for some of these requirements, there remains uncertainty as to the form the new requirements will take or how and when they will apply to us. As a result, it is possible that we could be required to increase our capital levels above the levels in our current financial plans. These new requirements could have a negative impact on our ability to lend, grow deposit balances or make acquisitions and on our ability to make capital distributions in the form of increased dividends or share repurchases. Higher capital levels could also lower our return on equity.

Recent developments in capital and liquidity requirements that may impact us include the following:

 

   

In December 2010, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision published a final framework on capital and in January 2013 published a revised framework on liquidity, together commonly known as Basel III. The key elements of the capital proposal include: raising the quality, consistency and transparency of the capital base; strengthening the risk coverage of the capital framework; introducing a leverage ratio that is different from the U.S. leverage ratio measures; promoting the build-up of capital buffers; and imposing a capital surcharge for global systemically important institutions. The liquidity framework includes two standards for liquidity risk supervision, one standard promoting short-term resilience (included in the liquidity framework), and the other promoting longer-term resilience (still under development by the Basel Committee). In June 2012, U.S. banking regulators published proposed regulations that, among other things, implement the Basel capital requirements; update the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the higher Basel capital minimums; and revise the federal banking agencies’ general approach for calculating risk-weighted assets. These rules have not yet been finalized. Proposed U.S. rules implementing the Basel III liquidity framework are expected at a later date.

 

   

Because we are a consolidated bank holding company with consolidated assets of $50 billion or greater, we are subject to certain heightened prudential standards under the Dodd-Frank Act, including requirements that may be recommended by the Financial Stability Oversight Council and implemented by the Federal Reserve. As a result, we expect to be subject to more stringent standards and requirements than those applicable for smaller institutions, including risk-based capital requirements, leverage limits and liquidity requirements. In December 2011, the Federal Reserve released proposed rules beginning to implement the enhanced prudential requirements, including a detailed liquidity framework. If finalized as proposed, these

 

23


Table of Contents
 

requirements would increase our liquidity requirements and associated compliance and operational costs. The Federal Reserve also indicated that it plans to adopt a capital surcharge for certain larger institutions, but it is not clear to what extent the capital surcharge would apply to us.

 

   

In November 2011, the Federal Reserve finalized capital planning rules applicable to large bank holding companies like us (commonly referred to as Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review or CCAR). Under the rules, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50 billion or more must submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before making most capital distributions. The purpose of the rules is to ensure that large bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and capital needs to continue operations through times of economic and financial stress. As part of its evaluation of a capital plan, the Federal Reserve will consider the comprehensiveness of the plan, the reasonableness of assumptions and analysis and methodologies used to assess capital adequacy and the ability of the bank holding company to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier 1 common ratio of 5% on a pro forma basis under expected and stressful conditions throughout a planning horizon of at least nine quarters.

 

   

The Basel II final rules as implemented in the United States are mandatory for those institutions with consolidated total assets of $250 billion or more or consolidated total on-balance-sheet foreign exposure of $10 billion or more. We became subject to these rules at the end of 2012 primarily as a result of the acquisition of ING Direct. Prior to full implementation of the Basel II framework, organizations must complete a qualification period of four consecutive quarters, known as the parallel run, during which they must meet the requirements of the rule to the satisfaction of their primary U.S. banking regulator. We are preparing to enter parallel run January 1, 2015. This will require completing a written implementation plan and building processes and systems to comply with the rules. Compliance with the Basel II rules will require a material investment of resources. In addition, although we have current estimates of risk weight calculations, there remains uncertainty around future regulatory interpretations of certain of those calculations. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our current estimates will be correct and we may need to hold significantly more regulatory capital than we currently estimate in order to maintain a given capital ratio.

See “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation” for additional information.

We Face Risk Related To Our Operational, Technological And Organizational Infrastructure.

Our ability to grow and compete is dependent on our ability to build or acquire necessary operational, technological and organizational infrastructure. We are in the process of completing significant development projects to complete the systems integration of prior acquisitions and to build a scalable infrastructure in both our Retail Banking and Commercial Banking businesses. For example, we are investing in infrastructure in the Commercial Banking business intended to assist with effective execution of key analytical processes and improve loan origination and underwriting platforms. In addition, we have made and anticipate continuing to make additional infrastructure changes and upgrades in connection with the integrations of both the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. The 2012 U.S. card acquisition involved the transfer of intellectual property, servicing platforms, infrastructure, contact centers and a significant number of employees. The decoupling and transitioning of these assets, infrastructure and systems from HSBC’s current systems and operations and integrating them into our own business operations has been, and we expect it to continue to be, a highly complex process. These infrastructure changes, upgrades and integrations may cause disruptions to our existing and acquired businesses, including, but not limited to, systems interruptions, transaction processing errors, interruptions to collection processes and system conversion delays, all of which could have a negative impact on us. In addition, we have entered into numerous transitional service arrangements with HSBC entities that will provide for services associated with the decoupling and transition of the business. Under these arrangements, HSBC provides certain services to us and we provide certain services to HSBC. These transitional service arrangements will continue for various dates until the separation of the business from HSBC is complete,

 

24


Table of Contents

and during that time we will rely on the ability of the applicable HSBC entities to provide these services. The complexities and requirements of these arrangements will increase the operational risk associated with the transition and integration of the business, and this increased risk could lead to unanticipated expenses, disruptions to our operations or other adverse consequences.

Similar to other large corporations, we are exposed to operational risk that can manifest itself in many ways, such as errors related to failed or inadequate processes, inaccurate models, faulty or disabled computer systems, fraud by employees or persons outside of our company and exposure to external events. In addition, we are heavily dependent on the strength and capability of our technology systems which we use to manage our internal financial and other systems, interface with our customers and develop and implement effective marketing campaigns. We also depend on models to measure risks, estimate certain financial values and determine pricing on certain products. Our ability to develop and deliver new products that meet the needs of our existing customers and attract new ones and to run our business in compliance with applicable laws and regulations depends on the functionality and reliability of our operational and technology systems. Any disruptions, failures or inaccuracies of our operational and technology systems and models, including those associated with improvements or modifications to such systems and models, could cause us to be unable to market and manage our products and services, manage our risk or to report our financial results in a timely and accurate manner, all of which could have a negative impact on our results of operations.

In some cases, we and the businesses we are acquiring outsource the maintenance and development of operational and technological functionality to third parties. These third parties may experience errors or disruptions that could adversely impact us and over which we may have limited control. Any increase in the amount of our infrastructure that we outsource to third parties may increase our exposure to these risks.

In addition, our on-going investments in infrastructure, which may be necessary to maintain a competitive business, integrate recent acquisitions, such as ING Direct and the 2012 U.S. card acquisitions, and establish scalable operations, may increase our expenses. Further, as our business develops, changes or expands, additional expenses can arise as a result of a reevaluation of business strategies, management of outsourced services, asset purchases or other acquisitions, structural reorganization, compliance with new laws or regulations or the integration of newly acquired businesses. If we are unable to successfully manage our expenses, our financial results will be negatively affected.

We Could Incur Increased Costs or Reductions In Revenue Or Suffer Reputational Damage And Business Disruptions In the Event Of The Theft, Loss or Misuse Of Information, Including As A Result Of A Cyber-Attack.

Our products and services involve the gathering, storage and transmission of sensitive information regarding our customers and their accounts. Our ability to provide such products and services, many of which are web-based, relies upon the management and safeguarding of information, software, methodologies and business secrets. To provide these products and services, we use information systems and infrastructure that we and third party service providers operate. We also have arrangements in place with retail partners and other third parties where we share and receive information about their customers who are or may become our customers. As a financial institution, we also are subject to and examined for compliance with an array of data protection laws, regulations and guidance, as well as to our own internal privacy and information security policies and programs. If unauthorized persons were somehow to get access to personal, confidential or proprietary information, including customer information, in our possession or to our proprietary information, software, methodologies and business secrets, it could result in significant legal and financial exposure, supervisory liability, damage to our reputation or a loss of confidence in the security of our systems, products and services that could adversely affect our business.

Information security risks for large financial institutions like us have generally increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to

 

25


Table of Contents

conduct financial transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists, activists, formal and informal instrumentalities of foreign governments and other external parties. As noted above, our operations rely on the secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information in our computer systems and networks. Our businesses rely on our digital technologies, computer and email systems, software and networks to conduct their operations. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use computers, smartphones, tablet PCs and other mobile devices that are beyond our security control systems. Although we believe we have a robust suite of authentication and layered information security controls, our technologies, systems, networks and our customers’ devices may become the target of cyber-attacks or other attacks that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our or our customers’ confidential, proprietary or other information, including their access credential to accounts with online functionality, or that could result in disruptions to the business operations of us or our customers or other third parties. For example, Capital One and other U.S. financial services providers were targeted recently on several occasions with distributed denial-of-service attacks from sophisticated third parties. On at least one occasion, these attacks successfully disrupted consumer online banking services for a period of time. If these attacks are successful, or if customers are unable to access their accounts online for other reasons, it could adversely impact our ability to service customer accounts or loans, complete financial transactions for our customers or otherwise operate any of our businesses or services online. In addition, a breach or attack affecting one of our third-party service providers or partners could impact us through no fault of our own.

Because the methods and techniques employed by perpetrators of fraud and others to attack, disable, degrade or sabotage platforms, systems and applications change frequently and often are not fully recognized or understood until after they have been launched, we and our third-party service providers and partners may be unable to anticipate certain attack methods in order to implement effective preventative measures. Should a cyber-attack against us succeed on any material scale, market perception of the effectiveness of our security measures could be harmed, and we could face the aforementioned risks. Though we have insurance against some cyber-risks and attacks, it may not be sufficient to offset the impact of a material loss event.

The Growth Of Our Direct Banking Business Presents Certain Risks.

As a result of our strategic decisions and acquisition of ING Direct, we have grown our direct banking business significantly over the past few years. Today, we operate the largest online direct banking institution in the U.S., with approximately $109 billion in deposits as of December 31, 2012. While direct banking represents a significant opportunity to attract new customers that value greater and more flexible access to banking services at reduced costs, it also presents significant risks. In addition to the software, infrastructure and cyber-attack risks discussed above, we face risks related to direct banking, including:

 

   

We face strong competition in the direct banking market. Aggressive pricing throughout the industry may adversely affect the retention of existing balances and the cost-efficient acquisition of new deposit funds and may affect our growth and profitability. In addition, the effects of a competitive environment may be exacerbated by the flexibility of direct banking and the increasing financial and technological sophistication of our customer base. We have transitioned from the “ING Direct” brand to a new brand, “Capital One 360,” which may not be readily accepted by customers, and these customers may not accept our branding, image, name, reputation, policies or level of service or may be dissatisfied with perceived differences regarding how they manage their online accounts after the transition, and as a result may transfer their accounts and business to a competitor. Customers could also close their online accounts or reduce balances or deposits in favor of products and services offered by competitors for other reasons. These shifts, which could be rapid, could result from general dissatisfaction with our products or services, including concerns over pricing, online security or our reputation.

Our direct banking business is dependent on our ability to process, record and monitor a large number of complex transactions. If any of our financial, accounting, or other data processing systems fail or have other

 

26


Table of Contents

significant shortcomings, we could be materially adversely affected. Third parties with which we do business could also be sources of operational risk, particularly in the event of breakdowns or failures of such parties’ own systems. We may also be subject to disruptions of our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which may include, for example, computer viruses or electrical or telecommunications outages, cyber-attacks, including distributed denial-of-service attacks discussed above, natural disasters, other damage to property or physical assets or events arising from local or larger scale politics, including terrorist acts. Any of these occurrences could diminish our ability to operate our direct banking business, service customer accounts, and protect customers’ information, or result in potential liability to customers, reputational damage, regulatory intervention and customers’ loss of confidence in our direct banking business, any of which could result in a material adverse effect.

We May Fail To Realize All Of The Anticipated Benefits Of Our Mergers And Acquisitions.

We have engaged in merger and acquisition activity over the past several years and may continue to engage in such activity in the future. For example, in 2012, we closed the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. We continue to evaluate and anticipate engaging in, among other merger and acquisition activity, additional strategic partnerships and selected acquisitions of financial institutions and other financial assets, including credit card and other loan portfolios.

Any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership we undertake will entail certain risks, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations. If we experience greater than anticipated costs to integrate acquired businesses into our existing operations or are not able to achieve the anticipated benefits of any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership, including cost savings and other synergies, our business could be negatively affected. In addition, it is possible that the ongoing integration processes could result in the loss of key employees, errors or delays in systems implementation, the disruption of our ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures and policies that adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with partners, clients, customers, depositors and employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership. Integration efforts also may divert management attention and resources. These integration matters may have an adverse effect on us during any transition period.

In addition, we may face the following risks in connection with any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership:

 

   

New Businesses and Geographic or Other Markets . Our merger, acquisition or strategic partnership activity may involve our entry into new businesses and new geographic areas or other markets which present risks resulting from our relative inexperience in these new businesses or markets. These new businesses or markets may change the overall character of our consolidated portfolio of businesses and could react differently to economic and other external factors. We face the risk that we will not be successful in these new businesses or in these new markets.

 

   

Identification and Assessment of Merger and Acquisition Targets and Deployment of Acquired Assets . We cannot assure you that we will identify or acquire suitable financial assets or institutions to supplement our organic growth through acquisitions or strategic partnerships. In addition, we may incorrectly assess the asset quality and value of the particular assets or institutions we acquire. Further, our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership will depend on our ability to assess the asset quality and value of the particular assets or institutions we partner with, merge with or acquire. We may be unable to profitably deploy any assets we acquire.

 

   

Accuracy of Assumptions . In connection with any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership, we may make certain assumptions relating to the proposed merger or acquisition that may be, or may prove to be, inaccurate, including as the result of the failure to realize the expected benefits of any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership. The inaccuracy of any assumptions we may make could result in unanticipated consequences that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Assumptions we might make when considering a proposed merger, acquisition or strategic partnership may relate to numerous matters, including:

 

27


Table of Contents
   

projections of a target or partner company’s future net income and our earnings per share;

 

   

our ability to issue equity and debt to complete any merger or acquisition;

 

   

our expected capital structure and capital ratios after any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership;

 

   

projections as to the amount of future loan losses in any target or partner company’s portfolio;

 

   

the amount of goodwill and intangibles that will result from any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership;

 

   

certain purchase accounting adjustments that we expect will be recorded in our financial statements in connection with any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership;

 

   

cost, deposit, cross-selling and balance sheet synergies in connection with any merger, acquisition or strategic partnership;

 

   

merger, acquisition or strategic partnership costs, including restructuring charges and transaction costs;

 

   

our ability to maintain, develop and deepen relationships with customers of a target or partner company;

 

   

our ability to grow a target or partner company’s customer deposits and manage a target or partner company’s assets and liabilities;

 

   

higher than expected transaction and integration costs and unknown liabilities as well as general economic and business conditions that adversely affect the combined company following any merger or acquisition transaction;

 

   

the extent and nature of regulatory oversight over a target or partner company;

 

   

projected or expected tax benefits or assets;

 

   

accounting matters related to the target or partner company, including accuracy of assumptions and estimates used in preparation of financial statements such as those used to determine allowance for loan losses, fair value of certain assets and liabilities, securities impairment and realization of deferred tax assets;

 

   

our expectations regarding macroeconomic conditions, including the unemployment rate, housing prices, the interest rate environment, the shape of the yield curve, inflation and other economic indicators; and other financial and strategic risks associated with any merger or acquisition.

 

   

Target Specific Risk . Assets and companies that we acquire will have their own risks that are specific to a particular asset or company. These risks include, but are not limited to, particular or specific regulatory, accounting, operational, reputational and industry risks, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition. Indemnification rights, if any, may be insufficient to compensate us for any losses or damages resulting from such risks. In addition to regulatory approvals discussed above, certain of our merger, acquisitions or partnership activity may require third-party consents in order for us to fully realize the anticipated benefits of any such transaction.

Reputational Risk and Social Factors May Impact Our Results.

Our ability to originate and maintain accounts is highly dependent upon the perceptions of consumer and commercial borrowers and deposit holders and other external perceptions of our business practices or our financial health. Adverse perceptions regarding our reputation in the consumer, commercial and funding markets could lead to difficulties in generating and maintaining accounts as well as in financing them. In particular, negative perceptions regarding our reputation could lead to decreases in the levels of deposits that consumer and commercial customers and potential customers choose to maintain with us. Negative public opinion could result from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities or circumstances, including lending practices,

 

28


Table of Contents

regulatory compliance, inadequate protection of customer information, or sales and marketing, and from actions taken by regulators or other persons in response to such conduct. In addition, third parties with whom we have important relationships may take actions over which we have limited control that could negatively impact perceptions about us.

In addition, a variety of social factors may cause changes in borrowing activity, including credit card use, payment patterns and the rate of defaults by accountholders and borrowers domestically and internationally. These social factors include changes in consumer confidence levels, the public’s perception regarding consumer debt, including credit card use, and changing attitudes about the stigma of bankruptcy. If consumers develop or maintain negative attitudes about incurring debt, or if consumption trends decline, our business and financial results will be negatively affected.

Damage To Our Brands Could Impact Our Financial Performance.

Our brands have historically been very important to us. As with many financial services institutions, maintaining and enhancing our brand will depend largely on our ability to be a technology leader and to continue to provide high-quality products and services. Negative public perception of our brands could result from actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, regulatory compliance and the use and protection of customer information, as well as from actions taken by government regulators and community organizations in response to that conduct. If we fail to maintain and enhance our brands, or if we incur excessive expenses in this effort, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Our online banking brands may also be negatively impacted by a number of factors, including service outages, including as a result of a cyber-attack, integration difficulties from recent acquisitions, product malfunctions, data privacy, lack of training and security issues.

We Face Intense Competition in All of Our Markets.

We operate in a highly competitive environment, and we expect competitive conditions to continue to intensify. We face intense competition both in making loans and attracting deposits. We compete on the basis of the rates we pay on deposits and the rates and other terms we charge on the loans we originate or purchase, as well as the quality of our customer service. Price competition for loans might result in origination of fewer loans or earning less on our loans. We expect that competition will continue to increase with respect to most of our products. Some of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages, including a more diversified product and customer base, the ability to reach out to more customers and potential customers, operational efficiencies, more versatile technology platforms, broad-based local distribution capabilities, lower-cost funding and larger existing branch networks. In addition, some of our competitors, including new and emerging competitors in the digital and mobile payments space, are not subject to the same regulatory requirements or legislative scrutiny to which we are subject, which also could place us at a competitive disadvantage.

We have significantly expanded our partnership business over the past several years with the additions of a number of credit card partnerships from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and credit card partnerships with Kohl’s, HBC and Sony. The market for key business partners, especially in the Card business, is very competitive, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to grow or maintain these partner relationships. We face the risk that we could lose partner relationships, even after we have invested significant resources, time and expense in acquiring and developing the relationships. The loss of any of our business partners could have a negative impact on our results of operations, including lower returns, excess operating expense and excess funding capacity.

In such a competitive environment, we may lose entire accounts or may lose account balances to competing firms, or we may find it more costly to maintain our existing customer base. Customer attrition from any or all of our lending products, together with any lowering of interest rates or fees that we might implement to retain

 

29


Table of Contents

customers, could reduce our revenues and therefore our earnings. Similarly, customer attrition from our deposit products, in addition to an increase in rates or services that we may offer to retain those deposits, may increase our expenses and therefore reduce our earnings.

If We Do Not Adjust to Rapid Changes in the Financial Services Industry, Our Financial Performance May Suffer.

Our ability to deliver to stockholders strong financial performance and returns on investment will depend in part on our ability to expand the scope of available financial services to meet the needs and demands of our customers. With our recent ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions, we have begun to market new products to our larger customer base. Our ability to meet our customers’ needs and expectations is key to our ability to grow revenue and earnings. Many of our competitors are focusing on cross-selling their products and developing new products or technologies, which could affect our ability to maintain or grow existing customer relationships or require us to offer lower interest rates or fees on our lending products or higher interest rates on deposits. This increasingly competitive environment is primarily a result of changes in regulation, changes in technology and product delivery systems, as well as the accelerating pace of consolidation among financial service providers, all of which may affect our customers’ expectations and demands. If we do not successfully anticipate and adjust to changes in the financial service industry, our business and financial results will be negatively affected.

Fluctuations in Market Interest Rates Or Volatility in the Capital Markets Could Adversely Affect Our Revenue and Expense, the Value of Assets and Obligations, Our Cost of Capital or Our Liquidity.

Like other financial institutions, our business may be sensitive to market interest rate movement and the performance of the capital markets. Changes in interest rates or in valuations in the debt or equity markets could directly impact us. For example, we borrow money from other institutions and depositors, which we use to make loans to customers and invest in debt securities and other earning assets. We earn interest on these loans and assets and pay interest on the money we borrow from institutions and depositors. Fluctuations in interest rates, including changes in the relationship between short-term rates and long-term rates and in the relationship between our funding basis rate and our lending basis rate, may have negative impacts on our net interest income and therefore our earnings. In addition, interest rate fluctuations and competitor responses to those changes may affect the rate of customer prepayments for mortgage, auto and other term loans and may affect the balances customers carry on their credit cards. These changes can reduce the overall yield on our earning asset portfolio. Changes in interest rates and competitor responses to these changes may also impact customer decisions to maintain balances in the deposit accounts they have with us. In addition, changes in valuations in the debt and equity markets could have a negative impact on the assets we hold in our investment portfolio. Finally, such market changes could also have a negative impact on the valuation of assets for which we provide servicing.

We assess our interest rate risk by estimating the effect on our earnings under various scenarios that differ based on assumptions about the direction and the magnitude of interest rate changes. We take risk mitigation actions based on those assessments. We face the risk that changes in interest rates could materially reduce our net interest income and our earnings, especially if actual conditions turn out to be materially different than those we assumed. See “MD&A—Market Risk Management” for additional information.

Our Business Could Be Negatively Affected If We Are Unable to Attract, Retain and Motivate Skilled Senior Leaders.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to retain key senior leaders, and competition for such senior leaders can be intense in most areas of our business. The executive compensation provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and the regulations issued thereunder, and any further legislation, regulation or regulatory guidance restricting executive compensation, may limit the types of compensation arrangements that we may enter into with our most senior leaders and could have a negative impact on our ability to attract, retain and motivate such

 

30


Table of Contents

leaders in support of our long-term strategy. These laws and regulations may not apply in the same manner to all financial institutions, and we therefore may face more restrictions than other institutions and companies with whom we compete for talent. If we are unable to retain talented senior leadership, our business could be negatively affected.

Our Businesses are Subject to the Risk of Increased Litigation.

Our businesses are subject to increased litigation risks as a result of a number of factors and from various sources, including the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry, the focus of state and federal prosecutors on banks and the financial services industry, the structure of the credit card industry and business practices in the mortgage lending business. Substantial legal liability against us could have a material adverse effect or cause significant reputational harm to us, which could seriously harm our business. For a description of the litigation risks that we face, see “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

We Face Risks from Unpredictable Catastrophic Events.

Despite our substantial business contingency plans, the impact from natural disasters and other catastrophic events, including terrorist attacks, may have a negative effect on our business and infrastructure, including our information technology systems. In addition, if a natural disaster or other catastrophic event occurs in certain regions where our business and customers are concentrated, such as the New York metropolitan area, we could be disproportionately impacted as compared to our competitors. The impact of such events and other catastrophes on the overall economy may also adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

We Face Risks from the Use of or Changes to Estimates in Our Financial Statements.

Pursuant to generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), we are required to use certain assumptions and estimates in preparing our financial statements, including, but not limited to, estimating our allowance for loan and lease losses and the fair value of certain assets and liabilities. In addition, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), the SEC and other regulatory bodies may change the financial accounting and reporting standards, including those related to assumptions and estimates we use to prepare our financial statements, in ways that we cannot predict and that could impact our financial statements. If the assumptions or estimates underlying our financial statements are incorrect or if financial accounting and reporting standards are changed, we may experience unexpected material losses. For a discussion of our use of estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, see “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Our Ability To Receive Dividends From Our Subsidiaries Could Affect Our Liquidity And Ability To Pay Dividends.

We are a separate and distinct legal entity from our subsidiaries. Dividends to us from our direct and indirect subsidiaries, including our bank subsidiaries, have represented a major source of funds for us to pay dividends on our common stock, make payments on corporate debt securities and meet other obligations. There are various federal law limitations on the extent to which the Banks can finance or otherwise supply funds to us through dividends and loans. These limitations include minimum regulatory capital requirements, federal banking law requirements concerning the payment of dividends out of net profits or surplus, Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W governing transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates, as well as general federal regulatory oversight to prevent unsafe or unsound practices. If our subsidiaries’ earnings are not sufficient to make dividend payments to us while maintaining adequate capital levels, our liquidity may be affected and we may not be able to make dividend payments to our common stockholders, to make payments on outstanding corporate debt securities or meet other obligations, each and any of which could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations, financial position or perception of financial health.

 

31


Table of Contents

The Soundness of Other Financial Institutions Could Adversely Affect Us.

Our ability to engage in routine funding and other transactions could be adversely affected by the stability and actions of other financial services institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a result of trading, clearing, servicing, counterparty and other relationships. With our recent ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions, we have increased exposure to financial institutions and counterparties. These counterparties include institutions and counterparties that may be exposed to various risks over which we have little or no control, including European or U.S. sovereign debt that is currently or may become in the future subject to significant price pressure, rating agency downgrade or default risk.

In addition, we routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, mutual and hedge funds and other institutional clients, resulting in a significant credit concentration with respect to the financial services industry overall. As a result, defaults by, or even rumors or questions about, one or more financial services institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions.

Likewise, adverse developments affecting the overall strength and soundness of our competitors, the financial services industry as a whole and the general economic climate or sovereign debt could have a negative impact on perceptions about the strength and soundness of our business even if we are not subject to the same adverse developments. In addition, adverse developments with respect to third parties with whom we have important relationships also could negatively impact perceptions about us. These perceptions about us could cause our business to be negatively affected and exacerbate the other risks that we face.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate and banking real estate portfolio consists of a combined total of approximately 15.6 million square feet of owned or leased office and retail space, used to support our business segments. Of this overall portfolio, approximately 9.9 million square feet of space are dedicated for various corporate office uses (with an additional 824,000 square feet currently under construction in Virginia and Texas) and approximately 5.7 million square feet of space are for bank branches and related offices.

Our 9.9 million square feet of corporate office space consists of approximately 5.4 million square feet of leased space and 4.5 million square feet of owned space and such corporate office space is located in Virginia, Texas, Maryland, New York, Louisiana, Florida, Washington, and Delaware and various other locations, and includes the following owned corporate campuses:

 

   

McLean, Virginia: Approximately 587,000 square foot headquarters building housing our executive offices and northern Virginia staff.

 

   

Goochland County, Virginia: Approximately 316 acres of land, which contains approximately 1.2 million square feet of office space to house various business and staff groups.

 

   

Plano, Texas: Approximately 139 acres of land, which contains approximately 678,000 square feet of office space to support various staff groups, including our auto finance and home loan businesses.

 

   

Glen Allen, Virginia: Approximately 453,000 square feet of office space to house various business and staff groups.

 

32


Table of Contents

Our 5.7 million square feet of banking branch and branch/office space consists of approximately 2.7 million square feet of leased space and 3 million square feet of owned space, including branches in locations across the District of Columbia, Louisiana, Maryland, New Jersey, New York, and Virginia.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

The information required by Item 3 is included in “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

33


Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock is listed on the NYSE and is traded under the symbol “COF.” As of January 31, 2013, there were 14,059 holders of record of our common stock. The table below presents the high and low closing sales prices of our common stock as reported by the NYSE and cash dividends per common share declared by us during each quarter indicated.

 

     Sales Price      Cash
Dividends
 

Quarter ended

   High      Low     

2012:

        

December 31

   $   61.40       $   54.77       $   0.05   

September 30

     59.37         53.36         0.05   

June 30

     56.36         48.40         0.05   

March 31

     57.15         43.75         0.05   

2011:

        

December 31

   $ 47.07       $ 37.75       $ 0.05   

September 30

     54.31         37.63         0.05   

June 30

     56.21         47.87         0.05   

March 31

     52.76         43.68         0.05   

Dividend Restrictions

For information regarding our ability to pay dividends, see the discussion under “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends and Transfers of Funds,” “MD&A—Capital Management—Dividend Policy,” and “Note 13—Regulatory and Capital Adequacy,” which we incorporate herein by reference.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

Information relating to compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance is presented in Part III of this report under “Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.”

 

34


Table of Contents

Common Stock Performance Graph

The following graph shows the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock compared with an overall stock market index, the S&P Composite 500 Stock Index (“S&P 500 Index”), and a published industry index, the S&P Financial Composite Index (“S&P Financial Index”), over the five-year period commencing December 31, 2007, and ending December 31, 2012. The stock performance graph assumes that $100 was invested in our common stock and each index and that all dividends were reinvested. The stock price performance on the graph below is not necessarily indicative of future performance.

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return

(Capital One, S&P 500 Index and S&P Financial Index)

 

LOGO

 

     2007      2008      2009      2010      2011      2012  

Capital One

   $ 100.00       $ 69.81       $ 86.51       $ 96.52       $ 96.32       $ 132.44   

S&P 500 Index

     100.00         61.51         75.94         85.65         85.65         97.13   

S&P Financial Index

     100.00         43.05         49.42         54.78         44.69         56.43   

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

On February 17, 2012, in connection with the closing of the ING Direct acquisition, we issued 54,028,086 shares of common stock to ING Bank N.V. as partial consideration for the acquisition in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. On September 10, 2012, one of the ING Sellers sold 54,028,086 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering, representing all of the shares of common stock we issued to the ING Sellers in connection with the ING Direct acquisition. We did not receive any proceeds from this offering.

 

35


Table of Contents

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table presents information related to repurchases of shares of our common stock during the fourth quarter of 2012.

 

     Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased (1)
     Average
Price Paid
per Share
     Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced
Plans
     Maximum
Amount That May
Yet be Purchased
Under the Plan
or Program
 

October 1-31, 2012

     13,601       $ 58.82              $  —  

November 1-30, 2012

                           

December 1-31, 2012

                           
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

Total

     13,601       $ 58.82                 
  

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

(1)  

Shares purchased represent shares purchased and share swaps made in connection with stock option exercises and the withholding of shares to cover taxes on restricted stock awards whose restrictions have lapsed.

 

36


Table of Contents

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data and performance metrics for the five-year period ended December 31, 2012. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. We prepare our consolidated financial statements based on generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”), which we refer to as our reported results. This data should be reviewed in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and with the Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) included in this Report. The historical financial information presented may not be indicative of our future performance. The acquisitions of ING Direct on February 17, 2012 and the 2012 U.S. card acquisition on May 1, 2012 had a significant impact on our results and selected metrics for the year ended December 31, 2012 and our financial condition as of December 31, 2012.

We use the term “acquired loans” to refer to a limited portion of the credit card loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the substantial majority of consumer and commercial loans acquired in the ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank (“CCB”) acquisitions, which were recorded at fair value at acquisition and subsequently accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected (under the accounting standard formerly known as “Statement of Position 03-3, Accounting for Certain Loans or Debt Securities Acquired in a Transfer ,” commonly referred to as “SOP 03-3”). The loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition accounted for based on expected cash flows consisted of loans with a fair value at acquisition of approximately $651 million that were deemed to be credit impaired because they were delinquent and revolving cardholder privileges had been revoked. The difference between the fair value and initial expected cash flows represents the accretable yield, which is recognized into interest income over the life of the loans. The difference between the contractual payments on the loans and the expected cash flows represents the nonaccretable difference or the amount not considered collectible, which approximates what we refer to as the “credit mark.” The credit mark established under the accounting for these loans takes into consideration future expected credit losses over the life of the loans. Accordingly, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition. In addition, these loans are not classified as delinquent or nonperforming even though the customer may be contractually past due because we expect that we will fully collect the carrying value of these loans. The accounting and classification of these loans may significantly alter some of our reported credit quality metrics. We therefore supplement certain reported credit quality metrics with metrics adjusted to exclude the impact of these acquired loans.

Of the $27.8 billion in outstanding receivables that we acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition that were designated as held for investment, $26.2 billion had existing revolving privileges at acquisition and were therefore excluded from the acquired loan accounting guidance described above. These loans were recorded at fair value of $26.9 billion at acquisition, which resulted in a net premium of $705 million that is being amortized against interest income over the remaining life of the loans. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion, which is included in our total provision for credit losses of $4.4 billion for 2012, to establish an initial allowance related to these loans. For additional information, see “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Acquired Loans.”

 

37


Table of Contents

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data

 

                                  Change  
    Year Ended December 31,     2012 vs.
2011
    2011 vs.
2010
 

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

  2012     2011     2010 (1)     2009 (2)     2008      

Income statement

             

Interest income

  $ 18,964      $ 14,987      $ 15,353      $ 10,664      $ 11,112        27     (2 )% 

Interest expense

    2,375        2,246        2,896        2,967        3,963        6        (22
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income (3)

    16,589        12,741        12,457        7,697        7,149        30        2   

Non-interest income (4)

    4,807        3,538        3,714        5,286        6,744        36        (5
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue (5)

    21,396        16,279        16,171        12,983        13,893        31        1   

Provision for credit losses (6)

    4,415        2,360        3,907        4,230        5,101        87        (40

Non-interest expense (7)(8)

    11,946        9,332        7,934        7,417        8,210        28        18   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    5,035        4,587        4,330        1,336        582        10        6   

Income tax provision

    1,301        1,334        1,280        349        497        (2     4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    3,734        3,253        3,050        987        85        15        7   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (9)

    (217     (106     (307     (103     (131     105        (65
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

    3,517        3,147        2,743        884        (46     12        15   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

    (15     (26                          11        **   

Preferred stock dividends (10)

    (15                   (564 )       (33 )       **          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) available to common stockholders

  $ 3,487      $ 3,121      $ 2,743      $ 320      $ (79     12     14
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Common share statistics

             

Basic earnings per common share:

             

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $ 6.60      $ 7.08      $ 6.74      $ 0.99      $ 0.14        (7 )%      5

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (9)

    (0.39     (0.23     (0.67     (0.24     (0.35     70        (66
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share

  $ 6.21      $ 6.85      $ 6.07      $ (0.75   $ (0.21     (9 )%      13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

             

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $ 6.54      $ 7.03      $ 6.68      $ 0.98      $ 0.14        (7 )%      5

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax (9)

    (0.38     (0.23     (0.67     (0.24     (0.35     65        (66
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per common share

  $ 6.16      $ 6.80      $ 6.01      $ 0.74      $ (0.21     (9 )%      13
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends per common share

  $ 0.20      $ 0.20      $ 0.20      $ 0.53      $ 1.50           

Common dividend payout ratio

    3.22     2.92     3.32     66.80     722.06     30 bps      (40 )bps 

Stock price per common share at period end

  $ 57.93      $ 42.29      $ 42.56      $ 38.34      $ 31.89        37     (1 )% 

Book value per common share at period end

    69.56        64.51        58.62        59.04        68.38        8        10   

Total market capitalization at period end

    33,727        19,301        19,271        17,268        12,412        75        **   

Average balances

             

Loans held for investment (11)

  $ 187,915      $ 128,424      $ 128,526      $ 99,787      $ 98,971        46     **

Interest-earning assets

    255,079        175,265        175,683        145,552        133,282        46        **   

Total assets

    286,602        199,718        200,114        171,598        156,292        44        **   

Interest-bearing deposits

    183,314        109,644        104,743        103,078        82,736        67        5   

Total deposits

    203,055        126,694        119,010        115,601        93,508        60        6   

Borrowings

    38,025        38,022        49,620        23,522        31,096        **        (23

Stockholders’ equity

    37,327        28,579        24,941        26,606        25,278        31        15   

 

38


Table of Contents
                                  Change  
    Year Ended December 31,     2012 vs.
    2011    
    2011 vs.
    2010    
 

 

  2012     2011     2010 (1)     2009 (2)     2008      

Selected performance metrics

             

Purchase volume (12)

  $ 180,599      $ 135,120      $ 106,912      $ 102,068      $ 113,835        34     26

Total net revenue margin (13)

    8.39     9.28     9.20     8.94     10.44     (89 )bps      8 bps 

Net interest margin (14)

    6.50        7.27        7.09        5.30        5.38        (77     18   

Net charge-offs

  $ 3,555      $ 3,771      $ 6,651      $ 4,568      $ 3,478        (6 )%      (43 )% 

Net charge-off rate (15)

    1.89     2.94     5.18     4.58     3.51     (105 )bps      (224 )bps 

Net charge-off rate (excluding acquired
loans)
(16)

    2.34        3.06        5.45        4.94        3.51        (72     (239

Return on average assets (17)

    1.30        1.63        1.52        0.58        0.05        (33     11   

Return on average stockholders’ equity (18)

    10.00        11.38        12.23        3.71        0.34        (138     (85

Equity-to-assets ratio (19)

    13.02        14.31        12.46        15.50        16.17        (129     185   

Non-interest expense as a % of average loans held for investment ( 20 )

    6.36        7.27        6.17        7.43        8.30        (91     110   

Efficiency ratio (2 1 )

    55.83        57.33        49.06        56.21        52.29        (150     827   

Effective income tax rate

    25.84        29.08        29.56        26.16        85.47        (324     (48
                                  Change  
    December 31,     2012 vs.
    2011    
    2011 vs.
    2010    
 

 

  2012     2011     2010 (1)     2009 (2)     2008      

Balance sheet (period end)

             

Loans held for
investment
(11)

  $ 205,889      $ 135,892      $ 125,947      $ 90,619      $ 101,018        52     8

Interest-earning assets

    280,096        179,878        172,071        139,751        141,471        56        5   

Total assets

    312,918        206,019        197,503        169,646        165,913        52        4   

Interest-bearing deposits

    190,018        109,945        107,162        102,370        97,327        73        3   

Total deposits

    212,485        128,226        122,210        115,809        108,621        66        5   

Borrowings

    49,910        39,561        41,796        21,014        23,178        26        (5

Stockholders’ equity

    40,499        29,666        26,541        26,590        26,612        37        12   

Credit quality metrics (period end)

             

Allowance for loan and lease losses

  $ 5,156      $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127      $ 4,524        21     (24 )% 

Allowance as a % of loans held for investment

    2.50     3.13     4.47     4.55     4.48     (63 )bps      (134 )bps 

Allowance as a % of loans held for investment (excluding acquired loans) (16)

    3.02        3.22        4.67        4.95        4.48        (20     (145

30+ day performing delinquency rate

    2.70        3.35        3.52        3.98        4.21        (65     (17

30+ day performing delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans)  (16)

    3.29        3.47        3.68        4.32        4.21        (18     (21

30+ day delinquency rate

    3.09        3.95        4.23        N/A        N/A        (86     (28

30+ day delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans)  (16)

    3.77        4.09        4.43        N/A        N/A        (32     (34

Capital ratios

             

Tier 1 common ratio (2 2 )

    11.0     9.7     8.8     10.6     12.5     130 bps      90 bps 

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (2 3 )

    11.3        12.0        11.6        13.8        13.8        (60     40   

Total risk-based capital ratio (2 4 )

    13.6        14.9        16.8        17.7        16.7        (130     (190

Tangible common equity ratio (“TCE” ratio”) (2 5 )

    7.9        8.2        6.9        8.0        9.2        (30     130   

Associates

             

Full-time equivalent employees (in thousands)

    39.6        30.5        25.7        25.9        23.7        30     19

 

39


Table of Contents
                                  Change  
    December 31,     2010 vs.
    2011    
    2011 vs.
    2010    
 

 

  2012     2011     2010 (1)     2009 (2)     2008      

Managed metrics (2 6 )

             

Average loans held for investment

  $ 187,915      $ 128,424      $ 128,622      $ 143,514      $ 147,812        46     * *% 

Average interest-earning assets

    255,079        175,341        175,815        185,976        179,348        46        *

Period-end loans:

             

Period-end on-balance sheet loans held for investment

  $ 205,889      $ 135,892      $ 125,947      $ 90,619      $ 101,018        52        8   

Period-end off-balance sheet securitized loans

                         46,184        45,919                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total period-end managed loans

  $ 205,889      $ 135,892      $ 125,947      $ 136,803      $ 146,937        52        8   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Period-end total loan accounts (in millions)

    122.1        70.0        37.4        37.8        45.4        74        87   

30+ day performing delinquency rate

    2.70     3.35     3.52     4.62     4.38     (65 )bps      (17 )bps 

Net charge-off rate

    1.89        2.94        5.18        5.87        4.35        (105     (224

Non-interest expense as a % of average loans held for investment ( 20 )

    6.36        7.27        6.17        5.17        5.01        (91     110   

Efficiency ratio

    55.83        57.33        49.06        43.35        43.14        (150     827   

 

N/A—Information is not readily available.

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)  

Effective January 1, 2010, we prospectively adopted two accounting standards related to the transfer and servicing of financial assets and consolidations that changed how we account for securitized loans. The adoption of these accounting standards, which we refer o in this Report as “consolidation accounting standards,” resulted in the consolidation of our credit card securitization trusts and certain other trusts, which added $41.9 billion of assets, consisting primarily of credit card loan receivables underlying the consolidated securitization trusts, along with $44.3 billion of related debt issued by these trusts to third-party investors to our reported consolidated balance sheet and reduced our stockholders’ equity by $2.9 billion and reduced our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio to 9.9% from 13.8%. The reduction to stockholders’ equity was driven by the establishment of an allowance for loan and lease losses of $4.3 billion (pre-tax) primarily related to receivables held in credit card securitization trusts that were consolidated at the adoption date. Prior period reported amounts have not been restated as the accounting standards were adopted prospectively. Prior to January 1, 2010, in addition to our reported U.S. GAAP results, we presented and analyzed our results on a non-GAAP “managed basis.” Our managed-basis presentation included certain reclassification adjustments that assumed securitized loans accounted for as sales remained on balance sheet, and the earnings from the off-balance sheet securitized loans were reported in our results of operations in the same manner as earnings on retained loans recorded on our consolidated balance sheet. While our managed presentation resulted in differences in the classification of revenues in our income statement, net income on a managed basis was the same as our reported net income. We believe this managed-basis information was useful to investors because it enabled them to understand both the credit risks associated with loans reported on our consolidated balance sheets and our retained interests in securitized loans. As a result of the adoption of the consolidation accounting standards, our reported and managed based presentations are generally comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. See “MD&A—Supplemental Tables” and “Exhibit 99.1” for additional information on our non-GAAP managed presentation and other non-GAAP measures.

(2)

Effective February 27, 2009, we acquired Chevy Chase Bank. Our financial results subsequent to February 27, 2009 include the operations of Chevy Chase Bank. While our 2012, 2011 and 2010 results include the full year impact of the Chevy Chase Bank acquisition, our 2009 results include only a partial year impact.

(3)  

Premium amortization related to the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions reduced net interest income by $391 million in 2012.

(4)  

Includes a bargain purchase gain of $594 million attributable to the ING Direct acquisition recognized in non-interest income in 2012. The bargain purchase gain represents the excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired from ING Direct as of the acquisition date over the consideration transferred. See “Note 2—Acquisitions” for additional information.

(5)  

Total net revenue was reduced by $937 million, $371 million, $950 million, $2.1 billion and $1.9 billion in 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, for the estimated uncollectible amount of billed finance charges and fees.

(6)  

Provision for credit losses for 2012 includes expense of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance for the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition accounted for based on contractual cash flows.

(7)  

Includes merger-related expenses, including transaction costs, attributable to acquisitions of $336 million and $45 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Also includes intangible amortization expense related to purchased credit card relationships (“PCCR”) from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition of $334 million in 2012, and other asset and intangible amortization expense related to the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions of $147 million in 2012.

 

40


Table of Contents
(8)  

Non-interest expense for 2008 includes goodwill impairment of $811 million related to the Auto Finance division of our Consumer Banking business.

(9)  

Discontinued operations reflect ongoing costs related to the mortgage origination operations of GreenPoint’s wholesale mortgage banking unit, GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. (“Greenpoint”), which we closed in 2007.

(10)  

Preferred stock dividends in 2009 and 2008 were attributable to our participation in the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”).

(11)  

Loans held for investment includes loans acquired in the Chevy Chase Bank, ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. The average carrying value of acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected was $37.1 billion, $4.7 billion, $5.6 billion, $7.3 billion and none as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The average balance of loans held for investment, excluding the carrying value of acquired loans, was $151.7 billion, $123.4 billion, $122.2 billion, $92.5 billion and $99.0 billion in 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively. See “Note 5—Loans” for additional information.

(12)  

Consists of credit card purchase transactions for the period, net of returns. Excludes cash advance transactions.

(13)  

Calculated based on total net revenue for the period divided by average interest-earning assets for the period.

(14)  

Calculated based on net interest income for the period divided by average interest-earning assets for the period.

(15)  

Calculated based on net charge-offs for the period divided by average loans held for investment for the period.

(16)  

Calculation of ratio adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected. See “Business Segment Financial Performance,” “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Credit Quality” for additional information on the impact of acquired loans on our credit quality metrics.

(17)  

Calculated based on income from continuing operations, net of tax, for the period divided by average total assets for the period.

(18)  

Calculated based on income from continuing operations, net of tax, for the period divided by average stockholders’ equity for the period.

(19)  

Calculated based on average stockholders’ equity for the period divided by average total assets for the period.

( 20 )  

Calculated based on non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges, for the period divided by average loans held for investment for the period.

(2 1 )  

Calculated based on non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment charges, for the period divided by total net revenue for the period.

(2 2 )  

Tier 1 common ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 common equity divided by risk-weighted assets. See “MD&A—Capital Management” and “MD&A—Supplemental Tables—Table F: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I” for additional information, including the calculation of this ratio.

(2 3 )  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory measure calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets. See “MD&A—Capital Management” and “MD&A—Supplemental Tables—Table F: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I” for additional information, including the calculation of this ratio.

(2 4 )  

Total risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory measure calculated based on total risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets. See “MD&A—Capital Management” and “MD&A—Supplemental Tables—Table F: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I” for additional information, including the calculation of this ratio.

(2 5 )  

TCE ratio is a non-GAAP measure calculated based on tangible common equity divided by tangible assets. See “MD&A—Supplemental Tables—Table F: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I” for the calculation of this measure and reconciliation to the comparative GAAP measure.

(2 6 )  

See “MD&A—Supplemental Tables” and Exhibit 99.1 for a reconciliation of non-GAAP managed measures to comparable U.S. GAAP measures.

 

41


Table of Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

 

This discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based upon management’s current expectations and are subject to significant uncertainties and changes in circumstances. Please review “Forward-Looking Statements” for more information on the forward-looking statements in this Report. Our actual results may differ materially from those included in these forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors including, but not limited to, those described in this Report in “Item 1A. Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise specified, references to Notes to our consolidated financial statements are to the Notes to our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 included in this 2012 Annual Report on Form 10-K (“2012 Form 10-K).

 

 

Management monitors a variety of key indicators to evaluate our business results and financial condition. The following MD&A is intended to provide the reader with an understanding of our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity by focusing on changes from year to year in certain key measures used by management to evaluate performance, such as profitability, growth and credit quality metrics. MD&A is provided as a supplement to, and should be read in conjunction with, our audited consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and accompanying notes. MD&A is organized in the following sections:

 

•   Overview

 

•   Executive Summary and Business Outlook

 

•   Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

•   Accounting Changes and Developments

 

•   Consolidated Results of Operations

 

•   Business Segment Financial Performance

 

•   Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis

 

•   Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Variable Interest Entities

 

•   Capital Management

 

•   Risk Management

 

•   Credit Risk Profile

 

•   Liquidity Risk Profile

 

•   Market Risk Profile

 

•   Supplemental Tables

 

 

OVERVIEW

 

We are a diversified financial services holding company with banking and non-banking subsidiaries that offer a broad array of financial products and services to consumers, small businesses and commercial clients through branches, the internet and other distribution channels. Our principal subsidiaries included Capital One Bank (USA), National Association (“COBNA”) and Capital One, National Association (“CONA”) as of December 31, 2012. On November 1, 2012, we merged ING Bank, fsb into CONA, with CONA surviving the merger. The Company and its subsidiaries are hereafter collectively referred to as “we,” “us” or “our.” CONA and COBNA are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Banks.”

Period-end loans held for investment increased to $205.9 billion and deposits increased to $212.5 billion as of December 31, 2012, from period-end loans of $135.9 billion and deposits of $128.2 billion as of December 31, 2011. The closing of the ING Direct acquisition on February 17, 2012 resulted in the addition of loans of $40.4 billion and other assets of $53.9 billion at acquisition. The ING Direct acquisition, which added over seven million customers and approximately $84.4 billion in deposits to our Consumer Banking business segment as of the acquisition date, strengthens our customer franchise. With the ING Direct acquisition, we have grown to become the sixth largest depository institution and the largest direct banking institution in the United States. The closing of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition on May 1, 2012 added approximately 27 million new active accounts and approximately $27.8 billion in outstanding credit card receivables as of the acquisition date that we designated as held for investment.

Our consolidated total net revenues are derived primarily from lending to consumer and commercial customers and by deposit-taking activities net of the costs associated with funding our assets, which generate net interest income, and by activities that generate non-interest income, such as fee-based services provided to customers and

 

42


Table of Contents

merchant interchange fees with respect to certain credit card transactions. Our expenses primarily consist of the provision for credit losses, operating expenses (including associate salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, professional services, infrastructure enhancements and branch operations and expansion costs), marketing expenses and income taxes.

Our principal operations are currently organized for management reporting purposes into three primary business segments, which are defined primarily based on the products and services provided or the type of customer served: Credit Card, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The operations of acquired businesses have been integrated into our existing business segments. The acquired ING Direct business is primarily reflected in our Consumer Banking business, while the business acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition is reflected in our Credit Card business. Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in our “Other” category.

 

   

Credit Card : Consists of our domestic consumer and small business card lending, national small business lending, national closed end installment lending and the international card lending businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom.

 

   

Consumer Banking : Consists of our branch-based lending and deposit gathering activities for consumers and small businesses, national deposit gathering, national auto lending and consumer home loan lending and servicing activities.

 

   

Commercial Banking : Consists of our lending, deposit gathering and treasury management services to commercial real estate and commercial and industrial customers. Our commercial and industrial customers typically include companies with annual revenues between $10 million to $1.0 billion.

In the first quarter of 2012, we re-aligned the loan categories reported by our Commercial Banking business and the loan customer and product types included within each category. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation. Table 1 summarizes our business segment results, which we report based on income from continuing operations, net of tax, for 2012, 2011 and 2010. We provide additional information on the realignment of our Commercial Banking business segment below under “Business Segment Results” and in “Note 20—Business Segments” of this Report. We also provide additional information on the allocation methodologies used to derive our business segment results and a reconciliation of our total business segment results to our consolidated U.S. GAAP results in “Note 20—Business Segments.”

Table 1: Business Segment Results

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
      2012     2011     2010  
      Total Net
Revenue (1)
    Net Income
(Loss) (2)
    Total Net
Revenue (1)
    Net Income
(Loss) (2)
    Total Net
Revenue (1)
    Net Income
(Loss) (2)
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
    Amount     % of
Total
 

Credit Card

  $ 13,260        62   $ 1,530        41   $ 10,431        64   $ 2,277        70   $ 10,614        66   $ 2,274        75

Consumer Banking

    6,570        30        1,363        37        4,956        30        809        25        4,597        28        905        30   

Commercial Banking

    2,080        10        835        22        1,879        12        595        18        1,635        10        204        6   

Other (3)

    (514     (2     6               (987     (6     (428     (13     (669     (4     (333     (11
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total from continuing operations

  $ 21,396        100   $ 3,734        100   $ 16,279        100   $ 3,253        100   $ 16,177        100   $ 3,050        100
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Total net revenue consists of net interest income and non-interest income.

(2)  

Net income (loss) for our business segments is reported based on income from continuing operations, net of tax.

(3)  

Includes the residual impact of the allocation of our centralized Corporate Treasury group activities, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management, to our business segments as well as other items as described in “Note 20—Business Segments.”

 

43


Table of Contents

 

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY AND BUSINESS OUTLOOK

 

In 2012, we completed two major acquisitions—ING Direct and the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. Certain purchase accounting adjustments and other charges related to these acquisitions had a significant impact on our earnings in 2012 and resulted in volatility among quarterly results. The impact of the acquisition-related adjustments, however, had diminished considerably by the end of the year. Our 2012 results reflected strong contributions from the acquired businesses, as well as solid performance in our legacy businesses, despite the industry-wide challenges of an uncertain and fragile economy, prolonged low interest rates and elevated regulatory expectations facing all banks. Purchase volumes, revenues and credit performance remained strong in 2012, and our earnings, together with capital raised from equity issuances during the year, further bolstered our liquidity and regulatory capital position.

We continue to devote significant effort to integrating the operations of these acquired businesses and investing in franchise enhancements. The combination of the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions has shifted the mix of our interest-earning assets and driven substantial growth in our total net revenues, putting us in what we believe is a strong position to generate capital and deliver sustained shareholder value, even in the current environment of low industry growth and prolonged low interest rates.

Financial Highlights

We reported net income of $3.5 billion ($6.16 per diluted share) on total net revenue of $21.4 billion in 2012, with each of our three business segments contributing to our earnings. In comparison, we reported net income of $3.1 billion ($6.80 per diluted share) on total net revenue of $16.3 billion in 2011 and net income of $2.7 billion ($6.01 per diluted share) on total net revenue of $16.2 billion in 2010.

Our Tier 1 common ratio, as calculated under Basel I, increased to 11.0% as of December 31, 2012, up from 9.7% as of December 31, 2011. The increase in our Tier 1 common ratio reflected strong internal capital generation from earnings, as well as capital raised from equity issuances during the year. Based on our current interpretation of the proposed rules for implementing Basel III, we believe we are well positioned to meet our fully phased-in assumed Tier 1 common ratio target under Basel III of approximately 8.0% in early 2013. Our Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio, as calculated under Basel I, was 11.3% as of December 31, 2012, down from 12.0% as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily driven by the significant increase in risk-weighted assets resulting from the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions, which more than offset the benefit of an increase in Tier 1 capital. See “Capital Management” below for additional information.

Below are additional highlights of our performance in 2012. These highlights generally are based on a comparison between our 2012 and 2011 results, except as otherwise noted. The changes in our financial condition and credit performance are generally based on our financial condition and credit performance as of December 31, 2012, compared with our financial condition and credit performance as of December 31, 2011. We provide a more detailed discussion of our financial performance in the sections following this “Executive Summary and Business Outlook.”

Total Company

 

   

Earnings: Our net income of $3.5 billion in 2012 increased by $370 million, or 12%, from 2011. The increase in net income reflected the favorable impact of higher total net revenue from our legacy businesses, increased revenues from acquired businesses and a bargain purchase gain of $594 million recorded at closing of the ING Direct acquisition. The increase in net revenue was largely offset by post-acquisition charges related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, including a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance for the approximately $26.2 billion in outstanding credit card receivables from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition designated as held for investment that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition and an initial charge of $174 million to establish a reserve for estimated uncollectible billed

 

44


Table of Contents
 

finance charges and fees for these loans. In addition, non-interest expense grew substantially due to higher operating expenses and merger-related expenses related to our recent acquisitions, as well as higher infrastructure expenses resulting from continued investments in our home and auto loan businesses.

 

   

Total Loans: Period-end loans held for investment increased by $70.0 billion, or 52%, in 2012 to $205.9 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $135.9 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of the acquired ING Direct loan portfolio of $40.4 billion and the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition designated as held for investment of $27.8 billion. Excluding the impact of the addition of these loans, period-end loans held for investment increased by $1.8 billion, or 1%. The increase reflected strong commercial loan growth and continued growth in auto loans, which was partially offset by the continued expected run-off of installment loans in our Credit Card business and home loans in our Consumer Banking business.

 

   

Charge-off and Delinquency Statistics: Our net charge-off rate decreased to 1.89% in 2012, from 2.94% in 2011. The 30+ day delinquency rate also declined during the year to 3.09% as of December 31, 2012, from 3.95% as of December 31, 2011. As discussed above, the accounting and classification of acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected may significantly alter some of our reported credit quality metrics. The “credit mark” established in conjunction with acquired loans from the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions absorbed a significant portion of the uncollectible amounts that we would have recorded as charge-offs on these portfolios in the second and third quarters of 2012, resulting in unusually low net-charge off rates in each of these quarters. By the fourth quarter of 2012, the credit mark impact related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition had diminished, with no meaningful impact on net charge-offs in the quarter. We provide information on our credit quality metrics, excluding the impact of acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected, below under “Business Segments” and “Credit Risk Profile.”

 

   

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses: We increased our allowance by $906 million in 2012 to $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2012. In comparison, we reduced our allowance by $1.4 billion in 2011. The increase in the allowance in 2012 was primarily attributable to the initial allowance build of $1.2 billion in the second quarter of 2012 that we established for the approximately $26.2 billion in outstanding credit card receivables from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition, as well as growth in auto loan balances. Excluding the initial allowance build of $1.2 billion established for the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, we recorded an allowance release of $294 million in 2012 primarily attributable to a significant improvement in underlying credit performance trends in our Commercial Banking business. Although the allowance increased in 2012, the coverage ratio of the allowance to total loans held for investment fell to 2.50% as of December 31, 2012, from 3.13% as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the allowance coverage ratio was largely due to the (i) addition of the receivables acquired in the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected, for which we did not record an allowance in accordance with the required accounting guidance for these loans, and (ii) improved credit performance for our commercial loan portfolio.

 

   

Representation and Warranty Reserve : We recorded a provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses of $349 million in 2012, compared with a provision of $212 million in 2011. The increase in the provision in 2012 was primarily driven by updated estimates of anticipated outcomes from various litigation and threatened litigation in the insured securitization segment based on relevant factual and legal developments and settlements during the year with a government-sponsored enterprise (“GSE”) to resolve present and future claims. Our representation and warranty reserve decreased to $899 million as of December 31, 2012, from $943 million as of December 31, 2011, largely due to settlements during 2012. As of December 31, 2012, our best estimate of reasonably possible future losses from representation and warranty claims beyond what is in our reserve was approximately $2.7 billion, an increase from our previous estimates of $1.7 billion as of September 30, 2012, and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2011. We provide additional information on the representation and warranty reserve in “Critical Accounting Policies

 

45


Table of Contents
 

and Estimates—Representation and Warranty Reserve” and “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

Business Segments

 

   

Credit Card: Our Credit Card business generated net income from continuing operations of $1.5 billion in 2012, compared with net income from continuing operations of $2.3 billion in 2011. The decrease in earnings in 2012 was largely due to significant post-acquisition charges related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, including a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance for outstanding credit card receivables from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition with existing revolving privileges at acquisition, PCCR intangible amortization expense of $334 million and higher operating expenses resulting from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. The unfavorable impact of these charges diminished the favorable impact of the substantial increase in total net revenue resulting from the addition of credit card receivables from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. Period-end loans in our Credit Card business increased by $26.7 billion, or 41%, in 2012, to $91.8 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the addition of the $27.8 billion in outstanding receivables classified as held for investment. Excluding the addition of the acquired receivables, period-end loans held for investment decreased by $1.1 billion, or 2%, due to the expected continued run-off of our installment loan portfolio.

 

   

Consumer Banking: Our Consumer Banking business generated net income from continuing operations of $1.4 billion in 2012, compared with net income from continuing operations of $809 million in 2011. The increase in earnings was attributable to growth in total net revenue, which was partially offset by higher non-interest expense and an increase in the provision for credit losses. Growth in revenue stemmed from higher average loan balances resulting from increased auto loan originations and added home loans from the ING Direct acquisition, coupled with the significant increase in deposits from the ING Direct acquisition. The increase in non-interest expense was largely due to operating expenses associated with ING Direct, higher infrastructure expenditures related to our home loan business and growth in auto originations and higher marketing expenditures in our retail banking operations. The increase in the provision for credit losses was largely due to higher auto loan balances resulting from growth in auto loan originations. Period-end loans in our Consumer Banking business increased by $38.8 billion, or 107%, in 2012 to $75.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, primarily due to the acquisition of $40.4 billion of ING Direct home loans and growth in auto loan originations. Excluding the addition of the acquired ING Direct loans, period-end loans held for investment decreased by $1.6 billion, or 4%, due to the expected continued run-off of our acquired home loan portfolios.

 

   

Commercial Banking: Our Commercial Banking business generated net income from continuing operations of $835 million in 2012, compared with net income from continuing operations of $595 million in 2011. The improvement in results for Commercial Banking was attributable to an increase in revenues driven by increased average loan balances as well as a decrease in the provision for credit losses due to improving credit trends. These factors were partially offset by higher non-interest expense resulting from operating costs associated with the increased volume of loan originations in our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial businesses, increased infrastructure expenditures and the expansion into new markets. Period-end loans increased by $4.5 billion, or 13%, in 2012 to $38.8 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by stronger loan originations in the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate businesses, which was partially offset by the run-off and sale of a portion of the small-ticket commercial real estate loan portfolio.

 

46


Table of Contents

Recent Developments

Redemption of Trust Preferred Securities

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding trust preferred securities with a combined aggregate principal amount of $3.65 billion that previously qualified as Tier 1 capital. On January 2, 2013, we redeemed all of our outstanding trust preferred securities, which generally carried a higher coupon cost, ranging from 3.36% to 10.25%, than other funding sources available to us. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Tier 1 capital treatment of trust preferred securities is to be phased out over a three year period starting on January 1, 2013.

Subordinated Note Exchange

On January 23, 2013, we announced the commencement of an “any and all” exchange offer for COBNA’s $1.5 billion of outstanding 8.80% subordinated notes due 2019. The transaction involved offering current holders market value plus an exchange premium for these outstanding notes, which was consideration paid through a combination of new 10-year subordinated bank notes and cash. The exchange offer expired on February 20, 2013. Pursuant to the exchange offer, COBNA exchanged approximately 80% of its outstanding 8.80% subordinated notes due 2019 for new 3.375% subordinated notes due 2023.

Credit Card Securitization

On February 1, 2013, we executed our first credit card securitization transaction since 2009 by issuing $750 million of 3-year, AAA-rated fixed-rate notes from our credit card securitization trust.

Sale of Best Buy Card Portfolio

On February 19, 2013, we announced an agreement to sell the portfolio of Best Buy Stores, L.P. (“Best Buy”) private label and co-branded credit card accounts that we acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition to Citibank, N.A. (“Citi”). At the time of the announcement, the portfolio had loan balances of approximately $7 billion. In addition, we and Best Buy have agreed to end our contractual credit card relationship early. The sale of the loans to Citi, which is subject to customary closing conditions, and early termination of the Best Buy partnership are expected to be finalized in the third quarter of 2013. In the first quarter of 2013, the assets subject to the sale agreement were transferred to the held for sale category. Upon closing, we expect that the proceeds from the sale will approximate the book value of the accounts, resulting in no significant gain or loss on the transaction. For additional information, see “Note 24—Subsequent Events.”

Business Outlook

We discuss below our current expectations regarding our total company performance and the performance of each of our business segments over the near-term based on market conditions, the regulatory environment and our business strategies as of the time we filed this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The statements contained in this section are based on our current expectations regarding our outlook for our financial results and business strategies. Our expectations take into account, and should be read in conjunction with, our expectations regarding economic trends and analysis of our business as discussed in “Item 1. Business” and “Item 7. MD&A” of this Report. Certain statements are forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Actual results could differ materially from those in our forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements do not reflect: (i) any change in current dividend or repurchase strategies, (ii) the effect of any acquisitions, divestitures or similar transactions, except for the forward-looking statements specifically discussing the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions, or (iii) any changes in laws, regulations or regulatory interpretations, in each case after the date as of which such statements are made. See “Item 1. Business—Forward-Looking Statements” for more information on the forward-looking statements in this Report and “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in this Report for factors that could materially influence our results.

 

47


Table of Contents

Total Company Expectations

Our strategies and actions are designed to deliver and sustain strong returns and capital generation through the acquisition and retention of franchise-enhancing customer relationships across our businesses. We believe that franchise-enhancing customer relationships create and sustain significant long-term value through low credit costs, long and loyal customer relationships and a gradual build in loan balances and revenues over time. Examples of franchise-enhancing customer relationships include rewards customers and new partnerships in our Credit Card business, retail deposit customers in our Consumer Banking business and primary banking relationships with commercial customers in our Commercial Banking business. We intend to grow these customer relationships by continuing to invest in scalable infrastructure and operating platforms that are appropriate for a bank of our size and business mix so that we can meet the rising regulatory and compliance expectations facing all banks and deliver a “brand-defining” customer experience that builds and sustains a valuable, long-term customer franchise. The ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions strengthened and expanded our customer base, and, over time, we expect to expand and deepen our customer relationships with new products and services.

We expect average interest-earning assets will decline in 2013. We expect average loan balances for full-year 2013 to decline from average loan balances in the fourth quarter of 2012, as significant run-off of mortgage and card loans we acquired, coupled with the sale of the Best Buy loan portfolio, is partially offset by growth in our businesses. We expect run-off and sales of approximately $18 billion in ending loan balances in 2013, primarily comprised of approximately $9 billion in run-off of mortgage loans acquired from ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank, approximately $7 billion from the sale of the Best Buy loan portfolio and approximately $2 billion in run-off of other credit card loans purchased in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. We expect this decline to be partially offset by growth in certain of our businesses, including parts of Domestic Card, Auto and Commercial Banking. However, we expect continued weak consumer demand across our Credit Card and Auto lending businesses, as well as intensifying competition in several businesses, particularly Auto and Commercial and Industrial lending.

We expect net interest margin to be modestly higher in 2013 versus 2012 levels, with steady yield on average earning assets and an expected reduction in interest expense.

We expect overall non-interest expense in 2013 to total approximately $12.5 billion, or just over $3.1 billion on average per quarter. We expect total annual non-interest expense, excluding marketing, to be approximately $11 billion dollars in 2013 and marketing expense for 2013 to be approximately $1.5 billion. We believe our actions have created a well-positioned balance sheet with strong capital and liquidity levels, and a strong capital generation trajectory. We expect to exceed an assumed Basel III Tier 1 common ratio internal target of 8 percent in early 2013. Our estimated Basel III capital trajectory includes the estimated impact of implementing the Basel II Advanced Approaches to calculate regulatory capital, which we expect will apply to us in 2016 or later. The assumed 8% Basel III Tier 1 common ratio target assumes a buffer of 50 basis points for a systemically important financial institution (“SIFI”) under applicable rules and regulations and a further buffer of 50 basis points to cover potential volatility in both the numerator and denominator of the Tier 1 common ratio. Our actual operating levels for capital will vary over time depending on our outlook on near-to-medium term growth, our view of where we are in the economic cycle and our resilience under ongoing stress-testing processes. The assumed Basel III Tier 1 common level is estimated based on our current interpretation, expectations and understanding of the Basel III capital rules and other capital regulations proposed by U.S. regulators and the application of such rules to our businesses as currently conducted. Basel III calculations are necessarily subject to change based on, among other things, the scope and terms of the final rules and regulations, model calibration and other implementation guidance, changes in our businesses and certain actions of management, including those affecting the composition of our balance sheet. We believe this ratio provides useful information to investors and others by measuring our progress against expected future regulatory capital standards.

 

48


Table of Contents

Business Segment Expectations

Credit Card Business

As noted above, in Domestic Card, the closing of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition has impacted and will continue to affect quarterly trends in loan growth, revenue margin and credit metrics. We anticipate that the run-off of parts of the portfolio acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition as well as anticipated run-off of in our installment loan portfolio will more than offset the underlying growth trajectory in other parts of our Domestic Card business resulting in a modest decline in full-year average loan balances in 2013 from average loan balances in the fourth quarter of 2012. In addition, the sale of the Best Buy loan portfolio will result in an incremental reduction in loans held for investment of approximately $7 billion. We expect charge-off levels to remain relatively stable with normal seasonal patterns in 2013.

As we have disclosed in the past, we are taking actions that we believe will enhance our franchise, such as aligning customer practices related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition with our own, and ending the sale of products like payment protection, which will have a modest negative impact on revenue margin. We also expect that the run-off of higher-margin, higher-loss receivables purchased in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition will change the mix of loans in our Domestic Card business, driving a further modest reduction of revenue margin in 2013. We expect the sale of the Best Buy portfolio, which resulted in our transferring these loans to held for sale from held for investment in the first quarter of 2013, and the related held-for-sale loan accounting will increase our revenue margins until the sale of the loans. Other factors which we are unable to accurately predict will also affect revenue margin. These factors, which include market and pricing dynamics, credit trends, and competitive intensity, could have positive or negative impacts on the Domestic Card revenue margin.

Consumer Banking Business

In our Consumer Banking business, we expect the ING Direct acquisition to continue to have a significant impact on Consumer Banking loan volumes as we anticipate that run-off in the acquired Home Loans portfolio will more than offset growth in auto loans.

Commercial Banking Business

Our Commercial Banking business continues to grow loans, deposits, and revenues as we attract new customers and deepen relationships with existing customers. Although we anticipate some quarterly fluctuations in nonperforming loan and charge-off rates, we expect our Commercial Banking business to continue strong and relatively steady performance trends throughout 2013.

 

 

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make a number of judgments, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets, liabilities, income and expenses in the consolidated financial statements. Understanding our accounting policies and the extent to which we use management judgment and estimates in applying these policies is integral to understanding our financial statements. We provide a summary of our significant accounting policies in “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

49


Table of Contents

We have identified the following accounting policies as critical because they require significant judgments and assumptions about highly complex and inherently uncertain matters and the use of reasonably different estimates and assumptions could have a material impact on our reported results of operations or financial condition. These critical accounting policies govern:

 

   

Loan loss reserves

   

Asset impairment

   

Fair value

   

Representation and warranty reserve

   

Customer rewards reserve

   

Income taxes

We evaluate our critical accounting estimates and judgments on an ongoing basis and update them, as necessary, based on changing conditions. Management has reviewed and approved these critical accounting policies and has discussed judgments and assumptions with the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors.

Loan Loss Reserves

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses that represents management’s estimate of incurred loan and lease losses inherent in our held-for-investment credit card, consumer banking and commercial banking loan portfolios as of each balance sheet date. We maintain a separate reserve for the uncollectible portion of billed finance charges and fees on credit card loans.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

We have an established process, using analytical tools, benchmarks and management judgment, to determine our allowance for loan and lease losses. We calculate the allowance for loan and lease losses by estimating incurred losses for segments of our loan portfolio with similar risk characteristics and record a provision for credit losses. We build our allowance for loan and lease losses and unfunded lending commitment reserves through the provision for credit losses. Our provision for credit losses in each period is driven by charge-offs and the level of allowance for loan and lease losses that we determine is necessary to provide for probable loan and lease losses incurred that are inherent in our loan portfolio as of each balance sheet date. We recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.4 billion, $2.4 billion and $3.9 billion in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. The allowance totaled $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with $4.3 billion as of December 31, 2011.

We review and assess our allowance methodologies and adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses on a quarterly basis. Our assessment involves evaluating many factors including, but not limited to, historical loss and recovery experience, recent trends in delinquencies and charge-offs, risk ratings, the impact of bankruptcy filings, the value of collateral underlying secured loans, account seasoning, changes in our credit evaluation, underwriting and collection management policies, seasonality, general economic conditions, changes in the legal and regulatory environment and uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques used in estimating our allowance for loan and lease losses. Key factors that have a significant impact on our allowance for loan and lease losses include assumptions about unemployment rates, home prices, and the valuation of commercial properties, consumer real estate, and autos.

Although we examine a variety of externally available data, as well as our internal loan performance data, to determine our allowance for loan and lease losses, our estimation process is subject to risks and uncertainties, including a reliance on historical loss and trend information that may not be representative of current conditions and indicative of future performance. Accordingly, our actual credit loss experience may not be in line with our expectations. For example, excluding the initial allowance build of $1.2 billion established for certain loans related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, we recorded an allowance release of $294 million in 2012, attributable to a significant improvement in underlying credit performance trends in our Commercial Banking business. Similarly, as a result of improving credit performance trends during 2011, charge-offs began to decrease across all of our business segments, and we recorded a significant allowance release of $1.4 billion in 2011.

 

50


Table of Contents

We provide additional information on the methodologies and key assumptions used in determining our allowance for loan and lease losses for each of our loan portfolio segments in “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.” We provide information on the components of our allowance, disaggregated by impairment methodology, and changes in our allowance in “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Finance Charge and Fee Reserve

We recognize finance charges and fees on credit card loans as revenue when the amounts are billed to the customer and include these amounts in the loan balance, net of the estimated uncollectible amount of billed finance charges and fees. We continue to accrue finance charges and fees on credit card loans until the account is charged-off; however, when we do not expect full payment of billed finance charges and fees, we reduce the balance of our credit card loan receivables by the amount of finance charges and fees billed but not expected to be collected and exclude this amount from revenue. Total net revenue was reduced by $937 million, $371 million and $950 million in 2012, 2011, 2010, respectively, for the estimated uncollectible amount of billed finance charges and fees. The finance charge and fee reserve totaled $307 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $74 million as of December 31, 2011.

We review and assess the adequacy of the uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve on a quarterly basis. Our methodology for estimating the uncollectible portion of billed finance charges and fees is primarily based on the use of a roll-rate methodology and consistent with the methodology we use to estimate the allowance for incurred principal losses on our credit card loan receivables. Accordingly, the estimation process is subject to similar risks and uncertainties, including a reliance on historical loss and trend information that may not be representative of current conditions and indicative of future performance. We refine our estimation process and key assumptions used in determining our loss reserves as additional information becomes available. Changes in key assumptions may have a material impact on the amount of billed finance charges and fees we estimate as uncollectible in each period. For example, in the third quarter of 2011, we revised the manner in which we estimate expected recoveries of finance charge and fee amounts previously considered to be uncollectible. Our revised recovery assumptions better reflected the post-recession pattern of relatively low delinquency roll-rates combined with increased recoveries of finance charges and fees previously considered uncollectible. This change in assumptions resulted in a reduction in our uncollectible finance charge and fee reserves of approximately $83 million and a corresponding increase in revenues. We also applied these revised assumptions to the estimated recovery of principal charge-offs in determining our allowance for loan and lease losses.

Asset Impairment

In addition to our loan portfolio, we review other assets for impairment on a regular basis in accordance with applicable impairment accounting guidance. This process requires significant management judgment and involves various estimates and assumptions. Our investment securities and goodwill and intangible assets represent a significant portion of our other assets. Accordingly, below we describe our process for assessing impairment of these assets and the key estimates and assumptions involved in this process.

Investment Securities

We regularly review investment securities for other-than-temporary impairment using both quantitative and qualitative criteria. If we intend to sell a security in an unrealized loss position or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, the entire difference between the amortized cost basis of the security and its fair value is recognized in earnings. If we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of our amortized cost, we evaluate other qualitative criteria to determine whether a credit loss exists. Our evaluation requires significant management judgment and a consideration of many factors, including, but not limited to, the extent and duration of the impairment; the health of and specific prospects for the issuer, including whether the issuer has failed to make scheduled interest or principal payments; recent events specific to the issuer and/or

 

51


Table of Contents

industry to which the issuer belongs; the payment structure of the security; external credit ratings; the value of underlying collateral and current market conditions. Quantitative criteria include assessing whether there has been an adverse change in expected future cash flows. See “Note 4—Investment Securities” for additional information.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

As a result of our acquisitions, including Hibernia Corporation in 2005, North Fork Bancorporation in 2006, Chevy Chase Bank in 2009, and the 2012 U.S. card acquisition we have goodwill and other intangible assets. Goodwill resulting from business combinations prior to January 1, 2009 represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill resulting from business combinations after January 1, 2009, is generally determined as the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred, plus the fair value of any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree, over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date.

Goodwill totaled $13.9 billion and $13.6 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Other intangible assets, which we report on our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets, consist primarily of PCCR and core deposit intangibles. The net carrying value of other intangible assets increased to $2.6 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $610 million as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily due to the PCCR intangible of $2.2 billion recorded in connection with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition on May 1, 2012. Goodwill and other intangible assets together represented 5% and 7% of our total assets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill is not amortized but must be allocated to reporting units and tested for impairment on an annual basis or in interim periods if events or circumstances indicate potential impairment. A reporting unit is a business segment or one level below. Our reporting units for purposes of goodwill impairment testing are Domestic Card, International Card, Auto Finance, other Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. We perform our annual goodwill impairment test for all reporting units as of October 1 each year using a two-step process. First, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its current carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of the reporting unit is in excess of the carrying value, the related goodwill is considered not to be impaired and no further analysis is necessary. If, however, the carrying value of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, there is an indication of potential impairment and a second step of testing is performed to measure the amount of impairment, if any, for that reporting unit.

We do not maintain separate balance sheets at the reporting unit level; therefore, we determine the carrying values of our reporting units based on an economic capital approach, in which we calculate each reporting unit’s capital requirements based on the individual reporting units’ capital allocation rates applied to their outstanding loans and deposits plus specifically assigned goodwill and intangible assets. The capital allocation rates are approved by our Chief Executive Officer and executive team on an annual basis and are based on our current regulatory requirements and reporting unit specific risks and capital structures. The economic capital approach appropriately reflects the carrying value of each our reporting units based on the capital allocated to and managed at each of those reporting units. We compare the total reporting unit carrying values to our total consolidated stockholders’ equity, as discussed further in “Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to assess the appropriateness of our methodology. If the second step of goodwill impairment testing is required for a reporting unit, we undertake an extensive effort to build the specific reporting unit’s balance sheet for the test based on applicable accounting guidance.

Estimating the fair value of reporting units and the assets, liabilities and intangible assets of a reporting unit is a subjective process that involves the use of estimates and judgments, particularly related to cash flows, the appropriate discount rates and an applicable control premium. Management judgment is required to assess

 

52


Table of Contents

whether the carrying value of the reporting unit can be supported by the fair value of the individual reporting unit. There are widely accepted valuation methodologies, such as the market approach (earnings multiples and/or transaction multiples) and/or income approach (discounted cash flow methods), that are used to estimate the fair value of reporting units. In applying these methodologies, we utilize a number of factors, including actual operating results, future business plans, economic projections, and market data. We also may engage an independent valuation specialist to assist in our valuation process.

In estimating the fair value of the reporting units in step one of the goodwill impairment analyses, fair values can be sensitive to changes in the projected cash flows and assumptions. In some instances, minor changes in the assumptions could impact whether the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount. Furthermore, a prolonged decrease or increase in a particular assumption could eventually lead to the fair value of a reporting unit being less than its carrying amount. Also, to the extent step two of the goodwill analyses is required, changes in the estimated fair values of individual assets and liabilities may impact other estimates of fair value for assets or liabilities and result in a different amount of implied goodwill, and ultimately the amount of goodwill impairment, if any.

In conducting our goodwill impairment test for 2012, we determined the fair value of our reporting units using a discounted cash flow analysis, a form of the income approach. Our discounted cash flow analysis required management to make judgments about future loan and deposit growth, revenue growth, loan and lease losses, and capital rates. We relied on each reporting unit’s internal cash flow forecast and calculated a terminal value using a growth rate that reflected the nominal growth rate of the economy as a whole and appropriate discount rates for the respective reporting units. We adjusted cash flows as necessary to maintain each reporting unit’s equity capital requirements. The cash flows were discounted to present value using reporting unit specific discount rates that were largely based on our external cost of equity, adjusted for risks inherent in each reporting unit. We corroborated the key inputs used in our discounted cash flow analysis with market data, where available, to validate that our assumptions were within a reasonable range of observable market data.

Based on the results of step one of our 2012 goodwill impairment test, we determined that the fair value of each of our reporting units, including goodwill, significantly exceeded the carrying value for each reporting unit. Fair value as a percentage of carrying value for our five reporting units ranged from 117% to 188%, with the International reporting unit being at the low end of this range. As such, none of our reporting units was at risk of failing step one of the impairment test. Accordingly, the goodwill for each of our reporting units was considered not impaired. Therefore, the second step of impairment testing was not required.

As part of the annual goodwill impairment test, we assessed our market capitalization based on the average market price relative to the aggregate fair value of our reporting units and determined that any excess fair value in our reporting units at that time could be attributed to a reasonable control premium compared to historical control premiums seen in the industry. We will continue to regularly monitor our market capitalization in 2013, overall economic conditions and other events or circumstances that may result in an impairment of goodwill in the future. We did not recognize goodwill impairment in either 2011 or 2010.

Other Intangible Assets

Intangible assets with definitive useful lives are amortized over their estimated lives and evaluated for potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest that an asset’s or asset group’s carrying value may not be fully recoverable. An impairment loss, generally calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value. We did not recognize impairment on other intangible assets in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

 

53


Table of Contents

We provide additional information on the nature of and accounting for goodwill and other intangible assets, including the process and methodology used to conduct goodwill impairment testing, in “Note 8—Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.”

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). The fair value accounting guidance provides a three-level fair value hierarchy for classifying financial instruments. This hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Fair value measurement of a financial asset or liability is assigned to a level based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

Level 2: Observable market-based inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or

liabilities

Level 3: Unobservable inputs

The degree of management judgment involved in determining the fair value of a financial instrument is dependent upon the availability of quoted prices in active markets or observable market parameters. When quoted prices and observable data in active markets are not fully available, management judgment is necessary to estimate fair value. Changes in market conditions, such as reduced liquidity in the capital markets or changes in secondary market activities, may reduce the availability and reliability of quoted prices or observable data used to determine fair value.

We have developed policies and procedures to determine when markets for our financial assets and liabilities are inactive if the level and volume of activity has declined significantly relative to normal conditions. If markets are determined to be inactive, it may be appropriate to adjust price quotes received. When significant adjustments are required to price quotes or inputs, it may be appropriate to utilize an estimate based primarily on unobservable inputs.

Significant judgment may be required to determine whether certain financial instruments measured at fair value are included in Level 2 or Level 3. In making this determination, we consider all available information that market participants use to measure the fair value of the financial instrument, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs used. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3. The process for determining fair value using unobservable inputs is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions.

Our financial instruments recorded at fair value on a recurring basis represented approximately 21% of our total reported assets of $312.9 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with 20% of our total reported assets of $206.0 billion as of December 31, 2011. Financial assets for which the fair value was determined using significant Level 3 inputs represented approximately 5% and 2% of these financial instruments (less than 1% of total assets) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We discuss changes in the valuation inputs and assumptions used in determining the fair value of our financial instruments, including the extent to which we have relied on significant unobservable inputs to estimate fair value and our process for corroborating these inputs, in “Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

 

54


Table of Contents

Key Controls Over Fair Value Measurement

We have a governance framework and a number of key controls that are intended to ensure that our fair value measurements are appropriate and reliable. Our governance framework provides for independent oversight and segregation of duties. Our control processes include review and approval of new transaction types, price verification and review of valuation judgments, methods, models, process controls and results. Groups independent from our trading and investing functions, including our Valuations Group, Model Validation Group and Fair Value Committee (“FVC”), participate in the review and validation process. The fair valuation governance process is set up in a manner that allows the Chairperson of the FVC to escalate valuation disputes that cannot be resolved at the FVC to a more senior committee called the Valuations Advisory Committee (“VAC”) for resolution. The VAC is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. Membership of the VAC includes the Chief Risk Officer.

Our Valuations Group performs periodic independent verification of fair value measurements by using independent analytics and other available market data to determine if assigned fair values are reasonable. For example, in cases where we rely on third party pricing services to obtain fair value measures, we analyze pricing variances among different pricing sources and validate the final price used by comparing the information to additional sources, including dealer pricing indications in transaction results and other internal sources, where necessary. Additional validation procedures performed by the Valuations Group include reviewing (either directly or indirectly through the reasonableness of assigned fair values) valuation inputs and assumptions, and monitoring acceptable variances between recommended prices and validation prices. The validation group periodically evaluates alternative methodologies and recommends improvements to valuation techniques. We perform due diligence reviews of the third party pricing services by comparing their prices with prices from other sources and reviewing other control documentation. Additionally, when necessary, we challenge prices from third party vendors to ensure reasonableness of prices through a pricing challenge process. This may include a request for a transparency of the assumptions used by the third party.

The FVC, which includes representation from business areas, our Risk Management division and our Finance division, is a forum for discussing fair valuations, inputs, assumptions, methodologies, variance thresholds, valuation control environment and material risks or concerns related to fair valuations. Additionally, the FVC is empowered to resolve valuation disputes between the primary valuation providers and the valuations control group. It provides guidance and oversight to ensure an appropriate valuation control environment. The FVC regularly reviews and approves our valuation methodologies to ensure that our methodologies and practices are consistent with industry standards and adhere to regulatory and accounting guidance. The Chief Financial Officer determines when material issues or concerns regarding valuations shall be raised to the Audit and Risk Committee or other delegated committee of the Board of Directors.

We have a model policy, established by an independent Model Risk Office, which governs the validation of models and related supporting documentation to ensure the appropriate use of models for pricing.

Representation and Warranty Reserve

In connection with their sales of mortgage loans, certain subsidiaries entered into agreements containing varying representations and warranties about, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the purchaser, including underwriting guidelines and the ongoing existence of mortgage insurance, and the loan’s compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. We may be required to repurchase the mortgage loan, indemnify the investor or insurer, or reimburse the investor for loan and lease losses incurred on the loan in the event of a material breach of contractual representations or warranties.

We have established representation and warranty reserves for losses that we consider to be both probable and reasonably estimable associated with the mortgage loans sold by each subsidiary, including both litigation and

 

55


Table of Contents

non-litigation liabilities. The reserve-setting process relies heavily on estimates, which are inherently uncertain, and requires the application of judgment. In establishing the representation and warranty reserves, we consider a variety of factors, depending on the category of purchaser and rely on historical data. These factors include, but are not limited to, the historical relationship between loan losses and repurchase outcomes; the percentage of current and future loan defaults that we anticipate will result in repurchase requests over the lifetime of the loans; the percentage of those repurchase requests that we anticipate will result in actual repurchases; and estimated collateral valuations. We evaluate these factors and update our loss forecast models on a quarterly basis to estimate our lifetime liability.

Our aggregate representation and warranty mortgage repurchase reserves, which we report as a component of other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, totaled $899 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $943 million as of December 31, 2011. The adequacy of the reserves and the ultimate amount of losses incurred by us or one of our subsidiaries will depend on, among other things, actual future mortgage loan performance, the actual level of future repurchase and indemnification requests, the actual success rates of claimants, developments in litigation, actual recoveries on the collateral and macroeconomic conditions (including unemployment levels and housing prices).

As part of our business planning processes, we have considered various outcomes relating to the potential future representation and warranty liabilities of our subsidiaries that are reasonably possible but do not rise to the level of being both probable and reasonably estimable outcomes justifying an incremental accrual under applicable accounting standards. As of December 31, 2012, our best estimate of reasonably possible future losses from representation and warranty claims beyond what is in our reserve was approximately $2.7 billion, an increase from our previous estimates of $1.7 billion as of September 30, 2012, and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2011. Notwithstanding our ongoing attempts to estimate a reasonably possible amount of future losses beyond our current accrual levels based on current information, it is possible that actual future losses will exceed both the current accrual level and our current estimate of the amount of reasonably possible losses. This estimate involves considerable judgment, and reflects that there is still significant uncertainty regarding the numerous factors that may impact the ultimate loss levels, including, but not limited to, anticipated litigation outcomes, future repurchase and indemnification claim levels, ultimate repurchase and indemnification rates, future mortgage loan performance levels, actual recoveries on the collateral and macroeconomic conditions (including unemployment levels and housing prices). In light of the significant uncertainty as to the ultimate liability our subsidiaries may incur from these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to our results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period. See “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” for additional information.

Customer Rewards Reserve

We offer products, primarily credit cards, which offer reward program members with various rewards, such as cash, airline tickets or merchandise. The majority of our rewards do not expire and there is no limit on the number of reward points an eligible card member may earn. Customer rewards costs, which we generally record as an offset to interchange income, are driven by various factors, such as card member charge volume, customer participation in the rewards program and contractual arrangements with redemption partners. We establish a customer rewards reserve that reflects management’s judgment regarding rewards earned that are expected to be redeemed and the estimated redemption cost.

We use financial models to estimate ultimate redemption rates of rewards earned to date by current card members based on historical redemption trends, current enrollee redemption behavior, card product type, year of program enrollment, enrollment tenure and card spend levels. Our current assumption is that the vast majority of all rewards earned will eventually be redeemed. We use a weighted-average cost per reward redeemed during the previous twelve months, adjusted as appropriate for recent changes in redemption costs, including mix of rewards redeemed, to estimate future redemption costs.

 

56


Table of Contents

We continually evaluate our reserve methodology and assumptions based on developments in redemption patterns, cost per point redeemed, contract changes and other factors. Changes in the ultimate redemption rate and weighted-average cost per point have the effect of either increasing or decreasing the reserve through the current period provision by an amount estimated to cover the cost of all points previously earned but not yet redeemed by card members as of the end of the reporting period. We recognized customer rewards expense of $1.3 billion, $1.0 billion and $760 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our customer rewards liability, which is included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, totaled $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Income Taxes

Our annual provision for income tax expense is based on our income, statutory tax rates and other provisions of tax law applicable to us in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. Tax laws are complex and subject to different interpretations by the taxpayer and respective governmental taxing authorities. Significant judgment, including evaluating uncertainties, is required in determining our tax positions and calculating our tax expense. We review our tax positions quarterly and adjust the balances as new information becomes available.

Our income tax expense consists of two components: current and deferred taxes. Our current income tax expense approximates taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period. It also includes income tax expense related to our uncertain tax positions and revisions of our estimate of accrued income taxes resulting from the resolution of income tax controversies. Our deferred income tax expense results from changes in our deferred tax assets and liabilities between periods.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent decreases or increases in taxes expected to be paid in the future because of future reversals of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities, as well as from net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets are recognized subject to management’s judgment that realization is “more likely than not.” We evaluate the recoverability of these future tax deductions by assessing the adequacy of expected taxable income from all sources, including taxable income in carryback years, reversal of taxable temporary differences, forecasted operating earnings and available tax planning strategies. These sources of income rely heavily on estimates. We use our historical experience and our short- and long-range business forecasts to provide insight.

We had deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities and valuation allowances, of $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with $2.3 billion at December 31, 2011. We had a valuation allowance of $123 million and $89 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We expect to fully realize in future periods the net deferred tax asset of $2.9 billion recorded as of December 31, 2012. If changes in circumstances lead us to change our judgment about our ability to realize deferred tax assets in future years, we will adjust our valuation allowances in the period that our change in judgment occurs and record a corresponding increase or charge to income.

We provide additional information on income taxes in “Consolidated Results of Operations” and in “Note 18—Income Taxes.”

 

 

ACCOUNTING CHANGES AND DEVELOPMENTS

 

See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for information on accounting standards adopted in 2012, as well as recently issued accounting standards not yet required to be adopted and the expected impact of these changes in accounting standards. To the extent we believe the adoption of new accounting standards has had or will have a material impact on our results of operations, financial condition or liquidity, we discuss the impacts in the applicable sections(s) of MD&A.

 

57


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The section below provides a comparative discussion of our reported consolidated results of operations between 2012 and 2011 and between 2011 and 2010. Following this section, we provide a discussion of our business segment results. You should read this section together with our “Executive Summary and Business Outlook,” where we discuss trends and other factors that we expect will affect our future results of operations.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income represents the difference between the interest income and applicable fees earned on our interest-earning assets, which include loans held for investment and investment securities, and the interest expense on our interest-bearing liabilities, which include interest-bearing deposits, senior and subordinated notes, securitized debt and other borrowings. We include in interest income any past due fees on loans that we deem are collectible. Our net interest margin represents the difference between the yield on our interest-earning assets and the cost of our interest-bearing liabilities, including the impact of non-interest bearing funding. We expect net interest income and our net interest margin to fluctuate based on changes in interest rates and changes in the amount and composition of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.

 

58


Table of Contents

Table 2 below presents, for each major category of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, the average outstanding balances, interest income earned or interest expense incurred, and average yield or cost for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 2: Average Balances, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Yield (1)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2012     2011     2010  

(Dollars in millions)

  Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (2)
    Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (2)
    Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense (2 )
    Yield/
Rate
 

Assets:

                 

Interest-earning assets:

                 

Credit card: (3)

                 

Domestic

  $ 71,754      $ 10,153        14.15   $ 53,465      $ 7,562        14.14   $ 55,133      $ 7,951        14.42

International

    8,255        1,292        15.66        8,645        1,359        15.72        7,499        1,212        16.16   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit card

    80,009        11,445        14.31        62,110        8,921        14.36        62,632        9,163        14.63   

Consumer banking (4)

    71,836        4,509        6.28        34,838        3,343        9.60        35,925        3,245        9.11   

Commercial banking

    35,913        1,528        4.25        31,274        1,482        4.74        29,764        1,503        5.05   

Other

    157        55        35.03        202        28        13.86        205        23        11.22   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

    187,915        17,537        9.33        128,424        13,774        10.73        128,526        13,934        10.84   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment securities

    57,424        1,329        2.31        39,513        1,137        2.88        39,489        1,342        3.40   

Other interest-earning assets

    9,740        98        1.01        7,328        76        1.04        7,668        77        1.00   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

  $ 255,079      $ 18,964        7.43   $ 175,265      $ 14,987        8.55   $ 175,683      $ 15,353        8.74
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks

    4,573            1,926            2,132       

Allowance for loan and lease losses

    (4,640         (4,865         (7,257    

Premises and equipment, net

    3,342            2,731            2,718       

Other assets

    28,248            24,661            26,838       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total assets

  $ 286,602          $ 199,718          $ 200,114       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity:

                 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                 

Deposits

  $ 183,314      $ 1,403        0.77   $ 109,644      $ 1,187        1.08   $ 104,743      $ 1,465        1.40

Securitized debt obligations

    14,138        271        1.92        20,715        422        2.04        34,185        809        2.37   

Senior and subordinated notes

    11,012        345        3.13        9,244        300        3.25        8,571        276        3.22   

Other borrowings

    12,875        356        2.77        8,063        337        4.18        6,864        346        5.04   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-bearing liabilities

  $ 221,339      $ 2,375        1.07   $ 147,666      $ 2,246        1.52   $ 154,363      $ 2,896        1.88
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing deposits

    19,741            17,050            14,267       

Other liabilities

    8,196            6,423            6,543       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities

    249,275            171,139            175,173       

Stockholders’ equity

    37,327            28,579            24,941       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $ 286,602          $ 199,718          $ 200,114       
 

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

     

Net interest income/spread

    $ 16,589        6.36     $ 12,741        7.03     $ 12,457        6.86
   

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Impact of non-interest bearing funding

        0.14            0.24            0.23   
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

        6.50         7.27         7.09
     

 

 

       

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

(1)

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

(2)  

Past due fees included in interest income totaled approximately $1.7 billion, $1.1 billion and $1.1 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Premium amortization related to the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions reduced net interest income by $391 million in 2012.

(3)  

Credit card loans consist of domestic and international credit card loans and installment loans.

(4)  

Consumer banking loans consist of auto, home and retail banking loans.

 

59


Table of Contents

Table 3 displays the change in our net interest income between periods and the extent to which the variance is attributable to: (i) changes in the volume of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities or (ii) changes in the interest rates of these assets and liabilities.

T able 3: Rate/Volume Analysis of Net Interest Income (1)

 

     2012 vs. 2011     2011 vs. 2010  
    

Total

   Variance   

    Variance Due to    

Total

  Variance  

    Variance Due to  

(Dollars in millions)

        Volume           Rate            Volume         Rate    

Interest income:

            

Loans held for investment:

            

Credit card

   $ 2,524      $ 2,561      $ (37   $ (242   $ (76   $ (166

Consumer banking

     1,166        2,624        (1,458     98        (100     198   

Commercial banking

     46        207        (161     (21     74        (95

Other

     27        (7     34        5               5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     3,763        5,385        (1,622     (160     (102     (58
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investment securities

     192        445        (253     (205     1        (206

Other

     22        24        (2     (1     (3     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     3,977        5,854        (1,877     (366     (105     (261
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

            

Deposits

     216        635        (419     (278     66        (344

Securitized debt obligations

     (151     (127     (24     (387     (286     (101

Senior and subordinated notes

     45        56        (11     24        22        2   

Other borrowings

     19        158        (139     (9     55        (64
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     129        722        (593     (650     (143     (507
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

   $ 3,848      $ 5,132      $ (1,284   $ 284      $ 38      $ 246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

We calculate the change in interest income and interest expense separately for each item. The change in net interest income attributable to both volume and rates is allocated based on the relative dollar amount of each item.

Net interest income of $16.6 billion for 2012 increased by $3.8 billion, or 30%, from 2011, driven by a 46% increase in average interest-earning assets, which was partially offset by an 11% (77 basis points) decline in our net interest margin to 6.50%.

 

   

Average Interest-Earning Assets : The significant increase in average interest-earning assets reflects the addition of the ING Direct loan portfolio of $40.4 billion in the first quarter of 2012 and the addition of the $27.8 billion in outstanding receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and designated as held for investment in the second quarter of 2012. Growth in average-interest earning assets also was driven by strong commercial loan growth and continued growth in auto loans, which was partially offset by the continued expected run-off of installment loans in our Credit Card business and home loans in our Consumer Banking business, as well as the expected run-off of higher-margin, higher-loss receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. The run-off of home loans has accelerated slightly as a result of the low mortgage interest rate environment.

 

   

Net Interest Margin : The decrease in our net interest margin was attributable to a decline in the average yield on our interest-earning assets, largely due to the shift in the mix of our interest-earning assets to a larger proportion of lower yielding assets resulting from the acquired ING Direct home loan and investment security portfolios and temporarily higher cash balances from the recent equity and debt offerings. The ING Direct interest-earning assets generally have lower yields than our legacy loan and investment security portfolios. In addition, the establishment of a finance charge and fee reserve of $174 million in the second quarter of 2012 for the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and premium amortization related to the ING

 

60


Table of Contents
 

Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions of $391 million in 2012 contributed to the reduction in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The decrease in the average yield on interest-earnings assets was partially offset by a reduction in our cost of funds. We have continued to benefit from the shift in the mix of our funding to lower cost consumer and commercial banking deposits from higher cost wholesale sources and a decline in deposit interest rates as a result of the continued overall low interest rate environment.

Net interest income of $12.7 billion for 2011 increased by $284 million, or 2%, from 2010, driven by a 3% (18 basis points) expansion in our net interest margin to 7.27%, which was partially offset by a modest decrease in average interest-earning assets.

 

   

Average Interest-Earning Assets : The decrease in average interest-earning assets in 2011 reflected the continued run-off of businesses that we exited or repositioned, including our installment, home loan and small-ticket commercial real estate loan portfolios, which was slightly offset by the impact of modest revolving credit card loan growth, the addition of the existing HBC credit card loan portfolio of $1.4 billion in the first quarter of 2011 and the addition of the existing Kohl’s private-label credit card loan portfolio of $3.7 billion in the second quarter of 2011.

 

   

Net Interest Margin : The increase in our net interest margin in 2011 reflected the favorable impact of a reduction in cost of funds, which was partially offset by the unfavorable impact of a decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The improvement in our cost of funds was attributable the shift in the mix of our funding to lower cost consumer and commercial banking deposits from higher cost wholesale sources and a decline in deposit interest rates as a result of the overall low interest rate environment. The decrease in the average yield on interest-earning assets was largely due to the addition of the Kohl’s portfolio. Under our partnership agreement with Kohl’s, we share a fixed percentage of revenues, consisting of finance charges and late fees. We report revenues related to Kohl’s credit card loans on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements, which has the effect of reducing the yield on our average interest-earning assets. The reduction in the average yield due to the addition of the Kohl’s portfolio was partially offset by the run-off of lower margin installment loans, a reduced level of new accounts with low introductory promotional rates and an increase in the recognition of billed finance charges and fees due to improved credit performance as well as a change we made in the third quarter of 2011 in our estimation of the uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income primarily consists of service charges and other customer-related fees, interchange income (net of rewards expense), other non-interest income and, in 2012, the bargain purchase gain attributable to the ING Direct acquisition. The “other” component of non-interest income includes the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses related to continuing operations. Other also includes gains and losses from the sale of investment securities, gains and losses on derivatives not accounted for in hedge accounting relationships and hedge ineffectiveness, which we generally do not allocate to our business segments because they relate to centralized asset/liability and market risk management activities undertaken by our Corporate Treasury group.

 

61


Table of Contents

Table 4 displays the components of non-interest income for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 4: Non-Interest Income

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2012             2011             2010      

Service charges and other customer-related fees

   $ 2,106      $ 1,979      $ 2,073   

Interchange fees, net

     1,647        1,318        1,340   

Bargain purchase gain (1)

     594                 

Net other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”)

     (52     (21     (65

Other non-interest income:

      

Provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses (2)

     (42     (43     (204

Net gains from the sale of investment securities

     45        259        141   

Net fair value gains (losses) on free-standing derivatives (3) (4)

     (36     (197     51   

Other (5)

     545        243        378   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other non-interest income

     512        262        366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

   $ 4,807      $ 3,538      $ 3,714   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents the amount by which the fair value of the net assets acquired in the ING Direct acquisition, as of the acquisition date of February 17, 2012, exceeded the consideration transferred.

(2)  

We recorded a total provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses of $349 million, $212 million and $636 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The remaining portion of the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses is included, net of tax, in discontinued operations.

(3)  

Includes mark-to-market derivative losses of $78 million and $277 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to interest-rate swaps we entered into in 2011 to partially hedge the interest rate risk of the net assets associated with the expected ING Direct acquisition.

(4)

Excludes net cumulative credit risk valuation adjustments of $9 million, $23 million and $20 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively, related to derivatives in a gain position. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional information.

(5)

Other includes derivative hedge ineffectiveness losses of $36 million in 2012 and gains of $15 million and $50 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other also includes income of $162 million in 2012 related to the sale of Visa stock shares.

Non-interest income of $4.8 billion in 2012 increased by $1.3 billion, or 36%, from non-interest income of $3.5 billion in 2011. This increase reflected the combined impact of: (i) the bargain purchase gain of $594 million recorded at acquisition of ING Direct; (ii) increased net interchange and other fees resulting from continued growth and market share from new account originations, due in part to the ING Direct and the 2012 U.S. card acquisitions; (iii) income of $162 million from the sale of Visa stock shares in the first quarter of 2012; and (iv) mark-to-market gains of $85 million recognized on retained interests in mortgage-related securities. The favorable impact of these items was partially offset by expected customer refunds of approximately $115 million related to cross-sell activities in our Domestic Card business, approximately $214 million lower net gains from the sale of AFS securities recorded in 2012 versus 2011, and a mark-to-market derivative loss of $78 million recognized in the first quarter of 2012 related to the settlement of interest-rate swaps we entered into in 2011 to partially hedge the interest rate risk of the net assets associated with the ING Direct acquisition.

Non-interest income of $3.5 billion in 2011 decreased by $176 million, or 5%, from non-interest income of $3.7 billion in 2010. This decrease was attributable to: (i) the absence of a one-time pre-tax gain of $128 million recorded in the first quarter of 2010 and net gains on the sale of securities in 2010; and (ii) the impact of contra-revenue amounts recorded in the second and fourth quarters of 2011, including a provision of $102 million for anticipated refunds to U.K. customers related to retrospective regulatory requirements pertaining to payment protection insurance (“PPI”) in our U.K. business. The decrease was partially offset by increased customer fees related to treasury management and public financing activities, and the decrease in the provision for mortgage loan repurchases.

 

62


Table of Contents

We recorded net OTTI losses of $52 million, $21 million and $65 million in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively. These OTTI losses resulted from the deterioration in the credit quality of certain non-agency mortgage-backed securities due to the prolonged weakness in the housing market and fragile economic recovery. We provide additional information on other-than-temporary impairment recognized on our available-for-sale securities in “Note 4—Investment Securities.”

Provision for Credit Losses

We build our allowance for loan and lease losses and unfunded lending commitment reserves through the provision for credit losses. Our provision for credit losses in each period is driven by charge-offs and the level of allowance for loan and lease losses that we determine is necessary to provide for probable loan and lease losses incurred that are inherent in our loan portfolio as of each balance sheet date. We recorded a provision for credit losses of $4.4 billion in 2012, compared with $2.4 billion in 2011 and $3.9 billion in 2010. The provision for credit losses as a percentage of net interest income was 26.6%, 18.5% and 31.4% in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

The increase in the provision for credit losses of $2.0 billion in 2012 from 2011 was primarily related to the addition of the $26.2 billion in outstanding receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition designated as held for investment that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition. These loans were recorded at a fair value of $26.9 billion, resulting in a net premium of $705 million at acquisition. Fair value was determined by discounting all expected cash flows (contractual principal, interest, finance charges and fees of $33.3 billion less those amounts not expected to be collected of $3.0 billion) at a market discount rate.

Under applicable accounting guidance, we are required to amortize the net premium of $705 million over the contractual principal amount as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the loans. Given the guidance applicable to revolving loans, it is necessary to record an allowance through provision for credit losses to properly recognize an estimate of incurred losses on the existing principal balances, which represents a portion of the total amounts not expected to be collected described above. In the second quarter of 2012, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance primarily related to these loans. The allowance was calculated using the same methodology utilized for determining the allowance for our existing credit card loan portfolio. The provision for credit losses, excluding the initial allowance build of $1.2 billion related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, was $3.2 billion in 2012. The increase in the provision for credit losses, excluding the impact of the initial allowance build related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, was largely attributable to the growth in auto and commercial loan originations, coupled with the absence of the allowance release for our Credit Card business recorded in 2011.

The decrease in the provision for credit losses of $1.5 billion in 2011 from 2010 was largely driven by a substantial decline in net charge-offs across all of our business segments, reflecting a continued improvement in the credit performance of our loan portfolio.

On October 29, 2012, Hurricane Sandy made landfall on the New Jersey coast, resulting in severe disaster in coastal counties in Connecticut, New Jersey and New York and varying degrees of damage and disruption in other Northeast and Mid-Atlantic states. Because we have significant consumer and commercial loan exposure in Connecticut, New Jersey and New York, the storm and its aftermath resulted in an elevated risk of loss for us within this region. Based on our assessment of the impact of Hurricane Sandy on our loan portfolio, we recorded an allowance of $39 million as of December 31, 2012, which is included in our total allowance for loan and lease losses of $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2012.

We provide additional information on the provision for credit losses and changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses under the “Credit Risk Profile—Summary of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” and “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” For information on our allowance methodology, see “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

 

63


Table of Contents

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense consists of ongoing operating costs, such as salaries and associate benefits, occupancy and equipment costs, professional services, communications and data processing technology expenses, and other miscellaneous expenses. Non-interest expense also includes marketing costs, merger-related expense and amortization of intangibles. Table 5 displays the components of non-interest expense for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 5: Non-Interest Expense

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,  
       2012              2011              2010      

Salaries and associate benefits

   $ 3,876       $ 3,023       $ 2,594   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,327         1,025         1,001   

Marketing

     1,364         1,337         958   

Professional services

     1,270         1,198         919   

Communications and data processing

     778         681         693   

Amortization of intangibles

     609         222         220   

Merger-related expense

     336         45         81   

Other non-interest expense:

        

Collections

     544         563         626   

Fraud losses

     190         122         80   

Bankcard, regulatory and other fee assessments

     525         394         352   

Other

     1,127         722         410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other non-interest expense

     2,386         1,801         1,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

   $ 11,946       $ 9,332       $ 7,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-interest expense of $11.9 billion for 2012 increased $2.6 billion, or 28%, from 2011. The increase was primarily due to higher operating expenses and merger-related costs related to our recent acquisitions, increased salaries and associate benefits attributable to increased headcount, higher infrastructure costs attributable to acquired businesses and our continued investment in our auto loan business and increased amortization of intangibles resulting from the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. We recorded PCCR intangible amortization expense related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition of $334 million in 2012. We recorded other asset and intangible amortization expense related to the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions of $147 million in 2012.

Non-interest expense of $9.3 billion for 2011 increased $1.4 billion, or 18%, from 2010. The increase was attributable to increased marketing expenditures as we expanded our marketing efforts to attract and support targeted customers and new business volume through a variety of channels, higher legal expenses and increased operating expenses. The increase in operating expenses was largely due to the integration of the acquisitions of the Sony, HBC and Kohl’s loan portfolios and continued investment in our infrastructure.

Income Taxes

We recorded an income tax provision based on income from continuing operations of $1.3 billion (25.8% effective income tax rate) in 2012, compared with an income tax provision of $1.3 billion (29.1% effective income tax rate) in 2011 and income tax provision of $1.3 billion (29.6% effective tax rate) in 2010. Our effective tax rate on income from continuing operations varies between periods due, in part, to fluctuations in our pre-tax earnings, which affects the relative tax benefit of tax-exempt income, tax credits and other permanent tax items.

The decrease in our effective income tax rate in 2012 from 2011 reflected an increase in the amount of one-time tax benefits recorded in 2012 compared with the prior year. In 2012, we recorded discrete tax benefits of $252

 

64


Table of Contents

million, primarily related to the non-taxable ING Direct bargain purchase gain of $594 million, a one-time deferred tax benefit for changes in our state tax position resulting from the assets and operations of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and consolidation of ING Bank, fsb with our existing banking operations, and the resolution of certain tax issues and audits. In comparison, in 2011 we recorded discrete tax benefits of $121 million, primarily related to the release of valuation allowances against certain state deferred tax assets and net operating loss carry-forwards, as well as the resolution of certain tax issues and audits.

Similarly, the decrease in our effective income tax rate in 2011 from 2010 reflected an increase in the amount of one-time tax benefits recorded in 2011 compared with the prior year. In 2011, we recorded discrete tax benefits of $121 million, primarily related to the release of valuation allowances against certain state deferred tax assets and net operating loss carry-forwards, as well as the resolution of certain tax issues and audits. In 2010, we recorded discrete tax benefits of $84 million, primarily related to adjustments for the resolution of certain tax issues and audits.

Our effective income tax rate excluding the benefit from these discrete tax items was 30.9%, 31.7% and 31.5% for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in our effective income tax rate excluding the impact of discrete items in 2012 from 2011 was primarily due to an increase in affordable housing and other business tax credits.

We provide additional information on items affecting our income taxes and effective tax rate in “Note 18—Income Taxes.”

Loss from Discontinued Operations, Net of Tax

Loss from discontinued operations reflects ongoing costs, which primarily consist of mortgage loan repurchase representation and warranty charges related to the mortgage origination operations of GreenPoint’s wholesale mortgage banking unit, which we closed in 2007.

We recorded a loss from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $217 million, $106 million and $307 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The variance in the loss from discontinued operations between 2012 and 2011 and between 2011 and 2010 is attributable to the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses. We recorded a total pre-tax provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses of $349 million, $212 million and $636 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The portion of these amounts included in loss from discontinued operations totaled $307 million ($194 million net of tax) in 2012, $169 million ($120 million net of tax) in 2011 and $432 million ($304 million net of tax) in 2010.

We provide additional information on the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses and the related reserve for potential representation and warranty claims in “Critical Accounting Polices and Estimates” and “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

 

 

BUSINESS SEGMENT FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE

 

Our principal operations are currently organized into three major business segments, which are defined based on the products and services provided or the type of customer served: Credit Card, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The operations of acquired businesses have been integrated into our existing business segments. Certain activities that are not part of a segment, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management by our centralized Corporate Treasury group, are included in the “Other” category.

The results of our individual businesses, which we report on a continuing operations basis, reflect the manner in which management evaluates performance and makes decisions about funding our operations and allocating

 

65


Table of Contents

resources. Our business segment results are intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. We use an internal management and reporting process to derive our business segment results. Our internal management and reporting process employs various allocation methodologies, including funds transfer pricing, to assign certain balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related revenue and expenses directly or indirectly attributable to each business segment. Total interest income and net fees are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported. The net interest income of each segment reflects the results of our funds transfer pricing process, which is primarily based on a matched maturity method that takes into consideration market rates. Our funds transfer pricing process provides a funds credit for sources of funds, such as deposits generated by our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking businesses, and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The allocation process is unique to each business segment and acquired businesses.

We may periodically change our business segments or reclassify business segment results based on modifications to our management reporting methodologies and changes in organizational alignment. In the first quarter of 2012, we re-aligned the loan categories reported by our Commercial Banking business and the loan customer and product types included within each category. As a result of this re-alignment, we now report three product categories: commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial loans and small-ticket commercial real estate, which is a run-off portfolio. We previously reported four categories within our Commercial Banking business: commercial and multifamily real estate, middle market, specialty lending and small-ticket commercial real estate. Middle market and specialty lending related products are included in commercial and industrial loans. All affordable housing tax-related investments, some of which were previously included in the “Other” segment, are now included in the commercial and multifamily real estate category of our Commercial Banking business. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation.

We refer to the business segment results derived from our internal management accounting and reporting process as our “managed” presentation, which differs in some cases from our reported results prepared based on U.S. GAAP. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to U.S. GAAP; therefore, the managed basis presentation of our business segment results may not be comparable to similar information provided by other financial service companies. In addition, our individual business segment results should not be used as a substitute for comparable results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Below we summarize our business segment results for 2012, 2011 and 2010 and provide a comparative discussion of these results. We also discuss changes in our financial condition and credit performance statistics as of December 31, 2012, compared with December 31, 2011. We provide additional information on the allocation methodologies used to derive our business segment results and a reconciliation of our total business segment results to our reported consolidated results in “Note 20—Business Segments.” We provide information on the outlook for each of our business segments above under “Executive Summary and Business Outlook.”

Credit Card Business

Our Credit Card business generated income from continuing operations of $1.5 billion in 2012 and $2.3 billion in both 2011 and 2010. The primary sources of revenue for our Credit Card business are interest income and non-interest income from customers and interchange fees. Expenses primarily consist of ongoing operating costs, such as salaries and associate benefits, occupancy and equipment, professional services, communications and data processing technology expenses, as well as marketing expenses.

Significant acquisitions affecting the results of our Credit Card business include: (i) the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, which added approximately $27.8 billion in outstanding credit card receivables designated as held for investment to our Domestic Card business at closing; (ii) the acquisition of the existing Kohl’s credit card loan portfolio, which added approximately $3.7 billion of loans to our Domestic Card business at acquisition; and (iii) the acquisition of the existing HBC loan portfolio, which added approximately $1.4 billion of loans to our International Card business at acquisition. These acquisitions include partnership agreements with third parties to

 

66


Table of Contents

offer private-label-credit cards, a substantial majority of which are not for general use and are limited to the products and services sold by the private-label partner. We provide information on the accounting for acquisitions and partnership agreements in “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.”

Table 6 summarizes the financial results of our Credit Card business, which is comprised of Domestic Card, including installment loans, and International Card operations, and displays selected key metrics for the periods indicated.

Table 6: Credit Card Business Results

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012 vs.    
2011
        2011 vs.    
2010
 
       2012             2011             2010          

Selected income statement data:

          

Net interest income (1)

   $ 10,182      $ 7,822      $ 7,894        30     (1 )% 

Non-interest income

     3,078        2,609        2,720        18        (4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue (2)

     13,260        10,431        10,614        27        (2

Provision for credit losses

     4,061        1,870        3,188        117        (41

Non-interest expense

     6,854        5,035        3,951        36        27   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,345        3,526        3,475        (33     1   

Income tax provision

     815        1,249        1,201        (35     4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,530      $ 2,277      $ 2,274        (33 )%      * *% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected performance metrics:

          

Average loans held for investment (3)

   $ 80,009      $ 62,110      $ 62,632        29     (1 )% 

Average yield on loans held for investment (4)

     14.31     14.36     14.63     (5 )bps      (27 )bps 

Total net revenue margin (5)

     16.57        16.79        16.95        (22     (16

Net charge-off rate (6)

     3.68        4.92        8.79        (124     (387

Net charge-off rate (excluding acquired loans) (7)

     3.69        4.92        8.79        (123     (387

PCCR intangible amortization (8)

   $ 350      $ 21      $        1,567    

Purchase volume (9)

     180,599        135,120        106,912        34        26   
     December 31,                    
     2012     2011     Change              

Selected period-end data:

          

Loans held for investment: (3)

   $ 91,755      $ 65,075        41    

30+ day performing delinquency rate (10)

     3.61     3.86     (25 )bps     

30+ day delinquency rate (11)

     3.69        3.86        (17    

30+ day delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans) (7)

     3.62        3.86        (24    

Nonperforming loan rate (12)

     0.11                     

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 3,979      $ 2,847        40    

 

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)  

Includes premium amortization related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition of $159 million for 2012.

(2)  

We recognize billed finance charges and fee income on open-ended loans in accordance with the contractual provisions of the credit arrangements and estimate the uncollectible amount on a quarterly basis. The estimated uncollectible amount of billed finance charges and fees is reflected as a reduction in revenue and is not included in our net charge-offs. Total net revenue was reduced by $937 million, $371 million and $950 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the estimated uncollectible amount of billed finance charges and fees.

(3)  

Credit card period-end loans held for investment and average loans held for investment include accrued finance charges and fees, net of the estimated uncollectible amount.

 

67


Table of Contents
(4)  

Calculated by dividing interest income for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(5)  

Calculated by dividing total net revenue for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(6)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category. The net charge-off rate for 2012 reflects a cumulative adjustment we made in November 2012 related to the timing of charge-offs for delinquent U.K. loans for which revolving privileges have been revoked as part of a loan workout. We previously charged off such loans in the period the account became 180 days past due. Effective November 2012, we began charging off these loans in the period that the account becomes 120 days past due, consistent with our charge-off practice for installment loans.

(7)  

Calculation of ratio adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected. See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Credit Quality” for additional information on the impact of acquired loans on our credit quality metrics.

(8)  

Includes amortization expense of $334 million in 2012 related to the purchased credit card relationships intangible asset of $2.2 billion recorded in connection with the closing on May 1, 2012 of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition.

(9)

Consists of purchase transactions for the period, net of returns. Excludes cash advance transactions.

(10)

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day performing delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(11)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(12)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category. Nonperforming credit card loans generally include international loans that are 90 or 120 days delinquent.

Key factors affecting the results of our Credit Card business for 2012, compared with 2011 included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income : Net interest income increased by $2.4 billion, or 30%, in 2012, primarily attributable to the substantial increase in average loans held for investment resulting from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition in the second quarter of 2012, which was partially offset by a modest reduction in average loan yields due to the establishment of a finance charge and fee reserve for the loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and net premium amortization related to these loans.

 

   

Non-Interest Income : Non-interest income increased by $469 million, or 18%, in 2012. The increase was primarily driven by higher net interchange fees generated from purchase volume growth and customer-related fees resulting from the addition of customer accounts associated with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition in the second quarter of 2012. This increase was partially offset by charges of approximately $115 million expected refunds to customers affected by certain cross-sell activities in our Domestic Card business and the discontinuance of revenue recognition for billings to customers affected by the cross-sell activities.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses : The provision for credit losses related to our Credit Card business increased to $4.1 billion in 2012, from $1.9 billion in 2011. The significant increase in the provision in 2012 was primarily driven by the provision of $1.2 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2012 to establish an allowance for the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition with revolving privileges. We recorded an additional provision for credit losses for these loans of $107 million in the second half of 2012. The provision for credit losses, excluding the allowance build related to the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, totaled $2.8 billion in 2012, reflecting a relative stabilization in credit performance improvement compared to significant credit performance improvement in 2011 that resulted in a large allowance release of $1.2 billion in 2011.

 

   

Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense increased by $1.8 billion, or 36%, in 2012. The increase was largely due to higher operating expenses resulting from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the amortization of intangibles and other assets associated with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, including PCCR intangible amortization expense of $334 million in 2012. Other items contributing to the increase in non-interest expense include merger-related expenses associated with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, expense of $75 million recognized in the first quarter of 2012 for expected customer refunds attributable to issues associated with cross-selling certain other products to credit card customers, regulatory fines of $60 million related to cross-sell activities in the Domestic Card business and expense of $98 million for net litigation reserves to cover interchange and other legal matters in the second quarter of 2012.

 

68


Table of Contents
   

Total Loans : Period-end loans in our Credit Card business increased by $26.7 billion, or 41%, in 2012, to $91.8 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily due to the addition of the $27.8 billion in outstanding receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition classified as held for investment. Excluding the addition of these receivables, period-end loans held for investment decreased by $1.1 billion, or 2%, due to the expected continued run-off of our installment loan portfolio as well as the expected run-off of higher-margin, higher-loss receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition.

 

   

Charge-off and Delinquency Statistics: Our reported net charge-off rate decreased to 3.68% in 2012, from 4.92% in 2011. Our reported charge-offs reflect the absence of charge-offs for the receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans as the credit mark established at acquisition is expected to absorb uncollectible contractual amounts. The decrease in the net-charge off rates was due in part to the addition of loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition to the denominator in calculating our reported charge-off rates and the lag in the impact of charge-offs related to these loans, as described above under “Executive Summary and Business Outlook.” The 30+ day delinquency rate decreased to 3.69% as of December 31, 2012, from 3.86% as of December 31, 2011 .

Key factors affecting the results of our Credit Card business for 2011, compared with 2010 included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income : Net interest income decreased by $72 million, or 1%, in 2011, reflecting the impact of a 1% decline in average loan balances. The expected run-off of the installment loan portfolio was the primary driver of the decline in average loan balances in 2011, more than offsetting the increase from the additions of the HBC and Kohl’s portfolios.

 

   

Non-Interest Income : Non-interest income decreased by $111 million, or 4%, in 2011. The decrease reflects the impact of contra-revenue amounts, including a provision of $102 million for anticipated refunds to U.K. customers related to retrospective regulatory requirements pertaining to payment protection insurance (“PPI”) in our U.K. business and the recognition of expenses related to the periodic adjustment of our customer rewards points liability to reflect the estimated cost of points earned to date that are ultimately expected to be redeemed. These decreases were partially offset by higher net interchange fees during 2011, attributable to increased purchase volume.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses : The provision for credit losses related to our Credit Card business decreased by $1.3 billion in 2011, to $1.9 billion. The decrease was primarily attributable to a continued improvement in credit performance, including reduced delinquency rates, lower bankruptcy losses and a significant decrease in charge-offs. Net charge-offs declined by $2.4 billion to $3.1 billion in 2011, from $5.5 billion in 2010, which, as indicated below, resulted in a decrease in the net charge-off rate to 4.92% in 2011, from 8.79% in 2010.

 

   

Non-Interest Expense : Non-interest expense increased by $1.1 billion, or 27%, in 2011. The increase was attributable to increased marketing expenditures as we expanded our marketing efforts to drive new business volume through a variety of channels, higher legal expenses and increased operating costs. In addition, we recorded expense of $40 million in relation to regulatory requirements pertaining to PPI in our U.K. business.

 

   

Total Loans : Period-end loans in our Credit Card business increased by $3.7 billion, or 6%, in 2011, to $65.1 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisitions of the Kohl’s credit card portfolio of $3.7 billion and the HBC credit card portfolio of $1.4 billion, which were partially offset by the continued run-off of the installment loan portfolio.

 

   

Charge-off and Delinquency Statistics : Net charge-off and delinquency rates continued to improve in 2011. The net charge-off rate decreased to 4.92% in 2011, from 8.79% in 2010. The 30+ day delinquency rate decreased to 3.86% as of December 31, 2011, from 4.29% as of December 31, 2010. The improvement in the net charge-off and delinquency rates reflected the impact of improved credit quality across our credit card portfolio, tighter underwriting standards implemented over the last several years and ongoing normalization of credit performance in the portfolio.

 

69


Table of Contents

Domestic Card Business

Table 6.1 summarizes the financial results for Domestic Card and displays selected key metrics for the periods indicated. Domestic Card accounted for 89% of total revenues for our Credit Card business in 2012, compared with 87% in both 2011 and 2010. Income attributable to Domestic Card represented 92% of income for our Credit Card business for 2012, compared with 102% in 2011 and 83% in 2010. Because our Domestic Card business accounts for the substantial majority of our Credit Card business, the key factors driving the results for this division are similar to the key factors affecting our total Credit Card business.

Table 6.1: Domestic Card Business Results

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012 vs.    
2011
        2011 vs.    
2010
 
       2012             2011             2010          

Selected income statement data:

          

Net interest income (1)

   $ 9,129      $ 6,717      $ 6,912        36     (3 )% 

Non-interest income

     2,725        2,368        2,347        15        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     11,854        9,085        9,259        30        (2

Provision for credit losses

     3,683        1,317        2,853        180        (54

Non-interest expense

     5,997        4,153        3,457        44        20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,174        3,615        2,949        (40     23   

Income tax provision

     770        1,287        1,051        (40     22   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,404      $ 2,328      $ 1,898        (40 )%      23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected performance metrics:

          

Average loans held for investment (2)

   $ 71,754      $ 53,464      $ 55,133        34     (3 )% 

Average yield on loans held for investment (3)

     14.15     14.14     14.42     1 bps      (28 )bps 

Total net revenue margin (4)

     16.52        16.99        16.79        (47     20   

Net charge-off rate (5)

     3.53        4.72        8.91        (119     (419

Net charge-off rate (excluding acquired loans) (6)

     3.54        4.72        8.91        (118     (419

PCCR intangible amortization (7)

   $ 350        21               1,567     * *% 

Purchase volume (8)

     166,694        122,366        98,344        36        24   
     December 31,                    
     2012     2011     Change              

Selected period-end data:

          

Loans held for investment (2)

   $ 83,141      $ 56,609        47    

30+ day delinquency rate (9)

     3.61     3.66     (5 )bps     

30+ day delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans) (6)

     3.62        3.66        (4    

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 3,526      $ 2,375        48    

 

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)

Includes premium amortization related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition of $159 million for 2012.

(2)

Credit card period-end loans held for investment and average loans held for investment include accrued finance charges and fees, net of the estimated uncollectible amount.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing interest income for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(4)  

Calculated by dividing total net revenue for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(5)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

 

70


Table of Contents
(6)  

Calculation of ratio adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected. See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Credit Quality” for additional information on the impact of acquired loans on our credit quality metrics.

(7)  

Includes amortization expense of $334 million in 2012 related to the purchased credit card relationships intangible asset of $2.2 billion recorded in connection with the closing on May 1, 2012 of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition.

(8)  

Consists of purchase transactions for the period, net of returns. Excludes cash advance transactions.

(9)

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

Domestic Card generated net income from continuing operations of $1.4 billion in 2012, compared with net income from continuing operations of $2.3 billion in 2011. The decrease in Domestic Card net income in 2012 from 2011 reflected an increase in total net revenue largely due to the addition of loans from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, which was more than offset by the unfavorable impact of several items related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition. These items included: (i) a significant increase in the provision for credit losses resulting from an initial allowance build of $1.2 billion related to the portfolio purchased in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition; (ii) an increase in non-interest expense largely resulting from operating expenses related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the amortization of intangibles and other assets associated with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, including PCCR intangible amortization expense of $334 million in 2012; and (iii) a regulatory fine related to cross-sell activities of $60 million in 2012.

Domestic Card generated net income from continuing operations of $2.3 billion in 2011, compared with net income from continuing operations of $1.9 billion in 2010. The increase in Domestic Card net income from continuing operations in 2011 from 2010 was driven by a significant reduction in the provision for credit losses due to the improvement in credit performance metrics, including decreases in delinquency and charge-off rates. This increase was partially offset by a decline in total revenue attributable to lower average loan balances and an increase in non-interest expense attributable to increased marketing expenditures, higher legal expenses and increased operating costs.

International Card Business

Table 6.2 summarizes the financial results for International Card and displays selected key metrics for the periods indicated. International Card accounted for 11% of total revenues for our Credit Card business in 2012, compared with 13% in both 2011 and 2010. Income attributable to International Card represented 8% of income for our Credit Card business for 2012 and 17% in 2010. Our International Card business posted a loss that represented 2% of income for our Credit Card business in 2011.

 

71


Table of Contents

Table 6.2: International Card Business Results

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Year Ended December 31,     Change  
         2012 vs.    
2011
        2011 vs.    
2010
 
       2012             2011             2010          

Selected income statement data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 1,053      $ 1,105      $ 982        (5 )%      13 %

Non-interest income

     353        241        373        46        (35 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     1,406        1,346        1,355        4        (1 )

Provision for credit losses

     378        553        335        (32     65   

Non-interest expense

     857        882        494        (3     79   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     171        (89     526        292        (117 )

Income tax provision (benefit)

     45        (38     150        218        (125 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 126      $ (51   $ 376        347     (114 )%
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected performance metrics:

          

Average loans held for investment (1)

   $ 8,255      $ 8,645      $ 7,499        (5 )%      15 %

Average yield on loans held for investment (2)

     15.66     15.72     16.16     (6 )bps      (44 )bps 

Total net revenue margin (3)

     17.03        15.57        18.07        146        (250 )

Net charge-off rate (4)

     4.98        6.18        7.89        (120     (171

Purchase volume (5)

   $ 13,905      $ 12,754      $ 8,568        9     49 %
     December 31,                    
     2012     2011     Change              

Selected period-end data:

          

Loans held for investment (1)

   $ 8,614      $ 8,466        2    

30+ day performing delinquency rate (6)

     3.58     5.18     (160 )bps     

30+ day delinquency rate (7)

     4.49        5.18        (69    

Nonperforming loan rate (8)

     1.16               *    

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 453      $ 472        (4 )%     

 

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)

Credit card period-end loans held for investment and average loans held for investment include accrued finance charges and fees, net of the estimated uncollectible amount.

(2)  

Calculated by dividing interest income for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing total net revenue for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(4)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category. The net charge-off rate for 2012 reflects a cumulative adjustment we made in November 2012 related to the timing of charge-offs for delinquent U.K. loans for which revolving privileges have been revoked as part of a loan workout. We previously charged off such loans in the period the account became 180 days past due. Effective November 2012, we began charging off these loans in the period that the account becomes 120 days past due, consistent with our charge-off practice for installment loans.

(5)  

Consists of purchase transactions for the period, net of returns. Excludes cash advance transactions.

(6)

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day performing delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(7)

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(8)

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category. Nonperforming credit card loans generally include international loans that are 90 or 120 days delinquent.

 

72


Table of Contents

Our International Card business generated net income from continuing operations of $126 million in 2012, compared with a net loss from continuing operations of $51 million in 2011. The International Card net income in 2012, compared with net loss in 2011, was driven by a decrease in the provision for credit losses, attributable to lower net charge-offs resulting from credit improvement in Canada and the U.K., and the absence of an allowance build of $105 million for the HBC loan portfolio we acquired in January 2011.

Our International Card business generated a net loss from continuing operations of $51 million in 2011, compared with net income from continuing operations of $376 million in 2010. The International Card net loss in 2011, compared with net income in 2010, was attributable to a decrease in total net revenue resulting from contra-revenue amounts of $174 million recorded in 2011 for anticipated refunds to U.K. customers related to retrospective regulatory requirements pertaining to PPI insurance in our U.K. business and the impact of the addition of the HBC loan portfolio in 2011. The HBC portfolio contributed to an increase in the provision for credit losses and an increase in non-interest expense related to operating costs associated with HBC associates who joined us as a result of the acquisition, which were partially offset by growth in net interest income due from the higher loan balances.

Consumer Banking Business

Our Consumer Banking business generated net income of $1.4 billion in 2012, compared with net income of $809 million in 2011 and $905 million in 2010. The primary sources of revenue for our Consumer Banking business are net interest income from loans and deposits and non-interest income from customer fees. Expenses primarily consist of ongoing operating costs, such as salaries and associate benefits, occupancy and equipment, professional services and communications and data processing technology expenses, as well as marketing expenditures.

The substantial majority of the lending and retail deposit businesses acquired from the ING Direct acquisition on February 17, 2012, which included loans with a carrying value of $40.4 billion and deposits of $84.4 billion at acquisition, are reported in the Consumer Banking segment.

 

73


Table of Contents

Table 7 summarizes the financial results of our Consumer Banking business and displays selected key metrics for the periods indicated.

Table 7: Consumer Banking Business Results

 

(Dollars in millions)

         Change  
   Year Ended December 31,     2012  vs.
2011
    2011  vs.
2010
 
       2012             2011             2010          

Selected income statement data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 5,788      $ 4,236      $ 3,727        37     14

Non-interest income

     782        720        870        9        (17
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     6,570        4,956        4,597        33        8   

Provision for credit losses

     589        452        241        30        88   

Non-interest expense

     3,871        3,244        2,950        19        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,110        1,260        1,406        67        (10

Income tax provision

     747        451        501        66        (10
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,363      $ 809      $ 905        68     (11 )% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected performance metrics:

          

Average loans held for investment: (1)

          

Auto

   $ 24,976      $ 19,419      $ 17,551        29     11 %

Home loan

     42,764        11,322        13,629        278        (17 )

Retail banking

     4,096        4,097        4,745        *     (14 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

   $ 71,836      $ 34,838      $ 35,925        106     (3 )%
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average yield on loans held for investment (2)

     6.28     9.60     9.11 %     (332 )bps      49 bps

Average deposits

   $ 162,637      $ 86,883      $ 78,083        87     11 %

Average deposit interest rate

     0.70     0.96     1.19 %     (26 )bps      (23 )bps

Core deposit intangible amortization

   $ 159      $ 132      $ 144        20     (8 )%

Net charge-off rate (3)

     0.74     1.39     1.82 %     (65 )bps      (43 )bps

Net charge-off rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     1.45        1.59        2.17        (14     (58

Auto loan originations

   $ 15,960      $ 12,476      $ 7,764        28     61 %

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,         Change                  
       2012             2011            

Selected period-end data:

          

Loans held for investment: (1)

          

Auto

   $ 27,123      $ 21,779        25    

Home loan

     44,100        10,433        323       

Retail banking

     3,904        4,103        (5    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

Total consumer banking

   $ 75,127      $ 36,315        107    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

     

30+ day performing delinquency rate (5)

     2.65     4.47     (182 )bps    

30+ day performing delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     5.14        5.06        8       

30+ day delinquency rate (6)

     3.34        5.99        (265 )    

30+ day delinquency rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     6.49        6.78        (29    

Nonperforming loan rate (7)

     0.85        1.79        (94    

Nonperforming loan rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     1.66        2.03        (37    

Nonperforming asset rate (8)

     0.91        1.94        (103    

Nonperforming asset rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     1.76        2.20        (44    

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 711      $ 652        9 %    

Deposits

     172,396        88,540        95       

Loans serviced for others

     15,333        17,998        (15    

 

74


Table of Contents

 

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)

Loans held for investment includes loans acquired in the ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank acquisitions. The carrying value of consumer banking acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected was $36.5 billion and $4.2 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The average balance of consumer banking loans held for investment, excluding the carrying value of acquired loans, was $36.7 billion, $30.3 billion and $30.2 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)

Calculated by dividing interest income for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(3)

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(4)  

Calculation of ratio adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected. See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Credit Quality” for additional information on the impact of acquired loans on our credit quality metrics.

(5)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day performing delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(6)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category.

(7)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category. Nonperforming loans generally include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and certain restructured loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty.

(8)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming assets as of the end of the period by period-end nonperforming assets. Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, real estate owned (“REO”) and other foreclosed assets.

Key factors affecting the results of our Consumer Banking business for 2012, compared with 2011, included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income : Net interest income increased by $1.6 billion, or 37%, in 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of home loans from the ING Direct acquisition, continued growth and strong margin performance in our auto loan portfolio and the addition of low-rate deposits from the ING Direct acquisition. With the addition of deposits from ING Direct, average deposits increased to $162.6 billion in 2012, from $86.9 billion in 2011, while the average deposit interest rate fell to 0.70% in 2012, from 0.96% in 2011. The favorable impact from these items was modestly offset by the expected run-off of acquired home loans.

 

   

Non-Interest Income : Non-interest income increased by $62 million, or 9%, in 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to mark-to-market gains on retained interests in interest-only strips and negative amortization mortgage securities recognized in the third quarter of 2012.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses : The provision for credit losses increased by $137 million in 2012 to $589 million. The increase was largely due to higher auto loan balances, which more than offset the benefit from lower net charge-off rates and continued credit performance improvement. We recorded an allowance build of $59 million in 2012, compared with an allowance release of $23 million in 2011. As discussed above in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” the substantial majority of the ING Direct home loan portfolio is accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans. Because the credit mark established at acquisition for these loans takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition.

 

   

Non-Interest Expense : Non-interest expense increased by $627 million, or 19%, in 2012. The increase was largely attributable to operating expenses related to ING Direct, merger-related expenses associated with the acquisition and higher infrastructure expenditures resulting from continued investments in the home loan business and growth in auto loan balances as a result of increased auto loan originations.

 

   

Total Loans : Period-end loans in the Consumer Banking business increased by $38.8 billion, or 107%, in 2012 to $75.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, primarily due to the acquisition of $40.4 billion of ING Direct home loans and growth in auto loan originations, which were partially offset by the expected continued run-off of our acquired home loan portfolios.

 

75


Table of Contents
   

Deposits : Period-end deposits in the Consumer Banking business increased by $83.9 billion, or 95%, in 2012 to $172.4 billion as of December 31, 2012, primarily due to the addition of ING Direct deposits of $84.4 billion.

 

   

Charge-off and Delinquency Statistics : The net charge-off rate decreased to 0.74% in 2012, from 1.39% in 2011. The 30+ day delinquency rate decreased to 3.34% as of December 31, 2012, from 5.99% as of December 31, 2011. The improvement in our reported net charge-off and delinquency rates for our Consumer Banking business reflects the impact of the addition of the ING Direct home loan portfolio. As discussed above, because the credit mark established at acquisition for these loans takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition. In addition, these loans are not classified as delinquent or nonperforming even though the customer may be contractually past due because we expect that we will fully collect the carrying value of these loans. The overall improvement in credit quality metrics, excluding acquired loans, reflects improved credit performance in our legacy consumer loan portfolios.

Key factors affecting the results of our Consumer Banking business for 2011, compared with 2010, included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income: Net interest income increased by $509 million, or 14%, in 2011. The primary drivers of the increase in net interest income were improved loan margins attributable to an increase in average loan yields, coupled with a decrease in the cost of funds. The increase in loan yields reflected the shift in product mix as we replaced the legacy home loan run-off with higher yielding auto loans. The decrease in the cost of funds reflected reduced deposit interest rates due to the prevailing low interest rate environment, combined with our disciplined pricing. Average interest on deposits decreased to 0.96% in 2011 from 1.19% in 2010 while period end deposits grew by 7% in 2011 compared to 2010.

 

   

Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income decreased by $150 million, or 17%, in 2011. The decrease in non-interest income was primarily attributable to the combined impact of the absence of a net gain of $128 million recorded in the first quarter of 2010 related to the deconsolidation of certain option-adjustable rate mortgage trusts that were consolidated on January 1, 2010 as a result of our adoption of the new consolidation accounting standards, and the absence of an impairment charge on mortgage servicing rights recorded in the second quarter of 2010.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses: The provision for credit losses increased by $211 million in 2011 to $452 million. Although we experienced continued improvement in credit performance in our Consumer Banking business, including reduced net charge-off rates, we recorded a higher provision for loan and lease losses in 2011 relative to 2010 due to the absence of significant allowance releases that we experienced in 2010, growth in our auto loan portfolio and an increase in the allowance for home equity loans we acquired from Chevy Chase Bank.

 

   

Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense increased by $294 million, or 10%, in 2011. The increase was largely attributable to the recognition of expense for contingent payments related to recent acquisitions, higher infrastructure expenditures resulting from investments in our home loan business, growth in auto originations and modestly higher marketing expenditures in our retail banking operations.

 

   

Total Loans: Period-end loans in the Consumer Banking business increased by $1.9 billion, or 6%, in 2011 to $36.3 billion as of December 31, 2011, primarily due to growth in auto loans that was partially offset by the continued run-off of our legacy home loan portfolios.

 

   

Deposits: Period-end deposits in the Consumer Banking business increased by $5.6 billion, or 7%, in 2011 to $88.5 billion as of December 31, 2011, reflecting the impact of our strategy to replace maturing higher cost wholesale funding sources with lower cost funding sources and our continued retail marketing efforts to attract new business to meet this objective.

 

   

Charge-off and Delinquency Statistics: The net charge-off rate decreased to 1.39% in 2011, from 1.82% in 2010. The 30+ day delinquency rate was 5.99% as of December 31, 2011, compared with 5.96% as of

 

76


Table of Contents
 

December 31, 2010. The improvement in the net charge-off rate reflected the impact from strong underlying credit performance trends and higher credit quality of more recent auto loan vintages, as well as favorable benefits from elevated auction prices.

Commercial Banking Business

Our Commercial Banking business generated net income from continuing operations of $835 million in 2012, compared with net income from continuing operations of $595 million and $204 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. The primary sources of revenue for our Commercial Banking business are net interest income from loans and deposits and non-interest income from customer fees. Because we have some affordable housing tax-related investments that generate tax-exempt income or tax credits, we make certain reclassifications to our Commercial Banking business results to present revenues on a taxable-equivalent basis. Expenses primarily consist of ongoing operating costs, such as salaries and associate benefits, occupancy and equipment, professional services and communications and data processing technology expenses, as well as marketing expenditures.

Table 8 summarizes the financial results of our Commercial Banking business and displays selected key metrics for the periods indicated.

Table 8: Commercial Banking Business Results

 

(Dollars in millions)

                     Change  
   Year Ended December 31,     2012  vs.
2011
    2011  vs.
2010
 
       2012             2011         2010          

Selected income statement data:

          

Net interest income

   $ 1,740      $ 1,596      $ 1,450        9     10 %

Non-interest income

     340        283        185        20        53   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     2,080        1,879        1,635        11        15   

Provision for credit losses

     (270     31        435        (971     (93 )

Non-interest expense

     1,059        925        884        14        5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     1,291        923        316        40        192   

Income tax provision

     456        328        112        39        193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 835      $ 595      $ 204        40     192 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Selected performance metrics:

          

Average loans held for investment: (1)

          

Commercial and multifamily real estate

   $ 16,256      $ 14,166      $ 13,712        15     3 %

Commercial and industrial

     18,304        15,437        14,058        19        10   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     34,560        29,603        27,770        17        7   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     1,353        1,671        1,994        (19     (16 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

   $ 35,913      $ 31,274      $ 29,764        15     5 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average yield on loans held for investment (2)

     4.25     4.74     5.05 %     (49 )bps      (31 )bps

Average deposits

   $ 28,266      $ 25,033      $ 22,228        13     13 %

Average deposit interest rate

     0.32     0.49     0.66 %     (17 )bps      (17 )bps

Core deposit intangible amortization

   $ 34      $ 40      $ 55        (15 )%      (27 )%

Net charge-off rate (3)

     0.12     0.57     1.31 %     (45 )bps      (74 )bps

Net charge-off rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     0.12        0.58        1.34        (46 )bps      (76 )bps 

 

77


Table of Contents

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,    

 

          
       2012             2011             Change           

Selected period-end data:

           

Loans held for investment: (1)

           

Commercial and multifamily real estate

   $ 17,732      $ 15,736        13     

Commercial and industrial

     19,892        17,088        16        
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total commercial lending

     37,624        32,824        15        

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     1,196        1,503        (20     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Total commercial banking

   $ 38,820      $ 34,327        13     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

      

Nonperforming loan rate (5)

     0.73     1.08     (35 )bps      

Nonperforming loan rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     0.73        1.10        (37     

Nonperforming asset rate (6)

     0.77        1.17        (40     

Nonperforming asset rate (excluding acquired loans) (4)

     0.78        1.18        (40     

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 433      $ 715        (39 )%     

Deposits

     29,866        26,683        12        

 

** Change is less than one percent or not meaningful.
(1)  

Loans held for investment includes loans acquired in the ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank acquisitions. The carrying value of commercial banking acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected was $359 million and $481 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The average balance of commercial banking loans held for investment, excluding the carrying value of acquired loans, was $35.1 billion, $30.8 billion and $29.1 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(2)

Calculated by dividing interest income for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period for the specified loan category.

(4)  

Calculation of ratio adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for subsequent to acquisition based on expected cash flows to be collected. See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” “Credit Risk Profile” and “Note 5—Loans—Credit Quality” for additional information on the impact of acquired loans on our credit quality metrics.

(5)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category. Nonperforming loans generally include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and certain restructured loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty.

(6)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing nonperforming assets as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment, REO, and other foreclosed assets for the specified loan category.

Key factors affecting the results of our Commercial Banking business for 2012, compared with 2011, included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income: Net interest income increased by $144 million, or 9%, in 2012. The increase was primarily driven by higher deposit balances and growth in commercial real estate and commercial and industrial loans.

 

   

Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased by $57 million or 20%, in 2012, largely attributable to growth in fees from ancillary services provided to customers and a gain of $7 million recorded in the third quarter of 2012 on the sale of certain real-estate investment projects.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses: The provision for credit losses was a negative $270 million in 2012, compared with a provision of credit losses of $31 million in 2011. The negative provision in 2012 reflected a significant decrease in net charge-offs, resulting in an increase in allowance releases attributable to the improvement in underlying credit performance trends. We recorded a release of the combined allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunding lending commitments of $313 million in 2012, compared with a release of $156 million in 2011.

 

78


Table of Contents
   

Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense increased by $134 million, or 14%, in 2012. The increase was due to costs associated with higher originations in our commercial real estate and commercial and industrial businesses, expansion into new markets and infrastructure investments.

 

   

Total Loans: Period-end loans increased by $4.5 billion, or 13%, in 2012 to $38.8 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was driven by stronger loan originations in the commercial and industrial and commercial real estate businesses, which was partially offset by the run-off and sale of a portion of the small-ticket commercial real estate loan portfolio.

 

   

Deposits: Period-end deposits in the Commercial Banking business increased by $3.2 billion, or 12%, in 2012 to $29.9 billion as of December 31, 2012, driven by our strategy to strengthen existing relationships and increase liquidity from commercial customers.

 

   

Charge-off Statistics: The net charge-off rate decreased to 0.12% in 2012, from 0.57% in 2011. The nonperforming loan rate decreased to 0.73% as of December 31, 2012, from 1.08% as of December 31, 2011. The significant improvement in the credit metrics in our Commercial Banking business reflected a continued improvement in credit trends and strengthening of underlying collateral values, resulting in lower loss severities and opportunities for recoveries on previously charged-off loans.

Key factors affecting the results of our Commercial Banking business for 2011, compared with 2010, included the following:

 

   

Net Interest Income: Net interest income increased by $146 million, or 10%, in 2011. The increase was primarily driven by an increase in average loans and deposits and continued improvement in deposit pricing.

 

   

Non-Interest Income: Non-interest income increased by $98 million, or 53%, in 2011. The increase was largely attributable to growth in fees and the absence of a loss of $18 million recognized in 2010 from the sale of a legacy portfolio of small-ticket commercial real estate loans.

 

   

Provision for Credit Losses: The provision for credit losses was $31 million in 2011, compared with $435 million in 2010. The significant reduction in the provision for credit losses in 2011 was attributable to lower loss severities resulting from improvements in underlying collateral asset values. As a result, we recorded a release of the combined allowance for loan losses and reserve for unfunding lending commitments of $156 million in 2011. In comparison, we increased the combined allowance by $48 million in 2010.

 

   

Non-Interest Expense: Non-interest expense increased by $41 million, or 5%, in 2011, driven by growth in loan originations and other real-estate investments.

 

   

Total Loans:  Period-end loans increased by $4.4 billion, or 15%, in 2011 to $34.3 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was driven by stronger loan originations in the commercial real estate and industrial businesses, which was partially offset by the run-off and sale of a portion of the small-ticket commercial real estate loan portfolio.

 

   

Deposits: Period-end deposits in the Commercial Banking business increased by $4.0 billion, or 18%, in 2011 to $26.7 billion as of December 31, 2011, driven by our strategy to strengthen existing relationships and increase liquidity from commercial customers.

 

   

Charge-off and Nonperforming Loan Statistics: The net charge-off rate decreased to 0.57% in 2011, from 1.31% in 2010. The nonperforming loan rate decreased to 1.08% as of December 31, 2011, from 1.65% as of December 31, 2010. The improvement in the net charge-off and nonperforming loan rates was attributable to slowly improving underlying credit trends and improvements in underlying collateral asset values.

“Other” Category

Net income from continuing operations recorded in Other was $6 million in 2012, compared with a net loss from continuing operations of $428 million and $333 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively. Other includes the

 

79


Table of Contents

residual impact of the allocation of our centralized Corporate Treasury group activities, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management, to our business segments. Accordingly, net gains and losses on our investment securities portfolio and certain trading activities are included in the Other category. The Other category also includes foreign exchange-rate fluctuations related to the revaluation of foreign currency-denominated investments; certain gains (losses) on the sale and securitization of loans; unallocated corporate expenses that do not directly support the operations of the business segments or for which the business segments are not considered financially accountable in evaluating their performance, such as acquisition and restructuring charges; provisions for representation and warranty reserves related to continuing operations; certain material items that are non-recurring in nature; and offsets related to certain line-item reclassifications.

Table 9: “Other” Results

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Selected income statement data:

      

Net interest income (expense)

   $ (1,121   $ (913   $ (614

Non-interest income

     607        (74     (61
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     (514     (987     (675

Provision for credit losses

     35        7        43   

Non-interest expense

     162        128        149   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

     (711     (1,122     (867

Income tax benefit

     (717     (694     (534
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 6      $ (428   $ (333
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31,        
       2012     2011     Change  

Loans held for investment

   $ 187      $ 175        7

Deposits

     10,223        13,003        (21

The Other category shifted to net income from continuing operations of $6 million in 2012, from a net loss of $428 million in 2011. The $434 million shift was largely due to the recognition of the bargain purchase gain of $594 related to the ING Direct acquisition in 2012, which was partially offset by a derivative loss of $78 million recognized in 2012 related to the interest rate swaps we entered into in 2011 to partially hedge the interest rate risk of the net assets associated with the expected ING Direct acquisition.

The Other category had a net loss from continuing operations $428 million in 2011, compared with a net loss of $333 million in 2010. The increased loss in 2011 was primarily attributable to a derivative loss of $277 million related to the interest rate swaps we entered into in 2011 to partially hedge the interest rate risk of the net assets associated with the expected ING Direct acquisition. We believe the interest-rate swaps related to the acquisition were effective in meeting our hedging objective.

 

80


Table of Contents

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET ANALYSIS

 

Total assets of $312.9 billion as of December 31, 2012 increased by $106.9 billion, or 52%, from $206.0 billion as of December 31, 2011. Total liabilities of $272.4 billion as of December 31, 2012, increased by $96.1 billion, or 54%, from $176.4 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase in total assets and total liabilities was largely attributable to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions previously discussed. Stockholders’ equity increased by $10.8 in 2012, to $40.5 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase in stockholders’ equity was attributable to our net income of $3.5 billion in 2012, and $6.8 billion of capital raised from equity issuances in 2012. For information about our capital requirements, see “Capital Management” below.

Following is a discussion of material changes in the major components of our assets and liabilities in 2012. Period-end balance sheet amounts may vary from average balance sheet amounts due to liquidity and balance sheet management activities that are intended to ensure the adequacy of capital while managing our ability to manage liquidity requirements for the company and our customers and our market risk exposure in accordance with our risk appetite.

Investment Securities

Substantially all of our investment securities were classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2012, and all of our investment securities were classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2011. Investment Securities classified as available for sale are reported in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. Our portfolio of investment securities available for sale, which had a fair value of $64.0 billion and $38.8 billion, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consisted primarily of the following: U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency debt obligations; agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”); other asset-backed securities, and other investments. Based on fair value, investments in U.S. Treasury, agency securities and other securities explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government represented 77% of our total investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2012, compared with 69% as of December 31, 2011.

We also had $9 million of investment securities as of December 31, 2012, which we purchased in 2012 and classified as held to maturity. These securities are included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets.

 

81


Table of Contents

Table 10 presents the amortized cost and fair value for the major categories of our portfolio of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 10: Investment Securities Available for Sale

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011      2010  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
     Amortized
Cost
     Fair
Value
 

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

   $ 1,548       $ 1,552       $ 115       $ 124       $ 373       $ 386   

U.S. agency debt obligations (1)

     1,304         1,314         131         138         301         314   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”):

                 

Agency (2)

     39,408         40,002         24,980         25,488         27,980         28,504   

Non-agency

     3,607         3,871         1,340         1,162         1,826         1,700   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RMBS

     43,015         43,873         26,320         26,650         29,806         30,204   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”):

                 

Agency (2)

     6,045         6,144         697         711         44         45   

Non-agency

     1,425         1,485         459         476                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CMBS

     7,470         7,629         1,156         1,187         44         45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities (3)

     8,393         8,458         10,119         10,150         9,901         9,966   

Other securities (4)

     1,120         1,153         462         510         563         622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

   $ 62,850       $ 63,979       $ 38,303       $ 38,759       $ 40,988       $ 41,537   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes debt securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with an amortized cost of $300 million, $130 million and $200 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and fair value of $302 million, $137 million and $213 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The remaining balance consists of debt explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

(2)  

Includes MBS issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, each of which individually exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of the end of each reported period. Fannie Mae MBS had an amortized cost of $22.9 billion, $12.3 billion and $17.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and a fair value of $23.2 billion, $12.6 billion and $17.3 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Freddie Mac MBS had an amortized cost of $12.6 billion, $8.9 billion and $8.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and a fair value of $12.9 billion, $9.1 billion and $8.3 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Ginnie Mae MBS had an amortized cost of $9.9 billion, $4.5 billion and $2.9 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and a fair value of $10.0 billion, $4.5 billion and $3.0 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(3)  

This portfolio was collateralized by approximately 64% credit card loans, 18% auto dealer floor plan inventory loans and leases, 6% auto loans, 1% student loans, 5% equipment loans, 2% commercial paper, and 4% other as of December 31, 2012. In comparison, the distribution was approximately 75% credit card loans, 11% auto dealer floor plan inventory loans and leases, 6% auto loans, 4% student loans, 2% equipment loans, and 2% other as of December 31, 2011. Approximately 82% of the securities in our other asset-backed security portfolio were rated AAA or its equivalent as of December 31, 2012, compared with 86% as of December 31, 2011.

( 4)  

Includes foreign government/agency bonds, covered bonds, municipal securities and equity investments primarily related to CRA activities.

Our portfolio of investment securities available for sale increased by $25.2 billion, or 65%, in 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the acquisition of ING Direct investment securities of $30.2 billion as of the acquisition date, which was partially offset by the sale of investment securities of approximately $16.9 billion. We recorded a net gain of $45 million from the sale of these securities.

Unrealized gains and losses on our portfolio of investment securities available for sale are recorded net of tax as a component of AOCI. We had gross unrealized gains of $1.2 billion and gross unrealized losses of $120 million on available-for sale investment securities as of December 31, 2012, compared with gross unrealized gains of $683 million and gross unrealized losses of $227 million as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in gross unrealized losses in 2012 was primarily driven by a tightening of credit spreads, attributable to an improvement

 

82


Table of Contents

in credit performance and increased liquidity, and continued lower interest rates. Of the $120 million in gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2012, $43 million related to securities that had been in a loss position for more than 12 months.

We provide information on OTTI losses recognized in earnings on our investment securities above under “Consolidated Results of Operations—Non-Interest Income.”

Credit Ratings

Our portfolio of investment securities available for sale continues to be concentrated in securities that generally have lower credit risk and high credit ratings, such as securities issued and guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury and other government sponsored enterprises or agencies. Approximately 91% of our total investment securities portfolio was rated AA+ or its equivalent, or higher, as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. Approximately 6% and 4% were below investment grade as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We categorize the credit ratings of our investment securities based on the lowest credit rating as issued by the rating agencies Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”), Moody’s Investors Service (“Moody’s”) and Fitch Ratings (“Fitch”).

Table 11 provides information on the credit ratings of our non-agency RMBS, non-agency CMBS, other asset-backed securities and other securities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 11: Non-Agency Investment Securities Credit Ratings

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     AAA     Other
Investment
Grade
    Below
Investment
Grade or Not
Rated
    Amortized
Cost
     AAA     Other
Investment
Grade
    Below
Investment
Grade or Not
Rated
 

Non-agency RMBS

   $ 3,607             5     95   $ 1,340             3     97

Non-agency CMBS

     1,425         97        3               459         92        8          

Other asset-backed securities

     8,393         82        17        1        10,119         86        14          

Other

     1,120         67        24        9        462         4        45        51   

For additional information on our investment securities, see “Note 4—Investment Securities.”

Loans Held for Investment

Table 12 summarizes loans held for investment by business segment, net of the allowance for loan and lease losses, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 12: Net Loans Held for Investment

 

     December 31,  
       2012      2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Total
Loans Held  for
Investment
     Allowance      Net
Loans Held  for
Investment
     Total
Loans Held  for
Investment
     Allowance      Net
Loans Held  for
Investment
 

Credit card

   $ 91,755       $ 3,979       $ 87,776       $ 65,075       $ 2,847       $ 62,228   

Consumer banking

     75,127         711         74,416         36,315         652         35,663   

Commercial banking

     38,820         433         38,387         34,327         715         33,612   

Other

     187         33         154         175         36         139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 205,889       $ 5,156       $ 200,733       $ 135,892       $ 4,250       $ 131,642   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

83


Table of Contents

Period-end loans held for investment increased by $70.0 billion, or 52%, in 2012 to $205.9 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily attributable to the addition of the acquired ING Direct loan portfolio of $40.4 billion and receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition of $27.8 billion, each designated as held for investment. Excluding the impact of these loans, period-end loans held for investment increased by $1.8 billion, or 1%. This increase reflected commercial loan growth and continued growth in auto loans, which was partially offset by the continued expected run-off of loans in businesses we exited or repositioned, other loan pay downs and charge-offs. The run-off portfolios include installment loans in our Credit Card business, home loans in our Consumer Banking business and small-ticket commercial real estate loans in our Commercial Banking business. The run-off of home loans has accelerated slightly as a result of the low mortgage interest rate environment. We provide additional information on the composition of our loan portfolio and credit quality below in “Credit Risk Profile” and in “Note 5—Loans.”

Customer Deposits

Our customer deposits have become our largest source of funding for our operations and asset growth, providing a sizeable and consistent source of low-cost funds. Total customer deposits increased by $84.3 billion, or 66%, in 2012, to $212.5 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $128.2 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase in deposits reflects the addition of $84.4 billion in deposits from the ING Direct acquisition and increased retail marketing efforts to attract new business and our continued strategy to leverage our bank outlets to attract lower cost deposit funding. We provide information on the composition of our deposits, average outstanding balances, interest expense and yield below in “Liquidity Risk Profile.”

Securitized Debt Obligations

Borrowings owed to securitization investors decreased by $5.1 billion to $11.4 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $16.5 billion as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was attributable to the scheduled maturities of the debt within our credit card securitization trusts.

Other Debt

Other debt includes federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, senior and subordinated notes and other borrowings, including junior subordinated debt and Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) advances. Other debt totaled $38.5 billion as of December 31, 2012, of which $21.1 billion represented short-term borrowings and $17.4 billion represented long-term borrowings. Other debt totaled $23.0 billion as of December 31, 2011, of which $7.3 billion represented short-term borrowings and $15.7 billion represented long-term borrowings.

The increase in other debt of $15.5 billion in 2012 was primarily attributable to an increase in FHLB advances of $14.0 billion increase, the majority of which occurred in the fourth quarter of 2012, to meet seasonal loan growth, fund an increase in our investment securities and cover the withdrawal of a portion of the holding company’s deposits at our banking subsidiaries in anticipation of the January 2, 2013 redemption of the $3.65 billion of trust preferred securities. We provide additional information on our borrowings in “Note 10—Deposits and Borrowings.”

Potential Mortgage Representation & Warranty Liabilities

In recent years, we acquired three subsidiaries that originated residential mortgage loans and sold them to various purchasers, including purchasers who created securitization trusts. These subsidiaries are Capital One Home Loans, which was acquired in February 2005; GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. (“GreenPoint”), which was acquired in December 2006 as part of the North Fork acquisition; and Chevy Chase Bank, which was acquired in February 2009 and subsequently merged into CONA.

 

84


Table of Contents

We have established representation and warranty reserves for losses associated with the mortgage loans sold by each subsidiary that we consider to be both probable and reasonably estimable, including both litigation and non-litigation liabilities. These reserves are reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities. The reserve setting process relies heavily on estimates, which are inherently uncertain, and requires the application of judgment. We evaluate these estimates on a quarterly basis. We build our representation and warranty reserves through the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses, which we report in our consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income for loans originated and sold by CCB and Capital One Home Loans and as a component of discontinued operations for loans originated and sold by GreenPoint. In establishing the representation and warranty reserves, we consider a variety of factors depending on the category of purchaser.

The aggregate reserves for all three subsidiaries totaled $899 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $919 million as of September 30, 2012, and $943 million as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the reserve in 2012 was driven primarily by the settlement of claims.

The table below summarizes changes in our representation and warranty reserves in 2012 and 2011.

Table 13: Changes in Representation and Warranty Reserve

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2012             2011      

Representation and warranty repurchase reserve, beginning of period (1)

   $ 943      $ 816   

Provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses (2)

     349        212   

Net realized losses

     (393     (85
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Representation and warranty repurchase reserve, end of period (1)

   $ 899      $ 943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities.

(2)  

The pre-tax portion of the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses recognized in our consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income totaled $42 million and $43 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The pre-tax portion of the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses recognized in our consolidated statements of income as a component of discontinued operations totaled $307 million and $169 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We provide additional information related to the representation and warranty reserve, including factors that may impact the adequacy of the reserves and the ultimate amount of losses incurred by our subsidiaries, above in “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Representation and Warranty Reserve” and in “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees.”

 

 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES

 

In the ordinary course of business, we are involved in various types of arrangements with limited liability companies, partnerships or trusts that often involve special purpose entities and variable interest entities (“VIEs”). Some of these arrangements are not recorded on our consolidated balance sheets or may be recorded in amounts different from the full contract or notional amount of the arrangements, depending on the nature or structure of, and accounting required to be applied to, the arrangement. These arrangements may expose us to potential losses in excess of the amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheets. Our involvement in these arrangements can take many forms, including securitization and servicing activities, the purchase or sale of mortgage-backed or other asset-backed securities in connection with our home loan portfolio and loans to VIEs that hold debt, equity, real estate or other assets.

Our continuing involvement in unconsolidated VIEs primarily consists of interests in certain mortgage loan trusts and community reinvestment and development entities. The carrying amount of assets and liabilities of these

 

85


Table of Contents

unconsolidated VIEs was $2.8 billion and $521 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, and our maximum exposure to loss was $2.8 billion. We provide a discussion of our activities related to these VIEs in “Note 7—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations.”

 

 

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

 

The level and composition of our equity capital are determined by multiple factors, including our consolidated regulatory capital requirements and an internal risk-based capital assessment, and may also be influenced by rating agency guidelines, subsidiary capital requirements, the business environment, conditions in the financial markets and assessments of potential future losses due to adverse changes in our business and market environments.

Capital Standards and Prompt Corrective Action

Bank holding companies and national banks are subject to capital adequacy standards adopted by the Federal Reserve and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”), respectively. The capital adequacy standards set forth minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements that are based on quantitative and qualitative measures of assets and off-balance sheet items. Under the capital adequacy standards, bank holding companies and banks currently are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 4% (3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity, low interest rate exposure and the highest regulatory rating) in order to be considered adequately capitalized.

National banks also are subject to prompt corrective action capital regulations. Under prompt corrective action regulations, a bank is considered to be well capitalized if it maintains a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% (200 basis points higher than the above minimum capital standard), a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% (200 basis points higher than the above minimum capital standard), a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5% and is not subject to any supervisory agreement, order or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital reserve. A bank is considered to be adequately capitalized if it meets these minimum capital ratios and does not otherwise meet the well capitalized definition. Currently, prompt corrective action capital requirements do not apply to bank holding companies.

We also disclose a Tier 1 common ratio for our bank holding company, which is a regulatory capital measure widely used by investors, analysts, rating agencies and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies. There is currently no mandated minimum or “well capitalized” standard for the Tier 1 common ratio; instead the risk-based capital rules state that voting common stockholders’ equity should be the dominant element within Tier 1 common capital. In addition, we disclose a non-GAAP TCE ratio in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.” While the Tier 1 common and TCE ratios are capital measures widely used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies, they may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We provide information on the calculation of these ratios in “Supplemental Tables—Table F: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I.”

 

86


Table of Contents

Table 14 provides a comparison of our capital ratios under the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy standards and the capital ratios of the Banks under the OCC’s capital adequacy standards as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 14: Capital Ratios Under Basel I (1)

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  
   Capital
Ratio
    Minimum
Capital
Adequacy
    Well
Capitalized
    Capital
Ratio
    Minimum
Capital
Adequacy
    Well
Capitalized
 

Capital One Financial Corp: (2)

            

Tier 1 common (3)

     11.0     N/A        N/A        9.7     N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     11.3        4.0     6.0     12.0        4.0     6.0

Total risk-based capital (5)

     13.6        8.0        10.0        14.9        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     8.7        4.0        N/A        10.1        4.0        N/A   

Capital One Bank (USA) N.A. (“COBNA”):

            

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     11.3     4.0     6.0     11.2     4.0     6.0

Total risk-based capital (5)

     14.7        8.0        10.0        15.0        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     10.4        4.0        5.0        10.2        4.0        5.0   

Capital One, N.A. (“CONA”):

            

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     13.6     4.0     6.0     11.0     4.0     6.0

Total risk-based capital (5)

     14.9        8.0        10.0        12.2        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     9.1        4.0        5.0        8.7        4.0        5.0   

 

(1)  

Calculated under capital standards and regulations based on the international capital framework commonly known as Basel I. Capital ratios that are not applicable are denoted by “N/A.”

(2)  

The regulatory framework for prompt corrective action does not apply to Capital One Financial Corp. because it is a bank holding company.

(3)  

Tier 1 common ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 common capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(4)  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(5)  

Total risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on total risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(6)  

Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, after certain adjustments.

We exceeded minimum capital requirements and would meet the “well capitalized” ratio levels specified under prompt corrective action for Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage under Federal Reserve capital standards for bank holding companies as of December 31, 2012. The Banks also exceeded minimum regulatory requirements under the OCC’s applicable capital adequacy guidelines and were “well capitalized” under prompt corrective action requirements as of December 31, 2012.

On October 17, 2012, the OCC approved, subject to several conditions, CONA’s application to merge with ING Bank with CONA surviving the merger. In addition, the OCC approved CONA’s companion application to reduce capital surplus, which was necessary to manage excess capital levels that would result from the merger. CONA effected the reduction in surplus through a return of capital to Capital One immediately prior to the merger. Capital One effected the merger on November 1, 2012. The merger and reduction in CONA’s capital surplus had no effect on Capital One’s total capital.

Recent Developments in Capital and Liquidity Requirements

As of December 31, 2012, we had outstanding trust preferred securities with a combined aggregate principal amount of $3.65 billion that previously qualified as Tier 1 capital. On January 2, 2013, we redeemed all of our outstanding trust preferred securities, which generally carried a higher coupon cost, ranging from 3.36% to 10.25%, than other funding sources available to us. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Tier 1 capital treatment of trust preferred securities is to be phased out over a three year period starting on January 1, 2013.

In June 2012, the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC released proposed rules that would increase the general risk-based capital ratio minimum requirements, modify the definition of regulatory capital, establish a minimum Tier

 

87


Table of Contents

1 common ratio requirement, introduce a new capital conservation buffer requirement, and update the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new regulatory capital minimums. For additional information on recent developments in capital and liquidity requirements that may impact us, including Basel II and Basel III, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Capital Adequacy.”

In November 2011, the Federal Reserve finalized capital planning rules applicable to large bank holding companies like us (commonly referred to as Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review or CCAR). Under the rules, bank holding companies with consolidated assets of $50.0 billion or more must submit capital plans to the Federal Reserve on an annual basis and must obtain approval from the Federal Reserve before making most capital distributions. The purpose of the rules is to ensure that large bank holding companies have robust, forward-looking capital planning processes that account for their unique risks and capital needs to continue operations through times of economic and financial stress. As part of its evaluation of a capital plan, the Federal Reserve will consider the comprehensiveness of the plan, the reasonableness of assumptions and analysis and methodologies used to assess capital adequacy, and the ability of the bank holding company to maintain capital above each minimum regulatory capital ratio and above a Tier 1 common ratio of 5% on a pro forma basis under both expected and stressful conditions throughout a planning horizon of at least nine quarters.

We submitted a Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (“CCAR 2013”) to the Federal Reserve on January 7, 2013 along with eighteen other large U.S. banking organizations. We expect to incorporate any feedback from our regulators in response to the CCAR 2013 submission in our ongoing capital management planning. Any proposed dividend increase or other capital action must be approved as a part of CCAR.

Dividend Policy

We paid common stock dividends of $0.05 per share each quarter in 2012. On January 31, 2013, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.05 per share, payable February 22, 2013 to stockholders of record as of February 11, 2013, and a quarterly dividend on the outstanding shares of our 6.00% fixed rate non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, Series B (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Each outstanding share of the Series B Preferred Stock is represented by depositary shares, each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Series B Preferred Stock. The dividend of $15.00 per share (equivalent to $0.375 per outstanding depositary share) will be paid on March 1, 2013 to stockholders of record at the close of business on February 14, 2013.

The declaration and payment of dividends to our stockholders, as well as the amount thereof, are subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital levels, cash requirements, future prospects and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors. As a bank holding company, our ability to pay dividends is largely dependent upon the receipt of dividends or other payments from our subsidiaries. For additional information on dividends, see “Item 1. Business—Supervision and Regulation—Dividends, Stock Purchases and Transfer of Funds.”

Regulatory restrictions exist that limit the ability of the Banks to transfer funds to our bank holding company. Funds available for dividend payments from COBNA and CONA were $3.3 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. Applicable provisions that may be contained in our borrowing agreements or the borrowing agreements of our subsidiaries may limit our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us or our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. See “Equity and Debt Offerings and Transactions” for more information. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay any dividends.

Equity and Debt Offerings and Transactions

On February 16, 2012, we settled forward sale agreements that we entered into with certain counterparties acting as forward purchasers in connection with a public offering of shares of our common stock on July 19, 2011.

 

88


Table of Contents

Pursuant to the forward sale agreements, we issued 40 million shares of our common stock at settlement. After underwriter’s discounts and commissions, the net proceeds to us were at a forward sale price per share of $48.17 for a total of approximately $1.9 billion.

On February 17, 2012, we issued 54,028,086 shares of Capital One common stock with a fair value of $2.6 billion as partial consideration for the equity interests and assets and liabilities associated with the ING Direct acquisition.

On March 20, 2012, we closed a public offering of 24,442,706 shares of our common stock which we sold to the underwriters at a per share price of $51.14 for net proceeds of approximately $1.25 billion. In addition, we issued $1.25 billion of our senior notes due 2015 in a public offering which closed on March 23, 2012. We used the net proceeds of these offerings, along with cash sourced from current liquidity, to fund the net consideration payable of $31.1 billion in connection with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition that closed on May 1, 2012.

On August 20, 2012, we issued and sold 35,000,000 depositary shares (“Depositary Shares”), each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, $0.01 par value, with a liquidation preference of $25 per Depositary Share (equivalent to $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock) (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Dividends will accrue on the Series B Preferred Stock at a rate of 6% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. The net proceeds of the offering of the 35,000,000 Depositary Shares were approximately $853 million, after deducting underwriting commissions and offering expenses. Pursuant to the terms of the Series B Preferred Stock, while the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding, if full dividends for the preceding dividend period on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid, we will be prohibited from declaring or paying dividends on our common stock and any series of securities then outstanding that rank equally with the Series B Preferred Stock, subject to certain limited exceptions, including for dividends payable solely in shares of our common stock. In addition, while the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding, if full dividends for the preceding dividend period on all outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock have not been declared and paid, we will be prohibited from repurchasing, redeeming or otherwise acquiring shares of our common stock or shares of any series of securities then outstanding that rank equally with the Series B Preferred Stock, subject to certain limited exceptions.

On September 10, 2012, one of the ING Sellers sold 54,028,086 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering, representing all of the shares of common stock we issued to the ING Sellers in connection with the ING Direct acquisition. We did not receive any proceeds from the offering.

On November 6, 2012, we closed a public offering of two different series of our senior notes for total proceeds of approximately $1.0 billion. The offering of senior notes included $250 million aggregate principal amount of our Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2015 and $750 million aggregate principal amount of our 1.000% Senior Notes due 2015 resulting in aggregate net proceeds of approximately $994 million.

 

 

RISK MANAGEMENT

 

Overview

Risk management is a critical part of our business model, as all financial institutions are exposed to a variety of risks that can significantly affect their financial performance. Our business activities expose us to eight major categories of risk: credit risk, liquidity risk, market risk, compliance risk, operational risk, legal risk, reputational risk and strategic risk.

 

   

Credit Risk: Credit risk is the risk of financial loss arising from a borrower’s or a counterparty’s inability to meet its financial or contractual obligations.

 

   

Liquidity Risk: Liquidity risk is the risk that we will not be able to meet our future financial obligations as they come due or invest in future asset growth because of an inability to obtain funds at a reasonable price within a reasonable time period.

 

89


Table of Contents
   

Market Risk: Market risk is the risk that an institution’s earnings or the economic value of equity could be adversely impacted by changes in interest rates, foreign exchange rates, or prices of other financial instruments.

 

   

Compliance Risk: Compliance risk is the risk of financial loss due to regulatory fines or penalties, restriction or suspension of business activities or costs of mandatory corrective action incurred by not adhering to applicable laws, regulations, principles and supervisory guidance, as well as our own internal standards intended to adhere to these laws and regulations.

 

   

Operational Risk: Operational risk is the risk of loss, capital impairment, adverse customer experience, or reputation impact resulting from inadequate or failed internal process, people, and systems, or from external events.

 

   

Legal Risk: Legal risk represents the risk of material adverse impact due to new or changes in laws and regulations; new interpretations of law; the drafting, interpretation and enforceability of contracts; adverse decisions or consequences arising from litigation or regulatory scrutiny; the establishment, management and governance of our legal entity structure; or the failure to seek or follow appropriate legal counsel when needed.

 

   

Reputation Risk: Reputation Risk is the risk to market value, recruitment and retention of talented associates and maintenance of a loyal customer base due to the negative perceptions of our internal and external stakeholders regarding our business strategies and activities.

 

   

Strategic Risk: Strategic risk is the risk that results from adverse business decisions, ineffective or inappropriate business plans, or failure to respond to changes in the competitive environment, business cycles, customer preferences, product obsolescence, regulatory environment, business strategy execution, and/or other inherent risks of the business.

We discuss below our overall risk management principles, roles and responsibilities, framework and risk appetite. Following this section, we address in more detail the specific procedures, measures and analysis of the major categories of risks that we manage.

Risk Management Principles

Our risk management framework is intended to identify, assess and mitigate risks that affect or have the potential to affect our business. We target financial returns that compensate us for the amount of risk that we take and avoid excessive risk-taking. Our risk management framework incorporates the “Three Lines of Defense” risk management model to demonstrate and structure the roles, responsibilities and accountabilities in the organization for taking and managing risk. Using the “Three Lines of Defense” model, we follow these central guiding principles:

 

   

The “First Line of Defense” is comprised of the business areas and staff groups that through their day-to-day business activities take risk on our behalf. As the business owner, the first line is responsible for identifying, assessing, managing and controlling that risk, and for mitigating our overall risk exposure.

 

   

The “Second Line of Defense” provides oversight of first line risk taking and management, and is comprised of our Risk Management organization and other staff control functions. The second line assists in determining risk capacity, risk appetite, and the strategies, policies and structure for managing risks.

 

   

The “Third Line of Defense” is comprised of our Internal Audit and Credit Review functions. The third line provides independent and objective assurance to senior management and to the Board of Directors that first and second line risk management and internal control systems and its governance processes are well-designed and working as intended.

Our approach is reflected in six critical risk management practices of particular importance in the financial services industry due to changing regulatory environments and ongoing economic uncertainty.

 

90


Table of Contents

First, we seek to mitigate liquidity risk strategically and tactically. From a strategic perspective, we have acquired and built deposit gathering businesses and significantly reduced our loan to deposit ratio. From a tactical perspective, we have accumulated a sizeable liquidity reserve comprising cash, high-quality, unencumbered securities, and committed collateralized credit lines and conduit facilities. This combination of funding and liquidity sources facilitates a diverse access to multiple markets and liquidity sources.

Second, we recognize that we are exposed to cyclical changes in credit quality. Consequently, we try to ensure our credit portfolio is resilient to economic downturns. Our most important tool in this endeavor is sound underwriting, using what we deem to be conservative assumptions. In unsecured consumer loan underwriting, we generally assume that loans will be subject to an environment in which losses are higher than those prevailing at the time of underwriting. In commercial underwriting, we generally require strong cash flow, collateral and covenants and guarantees. In addition to sound underwriting, we continually monitor our portfolio and take steps to collect or work out distressed loans.

Third, we recognize that compliance is more complex and that regulatory and consumer expectations have risen. In response, we have been and will continue to expand the scope and intensity of our compliance and consumer protection activities including developing requirements, approving new products, establishing procedures and controls, training staff and testing the effectiveness of business controls and the overall program.

Fourth, we recognize that reputation risk is of particular concern for financial institutions as a result of the aftermath of the recent financial crisis and economic downturn, which has resulted in increased regulation and widespread regulatory changes. Consequently, our Chief Executive Officer and executive team manage both strategic and tactical reputation issues and build our relationships with the government, media and other constituencies to help strengthen the reputations of both our company and industry. Our actions include taking public positions in support of better consumer practices in our industry and, where possible, implementing those practices in our business.

Fifth, we recognize the criticality of managing operational risk on a day-to-day basis and have expanded our approach to operational risk management based on the growth and complexity of the company. We are supporting our first line of defense associates with the appropriate operational risk management policy, standards, processes and tools to enable the delivery of safe, sound customer and client experiences.

Finally, we recognize that maintaining a strong capital position is essential to our business strategy and competitive position. We also recognize that regulatory and market expectations for the amount and quality of capital are rising. Understanding and managing risks to our capital position is an underlying objective of all our risk programs. Stress testing and economic capital measurement, both of which incorporate inputs from across the risk spectrum, are key tools for evaluating our capital position and risk adjusted returns. We also consider risks to our reputation and to our ability to access capital markets as part of our process for evaluating our capital plans. See “MD&A—Capital Management” for additional information on our capital adequacy and strength.

Risk Management Roles and Responsibilities

The Board of Directors is responsible for establishing our overall risk framework, approving and overseeing execution of the Enterprise Risk Management Policy and key risk category policies, establishing our risk appetite, and regularly reviewing our risk profile.

The Chief Risk Officer, who reports to the Chief Executive Officer, is responsible for overseeing our risk management program and driving appropriate action to resolve any weaknesses. The risk management program begins with a set of policies and risk appetites approved by the Board that are implemented through a system of risk committees and senior executive risk stewards. We have established risk committees at both the corporate and divisional level to identify and manage risk. In addition, we have assigned a senior executive expert to each of eight risk categories. We refer to these experts as risk stewards. These executive risk stewards work with the

 

91


Table of Contents

lines of business, the Chief Risk Officer and the risk committees to identify, aggregate and report risks, develop mitigation plans and controls and remediate issues. The Chief Risk Officer combines the results of these processes to assemble a view of our risk profile. Both management and the Board of Directors regularly review the risk profile.

Risk Management Framework

We use a consistent risk management framework to manage risk. This framework applies at all levels, from the development of the Enterprise Risk Management Program itself to the tactical operations of the front-line business team. We are continuing to make changes to our risk management framework as we enhance our enterprise-wide compliance risk management programs, including further expanding the “Three Lines of Defense” model referenced under the “Risk Management Principles” set forth above. Our risk management framework, which is built around governance, processes and people, currently consists of the following six key elements:

 

   

Objective Setting

   

Risk Assessment

   

Control Activities

   

Communication and Information

   

Program Monitoring

   

Organization and Culture

Objective Setting

Our risk management approach begins with objective setting. We establish strategic, financial, operational and other objectives during our strategic and annual planning processes and throughout the year. These objectives cascade through the organization to individual teams of associates. The risk management approach helps identify and manage risks that have the potential to interfere with the achievement of our stated objectives.

Risk Assessment

Risk results from our strategic business choices and our day-to-day business activities. Risk assessment is the process of identifying our risks (including emerging and potential risks), evaluating the impact of those risks and choosing and executing a response that is guided by our risk appetite. Risk assessment also includes the correlation of risks and the assessment of their cumulative effect on the overall risk profile of a line of business or of the enterprise.

Control Activities

We consider our control activities to be the day-to-day backbone of our risk management. Controls provide reasonable assurance that legal, regulatory, and business requirements are being met, and identified risks are being mitigated or accepted according to our risk response choices and risk appetite. We have practices in place designed to establish key controls and assess their effectiveness in preventing a breakdown. Control activities include the monitoring of adherence to current policy, process and procedure requirements, sign-offs, and regular reporting to management. They also include the resolution of regulatory and audit findings and issues and the procedures that trigger objective setting and risk assessments when new business opportunities are evaluated or business hierarchy changes occur.

Communication and Information

Communication and information infrastructures must be solid and are necessary to support the objective setting, risk assessment, and control activities described above. Robust risk management requires well-functioning

 

92


Table of Contents

communication channels to inform associates of their responsibilities, alert them to issues or changes that might affect their activities, and to enable an open flow of information up, down, and across our company. Robust risk management also requires management information to enable controls to work effectively and to support the analysis needed to set objectives and assess risk accurately. Our risk governance structure is designed to support solid and ongoing communication. Specific reports and communication infrastructure are defined within our individual risk category policies.

Program Monitoring

Program monitoring is critical to our overall risk management program. Program monitoring involves assessing the accuracy, sufficiency, and effectiveness of current objectives, risk assessments, controls, ownership, communication, and management support. The assessment of a risk program or activity can be qualitative or quantitative. We encourage the use of measurements and metrics where it is possible, recognizing that some risks or programs cannot be measured quantitatively. Where deficiencies are discovered, we seek to update the risk management program to resolve the deficiencies in a timely manner. Significant deficiencies are escalated to the appropriate risk executive or risk committee. Clear accountability is defined when resolving deficiencies so that the desired outcome is achieved. Risk management programs are monitored at every level from the overall Enterprise Risk Management Program to the individual risk management activities in each business area.

Organization and Culture

Our intent is to create and maintain an effective risk management organization and culture. A strong organization and culture promotes risk management as a key factor in making important business decisions and helps drive risk management activities deeper into the company. An effective risk management culture starts with a well-defined risk management philosophy. It requires established risk management objectives that align to business objectives and make targeted risk management activities part of ongoing business management activities. We believe we staff risk functions at the appropriate levels with qualified associates and effective tools that support risk management practices and activities. Senior management and the Board of Directors are ultimately accountable for promoting adherence to sound risk principles and tolerances. We seek to incent associates at all levels to perform according to corporate policies and risk tolerance and in conformity with applicable laws and regulations. Additionally, management establishes performance goals, plans, and incentives that are designed to promote financial performance within the confines of a sound risk management program and within defined risk tolerances.

We have a corporate Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) (available on the Corporate Governance page of our Web site at www.capitalone.com/about) under which each associate is obligated to behave with integrity in dealing with customers and business partners and to comply with applicable laws and regulations. We disclose any waivers to the Code on our Web site. We also have an associate performance management process that emphasizes achieving business results while ensuring integrity, compliance, and sound business management.

Risk Appetite

We have a defined risk appetite for each of our eight risk categories that is approved by the Board of Directors. Stated risk appetites define the parameters for taking and accepting risks and are used by management and the Board of Directors to make business decisions.

For some risk categories (credit, liquidity, market), our risk appetite statements are translated into largely quantitative limits and guidelines. For other risk categories, our risk appetite is defined more qualitatively and is supported by indicative metrics where appropriate. We communicate risk appetite statements, metrics and limits to the appropriate levels in the organization and monitor adherence.

 

93


Table of Contents

Primary Risk Categories

Below we provide an overview of how we manage our eight primary risk categories. Following this section, we provide detailed information and metrics about three of our most significant risk exposures: credit, liquidity and market.

Credit Risk Management

The Chief Risk Officer, in conjunction with the Consumer and Commercial Chief Credit Officers, is responsible for establishing credit risk policies and procedures, including underwriting and hold guidelines and credit approval authority, and monitoring credit exposure and performance of our lending-related transactions. These responsibilities are fulfilled by the Chief Consumer Credit Officer and the Chief Commercial Credit Officer. Division Presidents are responsible for managing the credit risk within their division and maintaining processes to control credit risk and comply with credit policies and guidelines. In addition, the Chief Risk Officer establishes policies, delegates approval authority and monitors performance for non-loan credit exposure entered into with financial counterparties or through the purchase of credit sensitive securities in our investment portfolio.

Our credit policies establish standards in five areas: customer selection, underwriting, monitoring, remediation, and portfolio management. The standards in each area provide a framework comprising specific objectives and control processes. These standards are supported by detailed policies and procedures for each component of the credit process. Starting with customer selection, our goal is to generally provide credit on terms that generate above hurdle returns. We use a number of quantitative and qualitative factors to manage credit risk, including setting credit risk limits and guidelines for each of our lines of business. We monitor performance and forecasts relative to these guidelines and report results and any required mitigating actions to the Credit Policy Committee and to the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board.

Liquidity Risk Management

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for managing liquidity risk. We assess liquidity strength by evaluating several different balance sheet metrics under severe stress scenarios to ensure we can withstand significant funding degradation in both deposits and capital marketing funding sources. Management reports liquidity metrics to the Asset/Liability Management Committee monthly and to the Finance and Trust Oversight Committee of the Board of Directors no less than quarterly. Any policy breach in a liquidity limit will result in the activation of the Liquidity Contingency Funding Plan and is required to be reported to the Treasurer as soon as it is identified and to the Asset/Liability Management Committee within 48 hours. Detailed processes, requirements and controls are contained in our policies and supporting procedures. We continuously monitor market and economic conditions to evaluate emerging stress conditions with assessment and appropriate action plans in accordance with our Liquidity Contingency Plan.

Market Risk Management

The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for managing market risk. We manage market risk exposure centrally and establish quantitative limits to control our exposure. We define market risk as the risk that our earnings and/or economic value of equity may be adversely affected by changes in market conditions, including changes in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates, changes in credit spreads and price fluctuations and changes in value due to changes in market perception or the actual credit quality of issuers. Market risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations and activities, including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and derivatives.

The market risk positions of our banking entities and our total company are calculated separately and in total and are reported in comparison to pre-established limits to the Asset/Liability Management Committee monthly and

 

94


Table of Contents

to the Finance and Trust Oversight Committee of the Board no less than quarterly. Management is authorized to utilize financial instruments as outlined in our policy to actively manage market risk exposure. Detailed processes, requirements and controls are contained in our policies and supporting procedures.

Compliance Risk Management

The Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for establishing the compliance management program, for determining specific compliance requirements, and for monitoring performance. Division Presidents are responsible for building and maintaining business processes and controls that meet the requirements of the compliance program.

We ensure compliance by maintaining an effective Compliance Management Program consisting of sound policies, systems, processes, and reports. The Compliance Management Program provides management with guidance, training, and monitoring to provide reasonable assurance of our compliance with internal and external compliance requirements. Additionally, management and the Corporate Compliance department jointly and separately conduct on-going monitoring and assess the state of compliance. The assessment provides the basis for performance reporting to management and the Board, allows business areas to determine if their compliance performance is acceptable, and confirms effective compliance controls are in place. Business areas embed compliance requirements and controls into their business policies, standards, processes and procedures. They regularly monitor and report on the efficacy of their compliance controls. Corporate Compliance, working jointly with the business, defines and validates a standard compliance monitoring and reporting methodology. Compliance results and trends are reported to management’s Risk Management Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board.

Operational Risk Management

The Chief Operational Risk Officer is responsible for the establishment of operational risk management policies and standards and for governance and monitoring of operational risk at a corporate level. Division Presidents are responsible for managing operational risk within their business areas.

Business areas are accountable for the management of operational risk controls and mitigation of risk. The Operational Risk Management Program establishes requirements and control processes that assure certain consistent practices in the management of operational risk and provides transparency to the corporate operational risk profile. Operational risk practices are currently being aligned with Basel II AMA (“Advanced Measurement Approach”) requirements.

The Operational Risk Management (“ORM”) function plays an active role in monitoring adherence to our operational risk policies and standards as well as in the validation of our operational risk levels, as expressed against our appetite. Key activities performed by ORM include the collection of operational breakdowns; the identification, analysis and escalation of risks and/or issues, and the regular reporting of risk levels to senior management and the Board.

Legal Risk Management

The General Counsel is responsible for managing legal risk by providing legal evaluation and guidance to the enterprise and business areas and by partnering with other risk-related functions such as Compliance and Audit. This evaluation and guidance is based on an assessment of the type and degree of legal risk associated with the internal business area practices and activities and of the controls the business has in place to mitigate legal risks. Legal risk is governed by and defined in our Legal Risk Policy.

 

95


Table of Contents

Reputation Risk Management

The General Counsel is responsible for managing our overall reputation risk. Reputation risks associated with daily interactions are managed by our business areas. Business area activities are controlled by the frameworks set forth in the Reputation Risk Management Policy and other risk management policies. Each business area determines how much risk it is willing to accept and when it is prudent to execute mitigation activities. From time to time, senior management conducts detailed assessments of our business practices and evaluates them in terms of their potential impact on Capital One’s reputation. The Reputation Risk Management Policy sets forth the obligation of each business area, with direction and guidance from the Reputation Risk Steward and his or her designee, to identify, assess and determine whether and how best to mitigate its reputation risk. The Reputation Risk Steward is responsible for reporting on the assessments of our aggregate reputation risk, as well as the state of our reputation with specific stakeholder groups, to the Chief Risk Officer, the Chief Executive Officer, the Risk Management Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee of the Board of Directors, as appropriate.

Strategic Risk Management

The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for our strategy. The Chief Executive Officer develops an overall corporate strategy and leads alignment of the entire organization with this strategy through definition of strategic imperatives and top-down communication. The Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives spend significant time throughout the entire company sharing our strategic imperatives to promote an understanding of our strategy and connect it to day-to-day associate activities to enable effective execution. Division Presidents are accountable for defining business strategy within the context of the overall corporate level strategy and strategic imperatives. Business strategies are integrated into the corporate strategy and are reviewed separately and together on an annual basis by the Chief Executive Officer and the Board of Directors.

 

 

CREDIT RISK PROFILE

 

Our loan portfolio accounts for the substantial majority of our credit risk exposure. These activities are also governed under our credit policy and are subject to independent review and approval. Below we provide information about our primary loan products, the composition of our loan portfolio, key concentrations and credit performance metrics.

We also engage in certain non-lending activities that may give rise to credit and counterparty settlement risk, including the purchase of securities for our investment securities portfolio, entering into derivative transactions to manage our market risk exposure and to accommodate customers, foreign exchange transactions and providing deposit overdraft services. We provide additional information on credit risk related to our investment securities portfolio under “Consolidated Balance Sheet Analysis—Investment Securities” and credit risk related to derivative transactions in “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities.”

Primary Loan Products

We provide a variety of lending products. Our primary products include credit cards, auto loans, home loans and commercial loans.

 

   

Credit cards : We market a range of credit card products across the credit spectrum and through a variety of channels. Our credit cards generally have variable interest rates. Credit card accounts are underwritten using an automated underwriting system based on predictive models that we have developed. The underwriting criteria, which are customized for individual products and marketing programs, are established based on an analysis of the net present value of expected revenues, expenses and losses, subject to a further analysis using a variety of stress conditions. Underwriting decisions are generally based on credit bureau information, including payment history, debt burden and credit scores, such as FICO, and on other factors, such as applicant income. We maintain a credit card securitization program and selectively sell charged-off

 

96


Table of Contents
 

credit card loans. Prior to February 1, 2013, we had not securitized any credit card loans since 2009. On February 1, 2013, we executed our first credit card securitization transaction in over three and a half years by issuing $750 million of 3-year, AAA rated, fixed-rate notes under our credit card securitization trust.

 

   

Auto loans : We market a range of auto loan products across the credit spectrum. Customers are acquired through a network of auto dealers and direct marketing. Our auto loans generally have fixed interest rates and loan terms of 72 months or less. Loan size limits are customized by program and subject to a current maximum of $75,000. Similar to credit card accounts, the underwriting criteria are customized for individual products and marketing programs and based on analysis of net present value of expected revenues, expenses and losses, subject to maintaining resilience under a variety of stress conditions. Underwriting decisions are generally based on an applicant’s income, estimated debt-to-income ratio, and credit bureau information, along with collateral characteristics such as loan-to-value ratio. We generally retain all of our auto loans, though we have securitized auto loans and sold charged-off auto loans in the past and may do so in the future.

 

   

Home loans: Most of the existing home loans in our loan portfolio were originated by banks we acquired. The underwriting standards for these loans were less restrictive than our current underwriting standards. Currently, we originate residential mortgage and home equity loans through our branches, direct marketing, and dedicated home loan officers. Our home loan products include conforming and non-conforming fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgage loans, as well as first and second lien home equity loans and lines of credit. Our underwriting standards for conforming loans are designed to meet the underwriting standards required by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac or Federal Housing Administration (“FHA”)/ Veterans Affairs (“VA”) (the “agencies”) at a minimum, and we sell most of our conforming loans to the agencies. We generally retain non-conforming mortgages and home equity loans and lines of credit. Our underwriting policy limits for these loans include: (1) a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 80% for loans without mortgage insurance; (2) a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 95% for loans with mortgage insurance or for home equity products; (3) a maximum debt-to-income ratio of 50%; and (4) a maximum loan amount of $3.0 million. Our underwriting procedures are intended to verify the income of applicants and obtain appraisals to determine home values. We may, in limited instances, use automated valuation models to determine home values.

 

   

Commercial loans. We offer a range of commercial lending products, including loans secured by commercial real estate and loans to middle market industrial and service companies. Our commercial loans may have a fixed or variable interest rate; however, the majority of our commercial loans have variable rates. Our underwriting standards require an analysis of the borrower’s financial condition and prospects, as well as an assessment of the industry in which the borrower operates. Where relevant, we evaluate and appraise underlying collateral and guarantees. We maintain underwriting guidelines and limits for major types of borrowers and loan products that specify, where applicable, guidelines for debt service coverage, leverage, loan-to-value ratio and standard covenants and conditions. We assign a risk rating and establish a monitoring schedule for loans based on the risk profile of the borrower, industry segment, source of repayment, the underlying collateral and guarantees (if any) and current market conditions. Although we generally retain commercial loans, we may syndicate large positions for risk mitigation purposes. In addition, we have sold impaired commercial loans in the past and may do so in the future.

Loan Portfolio Composition

Total loans that we manage consist of held-for-investment loans recorded on our consolidated balance sheets and loans held in our securitization trusts. Loans underlying our securitization trusts are reported on our consolidated balance sheets in restricted loans for securitization investors. Table 15 presents the composition of our total loan portfolio, by business segment, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Table 15 also displays acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected, which consists of a limited portion of the credit card loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the substantial majority of consumer and commercial loans acquired in the ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank acquisitions. See the discussion of “Loans Acquired” below in this section for further information.

 

97


Table of Contents

Table 15: Loan Portfolio Composition

 

    December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

  2012     2011  
  Loans     Acquired
Loans (1)
    Total     % of
Total
    Loans     Acquired
Loans (1)
    Total     % of
Total
 

Credit Card business:

               

Credit card loans:

               

Domestic credit card loans

  $ 82,058      $ 270      $ 82,328        40.0 %   $ 54,682      $     $ 54,682        40.3 %

International credit card loans

    8,614               8,614        4.2        8,466              8,466        6.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card loans

    90,672        270        90,942        44.2        63,148              63,148        46.5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Installment loans:

               

Domestic installment loans

    795        18        813        0.4        1,927              1,927        1.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    91,467        288        91,755        44.6        65,075              65,075        47.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

               

Auto

    27,106        17        27,123        13.2        21,732        47        21,779        16.0   

Home loan

    7,697        36,403        44,100        21.4        6,321        4,112        10,433        7.7   

Other retail

    3,870        34        3,904        1.9        4,058        45        4,103        3.0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    38,673        36,454        75,127        36.5        32,111        4,204        36,315        26.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business: (2)

               

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    17,605        127        17,732        8.6        15,573        163        15,736        11.6   

Commercial and industrial

    19,660        232        19,892        9.7        16,770        318        17,088        12.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    37,265        359        37,624        18.3        32,343        481        32,824        24.2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    1,196               1,196        0.5        1,503               1,503        1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    38,461        359        38,820        18.8        33,846        481        34,327        25.3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

               

Other loans

    154        33        187        0.1        175              175        0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment (3)

  $ 168,755      $ 37,134      $ 205,889        100.0 %   $ 131,207      $ 4,685      $ 135,892        100.0 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected. See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 5—Loans” for additional information.

(2)  

Includes construction loans and land development loans totaling $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(3 )  

We had a net unamortized premium on purchased loans of $461 million and a net unamortized discount of $4 million as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011, respectively.

Credit Card accounted for $91.8 billion, or 45%, of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012, compared with $65.1 billion, or 48% as of December 31, 2011. We market our credit card products on a national basis throughout the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom. Because of the diversity of our credit card products and national marketing approach, no single geographic concentration exists within the credit card portfolio.

Consumer Banking accounted for $75.1 billion, or 37%, of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012, compared with $36.3 billion, or 27%, of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2011. The auto portfolio is originated primarily on a national basis, with additional originations through our retail branch network. The home loan portfolio is concentrated in New York, California and Louisiana which reflects the characteristics of the legacy Hibernia, North Fork and Chevy Chase Bank portfolios that comprise the majority of our home loans. Retail banking includes small business loans and other consumer lending products originated through our branch network.

 

98


Table of Contents

Commercial Banking represented $38.8 billion, or 19%, of our loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012, compared with $34.3 billion, or 25%, as of December 31, 2011. We operate our Commercial Banking business primarily in geographic regions where we maintain retail bank branches. Accordingly, the portfolio is concentrated in New York, Louisiana and Texas, which represent our largest retail banking markets. Our small-ticket commercial real estate portfolio, which was originated on a national basis through a broker network, is in a run-off mode.

We provide additional information on the geographic concentration, by loan category, of our loan portfolio in “Note 5—Loans.”

Loans Acquired

As noted above, our portfolio of loans held for investment consists of loans acquired in the Chevy Chase Bank, ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. These loans were recorded at fair value as of the date of each acquisition. We elect to account for all purchased loans using the guidance for accounting for purchased credit-impaired loans, which is based on expected cash flows, unless specifically scoped out of the guidance.

Loans Acquired and Accounted for Based on Expected Cash Flows

We use the term “acquired loans” to refer to a limited portion of the credit card loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the substantial majority of consumer and commercial loans acquired in the ING Direct and Chevy Chase Bank acquisitions, which are accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected. Acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected increased to $37.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $4.7 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was largely due to acquired loans from the ING Direct acquisition.

We regularly update our estimate of the amount of expected principal and interest to be collected from these loans and evaluate the results on an aggregated pool basis for loans with common risk characteristics. Probable decreases in expected loan principal cash flows would trigger the recognition of impairment through our provision for credit losses. Probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses established subsequent to acquisition, with any remaining increase in expected cash flows recognized prospectively in interest income over the remaining estimated life of the underlying loans. We increased the allowance and recorded a provision for credit losses of $31 million in 2012 related to certain pools of acquired loans. The cumulative impairment recognized on acquired loans totaled $57 million and $26 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The credit performance of the remaining pools has generally been in line with our expectations, and, in some cases, more favorable than expected, which has resulted in the reclassification of amounts from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield.

Loans Acquired and Accounted for Based on Contractual Cash Flows

Of the loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, there were loans of $26.2 billion designated as held for investment that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition and were therefore excluded from the accounting guidance applied to the acquired loans described in the paragraphs above.

These loans were recorded at a fair value of $26.9 billion, resulting in a net premium of $705 million at acquisition. Fair value was determined by discounting all expected cash flows (contractual principal, interest, finance charges and fees of $33.3 billion less those amounts not expected to be collected of $3.0 billion) at a market discount rate.

Under applicable accounting guidance, we are required to amortize the net premium of $705 million over the contractual principal amount as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the loans. Given the guidance applicable to acquired revolving loans, it is necessary to record an allowance through the provision for

 

99


Table of Contents

credit losses to properly recognize an estimate of incurred losses on the existing principal balances, which represents a portion of the total amounts not expected to be collected described above. In 2012, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance primarily related to these loans. The allowance was calculated using the same methodology utilized for determining the allowance for our existing credit card portfolio. The provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion related to these loans is included in the total provision for credit losses of $4.4 billion recorded in 2012.

Excluded from the amounts above are revolving loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition with a fair value of $471 million that we designated as held for sale at acquisition. We closed on the sale of these receivables early in the third quarter of 2012.

See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Loans” for additional information on our accounting for loans, including purchased loans. See “Note 5—Loans” and “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for additional information on the credit quality of our loan portfolio.

Loan Maturity Profile

Table 16 presents the maturities of loans in our held-for-investment portfolio as of December 31, 2012.

Table 16: Loan Maturity Schedule

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Due Up to
1 Year
     > 1 Year
to 5 Years
     > 5 Years      Total  

Fixed rate:

           

Credit card (1) (2)

   $ 3,357       $ 16,699       $ 45       $ 20,101   

Consumer

     762         22,249         12,927         35,938   

Commercial

     1,288         5,880         5,887         13,055   

Other

                     35         35   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed-rate loans

     5,407         44,828         18,894         69,129   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Variable rate:

           

Credit card (1)

     71,639         15                 71,654   

Consumer

     7,176         833         31,180         39,189   

Commercial

     23,350         2,265         150         25,765   

Other

     128         15         9         152   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total variable-rate loans

     102,293         3,128         31,339         136,760   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 107,700       $ 47,956       $ 50,233       $ 205,889   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Due to the revolving nature of credit card loans, we report all variable-rate credit card loans as due in one year or less. We report fixed-rate credit card loans with introductory rates that expire after a certain period of time as due in one year or less. We assume that our remaining fixed-rate credit card loans will mature within one to three years.

(2)  

Includes installment loans of $813 million as of December 31, 2012.

Credit Risk Measurement

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to assess and manage our exposure to credit risk. Key metrics we track in evaluating the credit quality of our loan portfolio include delinquency and nonperforming asset rates, as well as charge-off rates and our internal risk ratings of larger balance, commercial loans. Trends in delinquency rates are a primary indicator of credit risk within our consumer loan portfolios, as changes in delinquency rate provide an early warning of changes in credit losses. The primary indicator of credit risk in our commercial loan portfolios is risk ratings. Because we generally classify loans that have been

 

100


Table of Contents

delinquent for an extended period of time and other loans with significant risk of loss as nonperforming, the level of nonperforming assets represents another indicator of the potential for future credit losses. In addition to delinquency rates, the geographic distribution of our loans provides insight as to the credit quality of the portfolio based on regional economic conditions.

We use borrower credit scores in underwriting for most consumer loans. We do not use credit scores as a primary indicator of credit quality, because product differences, loan structure, and other factors drive large differences in credit quality for a given credit score, and because a borrower’s credit score tends to be a lagging indicator of credit quality. We continuously adjust our credit line management of credit lines and collection strategies based on customer behavior and risk profile changes.

As noted above, our Credit Card business accounted for $91.8 billion, or 45%, of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012, with Domestic Card accounting for $83.1 billion, or 40%, of our total loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012. Based on our most recent data, we estimate that approximately one-third of our Domestic Card portfolio had credit scores less than 660 or no score, based on loan balances, as of December 31, 2012, relatively consistent with the proportion of the Domestic Card portfolio with credit scores below 660 or no score as of December 31, 2011. For loans related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and certain other partnerships, data is obtained on a lagged basis.

We present information in the section below on the credit performance of our loan portfolio, including the key metrics we use in tracking changes in the credit quality of our loan portfolio. Loans acquired as part of the CCB, ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions are included in the denominator used in calculating the credit quality metrics presented below. Because some of these loans are accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected, which takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition. In addition, these loans are not classified as delinquent or nonperforming even though the customer may be contractually past due because we expect that we will fully collect the carrying value of these loans. The accounting and classification of these loans may significantly alter some of our reported credit quality metrics. We therefore supplement certain reported credit quality metrics with metrics adjusted to exclude the impact of these acquired loans.

Delinquency Rates

We consider the entire balance of an account to be delinquent if the minimum required payment is not received by the first statement cycle date equal to or following the due date specified on the customer’s billing statement. Table 17 compares 30+ day performing and total 30+ day delinquency rates, by loan category, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Table 17 also presents these metrics adjusted to exclude from the denominator acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected over the life of the loans.

Our 30+ day delinquency metrics include all held-for-investment loans that are 30 or more days past due, whereas our 30+ day performing delinquency metrics include loans that are 30 or more days past due and that are also currently classified as performing and accruing interest. The 30+ day delinquency and 30+ day performing delinquency metrics are generally the same for credit card loans, as we continue to classify the substantial majority of credit card loans as performing until the account is charged-off, typically when the account is 180 days past due. See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Loans” for information on our policies for classifying loans as nonperforming for each of our loan categories.

 

101


Table of Contents

Table 17: 30+ Day Delinquencies

 

(Dollars in millions)

  December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  
  30+ Day Performing     30+ Day Total     30+ Day Performing     30+ Day Total  
  Amount     Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
    Amount     Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
    Amount     Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
    Amount     Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
 

Credit Card business:

                       

Domestic credit card and installment loans

  $ 3,001        3.61     3.62   $ 3,001        3.61     3.62   $ 2,073        3.66     3.66   $ 2,073        3.66     3.66

International credit card

    308        3.58        3.58        387        4.49        4.49        438        5.18        5.18        438        5.18        5.17   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    3,309        3.61        3.62        3,388        3.69        3.70        2,511        3.86        3.86        2,511        3.86        3.86   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

                       

Automobile

    1,900        7.00        7.01        2,049        7.55        7.56        1,498        6.88        6.90        1,604        7.36        7.38   

Home loan

    59        0.13        0.77        380        0.86        4.94        93        0.89        1.47        478        4.58        7.56   

Retail banking

    30        0.76        0.77        81        2.07        2.09        34        0.83        0.84        94        2.29        2.32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    1,989        2.65        5.14        2,510        3.34        6.49        1,625        4.47        5.06        2,176        5.99        6.78   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business:

                       

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    140        0.79        0.79        248        1.40        1.41        217        1.38        1.40        342        2.17        2.20   

Commercial and industrial

    73        0.37        0.37        135        0.68        0.69        78        0.45        0.46        152        0.89        0.91   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    213        0.57        0.57        383        1.02        1.03        295        0.91        0.91        494        1.50        1.53   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    33        2.74        2.74        43        3.60        3.60        104        6.94        6.94        141        9.38        9.38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    246        0.63        0.64        426        1.10        1.11        399        1.16        1.18        635        1.85        1.88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

                       

Other loans

    11        5.72        6.95        36        19.25        23.38        17        9.65        9.65        46        26.29        26.29   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,555        2.70     3.29   $ 6,360        3.09     3.77   $ 4,552        3.35     3.47   $ 5,368        3.95     4.09
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Calculated by loan category by dividing 30+ day delinquent loans as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category, including acquired loans as applicable.

(2)  

Calculated by excluding acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected from the denominator.

 

102


Table of Contents

Table 18 presents an aging of 30+ day delinquent loans included in the above table.

Table 18: Aging and Geography of 30+ Day Delinquent Loans

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      % of
Total Loans (1)
    Amount      % of
Total Loans (1)
 

Total loan portfolio

   $ 205,889         100.0   $ 135,892         100.00
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Delinquency status:

          

30 – 59 days

   $ 2,664         1.29   $ 2,306         1.70

60 – 89 days

     1,440         0.70        1,092         0.80   

90 + days

     2,256         1.10        1,970         1.45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,360         3.09   $ 5,368         3.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic region:

          

Domestic

   $ 6,052         2.94   $ 4,930         3.63

International

     308         0.15        438         0.32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,360         3.09   $ 5,368         3.95
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Calculated by dividing loans in each delinquency status category or geographic region as of the end of the period by the total held-for-investment loan portfolio, including acquired loans.

Table 19 summarizes loans that were 90 days or more past due as to interest or principal and still accruing interest as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. These loans consist primarily of credit card accounts between 90 days and 179 days past due. As permitted by regulatory guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”), we generally continue to accrue interest on domestic credit card loans through the date of charge-off, which is typically in the period the account becomes 180 days past due. While domestic credit card loans typically remain on accrual status until the loan is charged-off, we establish a reserve for finance charges and fees billed but not expected to be collected and exclude this amount from revenue.

Table 19: 90+ Days Delinquent Loans Accruing Interest

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010  
   Amount      % of
Total Loans
    Amount      % of
Total Loans
    Amount      % of
Total Loans
 

Loan category: (1)

               

Credit card (2)

   $ 1,510         1.65   $ 1,196         1.84   $ 1,379         2.25

Consumer

     1         0.00        5         0.01        5         0.01   

Commercial

     16         0.04        41         0.12        14         0.05   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,527         0.74   $ 1,242         0.91   $ 1,398         1.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic region: (3)

               

Domestic

   $ 1,427         0.69   $ 1,047         0.77   $ 1,195         0.95

International

     100         0.05        195         0.14        203         0.16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,527         0.74   $ 1,242         0.91   $ 1,398         1.11
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Delinquency rates are calculated by loan category by dividing 90+ day delinquent loans accruing interest as of the end of the period by period-end loans held for investment for the specified loan category, including acquired loans as applicable.

(2)  

Includes credit card loans that continue to accrue finance charges and fees until charged-off, which is typically at 180 days past due. The amounts reported for credit card loans are net of billed finance charges and fees that we do not expect to collect. The estimated uncollectible portion of billed finance charges and fees excluded from revenue totaled $937 million, $371 million and $950 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The reserve for uncollectible billed finance charges and fees totaled $307 million, $74 million and $211 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing loans in each geographic region as of the end of the period by the total loan portfolio.

 

103


Table of Contents

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans, foreclosed property and repossessed assets. Nonperforming loans generally include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and certain restructured loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. We do not report loans accounted for under the fair value option and loans held for sale as nonperforming. In addition, we separately track and report acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows and disclose our delinquency and nonperforming loan rates with and without these acquired loans. See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Loans” for information on our policies for classifying loans as nonperforming for each of our loan categories.

Table 20 presents comparative information on nonperforming loans, by loan category, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the ratio of nonperforming loans to our total loans. Nonperforming loans held for sale are excluded from nonperforming loans, as they are recorded at lower of cost or fair value.

Table 20: Nonperforming Loans and Other Nonperforming Assets (1)(2)

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,  
   2012 (3)     2011  
   Amount      % of
Total
HFI  Loans
    Amount      % of
Total
HFI  Loans
 

Nonperforming loans held for investment:

          

Credit card business:

          

International credit card

   $ 100         1.16 %   $        
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     100         0.11                  
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

          

Auto

     149         0.55        106         0.48   

Home loan

     422         0.96        456         4.37   

Retail banking

     71         1.82        90         2.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     642         0.85        652         1.79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business:

          

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     137         0.77        207         1.32   

Commercial and industrial

     133         0.67        125         0.73   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     270         0.72        332         1.01   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     12         0.97        40         2.63   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     282         0.73        372         1.08   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

          

Other loans

     30         15.85        35         20.42   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans held for investment (4)

   $ 1,054         0.51 %   $ 1,059         0.78
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other nonperforming assets:

          

Foreclosed property (5)

   $ 204         0.10 %   $ 169         0.13

Repossessed assets

     22         0.01        20         0.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other nonperforming assets

     226         0.11        189         0.14   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 1,280         0.62 %   $ 1,248         0.92
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The ratio of nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans held for investment is calculated based on the nonperforming loans in each loan category divided by the total outstanding unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment in each loan category. The denominator used in calculating the nonperforming asset ratios consists of total loans held for investment and other nonperforming assets.

 

104


Table of Contents
(2)  

The nonperforming loan ratio, excluding the impact of acquired loans from the denominator, for home loan, retail banking, total consumer banking, commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial, total commercial banking and total nonperforming loans held for investment was 5.48%, 1.83%, 1.66%, 0.78%, 0.68%, 0.73% and 0.62%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, compared with 7.22%, 2.21%, 2.03%, 1.33%, 0.75%, 1.10% and 0.81%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The nonperforming asset ratio, excluding acquired loans, was 0.76% and 0.95% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(3)  

We recognized interest income for loans classified as nonperforming of $32 million and $31 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Interest income foregone related to nonperforming loans was $41 million and $44 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. Foregone interest income represents the amount of interest income that would have been recorded during the period for nonperforming loans as of the end of the period had the loans performed according to their contractual terms.

(4)  

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans held for investment, excluding credit card loans from the denominator, was 0.92% and 1.50% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(5)  

Includes foreclosed properties related to acquired loans of $167 million and $86 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Nonperforming loans included troubled debt restructurings (“TDRs”) of $375 million and $170 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. While the amount of nonperforming loans of $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2012 was unchanged from December 31, 2011, the nonperforming loan ratio decreased to 0.51% as of December 31, 2012, from 0.78% as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily attributable to the addition of the ING Direct acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows, as well as the improvement in the credit quality of our commercial banking loans.

Net Charge-Offs

Net charge-offs consist of the unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment that we determine are uncollectible, net of recovered amounts. We exclude accrued and unpaid finance charges and fees and fraud losses from charge-offs. Charge-offs are recorded as a reduction to the allowance for loan and lease losses and subsequent recoveries of previously charged off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Costs incurred to recover charged-off loans are recorded as collection expense and included in our consolidated statements of income as a component of other non-interest expense. Our charge-off time frame for loans varies based on the loan type. See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Loans” for information on our charge-off policy for each of our loan categories.

Table 21 presents our net charge-off amounts and rates, by business segment, for 2012, 2011 and 2010. We provide information on charge-off amounts by loan category below in Table 22.

Table 21: Net Charge-Offs

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,  
   2012     2011     2010  
   Amount      Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
    Amount      Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
    Amount      Rate (1)     Adjusted
Rate (2)
 

Credit card

   $ 2,944         3.68     3.69   $ 3,056         4.92     4.92   $ 5,505         8.79     8.79

Consumer banking

     531         0.74        1.45        484         1.39        1.59        655         1.82        2.17   

Commercial banking

     42         0.12        0.12        177         0.57        0.58        391         1.31        1.34   

Other

     38         24.14        24.57        54         25.96        25.96        106         37.80        37.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,555         1.89     2.34   $ 3,771         2.94     3.06   $ 6,657         5.18     5.45
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Average loans held for investment

   $ 187,915           $ 128,424           $ 128,622        

Average loans held for investment (excluding acquired loans) (3)

     151,668             123,416             122,228        

 

(1)  

Calculated for each loan category by dividing net charge-offs for the period by average loans held for investment during the period.

(2)  

Calculated by excluding acquired loans accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected from the denominator.

 

105


Table of Contents
(3)  

The carrying value of acquired loans accounted for based on estimated expected cash flows to be collected was $37.1 billion, $4.7 billion and $5.6 billion as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

In the third quarter of 2012, the OCC issued an update to the Bank Accounting Advisory Series requiring the write-down to collateral value of performing consumer loans that have been restructured in bankruptcy. We recognized additional charge-offs of $25 million in the third quarter of 2012, which are reflected in Table 21 above, pursuant to the OCC’s guidance.

Loan Modifications and Restructurings

As part of our customer retention efforts, we may modify loans for certain borrowers who have demonstrated performance under the previous terms. As part of our loss mitigation efforts, we may make loan modifications to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty that are intended to minimize our economic loss and avoid the need for foreclosure or repossession of collateral. We may provide short-term (three to twelve months) or long-term (greater than twelve months) modifications to improve the long-term collectability of the loan. Our most common types of modifications include a reduction in the borrower’s initial monthly or quarterly principal and interest payment through an extension of the loan term, a reduction in the interest rate, or a combination of both. These modifications may result in our receiving the full amount due, or certain installments due, under the loan over a period of time that is longer than the period of time originally provided for under the terms of the loan. In some cases, we may curtail the amount of principal owed by the borrower. Loan modifications in which a concession has been granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty are accounted for and reported as TDRs. We also classify loan modifications that involve a trial period as TDRs.

Table 22 presents the loan balances as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 of loan modifications made as part of our loss mitigation efforts, all of which are considered to be TDRs. Table 22 excludes loan modifications that do not meet the definition of a TDR and acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows, which we track and report separately.

Table 22: Loan Modifications and Restructurings

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011  

Modified and restructured loans:

     

Credit card (1)

   $ 873       $ 898   

Auto

     328         58   

Home loan

     145         104   

Retail banking

     65         80   

Commercial banking

     383         426   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,794       $ 1,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Status of modified and restructured loans:

     

Performing

   $ 1,419       $ 1,396   

Nonperforming

     375         170   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,794       $ 1,566   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Amount reported reflects the total outstanding customer balance, which consists of unpaid principal balance, accrued interest and fees.

The outstanding balance of loan modifications made to assist borrowers experiencing financial difficulties increased to $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $1.6 billion as of December 31, 2011. Of these modifications, approximately $375 million, or 21%, were classified as nonperforming as of December 31, 2012, compared with $170 million, or 11%, as of December 31, 2011.

 

106


Table of Contents

Credit card loan modifications have accounted for the majority of our TDR loan modifications, representing $873 million, or 49%, of the outstanding balance of total TDR loans as of December 31, 2012, and $898 million, or 57%, of the outstanding balance of total TDR loans as of December 31, 2011. The vast majority of our credit card TDR loan modifications involve a reduction in the interest rate on the account and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months. In some cases, the interest rate on a credit card account is automatically increased due to non-payment, late payment or similar events. We determine the effective interest rate for purposes of measuring impairment on modified loans that involve a reduction and are considered to be a TDR based on the interest rate in effect immediately prior to the loan entering the modification program. In all cases, we cancel the customer’s available line of credit on the credit card. If the cardholder does not comply with the modified payment terms, then the credit card loan agreement may revert to its original payment terms, with the amount of any loan outstanding reflected in the appropriate delinquency category. The loan amount may then be charged-off in accordance with our standard charge-off policy.

Home loan modifications represented $145 million, or 8%, of the outstanding balance of total modified loans as of December 31, 2012, compared with $104 million, or 7%, of the outstanding balance of total modified loans as of December 31, 2011. The majority of our modified home loans involve a combination of an interest rate reduction, term extension or principal forbearance.

Retail banking loan modifications represented $65 million, or 4%, of the outstanding balance of total modified loans as of December 31, 2012 compared with $80 million, or 5%, of the outstanding balance of total loans as of December 31, 2011.

Commercial loan modifications represented $383 million, or 21%, of the outstanding balance of total modified loans as of December 31, 2012, compared with $426 million, or 27%, of the outstanding balance of total modified loans as of December 31, 2011. The vast majority of modified commercial loans include a reduction in interest rate or a term extension.

We provide additional information on modified loans accounted for as TDRs, including the performance of those loans subsequent to modification, in “Note 5—Loans.”

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan. Loans defined as individually impaired, based on applicable accounting guidance, include larger balance commercial nonperforming loans and TDR loans. We do not report nonperforming consumer loans that have not been modified in a TDR as individually impaired, as we collectively evaluate these smaller-balance homogenous loans for impairment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. Loans held for sale are also not reported as impaired, as these loans are recorded at lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans also exclude acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows because this accounting methodology takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred, as discussed above under “Item 6. Selected Financial Data.”

Impaired loans, including TDRs, totaled $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2011. TDRs accounted for $1.8 billion and $1.6 billion of impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We provide additional information on our impaired loans, including the allowance established for these loans, in “Note 5—Loans” and “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

 

107


Table of Contents

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Our allowance for loan and lease losses represents management’s best estimate of incurred loan and lease losses inherent in our held-for-investment portfolio as of each balance sheet date. We do not maintain an allowance for held-for-sale loans or acquired loans that are performing in accordance with or better than our expectations as of the date of acquisition, as the fair values of these loans already reflect a credit component. The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased through the provision for credit losses and reduced by net charge-offs. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to earnings, reflects loan and lease losses we believe have been incurred and will eventually be reflected over time in our charge-offs. Charge-offs of uncollectible amounts are deducted from the allowance and subsequent recoveries are added.

Table 23, which displays changes in our allowance for loan and lease losses for 2012, 2011 and 2010, details, by loan type, the provision for credit losses recognized in our consolidated statements of income each period and the charge-offs recorded against our allowance for loan and lease losses.

 

108


Table of Contents

Table 23: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Activity

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2012             2011             2010      

Balance at beginning of period, as reported

   $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127   

Impact from January 1, 2010 adoption of new consolidation accounting standards (1)

                   4,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period, as adjusted

     4,250        5,628        8,444   

Provision for credit losses (2) (3)

     4,446        2,401        3,895   

Charge-offs:

      

Credit Card business: (3)

      

Domestic credit card and installment loans

     (3,507     (3,558 )     (6,020 )

International credit card

     (652     (752 )     (761 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

     (4,159     (4,310 )     (6,781 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

      

Auto

     (631     (529 )     (672 )

Home loan

     (77     (104 )     (97 )

Retail banking

     (89     (99 )     (129 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     (797     (732 )     (898 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business:

      

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     (23     (76 )     (208 )

Commercial and industrial

     (32     (61 )     (137 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     (55     (137 )     (345 )

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     (39     (77 )     (100 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     (94     (214 )     (445 )

Other loans

     (43     (59 )     (114 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (5,093     (5,315 )     (8,238 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

      

Credit Card business:

      

Domestic credit card and installment loans

     975        1,036        1,113   

International credit card

     240        218        169   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

     1,215        1,254        1,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

      

Auto

     217        195        215   

Home loan

     25        27        4   

Retail banking

     24        26        24   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     266        248        243   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business:

      

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     18        12        20   

Commercial and industrial

     25        20        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     43        32        52   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     9        5        2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     52        37        54   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other loans

     5        5        8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1,538        1,544        1,587   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (3,555     (3,771 )     (6,651 )

Impact loan sales and other changes (3)

     15        (8 )     (60 ) (4)  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at end of period (3)

   $ 5,156      $ 4,250      $ 5,628   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans held for investment

     2.50     3.13 %     4.47 %

 

109


Table of Contents

 

(1)  

Includes an adjustment of $53 million made in the second quarter of 2010 for the impact as of January 1, 2010 of impairment on consolidated loans accounted for as TDRs.

(2)

The total provision for credit losses reported in our consolidated statements of income of $4.4 billion, $2.4 billion and $3.9 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, consists of a provision for loan and lease losses and a provision for unfunded lending commitments. The provision for credit losses reported in the above table relates only to the provision for loan and lease losses. It does not include the negative provision for unfunded lending commitments of $35 million in 2012 and the provision for unfunded lending commitments of $12 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

(3)

Includes foreign translation adjustments of $15 million and $8 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(4)

Includes a reduction in our allowance for loan and lease losses of $73 million in 2010 attributable to the sale of certain interest-only option-adjustable rate mortgage (“option-ARM”) bonds and the deconsolidation of securitization trusts related to CCB.

Table 24 presents an allocation of our allowance for loan and lease losses by loan category as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 24: Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      % of Total
HFI Loans (1)
    Amount      % of Total
HFI Loans (1)
 

Credit Card business:

          

Domestic credit card and installment loans

   $ 3,526         4.24 %   $ 2,375         4.20

International credit card

     453         5.26        472         5.58   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     3,979         4.34        2,847         4.37   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

          

Auto

     486         1.79        391         1.80   

Home loan

     113         0.26        98         0.94   

Retail banking

     112         2.87        163         3.97   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     711         0.95        652         1.80   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business:

          

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     239         1.35        415         2.64   

Commercial and industrial

     116         0.58        199         1.17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     355         0.94        614         1.87   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     78         6.52        101         6.75   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     433         1.12        715         2.08   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other loans

     33         17.65        36         20.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,156         2.50 %   $ 4,250         3.13
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total allowance coverage ratios:

          

Period-end loans

   $ 205,889         2.50 %   $ 135,892         3.13

Period-end loans (excluding acquired loans)

     168,755         3.02        131,207         3.24   

Nonperforming loans (2)

     1,054         489.18        1,059         401.32   

Allowance coverage ratios by loan category:

          

Credit card (30 + day delinquent loans)

   $ 3,388         117.44 %   $ 2,511         113.38 %

Consumer banking (30 + day delinquent loans)

     2,510         28.33        2,176         29.96   

Commercial banking (nonperforming loans)

     282         153.55        372         192.20   

 

(1)  

Calculated based on the allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to each loan category divided by the outstanding balance of loans within the specified loan category.

(2)  

As permitted by regulatory guidance issued by the FFIEC, our policy is generally not to classify domestic credit card loans as nonperforming. We generally accrue interest on domestic credit card loans through the date of charge-off, which is typically in the period that the loan becomes 180 days past due. The allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of nonperforming loans, excluding the allowance related to our credit card loans, was 111.67% as of December 31, 2012 and 132.48% as of December 31, 2011.

 

110


Table of Contents

We increased our allowance by $906 million in 2012 to $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase was primarily driven by the establishment of an initial allowance of $1.2 billion related to the addition of the $26.2 billion in outstanding receivables acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition. The allowance for these loans was calculated using the same methodology utilized for determining the allowance for our existing credit card loan portfolio.

On October 29, 2012, Hurricane Sandy made landfall on the New Jersey coast, resulting in severe disaster in coastal counties in Connecticut, New Jersey and New York and varying degrees of damage and disruption in other Northeast and Mid-Atlantic states. Because we have significant consumer and commercial loan exposure in Connecticut, New Jersey and New York, the storm and its aftermath resulted in an elevated risk of loss for us within this region. Based on our assessment of the impact of Hurricane Sandy on our loan portfolio, we recorded an allowance of $39 million as of December 31, 2012, which is included in our allowance for loan and lease losses of $5.2 billion as of December 31, 2012.

Although the allowance increased in 2012, the coverage ratio of the allowance to total loans held for investment fell by 63 basis points to 2.50% as of December 31, 2012, from 3.13% as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the allowance coverage ratio was largely due to the addition of loans acquired in the ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions accounted for based on estimated cash flows expected to be collected. As discussed above in “Item 6. Selected Financial Data,” because the accounting for these loans takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition.

We describe our methodology for determining our allowance for loan and lease losses, by loan category, in “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.” Also, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” and “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for additional information.

 

 

LIQUIDITY RISK PROFILE

 

We have established liquidity guidelines that are intended to ensure that we have sufficient asset-based liquidity to withstand the potential impact of deposit attrition or diminished liquidity in the funding markets. Our guidelines include maintaining an adequate liquidity reserve to cover our potential funding requirements and diversified funding sources to avoid over-dependence on volatile, less reliable funding markets. Our liquidity reserves consist of cash and cash equivalents and unencumbered available-for-sale securities.

Table 25 below presents the fair value of our liquidity reserves as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 25: Liquidity Reserves

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,058      $ 5,838   

Investment securities available for sale (1)

     63,979        38,759   

Less: Pledged investment securities available for sale

     (13,811     (8,762
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unencumbered investment securities available for sale

     50,168        29,997   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liquidity reserves

   $ 61,226      $ 35,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The weighted average life of our available-for-sale securities was approximately 4.3 and 2.9 years as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

111


Table of Contents

Our liquidity reserves increased by $25.4 billion, or 71%, in 2012, to $61.2 billion as of December 31, 2012. This increase reflected the addition of $30.2 billion of investment securities available for sale from the ING Direct acquisition, which was partially offset by the sale of $16.9 billion of investment securities. It also reflects an increase of $5.2 billion in cash and cash equivalents, which includes higher cash held as of December 31, 2012 in anticipation of the January 2, 2013 redemption of the $3.65 billion in trust preferred securities.

Funding

Our funding objective is to establish an appropriate maturity profile using a cost-effective mix of both short-term and long-term funds. We use a variety of funding sources, including deposits, short-term borrowings, the issuance of senior and subordinated notes and other borrowings, and, to a lesser extent, loan securitization transactions. In addition, we utilize FHLB advances, which are secured by certain portions of our loan and investment securities portfolios, for our funding needs.

Deposits

Our deposits provide a stable and relatively low cost of funds and are our largest source of funding. Table 26 provides a summary of the composition of period end, average deposits, interest expense and the average deposit rate paid for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 26: Deposit Composition and Average Deposit Rates

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Period End
Balance
     Average
Balance
     Interest
Expense
     % of
Average
Deposits
    Average
Deposit
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing

   $ 22,467       $ 19,741         N/A         9.7     N/A   

Negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts

     40,591         34,179       $ 212         16.8        0.62

Money market deposit accounts

     104,540         99,734         684         49.1        0.69   

Savings accounts

     28,285         30,457         101         15.0        0.33   

Other consumer time deposits

     11,028         12,762         258         6.4        2.02   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     206,911         196,873         1,255         97.0        0.64   

Public fund certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     51         70         0         0.0        0.00   

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     4,444         4,806         144         2.4        3.00   

Foreign time deposits

     1,079         1,305         4         0.6        0.31   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 212,485       $ 203,054       $ 1,403         100.0     0.69
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

112


Table of Contents
     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Period End
Balance
     Average
Balance
     Interest
Expense
     % of
Average
Deposits
    Average
Deposit
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing

   $ 18,281       $ 17,051         N/A         13.5     N/A   

NOW accounts

     15,038         13,285       $ 41         10.5        0.31

Money market deposit accounts

     46,496         46,455         396         36.6        0.85   

Savings accounts

     31,433         29,640         218         23.4        0.74   

Other consumer time deposits

     11,471         13,855         351         10.9        2.53   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     122,719         120,286         1,006         94.9        0.84   

Public fund certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     85         108         2         0.1        1.85   

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     4,501         5,526         175         4.4        3.17   

Foreign time deposits

     921         774         4         0.6        0.52   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 128,226       $ 126,694       $ 1,187         100.0     0.94
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 
     December 31, 2010  

(Dollars in millions)

   Period End
Balance
     Average
Balance
     Interest
Expense
     % of
Average
Deposits
    Average
Deposit
Rate
 

Non-interest bearing

   $ 15,048       $ 14,267         N/A         12.0     N/A   

NOW accounts

     13,536         12,032       $ 36         10.1        0.30

Money market deposit accounts

     44,485         42,159         409         35.4        0.97   

Savings accounts

     26,077         21,854         188         18.4        0.86   

Other consumer time deposits

     15,753         20,655         585         17.4        2.83   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total core deposits

     114,899         110,967         1,218         93.3        1.10   

Public fund certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     177         265         5         0.2        2.03   

Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more

     6,300         6,912         237         5.8        3.43   

Foreign time deposits

     834         866         5         0.7        0.57   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

   $ 122,210       $ 119,010       $ 1,465         100.0     1.23
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deposits increased by $84.3 billion, or 66%, in 2012 to $212.5 billion as of December 31, 2012. The increase in deposits reflects the addition of $84.4 billion in deposits from the ING Direct acquisition and increased retail marketing efforts to attract new business and our continued strategy to leverage our bank outlets to attract lower cost deposit funding. Approximately $1.1 billion and $921 million of our total customer deposits were held in foreign banking offices as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We have brokered deposits which we obtained through the use of third-party intermediaries. Brokered deposits are included in money market deposit accounts and other consumer time deposits in Table 26 above. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 limits the use of brokered deposits to “well-capitalized” insured depository institutions and, with a waiver from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, to “adequately capitalized” institutions. COBNA and CONA were “well-capitalized,” as defined under the federal banking regulatory guidelines, as of December 31, 2012, and therefore permitted to maintain brokered deposits. Our brokered deposits totaled $10.0 billion, or 5% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2012 and $13.0 billion, or 10% of total deposits, as of December 31, 2011. We expect to replace maturing brokered deposits with new brokered deposits or other sources of funding, which may include branch or direct deposits.

 

113


Table of Contents

Table 27 presents the contractual maturities of large-denomination time deposits of $100,000 or more. Our funding and liquidity management activities factor into the expected maturities of these deposits. Based on past activity, we expect to retain a portion of these deposits as they mature. Accordingly, we expect the actual net cash outflows will be less than the contractual maturity amounts.

Table 27: Maturities of Large Domestic Denomination Certificates—$100,000 or More

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      % of
Total
    Amount      % of
Total
 

Up to three months

   $ 447         10.0 %   $ 496         10.8

> 3 months to 6 months

     451         10.0        460         10.0   

> 6 months to 12 months

     1,948         43.3        643         14.0   

> 12 months to 10 years

     1,649         36.7        2,987         65.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 4,495         100.0 %   $ 4,586         100.0
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-Term Borrowings

We also have access to and utilize various other short-term borrowings to support our operations. These borrowings are generally in the form of federal funds purchased and resale agreements. In addition, we may utilize short-term as well as long-term FHLB advances for our funding needs. FHLB advances are secured by certain of our loan portfolios and investment securities. Our short-term borrowings typically have not represented a significant portion of our overall funding. In the fourth quarter of 2012, however, we significantly increased our short-term FHLB advances in our portfolio to build our liquidity in anticipation of the redemption of the $3.65 billion in outstanding trust preferred securities on January 2, 2013, as well as to cover seasonal loan growth and to fund increases in our investment securities.

Table 28 provides information on our short-term borrowings in 2012, 2011 and 2010.

Table 28: Short-Term Borrowings

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Maximum
Month-End
Outstanding
Amount
     Year-End
Outstanding
Amount
     Average
Outstanding

Amount
     Average
Interest
Rate
    Year-End
Weighted
Average
Interest
Rate
 

2012:

             

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 1,381       $ 1,248       $ 1,018         0.18 %     0.28 %

FHLB advances

     19,900         19,900         7,169         0.25        0.27   

2011:

             

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 2,111       $ 1,464       $ 2,186         0.21     0.30

FHLB advances

     5,835         5,835         1,110         0.19        0.13   

2010:

             

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 2,469       $ 1,517       $ 1,731         0.23     0.13

 

114


Table of Contents

Other Funding Sources

We also access the capital markets to meet our funding needs through the use of federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, the issuance of senior and subordinated notes, other borrowings, and loan securitization transactions. In addition, we utilize advances from the FHLB for our funding needs. FHLB advances are secured by certain of our loan portfolios and investment securities.

Our debt, including federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, senior and subordinated notes and other borrowings, such as FHLB advances, but excluding securitized debt obligations, totaled $38.5 billion as of December 31, 2012, up from $23.0 billion as of December 31, 2011. The $15.5 billion increase in our debt, excluding securitized debt obligations, was primarily attributable to the proceeds of approximately $2.3 billion from the issuance of senior notes, a $14.1 billion increase in short-term FHLB advances, as well as a decrease of $632 million due to the maturity of one senior note.

We regularly participate in the federal funds market to take advantage of attractive offers and to keep a visible presence in the market, which is intended to ensure that we are able to access the federal funds market in a time of need. We expect monthly fluctuations in our borrowings, as borrowing amounts are highly dependent on our counterparties’ cash positions.

Table 29 presents our short-term borrowings, long-term debt and the maturity profile based on expected maturities as of December 31, 2012. We provide additional information on our short-term borrowings and long-term debt in “Note 10—Deposits and Borrowings.”

Table 29: Contractual Maturity Profile of Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Up to
1 Year
    > 1 Year
to 2  Years
    > 2 Years
to 3  Years
    > 3 Years
to 4  Years
    > 4 Years
to 5  Years
    > 5 Years     Total  

Short-term borrowings:

              

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 1,248      $      $      $      $      $      $ 1,248   

FHLB advances

     19,900                                           19,900   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

     21,148                                           21,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

              

Securitized debt obligations

     2,628        2,900        502        1,329        3,764        275        11,398   

Senior and subordinated notes:

              

Unsecured senior debt

     285        2,313        2,663        760        1,793        1,309        9,123   

Unsecured subordinated debt

     507        104               1,174        0        1,778        3,563   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total senior and subordinated notes

     792        2,417        2,663        1,934        1,793        3,087        12,686   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other long-term borrowings:

              

Junior subordinated debt

                                        3,641        3,641   

FHLB advances

     16        945        22        20        19        15        1,037   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other long-term borrowings

     16        945        22        20        19        3,656        4,678   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total long-term debt (1)

     3,436        6,262        3,187        3,283        5,576        7,018        28,762   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings and long-term debt

   $ 24,584      $ 6,262      $ 3,187      $ 3,283      $ 5,576      $ 7,018      $ 49,910   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Percentage of total

     49     13     6     7     11     14     100

 

(1)  

Includes unamortized discounts, premiums and other cost basis adjustments of $30 million as of December 31, 2012.

 

115


Table of Contents

Borrowing Capacity

We filed a new effective shelf registration statement with the SEC on April 30, 2012, which will expire three years from the filing date, under which, from time to time, we may offer and sell an indeterminate aggregate amount of senior or subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, depository shares, common stock, purchase contracts, warrants and units. There is no limit under this shelf registration statement to the amount or number of such securities that we may offer and sell, subject to market conditions.

In addition to issuance capacity under the shelf registration statement, we also have access to FHLB Advances and Letters of Credit with a maximum borrowing capacity of $ 38.2 billion as of December 31, 2012. This borrowing capacity was secured by posting $32.6 billion of loans and $5.6 billion of securities as collateral. We had $21.2 billion outstanding as of December 31, 2012, and $17.0 billion still available to us to borrow against under this program. This funding source is non-revolving and funding availability is subject to market conditions. The ability to draw down funding is based on membership status and the amount is dependent upon the Banks’ ability to post collateral. Our FHLB membership and borrowings are secured by our investment in FHLB stock, which totaled $1.3 billion and $362 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Covenants

The terms of certain lease and credit facility agreements related to other borrowings and operating leases include several financial covenants that require performance measures and equity ratios to be met. If these covenants are not met, there may be an acceleration of the payment due dates noted in Table 29. As of December 31, 2012, we were not in default of any such covenants.

Credit Ratings

Our credit ratings have a significant impact on our ability to access capital markets and our borrowing costs. Rating agencies base their ratings on numerous factors, including liquidity, capital adequacy, asset quality, quality of earnings and the probability of systemic support. Significant changes in these factors could result in different ratings. Such ratings help to support our cost effective unsecured funding as part of our overall financing programs. Table 30 provides a summary of the credit ratings for the senior unsecured debt of Capital One Financial Corporation, COBNA and CONA as of December  31, 2012 and 2011.

Table 30: Senior Unsecured Debt Credit Ratings

 

     2012      2011  
     Capital One
Financial
Corporation
     Capital One
Bank (USA),
N.A.
     Capital One,
N.A.
     Capital One
Financial
Corporation
     Capital One
Bank (USA),
N.A.
     Capital One,
N.A.
 

Moody’s

     Baa1         A3         A3         Baa1         A3         A3   

S&P

     BBB         BBB+         BBB+         BBB         BBB+         BBB+   

Fitch

     A-         A-         A-         A-         A-         A-   

 

* low
** high

As of February 25, 2013, Moody’s and Fitch have categorized us as a stable outlook, while S&P categorized us as negative outlook.

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments that affect our short- and long-term liquidity and capital resource needs. Our future cash outflows

 

116


Table of Contents

primarily relate to deposits, borrowings and operating leases. Table 31 summarizes, by remaining contractual maturity, our significant contractual cash obligations based on the undiscounted future cash payments as of December 31, 2012. The actual timing and amounts of future cash payments may differ from the amounts presented below due to a number of factors, such as discretionary debt repurchases. Table 31 excludes certain obligations where the obligation is short-term or subject to valuation based on market factors, such as trade payables and trading liabilities. The table also excludes the representation and warranty reserve of $899 million as of December 31, 2012 and obligations for pension and postretirement benefit plans, which are discussed in more detail in “Note 17—Employee Benefit Plans.”

Table 31: Contractual Obligations

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Up to
1 Year
     > 1 Year
to 3 Years
     > 3 Years
to 5  Years
     > 5 Years      Total  

Interest-bearing time deposits (1)

   $ 10,855       $ 3,765       $ 468       $ 435       $ 15,523   

Securitized debt obligations

     2,628         3,402         5,093         275         11,398   

Other debt:

              

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,248                                 1,248   

Senior and subordinated notes

     792         5,080         3,727         3,087         12,686   

Other borrowings (2)

     19,916         967         39         3,656         24,578   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other debt

     21,956         6,047         3,766         6,743         38,512   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Operating leases

     212         399         346         801         1,758   

Purchase obligations (3)(4)

     295         142         92                 529   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 35,946       $ 13,755       $ 9,765       $ 8,254       $ 67,720   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes only those interest-bearing deposits which have a contractual maturity date.

(2)

Other borrowings include junior subordinated debt and FHLB advances.

(3)  

Represents agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding and specify all significant terms. The purchase obligations are included through the termination date of the agreements even if the contract is renewable. These include capital expenditures, contractual commitments to purchase equipment and services, software acquisition/license commitments, contractual minimum media commitments and any contractually required cash payments for acquisitions.

(4)

Excludes funding commitments entered into in the ordinary course of business. See “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” for further details.

 

 

MARKET RISK PROFILE

 

Market risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with our operations and activities, including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt and derivatives. Below we provide additional information about our primary sources of market risk, our market risk management strategies and measures used to evaluate our market risk exposure.

Primary Market Risk Exposures

Our primary sources of market risk include interest rate risk and foreign exchange risk.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk, which represents exposure to instruments whose yield or price varies with the level or volatility of interest rates, is our most significant source of market risk exposure. Banks are inevitably exposed to interest

 

117


Table of Contents

rate risk due to differences in the timing between the maturities or repricing of assets and liabilities. For example, if more assets are repricing than deposits and other borrowings when interest rates are declining, our earnings will decrease. Similarly, if more deposits and other borrowings are repricing than assets when interest rates are rising, our earnings will decrease. Interest rate risk also results from changes in customer behavior and competitors’ responses to changes in interest rates or other market conditions. For example, decreases in mortgage rates generally result in faster than expected prepayments, which may adversely affect earnings. Increases in interest rates, coupled with strong demand from competitors for deposits, may influence industry pricing. Such competition may affect customer decisions to maintain balances in the deposit accounts, which may require replacing lower cost deposits with higher cost alternative sources of funding.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Foreign exchange risk represents exposure to changes in the values of current holdings and future cash flows denominated in other currencies. The types of instruments exposed to this risk include investments in foreign subsidiaries, foreign currency-denominated loans and securities, future cash flows in foreign currencies arising from foreign exchange transactions, foreign currency-denominated debt and various foreign exchange derivative instruments whose values fluctuate with changes in the level or volatility of currency exchange rates or foreign interest rates.

We are exposed to changes in foreign exchange rates, which may impact the earnings of our foreign operations. We monitor and manage our material foreign currency denominated transactions and exposures through the use of derivatives to limit our earnings sensitivity exposure to foreign exchange risk. The estimated reduction in our 12-month earnings due to adverse foreign exchange rate movements corresponding to a 95% probability was less than 2.0% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The precision of this estimate is limited due to the inherent uncertainty of the underlying forecast assumptions.

Market Risk Management

We employ several techniques to manage our interest rate and foreign currency risk, which include, but are not limited to, changing the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of our various assets and liabilities. Derivatives are one of the primary tools we use in managing interest rate and foreign exchange risk. We execute our derivative contracts in both over-the-counter and exchange-traded derivative markets. Although the majority of our derivatives are interest rate swaps, we also use a variety of other derivative instruments, including caps, floors, options, futures and forward contracts, to manage our interest rate and foreign currency risk.

The outstanding notional amount of our derivative contracts decreased to $57.8 billion as of December 31, 2012, from $73.2 billion as of December 31, 2011. The decrease in the notional amount of our derivative contracts was primarily attributable to the termination of the ING Direct-related swap transactions that were executed to manage the anticipated impact of the ING Direct acquisition on our market risk exposure and regulatory capital requirements. From the date we entered into the agreement to acquire ING Direct to early August 2011, interest rates declined substantially, which resulted in an increase in the estimated fair value of the ING Direct net assets and liabilities. In order to capture some of the anticipated benefits to regulatory capital on the closing date attributable to this decline in interest rates, we entered into various interest-rate swap transactions with a total notional principal amount of approximately $24.8 billion. These combined swap transactions were intended to mitigate the effect of a rise in interest rates on the fair values of a significant portion of the ING Direct assets and liabilities during the period from when we entered into the swap transactions to the anticipated closing date of the ING Direct acquisition in early 2012. In conjunction with our close of the ING Direct acquisition on February 17, 2012, we terminated the ING Direct-related swap transactions.

 

118


Table of Contents

Market Risk Measurement

We have prescribed risk management policies and limits established by our Asset/Liability Management Committee and approved by the Finance Committee of the Board. Our objective is to manage our asset/liability risk position and exposure to market risk in accordance with these policies and prescribed limits based on prevailing market conditions and long-term expectations. Because no single measure can reflect all aspects of market risk, we use various industry standard market risk measurement techniques and analyses to measure, assess and manage the impact of changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates on our earnings and the economic value of equity.

We consider the impact on both earnings and economic value of equity in measuring and managing our interest rate risk. Our earnings sensitivity measure estimates the impact on net interest income and the valuation of our mortgage servicing rights, including derivative hedging activity, resulting from movements in interest rates. Our economic value of equity sensitivity measure estimates the impact on the net present value of our assets and liabilities, including derivative hedging activity, resulting from movements in interest rates. Our economic value of equity sensitivity measurements are based on our existing assets and liabilities, including derivatives, and do not incorporate business growth assumptions or projected plans for funding mix changes.

The federal funds rate remained at a target range of zero to 0.25% during 2012. Given the level of short-term rates as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, a scenario where interest rates would decline by 200 basis points is not plausible. In 2008, we temporarily revised our customary declining interest rate scenario of 200 basis points to a 50 basis point decrease, except in scenarios where a 50 basis point decline would result in a rate less than 0% (in which case we assume a rate scenario of 0%), to compensate for the continued low rate environment. Our current asset/liability management policy also includes the use of derivatives to hedge material foreign currency denominated transactions to limit our earnings exposure to foreign exchange risk.

Table 32 shows the estimated percentage impact on our adjusted projected net interest income and economic value of equity, calculated under alternative hypothetical interest rate scenarios, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Our adjusted projected net interest income consists of net interest income adjusted to include changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, including related derivative hedging activity, and changes in the fair value of free-standing interest rate swaps. In measuring the sensitivity of interest rate movements on our adjusted projected net interest income, we assume a hypothetical gradual increase in interest rates of 200 basis points and a hypothetical gradual decrease of 50 basis points relative to implied forward rates over the next twelve months. In measuring the sensitivity of interest rate movements on our economic value of equity, we assume a hypothetical instantaneous parallel shift in the level of interest rates of plus 200 basis points and minus 50 basis points to spot rates.

We recently revised two assumptions used to calculate our earnings sensitivity measures. First, in addition to our existing assets and liabilities, we now incorporate expected future business growth assumptions, such as loan and deposit growth and pricing, and plans for projected changes in our funding mix in our baseline forecast. Second, we changed the interest rate scenario used to measure and evaluate the impact on the baseline forecast to assess our earnings sensitivity. We previously measured our earnings sensitivity assuming a gradual plus or minus 200 basis point change in forward rates. Our assumption is now based on an instantaneous plus or minus 200 basis point shock as described above, with the lower rate scenario limited to zero. We will continue to factor into our interest rate risk management decisions the potential impact of alternative interest rate scenarios, such as stressed rate shocks as well as steepening and flattening yield curve scenarios, for all of sensitivity measures.

Table 32 includes our earnings sensitivity as of December 31, 2012 based on our revised methodology, as well as our previous methodology. Our revised methodology results in a slightly higher asset sensitivity position, which is attributable to a higher forecasted volume of rate sensitive assets versus rate sensitive liabilities and the impact of a more severe instantaneous shock. We have not revised our methodology for measuring our economic value of equity sensitivities. Accordingly, the economic value sensitivity measures presented under our revised methodology are the same as those presented under our previous methodology.

 

119


Table of Contents

Table 32: Interest Rate Sensitivity Analysis

 

           December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31,
2012
    Excluding ING
Direct Swaps (1)
    Including ING
Direct Swaps
 

Previous methodology:

      

Impact on adjusted projected base-line net interest income:

      

+ 200 basis points

     1.3     1.2     13.7 %

-50 basis points

     (0.9     (0.5 )     (3.9 )

Impact on economic value of equity:

      

+ 200 basis points

     (3.1     (1.0 )     3.2   

-50 basis points

     (1.4     (0.4 )     (1.5 )

Revised methodology:

      

Impact on adjusted projected base-line net interest income:

      

+ 200 basis points

     2.7     NA        NA   

-50 basis points

     (1.7     NA        NA   

Impact on economic value of equity:

      

+ 200 basis points

     (3.1     (1.0 )     3.2   

-50 basis points

     (1.4     (0.4 )     (1.5 )

 

NA

Comparable information for December 31, 2011 is not available.

(1)  

Calculated excluding the impact of the interest rate swap transactions of approximately $24.8 billion entered into to mitigate some of the interest rate risk related to the ING Direct acquisition.

Because of the large but temporary impact of the ING Direct-related swap transactions on our standard interest rate risk reporting measures, we expanded our standard interest rate sensitivity analysis to present our interest rate risk measures as of December 31, 2011 both with and without the impact of the $24.8 billion of interest rate swaps described above. This presentation highlights changes in our core interest rate risk profile and the incremental impact of the ING Direct-related swaps on our core profile over the time period that the swaps remained outstanding. Excluding the $24.8 billion swap transactions, our interest rate sensitivity measures reflect that we became modestly more asset sensitive between December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012. Our projected net interest income and economic value of equity sensitivity measures, both including and excluding the impact of the ING Direct related swap transactions, were within our prescribed asset/liability policy limits as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Additionally, the new earnings sensitivity method results in a slightly higher asset sensitivity position compared to the previous method, resulting from a higher forecasted volume of rate sensitive assets versus rate sensitive liabilities in addition to the impact of an instantaneous rate shock.

Limitations of Market Risk Measures

The interest rate risk models that we use in deriving these measures incorporate contractual information, internally-developed assumptions and proprietary modeling methodologies, which project borrower and deposit behavior patterns in certain interest rate environments. Other market inputs, such as interest rates, market prices and interest rate volatility, are also critical components of our interest rate risk measures. We regularly evaluate, update and enhance these assumptions, models and analytical tools as we believe appropriate to reflect our best assessment of the market environment and the expected behavior patterns of our existing assets and liabilities.

There are inherent limitations in any methodology used to estimate the exposure to changes in market interest rates. The above sensitivity analyses contemplate only certain movements in interest rates and are performed at a particular point in time based on the existing balance sheet and, in some cases, expected future business growth and funding mix assumptions. The strategic actions that management may take to manage our balance sheet may differ from our projections, which could cause our actual earnings and economic value of equity sensitivities to differ from the above sensitivity analyses.

 

120


Table of Contents

 

SUPPLEMENTAL TABLES

 

See “Item 6. Selected Financial Data” for information on our supplemental non-GAAP managed results, which we presented prior to our January 1, 2010 prospective adoption of the new consolidation standards. The adoption of these new accounting standards resulted in the consolidation of substantially all of our securitization trusts. As a result, our reported and managed based presentations are generally comparable for periods beginning after January 1, 2010.

Table A—Loan Portfolio Composition

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Reported loans held for investment:

              

Credit Card:

              

Credit card loans:

              

Domestic credit card loans

   $ 82,328       $ 54,682       $ 49,979       $ 13,374       $ 20,624   

International credit card loans

     8,614         8,466         7,513         2,229         2,872   

Total credit card loans

     90,942         63,148         57,492         15,603         23,496   

Installment loans:

              

Domestic installment loans

     813         1,927         3,870         6,693         10,131   

International installment loans

                    9         44         119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total installment loans

     813         1,927         3,879         6,737         10,250   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     91,755         65,075         61,371         22,340         33,746   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

              

Auto

     27,123         21,779         17,867         18,186         21,495   

Home loan

     44,100         10,433         12,103         14,893         10,098   

Retail banking

     3,904         4,103         4,413         5,135         5,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     75,127         36,315         34,383         38,214         37,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     166,882         101,390         95,754         60,554         70,943   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     17,732         15,736         13,619         13,995         13,388   

Commercial and industrial

     19,892         17,088         14,504         13,617         13,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     37,624         32,824         28,123         27,612         27,017   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     1,196         1,503         1,842         2,153         2,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     38,820         34,327         29,965         29,765         29,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

              

Other loans

     187         175         228         300         449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total reported loans held for investment

   $ 205,889       $ 135,892       $ 125,947       $ 90,619       $ 101,018   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

121


Table of Contents
     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Securitization adjustments:

              

Credit Card business:

              

Credit card loans:

              

Domestic credit card loans

   $       $       $       $ 39,827       $ 39,254   

International credit card loans

                             5,951         5,729   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card loans

                             45,778         44,983   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Installment loans:

              

Domestic installment loans

                             406         936   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

              

Auto

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

                                       
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securitization adjustments

   $       $       $       $ 46,184       $ 45,919   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Managed loans held for investment:

              

Credit Card business:

              

Credit card loans:

              

Domestic credit card loans

   $ 82,328       $ 54,682       $ 49,979       $ 53,201       $ 59,878   

International credit card loans

     8,614         8,466         7,513         8,180         8,601   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card loans

     90,942         63,148         57,492         61,381         68,479   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Installment loans:

              

Domestic installment loans

     813         1,927         3,870         7,099         11,067   

International installment loans

                     9         44         119   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total installment loans

     813         1,927         3,879         7,143         11,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     91,755         65,075         61,371         68,524         79,665   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

              

Auto

     27,123         21,779         17,867         18,186         21,495   

Home loan

     44,100         10,433         12,103         14,893         10,098   

Retail banking

     3,904         4,103         4,413         5,135         5,604   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     75,127         36,315         34,383         38,214         37,197   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer loans

     166,882         101,390         95,754         106,738         116,862   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking:

              

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     17,732         15,736         13,619         13,995         13,388   

Commercial and industrial

     19,892         17,088         14,504         13,617         13,629   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     37,624         32,824         28,123         27,612         27,017   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     1,196         1,503         1,842         2,153         2,609   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     38,820         34,327         29,965         29,765         29,626   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other:

              

Other loans

     187         175         228         300         449   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total managed loans held for investment

   $ 205,889       $ 135,892       $ 125,947       $ 136,803       $ 146,937   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

122


Table of Contents

Table B—Performing Delinquencies

 

    December 31,  
    2012 (2)     2011 (2)     2010 (2)     2009 (2)     2008  

(Dollars in millions)

  Loans     % of
Total
Loans (3)
    Loans     % of
Total
Loans (3 )
    Loans     % of
Total
Loans (3)
    Loans     % of
Total
Loans (3)
    Loans     % of
Total

Loans (3)
 

Reported: (1)

                   

Loans held for investment

  $ 205,889        100.00 %   $ 135,892        100.00 %   $ 125,947        100.00 %   $ 90,619        100.00 %   $ 101,018        100.00 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquent loans:

                   

30-59 days

  $ 2,629        1.28 %   $ 2,267        1.67 %   $ 1,968        1.56 %   $ 1,908        2.10 %   $ 2,325        2.30 %

60-89 days

    1,399        0.68        1,043        0.77        1,064        0.85        985        1.09        1,094        1.08   

90-119 days

    628        0.30        497        0.36        559        0.44        356        0.39        410        0.41   

120-149 days

    485        0.24        390        0.29        446        0.36        190        0.21        230        0.23   

150 or more days

    414        0.20        355        0.26        393        0.31        164        0.18        194        0.19   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,555        2.70 %   $ 4,552        3.35 %   $ 4,430        3.52 %   $ 3,603        3.98 %   $ 4,253        4.21 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

By geographic area:

                   

Domestic

  $ 5,247        2.55 %   $ 4,114        3.03 %   $ 3,998        3.18 %   $ 3,460        3.82 %   $ 4,107        4.07 %

International

    308        0.15        438        0.32        432        0.34        143        0.16        146        0.14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,555        2.70 %   $ 4,552        3.35 %   $ 4,430        3.52 %   $ 3,603        3.98 %   $ 4,253        4.21 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Managed: (1)

                   

Loans held for investment

  $ 205,889        100.00 %   $ 135,892        100.00 %   $ 125,947        100.00 %   $ 136,803        100.00 %   $ 146,937        100.00 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Delinquent loans:

                   

30-59 days

  $ 2,629        1.28 %   $ 2,267        1.67 %   $ 1,968        1.56 %   $ 2,623        1.92 %   $ 2,987        2.03 %

60-89 days

    1,399        0.68        1,043        0.77        1,064        0.84        1,576        1.15        1,582        1.08   

90-119 days

    628        0.30        497        0.36        559        0.44        895        0.65        817        0.56   

120-149 days

    485        0.24        390        0.29        446        0.35        660        0.48        569        0.39   

150 or more days

    414        0.20        355        0.26        393        0.31        568        0.42        476        0.32   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,555        2.70 %   $ 4,552        3.35 %   $ 4,430        3.52 %   $ 6,322        4.62 %   $ 6,431        4.38 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

By geographic area:

                   

Domestic

  $ 5,247        2.55 %   $ 4,114        3.03 %   $ 3,998        3.18 %   $ 5,783        4.23 %   $ 5,915        4.03 %

International

    308        0.15        438        0.32        432        0.34        539        0.39        516        0.35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 5,555        2.70 %   $ 4,552        3.35 %   $ 4,430        3.52 %   $ 6,322        4.62 %   $ 6,431        4.38 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Credit card loan balances are reported net of the finance charge and fee reserve, which totaled $307 million, $74 million, $211 million, $624 million, $630 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

(2)  

Acquired loan portfolio is included in loans held for investment, but excluded from delinquent loans as these loans are considered performing in accordance with our expectations as of the purchase date, as we recorded these loans at estimated fair value when we acquired them. As of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the acquired loan portfolio’s contractual 30 to 89 day delinquencies total $369 million, $162 million and $199 million, respectively. For loans 90+ days past due, see “Table C—Nonperforming Assets.”

(3)  

Calculated by dividing loans in each delinquency status category and geographic region as of the end of the period by the total loan portfolio.

 

123


Table of Contents

Table C—Nonperforming Assets

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Nonperforming loans held for investment: (1)(2) (3)

          

Credit Card:

          

International Credit Card

   $ 100      $      $      $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

     100                               
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

          

Auto

     149      $ 106      $ 99      $ 143      $ 165   

Home loan

     422        456        486        323        104   

Retail banking ( 4 )

     101        125        145        121        150   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     672        687        730        587        419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking:

          

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     137        207        276        429        142   

Commercial and industrial

     133        125        181        178        76   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     270        332        457        607        218   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     12        40        38        95        167   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     282        372        495        702        385   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming loans held for investment

     1,054        1,059        1,225        1,289        804   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other nonperforming assets:

          

Foreclosed property ( 5 )

     204        169        306        234        89   

Repossessed assets

     22        20        20        24        66   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total nonperforming assets

   $ 1,280      $ 1,248      $ 1,551      $ 1,547      $ 959   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of loans held for investment (2)

     0.51 %     0.78 %     0.97 %     0.94 %     0.80 %

Nonperforming assets as a percentage of loans held for investment plus total other nonperforming assets (2)

     0.62 %     0.92 %     1.23 %     1.13 %     0.95 %

 

(1)  

The ratio of nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans held for investment is calculated based on the nonperforming loans in each loan category divided by the total outstanding unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment in each loan category. The denominator used in calculating the nonperforming asset ratios consists of total loans held for investment and other nonperforming assets.

(2)  

Our calculation of nonperforming loan and asset ratios includes the impact of acquired loans. However, we do not report acquired loans as nonperforming unless they do not perform in accordance with our expectations as of the purchase date, as we recorded these loans at estimated fair value when we acquired them. The nonperforming loan ratios, excluding the impact of acquired loans for commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial, total commercial banking, home loan, retail banking, total consumer banking, and total nonperforming loans held for investment were 0.78%, 0.68%, 0.73%, 5.48%, 1.83%, 1.66% and 0.62%, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, compared with 1.33%, 0.75%, 1.10%, 7.22%, 2.21%, 2.03% and 0.81%, respectively, as of December 31, 2011. The nonperforming asset ratio, excluding acquired loans, was 0.76% and 0.95% as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(3)  

The performing loan modifications and restructuring totaled $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and $1.0 billion and $713 million as of December 31, 2010 and 2009. There were an immaterial amount of loan modifications and restructurings in 2008.

( 4 )  

Other loans are included in retail banking for all years presented.

(5)

Includes foreclosed properties related to acquired loans of $167 million, $86 million and $201 million as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

124


Table of Contents

Table D—Net Charge-offs (1)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2012               2011                 2010                 2009                 2008        

Reported:

          

Average loans held for investment (2)

   $ 187,915      $ 128,424      $ 128,526      $ 99,787      $ 98,971   

Net charge-offs

     3,555        3,771        6,651        4,568        3,478   

Net charge-off rate (3)

     1.89 %     2.94 %     5.18 %     4.58 %     3.51 %

Managed:

          

Average loans held for investment (2)

   $ 187,915      $ 128,424      $ 128,622      $ 143,514      $ 147,812   

Net charge-offs

     3,555        3,771        6,657        8,421        6,425   

Net charge-off rate (3)

     1.89 %     2.94 %     5.18 %     5.87 %     4.35 %

 

(1)  

Net charge-offs reflect charge-offs, net of recoveries, related to our total held-for-investment loan portfolio, which we previously referred to as our “managed” loan portfolio. The total held-for-investment loan portfolio includes loans recorded on our balance sheet and loans held in our securitization trusts.

(2)  

The average balance of acquired loans, which are included in the total average loans held for investment used in calculating the net charge-off rates, was $36.2 billion, $5.0 billion, $6.3 billion and $6.8 billion in 2012, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. There were no acquired loans included in the total average loans held for investment in 2008.

(3)  

Calculated for each loan category by dividing net charge-offs for the period divided by average loans held for investment during the period.

 

125


Table of Contents

Table E—Summary of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

       2012             2011             2010             2009             2008      

Balance as of beginning of period, as reported

   $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127      $ 4,524      $ 2,963   

Impact from January 1, 2010 adoption of new consolidation accounting standards

                   4,317 (1)              
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at beginning of period, as adjusted

     4,250        5,628        8,444        4,524        2,963   

Provision for credit losses

     4,446        2,401        3,895        4,230        5,101   

Charge-offs:

          

Domestic credit card and installment loans

     (3,507     (3,558 )     (6,020 )     (3,050 )     (2,244 )

International credit card and installment loans

     (652     (752 )     (761 )     (284 )     (255 )

Consumer banking

     (797     (732 )     (898 )     (1,357 )     (1,396 )

Commercial banking

     (94     (214 )     (445 )     (444 )     (87 )

Other loans

     (43     (59 )     (114 )     (207 )     (169 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total charge-offs

     (5,093     (5,315 )     (8,238 )     (5,342 )     (4,151 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Recoveries:

          

Domestic credit card and installment loans

     975        1,036        1,113        447        425   

International credit card and installment loans

     240        218        169        52        65   

Consumer banking

     266        248        243        263        178   

Commercial banking

     52        37        54        10        4   

Other loans

     5        5        8        2        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total recoveries

     1,538        1,544        1,587        774        673   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

     (3,555     (3,771 )     (6,651 )     (4,568 )     (3,478 )

Impact from acquisitions, sales and other changes

     15        (8 )     (60 )     (59 )     (62 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of period

   $ 5,156      $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127      $ 4,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of loans held for investment

     2.50 %     3.13 %     4.47 %     4.55 %     4.48 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses by geographic distribution:

          

Domestic

   $ 4,703      $ 3,778      $ 5,168      $ 3,928      $ 4,331   

International

     453        472        460        199        193   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,156      $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127      $ 4,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for loan and lease losses by loan category:

          

Domestic card

   $ 3,526      $ 2,375      $ 3,581      $ 1,927      $ 2,544   

International card

     453        472        460        199        193   

Consumer banking

     711        652        675        1,076        1,314   

Commercial banking

     433        715        830        786        301   

Other

     33        36        82        139        172   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $ 5,156      $ 4,250      $ 5,628      $ 4,127      $ 4,524   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes an adjustment of $53 million made in the second quarter of 2010 for the impact as of January 1, 2010 of impairment on consolidated loans accounted for as TDRs.

 

126


Table of Contents

Table F— Reconciliation of Non-Gaap Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures Under Basel I

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010     2009     2008  

Stockholders’ equity to non-GAAP tangible common equity

          

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 40,499      $ 29,666      $ 26,541      $ 26,590      $ 26,611   

Less: Intangible assets (1)

     (16,224     (13,908 )     (13,983 )     (14,107 )     (12,445 )

Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (2)

     (853                            
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

   $ 23,422      $ 15,758      $ 12,558      $ 12,483      $ 14,166   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets to tangible assets

          

Total assets

   $ 312,918      $ 206,019      $ 197,503      $ 169,646      $ 165,913   

Less: Assets from discontinued operations

     (309     (305 )     (362 )     (24 )       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets from continuing operations

     312,609        205,714        197,141        169,622        165,913   

Less: Intangible assets (1)

     (16,224     (13,908 )     (13,983 )     (14,107 )     (12,445 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 296,385      $ 191,806      $ 183,158      $ 155,515      $ 153,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP TCE ratio

          

Tangible common equity

   $ 23,422      $ 15,758      $ 12,558      $ 12,483      $ 14,166   

Tangible assets

     296,385        191,806        183,158        155,515        153,468   

TCE ratio (3)

     7.9 %     8.2 %     6.9 %     8.0 %     9.2 %

Regulatory capital ratios

          

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 40,499      $ 29,666      $ 26,541      $ 26,590      $ 26,611   

Less: Net unrealized losses (gains) on securities available for sale recorded in AOCI (4)

     (712     (289 )     (368 )     (200 )     783   

Net losses on cash flow hedges recorded in AOCI (4)

     2        71        86        92        215   

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets (5)

     (14,428     (13,855 )     (13,953 )     (14,125 )     (12,482 )

Disallowed deferred tax assets

            (534 )     (1,150 )              

Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (2)

     (853                            

Other

     (12     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )     (2 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital

     24,496        15,057        11,154        12,355        15,125   

Plus: Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (2)

     853                               

Tier 1 restricted core capital items (6)

     2        3,635        3,636        3,634        1,642   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

     25,351        18,692        14,790        15,989        16,767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus: Long-term debt qualifying as Tier 2 capital

     2,119        2,438        2,827        3,018        1,813   

Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses

     2,830        1,979        3,748        1,581        1,630   

Other Tier 2 components

     13        23        29        4        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

     4,962        4,440        6,604        4,603        3,444   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (7)

   $ 30,313      $ 23,132      $ 21,394      $ 20,592      $ 20,211   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (8)

   $ 223,472      $ 155,657      $ 127,132      $ 116,309      $ 121,380   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common ratio (9)

     11.0 %     9.7 %     8.8 %     10.6 %     12.5 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (10)

     11.3        12.0        11.6        13.8        13.8   

Total risk-based capital ratio (11)

     13.6        14.9        16.8        17.7        16.7   

 

(1)

Includes impact from related deferred taxes.

(2)  

Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital; however, it does not qualify as Tier 1 common capital.

(3)  

Calculated based on tangible common equity divided by tangible assets.

(4)  

Amounts presented are net of tax.

(5)  

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets are net of related deferred tax liability.

(6)  

Consists primarily of trust preferred securities.

(7)  

Total risk-based capital equals the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

(8)  

Calculated based on prescribed regulatory guidelines.

(9)  

Tier 1 common ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 common capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(10)  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(11)  

Total risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on total risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

 

127


Table of Contents

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

For a discussion of the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk, see “MD&A—Risk Management—Market Risk Management” and “MD&A—Market Risk Profile.”

Item 8. Financial Information and Supplementary Data

 

     Page  

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

     129   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     130   

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     131   

Consolidated Financial Statements

     132   

Consolidated Statements of Income

     132   

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

     133   

Consolidated Balance Sheets

     134   

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

     135   

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

     136   

Notes to Consolidated Statements

     137   

Note 1 —   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

     137   

Note 2 —   Acquisitions

     159   

Note 3 —   Discontinued Operations

     163   

Note 4 —   Investment Securities

     164   

Note 5 —   Loans

     173   

Note 6 —   Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

     194   

Note 7 —   Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations

     196   

Note 8 —   Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

     203   

Note 9 —   Premises, Equipment and Lease Commitments

     206   

Note 10 — Deposits and Borrowings

     207   

Note 11 — Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

     211   

Note 12 — Stockholders’ Equity

     216   

Note 13 — Regulatory and Capital Adequacy

     218   

Note 14 — Earnings Per Common Share

     220   

Note 15 — Other Non-Interest Expense

     221   

Note 16 — Stock-Based Compensation Plan s

     221   

Note 17 — Employee Benefit Plans

     225   

Note 18 — Income Taxes

     231   

Note 19 — Fair Value of Financial Instruments

     235   

Note 20 — Business Segments

     248   

Note 21 — Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees

     252   

Note 22 — Capital One Financial Corporation (Parent Company Only)

     266   

Note 23 — Related Party Transactions

     268   

Note 24 — Subsequent Events

     269   

 

128


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The management of Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Company” or “Capital One”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting and for the assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the Company’s Board of Directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.

Capital One’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the Company’s assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management completed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission, commonly referred to as the “COSO” criteria.

Based on the assessment performed, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2012, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on the criteria established by COSO in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework.” Additionally, based upon management’s assessment, the Company determined that there were no material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their accompanying report, which expresses an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012.

 

/s/ RICHARD D. FAIRBANK
Richard D. Fairbank
Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President
/s/ GARY L. PERLIN

Gary L. Perlin

Chief Financial Officer

February 28, 2013

 

129


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Capital One Financial Corporation:

We have audited Capital One Financial Corporation’s (the “Company” or “Capital One”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Capital One Financial Corporation’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Capital One Financial Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Capital One Financial Corporation as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 of Capital One Financial Corporation and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

February 28, 2013

 

130


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Capital One Financial Corporation:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Company” or “Capital One”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Capital One Financial Corporation at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of accounting for transfers of financial assets and consolidations effective January 1, 2010.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Capital One Financial Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 28, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia

February 28, 2013

 

131


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

       2012             2011             2010      

Interest income:

      

Loans held for investment

   $ 17,537      $ 13,774      $ 13,934   

Investment securities

     1,329        1,137        1,342   

Other

     98        76        77   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest income

     18,964        14,987        15,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest expense:

      

Deposits

     1,403        1,187        1,465   

Securitized debt obligations

     271        422        809   

Senior and subordinated notes

     345        300        276   

Other borrowings

     356        337        346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest expense

     2,375        2,246        2,896   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

     16,589        12,741        12,457   

Provision for credit losses

     4,415        2,360        3,907   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

     12,174        10,381        8,550   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest income:

      

Service charges and other customer-related fees

     2,106        1,979        2,073   

Interchange fees, net

     1,647        1,318        1,340   

Total other-than-temporary impairment losses

     (38     (131     (128

Less: Portion of other-than-temporary losses recorded in AOCI

     (14     110        63   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net other-than-temporary impairment losses recognized in earnings

     (52     (21     (65

Bargain purchase gain

     594        0        0   

Other

     512        262        366   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest income

     4,807        3,538        3,714   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-interest expense:

      

Salaries and associate benefits

     3,876        3,023        2,594   

Occupancy and equipment

     1,327        1,025        1,001   

Marketing

     1,364        1,337        958   

Professional services

     1,270        1,198        919   

Communications and data processing

     778        681        693   

Amortization of intangibles

     609        222        220   

Merger-related

     336        45        81   

Other

     2,386        1,801        1,468   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     11,946        9,332        7,934   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

     5,035        4,587        4,330   

Income tax provision

     1,301        1,334        1,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     3,734        3,253        3,050   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (217     (106     (307
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,517        3,147        2,743   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (15     (26     0   

Preferred stock dividends

     (15     0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 3,487      $ 3,121      $ 2,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic earnings per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 6.60      $ 7.08      $ 6.74   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.39     (0.23     (0.67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per basic common share

   $ 6.21      $ 6.85      $ 6.07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted earnings per common share:

      

Income from continuing operations

   $ 6.54      $ 7.03      $ 6.68   

Loss from discontinued operations

     (0.38     (0.23     (0.67
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per diluted common share

   $ 6.16      $ 6.80      $ 6.01   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Dividends paid per common share

   $ 0.20      $ 0.20      $ 0.20   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

132


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net income

   $ 3,517      $ 3,147      $ 2,743   

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

     513        (54     182   

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings

     160        (65     76   

Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges

     120        44        13   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     81        (13     (10

Other

     (1     (21     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before taxes

     873        (109     261   

Income tax provision (benefit) related to other comprehensive income

     303        (30     80   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

     570        (79     181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total comprehensive income

   $ 4,087      $ 3,068      $ 2,924   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

133


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011  

Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents:

    

Cash and due from banks

   $ 3,440      $ 2,097   

Interest-bearing deposits with banks

     7,617        3,399   

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell

     1        342   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cash and cash equivalents

     11,058        5,838   

Restricted cash for securitization investors

     428        791   

Securities available for sale, at fair value

     63,979        38,759   

Loans held for investment:

    

Unsecuritized loans held for investment, at amortized cost

     162,059        88,242   

Restricted loans for securitization investors

     43,830        47,650   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loans held for investment

     205,889        135,892   

Less: Allowance for loan and lease losses

     (5,156 )     (4,250 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loans held for investment

     200,733        131,642   

Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or fair value

     201        201   

Premises and equipment, net

     3,587        2,748   

Interest receivable

     1,694        1,029   

Goodwill

     13,904        13,592   

Other

     17,334        11,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 312,918      $ 206,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Interest payable

   $ 450      $ 466   

Customer deposits:

    

Non-interest bearing deposits

     22,467        18,281   

Interest bearing deposits

     190,018        109,945   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total customer deposits

     212,485        128,226   

Securitized debt obligations

     11,398        16,527   

Other debt:

    

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,248        1,464   

Senior and subordinated notes

     12,686        11,034   

Other borrowings

     24,578        10,536   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other debt

     38,512        23,034   

Other liabilities

     9,574        8,100   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     272,419        176,353   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commitments, contingencies and guarantees (see Note 21)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock, par value $.01 per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized; 875,000 shares and zero shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     0        0   

Common stock, par value $.01 per share; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 631,806,585 and 508,594,308 shares issued as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and 582,207,133 and 459,947,217 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     6        5   

Additional paid-in capital, net

     26,188        19,274   

Retained earnings

     16,853        13,462   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     739        169   

Less: Treasury stock, at cost; par value $.01 per share; 49,599,452 and 48,647,091 shares as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively

     (3,287 )     (3,244 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

     40,499        29,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 312,918      $ 206,019   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

134


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)

  Preferred Stock     Common Stock     Additional
Paid-In

Capital
    Retained
Earnings
    Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive

Income (Loss)
    Treasury
Stock
    Total
Stockholders’

Equity
 
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount            

Balance as of December 31, 2009

    0      $ 0        502,394,396      $ 5      $ 18,955      $ 10,727      $ 83      $ (3,180   $ 26,590   

Cumulative effect from January 1, 2010 adoption of new consolidation accounting standards, net of tax

              (2,957     (16 )       (2,973 )

Cumulative effect from July 1, 2010 adoption of new embedded credit derivatives accounting standard, net of tax

              (16         (16 )

Comprehensive income

              2,743        181         2,924   

Cash dividends—common stock $0.20 per share

              (91         (91 )

Purchases of treasury stock

                  (22     (22 )

Issuances of common stock and restricted stock, net of forfeitures

        1,823,652          30              30   

Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of exercises and restricted stock vesting

        583,016          3              3   

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock options

            96              96   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2010

    0      $ 0        504,801,064      $ 5      $ 19,084      $ 10,406      $ 248      $ (3,202   $ 26,541   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              3,147        (79       3,068   

Cash dividends—common stock $0.20 per share

              (91         (91 )

Purchases of treasury stock

                  (42     (42 )

Issuances of common stock and restricted stock, net of forfeitures

        2,606,736          40              40   

Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of exercises and restricted stock vesting

        1,186,508          57              57   

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock options

            93              93   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

    0      $ 0        508,594,308      $ 5      $ 19,274      $ 13,462      $ 169      $ (3,244   $ 29,666   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

              3,517        570         4,087   

Cash dividends—common stock $0.20 per share

              (111         (111

Cash dividends—preferred stock 5% per annum

              (15         (15

Purchases of treasury stock

                  (43     (43

Issuances of common stock and restricted stock, net of forfeitures

        67,368,854          3,233              3,233   

Issuance of common stock related to acquisition

        54,028,086        1        2,637              2,638   

Exercise of stock options and tax benefits of exercises and restricted stock vesting

        1,815,337          80              80   

Issuance of preferred stock

    875,000              853              853   

Compensation expense for restricted stock awards and stock options

            111              111   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

    875,000      $ 0        631,806,585      $ 6      $ 26,188      $ 16,853      $ 739      $ (3,287   $ 40,499   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

135


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

    Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

  2012     2011     2010  

Operating activities:

     

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $ 3,734      $ 3,253      $ 3,050   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (217     (106     (307 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    3,517        3,147        2,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:

     

Provision for credit losses

    4,415        2,360        3,907   

Depreciation and amortization, net

    1,862        579        517   

Net gains on sales of securities available for sale

    (45     (259     (141

Impairment loss on securities available for sale

    52        21        65   

Net gains on deconsolidation

    0        0        (177 )

Bargain purchase gain

    (594     0        0   

Loans held for sale:

     

Originations

    (1,699     (1,031 )     (180

Gains on sales

    (58     (28 )     (1 )

Proceeds from sales and paydowns

    2,228        1,086        241   

Stock plan compensation expense

    199        189        149   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of the effect of acquired businesses:

     

(Increase) decrease in interest receivable

    (495     41        (137

(Increase) decrease in other assets

    (1,033     (126     957   

Decrease in interest payable

    (47     (22     (21

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

    798        1,403        (133

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities attributable to discontinued operations

    (40     95        353   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

    9,060        7,455        8,142   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

     

Increase in restricted cash for securitization investors

    363        811        2,897   

Purchases of securities available for sale

    (29,257     (16,060 )     (26,378

Proceeds from paydowns and maturities of securities available for sale

    17,779        9,710        11,567   

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

    16,894        9,169        12,466   

Proceeds from sale of interest-only bonds

    0        0        57   

Net (increase) decrease in loans held for investment

    (7,141     (13,777 )     2,607   

Principal recoveries of loans previously charged off

    1,538        1,543        1,587   

Additions of premises and equipment

    (560     (315 )     (340 )

Net cash payment for companies acquired, net of cash received

    (17,603     (1,444 )     0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (17,987     (10,363 )     4,463   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

     

Net (decrease) increase in deposits

    (156     6,010        6,401   

Net decrease in securitized debt obligations

    (5,129     (10,388 )     (21,385 )

Net increase (decrease) in other borrowings

    13,819        5,774        (293 )

Maturities of senior notes

    (632     (855 )     (666 )

Issuance of senior and subordinated notes and junior subordinated debt

    2,248        2,992        0   

Purchases of treasury stock

    (43     (42 )     (22 )

Dividends paid on common stock

    (111     (91 )     (91 )

Dividends paid on preferred stock

    (15     0        0   

Net proceeds from issuances of common stock

    3,233        40        30   

Net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock

    853        0        0   

Proceeds from share-based payment activities

    80        57        3   

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities attributable to discontinued operations

    0        0        (18 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    14,147        3,497        (16,041 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    5,220        589        (3,436 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the period

    5,838        5,249        8,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of the period

  $ 11,058      $ 5,838      $ 5,249   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Non-cash items:

     

Fair value of common stock issued in business acquisition

  $ 2,638      $ 0      $ 0   

Cumulative effect from adoption of new consolidation accounting standards

    0        0        2,973   

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

136


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

The Company

Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware Corporation established in 1995 and headquartered in McLean, Virginia, is a diversified financial services holding company with banking and non-banking subsidiaries. Capital One Financial Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) offer a broad array of financial products and services to consumers, small businesses and commercial clients through branches, the internet and other distribution channels. As of December 31, 2012, our principal subsidiaries included:

 

   

Capital One Bank (USA), National Association (“COBNA”), which currently offers credit and debit card products, other lending products and deposit products; and

 

   

Capital One, National Association (“CONA”), which offers a broad spectrum of banking products and financial services to consumers, small businesses and commercial clients.

The Company and its subsidiaries are hereafter collectively referred to as “we”, “us” or “our.” COBNA and CONA are hereafter collectively referred to as the “Banks.”

We also offer products outside of the United States principally through Capital One (Europe) plc (“COEP”), an indirect subsidiary of COBNA organized and located in the United Kingdom (U.K.), and through a branch of COBNA in Canada. COEP has authority, among other things, to provide credit card and installment loans. Effective December 1, 2010, as a result of the transition of our U.K. operations to an Authorized Payment Institution, we are no longer authorized to accept deposits in the U.K. Our branch of COBNA in Canada has the authority to provide credit card loans.

Recent Acquisitions

On February 17, 2012, we completed the acquisition (the “ING Direct acquisition) of substantially all of the ING Direct business in the United States (“ING Direct”) from ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V., ING Direct N.V. and ING Direct Bancorp (collectively the “ING Direct Sellers”). The ING Direct acquisition resulted in the addition of loans of $40.4 billion, other assets of $53.9 billion and deposits of $84.4 billion as of the acquisition date.

On October 17, 2012, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (“OCC”) approved, subject to several conditions, CONA’s application to merge with ING Bank with CONA surviving the merger. Capital One effected the merger on November 1, 2012. In addition, the OCC approved CONA’s companion application to reduce capital surplus, which was necessary to manage excess capital levels that would result from the merger. CONA effected the reduction in surplus through a return of capital to Capital One immediately prior to the merger. The merger and reduction in CONA’s capital surplus had no effect on Capital One’s total capital.

On May 1, 2012, pursuant to the agreement with HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. (collectively, “HSBC”), we closed the acquisition of substantially all of the assets and assumed liabilities of HSBC’s credit card and private-label credit card business in the United States (other than the HSBC Bank USA, National Association consumer credit card program and certain other retained assets and liabilities) (the “2012 U.S. card acquisition,” also referred to as the “HSBC U.S. card acquisition”)). The 2012 U.S. card acquisition included (i) the acquisition of HSBC’s U.S. credit card portfolio, (ii) its on-going private label and co-branded partnerships, and (iii) other assets, including infrastructure and capabilities. At closing, we acquired approximately 27 million new active accounts, approximately $27.8 billion in outstanding credit card receivables designated as held for investment and approximately $327 million in other net assets.

 

137


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Operations and Business Segments

Our principal operations are currently organized for management reporting purposes into three primary business segments, which are defined primarily based on the products and services provided or the type of customer served: Credit Card, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The operations of acquired businesses have been integrated into our existing business segments. The acquired ING Direct business is primarily reflected in our Consumer Banking business, while the business acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition is reflected in our Credit Card business. Certain activities that are not part of a segment, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management by our centralized Corporate Treasury group, are included in the “Other” category.

 

   

Credit Card: Consists of our domestic consumer and small business card lending, national small business lending, national closed end installment lending and the international card lending businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom.

 

   

Consumer Banking: Consists of our branch-based lending and deposit gathering activities for consumers and small businesses, national deposit gathering, national auto lending and consumer home loan lending and servicing activities.

 

   

Commercial Banking: Consists of our lending, deposit gathering and treasury management services to commercial real estate and commercial and industrial customers. Our commercial and industrial customers typically include companies with annual revenues between $10 million to $1.0 billion. In the first quarter of 2012, we re-aligned the loan categories reported by our Commercial Banking business and the loan product type included within each category.

The results of our individual businesses are reported on a continuing operations basis and prepared based on our internal management reporting process, which reflects the manner in which management evaluates performance and makes decisions about funding our operations and allocating resources. We provide the details on the allocation methodologies and accounting policies used to derive our business segment results and a reconciliation of our total business segment results to our reported consolidated results in “Note 20—Business Segments.”

Basis of Presentation and Use of Estimates

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”). The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements. While management makes its best judgment, actual amounts or results could differ from these estimates.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Capital One Financial Corporation and all other entities in which we have a controlling financial interest. We determine whether we have a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity (“VIE”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Effective January 1, 2010, we prospectively adopted two accounting standards related to the transfer and servicing of financial assets and consolidations that changed how we account for securitized loans. The adoption of these accounting standards resulted in the consolidation of substantially all of our securitization trusts. We recorded an after-tax charge to retained earnings on January 1, 2010 of $2.9 billion for the net cumulative effect of adopting these accounting standards.

 

138


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Voting Interest Entities

Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide the equity investors voting rights that give them the power to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest in a voting interest entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly, we consolidate our majority-owned subsidiaries and other voting interest entities in which we hold, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the voting rights or where we exercise control through other contractual rights.

Investments in entities where we do not have a controlling financial interest but we have significant influence over the entity’s financial and operating decisions (generally defined as owning a voting interest of 20% to 50%) are accounted for under the equity method. If we own less than 20% of a voting interest entity, we generally carry the investment at cost, except marketable equity securities, which we carry at fair value with changes in fair value included in accumulated other comprehensive income. We typically report investments accounted for under the equity or cost method in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets, and include our share of income or loss in other non-interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”)

VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity. The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE.

In determining whether we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE, we consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIE, such as our role in establishing the VIE and our ongoing rights and responsibilities; our economic interests, including debt and equity investments, servicing fees, and other arrangements deemed to be variable interests in the VIE; the design of the VIE, including the capitalization structure, subordination of interests, payment priority, relative share of interests held across various classes within the VIE’s capital structure and the reasons why the interests are held by us.

We perform on-going reassessments of whether entities previously evaluated under the majority voting-interest framework have become VIEs, based on certain events, and are therefore subject to the VIE consolidation framework and whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding our involvement with a VIE result in a change in our consolidation conclusion. Our reassessment process considers whether we have acquired or divested the power to direct the activities of the VIE through changes in governing documents or other circumstances. The reassessment also considers whether we have acquired or disposed of a financial interest that could be significant to the VIE, or whether an interest in the VIE has become significant or is no longer significant. The consolidation status of the VIEs with which we are involved may change as a result of such reassessments. In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of transactions with entities that are considered to be VIEs. Our primary involvement with VIEs relates to our securitization transactions in which we transferred assets from our balance sheet to securitization trusts. See “Note 7—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations” for further details.

 

139


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with banks, all of which, if applicable, have stated maturities of three months or less when acquired. Cash payments for interest expense totaled $2.4 billion, $2.3 billion and $2.9 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Cash payments for income taxes totaled $1.6 billion, $982 million and $350 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Securities Resale and Repurchase Agreements

Securities purchased under resale agreements and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase, principally U.S. government and agency obligations, are not accounted for as sales but as collateralized financing transactions and recorded at the amounts at which the securities were acquired or sold, plus accrued interest. We receive securities purchased under agreements to resell and make delivery of securities sold under agreements to repurchase. We continually monitor the market value of these securities and deliver or obtain additional collateral, as appropriate.

Investment Securities

Our investment securities consist primarily of fixed-income debt securities and equity securities. The accounting and measurement framework for our investment securities differs depending on the security classification. We classify securities as available for sale or held to maturity based on our investment strategy and management’s assessment of our intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity. Securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time and may sell prior to maturity in response to changes in our investment strategy, liquidity needs, interest rate risk profile or for other reasons are classified as available for sale. Securities that we have the intent and ability to hold until maturity are classified as held to maturity.

Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value with unrealized net gains or losses, net of taxes, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. Held-to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost. For most of our investment securities, interest income is recognized using the effective interest method. Deferred items, including unamortized premiums, discounts and other basis adjustments, are recognized in interest income over the contractual lives of the securities using the effective interest method. We record purchases and sales of investment securities on a trade date basis. Realized gains and losses from the sale of debt securities are computed using the first in first out method of identification, and included in non-interest income in our consolidated statements of income.

We regularly evaluate our securities whose value has declined below amortized cost to assess whether the decline in fair value is other than temporary. Amortized cost reflects historical cost adjusted for amortization of premiums, accretion of discounts and other-than-temporary impairment write-down. We discuss our assessment of and accounting for other-than-temporary impairment in “Note 4—Investment Securities.” We discuss the techniques we use in determining the fair value of our investment securities in “Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

Loans

Our total loan portfolio consists of loans we own and loans underlying our securitization trusts. Our loan portfolio consists of credit card, consumer banking and commercial banking loans. Credit card loans consist of domestic and international credit card loans as well as installment loans. Consumer banking loans consist of auto,

 

140


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

home, and retail banking loans. Commercial banking loans consist of commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial, and small-ticket commercial real estate loans.

Loan Classification

We classify loans as held for investment or held for sale based on our investment strategy and management’s assessment of our intent and ability to hold loans for the foreseeable future or until maturity. Management’s intent and ability with respect to certain loans may change from time to time depending on a number of factors, including economic, liquidity and capital conditions. The accounting and measurement framework for loans differs depending on the loan classification and whether the loans are originated or purchased. The accounting for purchased loans also differs depending on whether the loan is considered credit-impaired at the date of acquisition. We use the term “acquired loans” to refer to a limited portion of the credit card loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the substantial majority of consumer and commercial loans acquired in the Chevy Chase Bank (“CCB”) and ING Direct acquisitions, which were recorded at fair value at acquisition and subsequently accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected. We elect to account for all purchased loans using the guidance for accounting for purchased credit-impaired loans, which is based upon expected cash flows, unless specifically scoped out of the guidance. The classification criteria and accounting and measurement framework for loans held for investment, including loans purchased, and loans held for sale are described below.

Loans Held for Investment

Loans that we have the ability and intent to hold for the foreseeable future and loans associated with on-balance sheet securitization transactions accounted for as secured borrowings are classified as held for investment. The substantial majority of our loans, which include unrestricted loans and restricted loans for securitization investors, are classified as held for investment.

Loans classified as held for investment, except acquired loans accounted for based upon expected cash flows, are reported at amortized cost, which is measured based upon the outstanding unpaid principal balance, net of any unearned income, unamortized deferred fees and costs, unamortized premiums and discounts and charge-offs. Credit card loans also include billed finance charges and fees, net of the estimated uncollectible amount.

Interest income is recognized on loans held for investment on an accrual basis. We generally defer certain loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs on originated loans, premiums and discounts on purchased loans and loan commitment fees. We recognize these amounts in interest income as yield adjustments over the life of the loan and/or commitment period using the effective interest method. For credit card loans, loan origination fees and direct loan origination costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period. We establish an allowance for loan losses for probable losses inherent in our held for investment loan portfolio as of each balance sheet date.

Cash flows related to unrestricted loans held for investment are included in cash flows from investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows. Because our securitization transactions are accounted for as secured borrowings, the cash flows from these transactions are presented as cash flows from financing activities rather than as cash flows from operating or investing activities in our consolidated statements of cash flows.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans that we intend to sell or for which we do not have the ability and intent to hold for the foreseeable future are classified as held for sale. Loans classified as held for sale are reported at the lower of amortized cost or fair

 

141


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

value as determined on an aggregate homogeneous portfolio basis, with any write-downs or recoveries in fair value up to the amortized cost recorded in our consolidated statements of income as a component of other non-interest income. We recognize interest on loans held for sale on an accrual basis. Because loans held for sale are reported at lower of cost or fair value, an allowance for loan losses is not established for loans held for sale. The fair value of loans held for sale is estimated based on secondary market prices for loan portfolios with similar characteristics.

We execute whole loan sales with either servicing rights released to the buyer or retained. When loans are sold and the servicing rights are released to the buyer, the gain or loss recognized on the sale is calculated based on the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the loans sold. When loans are sold and the servicing rights are retained, the fair value attributed to the retained servicing rights impacts the gain or loss recognized on the sale. We report gains or losses on loans held for sale when realized in other non-interest income.

We originated $1.6 billion, $954 million and $1.2 billion of conforming residential mortgage loans in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We retained servicing on approximately 92%, 91% and 82% of the conforming residential mortgage loans we sold in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and recognized gains of $58 million, $28 million and $1 million on the sale of held-for-sale loans in 2012, 2011, and 2010, respectively.

Loan Transfers

In certain circumstances, we may transfer loans to/from held for sale or held for investment based on a change in strategy. We transfer these loans at the lower of cost or fair value on the date of transfer and establish a new cost basis upon transfer. If the decline in fair value upon transfer from held for investment to held for sale is related to credit, the change in value is recorded as a charge-off at the time of transfer. If the decline is related to other factors, the change in value is charged to non-interest expense. Further declines in fair value will result in the establishment of a valuation allowance. Additionally, the amortization of deferred loan origination fees and direct loan origination fees ceases upon transfer.

Loans Acquired

All purchased loans, including loans transferred in a business combination, acquired on or after January 1, 2009, are recorded at fair value as of the date of each acquisition. Accordingly, any related allowance for loan losses is not carried over. We purchase loans with and without evidence of credit deterioration since origination. Subsequent to acquisition, we are required to account for purchased loans with evidence of credit deterioration since origination and for which it is probable that we will not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments based on expected cash flows. We also may elect to account for other purchased loans based on expected cash flows.

Loans Acquired and Accounted for Based on Expected Cash Flows

In accounting for acquired loans based on expected cash flows, we first determine the contractually required payments due, which represent the total undiscounted amount of all uncollected principal and interest payments, adjusted for the effect of estimated prepayments. We then estimate the undiscounted cash flows we expect to collect. We incorporate several key assumptions to estimate cash flows expected to be collected, including default rates, loss severities and the amount and timing of prepayments. We estimate the fair value by discounting the estimated cash flows we expect to collect using an observable market rate of interest, when available, adjusted for factors that a market participant would consider in determining fair value. We are

 

142


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

permitted to aggregate loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools if the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset, with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate fair value and expected cash flows.

The difference between the contractual payments on the loans and the expected cash flows, considering the impact of prepayments, represents the nonaccretable difference, or the amount not considered collectible. The nonaccretable difference, which is neither accreted into income nor recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the loans. Accordingly, there are no charge-offs or an allowance associated with these loans unless the estimated cash flows expected to be collected decrease subsequent to acquisition. These loans are not classified as delinquent or nonperforming even though the customer may be contractually past due because we expect that we will fully collect the carrying value of these loans. In addition, even though substantially all of these loans are 90 days or more contractually past due, they are considered to be accruing since we have a reasonable expectation about the timing and amount of cash flows expected to be collected. The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the estimated fair value of acquired loans is referred to as the accretable yield. This amount is not recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, but is accreted into interest income over the life of the loan, or pool of loans, using the effective interest method.

Subsequent to acquisition, we are required to periodically evaluate our estimate of cash flows expected to be collected. These evaluations, which we perform quarterly, require the use of key assumptions and estimates similar to those used in estimating the initial fair value at acquisition. Subsequent changes in the estimated cash flows expected to be collected may result in changes in the accretable yield and nonaccretable difference or reclassifications from the nonaccretable yield to the accretable yield. Decreases in expected cash flows resulting from further credit deterioration will generally result in an impairment charge recognized in our provision for credit losses and an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses. Increases in the cash flows expected to be collected would first reduce any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses established subsequent to acquisition. The excess over the recorded allowance for loan and lease losses would result in a reclassification to the accretable yield from the nonaccretable difference and an increase in interest income recognized over the remaining life of the loan or pool of loans. Disposals of loans, which may include sales to third parties, receipt of payments in full or in part by the borrower, and foreclosure of the collateral, result in removal of the loan from the acquired loan portfolio.

See “Note 2—Acquisitions” and “Note 5—Loans” for additional information.

Loans Acquired and Accounted for Based on Contractual Cash Flows

The substantial majority of the loans purchased in the 2012 U. S. card acquisition had existing revolving privileges at acquisition and were therefore accounted for based on contractual cash flows. To determine the fair value of these loans at acquisition, we discounted the contractual cash flows due using an observable market rate of interest, when available, adjusted for factors that a market participant would consider in determining fair value. In determining fair value, contractual cash flows are adjusted to include prepayment estimates based upon trends in default rates and loss severities. The difference between the fair value and the contractual cash flows is recorded as a loan discount or premium at acquisition. The premium or discount is amortized into interest income using the effective interest method over the remaining life of the loans. We are permitted to aggregate loans acquired in the same fiscal quarter into one or more pools if the loans have common risk characteristics. A pool is then accounted for as a single asset with a single composite interest rate and an aggregate fair value and expected cash flows.

 

143


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Subsequent to acquisition, it is necessary to record an allowance for loan and lease losses, through the provision for credit losses to properly recognize an estimate of incurred losses on the existing principal balances as of each reporting date. The allowance for loan and lease losses is calculated using the same methodology utilized for determining the allowance for our existing credit card portfolio prior to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, as described below under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”.

Loan Modifications and Restructurings

As part of our loss mitigation efforts, we may make loan modifications that are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid the need for foreclosure or repossession of collateral. We may provide short-term (three to twelve months) or long-term (greater than twelve months) modifications to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty to improve long-term collectability of the loan. Our modifications typically include a reduction in the borrower’s initial monthly or quarterly principal and interest payment through an extension of the loan term, a reduction in the interest rate, or a combination of both. For credit card loan agreements, such modifications may include canceling the customer’s available line of credit on the credit card, reducing the interest rate on the card, and placing the customer on a fixed payment plan not exceeding 60 months. These modifications may result in our receiving the full amount due, or certain installments due, under the modified loan over a period of time that is longer than the period of time originally provided for under the original loan. In some cases, we may curtail the amount of principal owed by the borrower.

A loan modification in which a concession is granted to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty is accounted for and reported as a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We describe our accounting for and measurement of impairment on restructured loans below under “Impaired Loans.” See “Note 5—Loans” for additional information on our loan modifications and restructurings.

Delinquent and Nonperforming Loans

The entire balance of a loan is considered contractually delinquent if the minimum required payment is not received by the first statement cycle date equal to or following the due date specified on the customer’s billing statement. Delinquency is reported on loans that are 30 or more days past due. Interest and fees continue to accrue on past due loans until the date the loan is placed on nonaccrual status, if applicable. We generally place loans on nonaccrual status when we believe the collectability of interest and principal is not reasonably assured.

Nonperforming loans generally include loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status and certain restructured loans whose contractual terms have been restructured in a manner that grants a concession to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty. We do not report loans accounted for under the fair value option or loans held for sale as nonperforming.

Our policies for classifying loans as nonperforming, by loan category, are as follows:

 

   

Credit card loans: As permitted by regulatory guidance issued by the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (“FFIEC”), our policy is generally to exempt credit card loans from being classified as nonperforming as these loans are generally charged off in the period the account becomes 180 days past due. Consistent with industry conventions, we generally continue to accrue interest and fees on delinquent credit card loans until the loans are charged-off. When we do not expect full payment of billed finance charges and fees, we reduce the balance of the credit card account by the estimated uncollectible portion of any billed finance charges and fees and exclude this amount from revenue. During the fourth quarter 2012, we began classifying credit card loans issued in the U.K. as nonperforming when the account becomes either 90 or 120 days past due.

 

144


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Consumer banking loans: We classify other non-credit card consumer loans as nonperforming at the earlier of the date when we determine that the collectability of interest or principal on the loan is not reasonably assured or in the period in which the loan becomes 90 days past due for auto, home loans, and unsecured small business revolving lines of credit and 120 days past due for all other non-credit card consumer loans, including installment loans.

 

   

Commercial banking loans : We classify commercial loans as nonperforming as of the date we determine that the collectability of interest or principal on the loan is not reasonably assured.

 

   

Modified loans and troubled debt restructurings: Modified loans, including TDRs, that are current at the time of the restructuring remain on accrual status if there is demonstrated performance prior to the restructuring and continued performance under the modified terms is expected. Otherwise, the modified loan is classified as nonperforming and placed on nonaccrual status until the borrower demonstrates a sustained period of performance over several payment cycles, generally six months of consecutive payments, under the modified terms of the loan.

 

   

Acquired loans: Since the initial fair value of these loans included an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans, our subsequent accounting for acquired loans differs from the accounting for non-acquired loans. We therefore separately track and report acquired loans and exclude these loans from our delinquency and nonperforming loan statistics.

Interest and fees accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status are reversed against earnings. In addition, the amortization of net deferred loan fees is suspended. Interest and fee income is subsequently recognized only upon the receipt of cash payments. However, if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectability of loan principal, all cash received is applied against the principal balance of the loan. Nonaccrual loans are generally returned to accrual status when all principal and interest is current and repayment of the remaining contractual principal and interest is reasonably assured or when the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection and collectability is no longer doubtful.

Impaired Loans

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that we will be unable to collect all amounts due from the borrower in accordance with the original contractual terms of the loan. Loans defined as individually impaired, based on applicable accounting guidance, include larger balance commercial nonperforming loans and TDR loans. We do not report consumer loans as impaired unless they have been modified in a TDR, as we collectively evaluate these smaller-balance homogenous loans for impairment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance. Loans held for sale are also not reported as impaired, as these loans are recorded at lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans also exclude acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows at initial acquisition because this accounting methodology takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred.

Loans defined as individually impaired, based on applicable accounting guidance, include larger balance nonperforming loans and TDR loans. Our policies for identifying loans as individually impaired, by loan category, are as follows:

 

   

Credit card loans: Credit card loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are identified and accounted for as individually impaired.

 

   

Consumer banking loans: Consumer loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are identified and accounted for as individually impaired.

 

145


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Commercial banking loans: Commercial loans classified as nonperforming and commercial loans that have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are generally reported as individually impaired.

 

   

Acquired loans: We track and report acquired loans separately from other impaired loans.

The majority of individually impaired loans are evaluated for an asset-specific allowance. Once a loan is modified in a troubled debt restructuring, the loan is generally considered impaired until maturity regardless of whether the borrower performs under the modified terms. Although the loan may be returned to accrual status if the criteria above under “Delinquent and Nonperforming Loans” are met, the loan would continue to be evaluated for an asset-specific allowance for loan and lease losses and we would continue to report the loan as impaired.

We generally measure impairment and the related asset-specific allowance for individually impaired loans based on the difference between the recorded investment of the loan and the present value of the expected future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate of the loan at the time of modification. If the loan is collateral dependent, we measure impairment based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral, which we determine based on the current fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. Loans are identified as collateral dependent if we believe that collateral is the sole source of repayment.

If the fair value of the loan is less than the recorded investment, we recognize impairment through a direct write-down of the loan, by establishing an allowance for the loan or by adjusting the allowance for the impaired loan. See “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” for additional information on the asset-specific component of our allowance.

Charge-Offs

Net charge-offs consist of the unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment that we determine are uncollectible, net of recovered amounts. We exclude accrued and unpaid finance charges and fees and fraud losses from charge-offs. Charge-offs are recorded as a reduction to the allowance for loan and lease losses and subsequent recoveries of previously charged off amounts are credited to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Costs incurred to recover charged-off loans are recorded as collection expense and included in our consolidated statements of income as a component of other non-interest expense. Our charge-off time frame for loans, which varies based on the loan type, is presented below.

 

   

Credit card loans: We generally charge-off credit card loans when the account is 180 days past due from the statement cycle date. During the fourth quarter 2012, we began charging off delinquent credit card loans for which revolving privileges have been revoked as part of a closed end loan workout when the account becomes 120 days past due. Credit card loans in bankruptcy are charged-off within 60 days of receipt of a complete bankruptcy notification from the bankruptcy court. Credit card loans of deceased account holders are charged-off within 60 days of receipt of notification.

 

   

Consumer banking loans: We generally charge-off consumer loans at the earlier of the date when the account is a specified number of days past due or upon repossession of the underlying collateral. Our charge-off time frame is 180 days for home loans and unsecured small business lines of credit and 120 days for auto and other non-credit card consumer loans. We calculate the charge-off amount for home loans based on the excess of our recorded investment in the loan over the fair value of the underlying property less estimated selling costs as of the date of the charge-off. We update our home value estimates on a regular basis and recognize additional charge-offs for declines in home values below our initial fair value less selling cost estimate at the date home loans are charged-off. Consumer loans in bankruptcy, except for auto and home loans, generally are charged-off within 40 days of receipt of notification from the bankruptcy

 

146


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

court. Auto and home loans in bankruptcy are charged-off in the period that the loan is both 60 days or more past due and 60 days or more past the bankruptcy notification date or in the period the loan becomes 120 days past due for auto loans and 180 days past due for home loans regardless of the bankruptcy notification date. Consumer loans of deceased account holders are charged-off within 60 days of receipt of notification.

 

   

Commercial banking loans : We charge-off commercial loans in the period we determine that the unpaid principal loan amounts are uncollectible.

 

   

Acquired loans : We do not record charge-offs on acquired loans that are performing in accordance with or better than our expectations as of the date of acquisition, as the fair values of these loans already reflect a credit component. We record charge-offs on impaired loans only if actual losses exceed estimated losses incorporated into the fair value recorded at acquisition.

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses (“the allowance”) that represents management’s best estimate of incurred loan and lease losses inherent in our held-for-investment portfolio as of each balance sheet date. We do not maintain an allowance for held-for-sale loans or acquired loans, which includes purchased credit-impaired loans, accounted for based upon expected cash flows that are performing in accordance with or better than our expectations, as the fair value of these loans recorded at acquisition takes into consideration future credit losses expected to be incurred. The allowance is increased through the provision for credit losses and reduced by net charge-offs. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to earnings, reflects credit losses we believe have been incurred and will eventually be reflected over time in our charge-offs. Charge-offs of uncollectible amounts are deducted from the allowance and subsequent recoveries are added back.

Management performs a quarterly analysis of our loan portfolio to determine if impairment has occurred and to assess the adequacy of the allowance based on historical and current trends and other factors affecting credit losses. We apply documented systematic methodologies to separately calculate the allowance for our consumer loan and commercial loan portfolios and for loans within each of these portfolios that we identify as individually impaired. Our allowance for loan and lease losses consists of three components that are allocated to cover the estimated probable losses in each loan portfolio based on the results of our detailed review and loan impairment assessment process: (1) a component for loans collectively evaluated for impairment; (2) an asset-specific component for individually impaired loans; and (3) a component related to acquired loans that have experienced significant decreases in expected cash flows subsequent to acquisition. Each of our allowance components is supplemented by an amount that represents management’s qualitative judgment of the imprecision and risks inherent in the processes and assumptions used in establishing the allowance. Management’s judgment involves an assessment of subjective factors, such as process risk, modeling assumption and adjustment risks and probable internal and external events that will likely impact losses.

Our consumer loan portfolio consists of smaller-balance, homogeneous loans, divided into four primary portfolio segments: credit card loans, auto loans, residential home loans and retail banking loans. Each of these portfolios is further divided by our business units into pools based on common risk characteristics, such as origination year, contract type, interest rate and geography, which are collectively evaluated for impairment. The commercial loan portfolio is primarily composed of larger-balance, non-homogeneous loans. These loans are subject to individual reviews that result in internal risk ratings. In assessing the risk rating of a particular loan, among the factors we consider are the financial condition of the borrower, geography, collateral performance, historical loss experience, and industry-specific information that management believes is relevant in determining the occurrence of a loss event and measuring impairment. These factors are based on an evaluation of historical and current information, and involve subjective assessment and interpretation. Emphasizing one factor over another or considering additional factors could impact the risk rating assigned to that loan.

 

147


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The component of the allowance for credit card and other consumer loans that we collectively evaluate for impairment is based on a statistical calculation, which is supplemented by management judgment as described above. Because of the homogenous nature of our consumer loan portfolios, the allowance is based on the aggregated portfolio segment evaluations. The allowance is established through a process that begins with estimates of incurred losses in each pool based upon various statistical analyses. Loss forecast models are utilized to estimate incurred losses and consider several portfolio indicators including, but not limited to, historical loss experience, account seasoning, the value of collateral underlying secured loans, estimated foreclosures or defaults based on observable trends, delinquencies, bankruptcy filings, unemployment, credit bureau scores and general economic and business trends. Management believes these factors are relevant in estimating incurred losses and also considers an evaluation of overall portfolio credit quality based on indicators such as changes in our credit evaluation, underwriting and collection management policies, changes in the legal and regulatory environment, general economic conditions and business trends and uncertainties in forecasting and modeling techniques used in estimating our allowance. We update our consumer loss forecast models and portfolio indicators on a quarterly basis to incorporate information reflective of the current economic environment.

The component of the allowance for commercial loans that we collectively evaluate for impairment is based on our historical loss experience for loans with similar risk characteristics and consideration of the current credit quality of the portfolio, which is supplemented by management judgment as described above. We apply internal risk ratings to commercial loans, which we use to assess credit quality and derive a total loss estimate based on an estimated probability of default (default rate) and loss given default (loss severity). We generally use the prior three-year actual portfolio credit loss experience to develop our estimate of credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of each balance sheet date. Management may also apply judgment to adjust the loss factors derived, taking into consideration both quantitative and qualitative factors, including general economic conditions, specific industry and geographic trends, portfolio concentrations, trends in internal credit quality indicators and current and past underwriting standards that have occurred but are not yet reflected in the historical data underlying our loss estimates.

The asset-specific component of the allowance covers smaller-balance homogenous credit card and other consumer loans whose terms have been modified in a TDR and larger balance nonperforming, non-homogenous commercial loans. As discussed above under “Impaired Loans,” we generally measure the asset-specific component of the allowance based on the difference between the recorded investment of individually impaired loans and the present value of expected future cash flows. When the present value is lower than the carrying value of the loan, impairment is recognized through the provision for credit losses. If the loan is collateral dependent, we measure impairment based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral, which we determine based on the current fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs, instead of discounted cash flows. The asset-specific component of the allowance for smaller-balance impaired loans is calculated on a pool basis using historical loss experience for the respective class of assets. The asset-specific component of the allowance for larger-balance commercial loans is individually calculated for each loan. Key considerations in determining the allowance include the borrower’s overall financial condition, resources and payment history, prospects for support from financially responsible guarantors, and when applicable, the estimated realizable value of any collateral.

We record purchased loans at fair value at acquisition. Applicable accounting guidance prohibits the carry over or creation of valuation allowances in the initial accounting for impaired loans acquired in a transfer. Subsequent to acquisition, decreases in expected principal cash flows of acquired loans would trigger the recognition of impairment through our provision for credit losses. Subsequent increases in expected cash flows would first result in a recovery of any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses, to the extent applicable, and then increase the accretable yield. Write-downs on purchased impaired loans in excess of the nonaccretable difference are charged against the allowance for loan and lease losses. See “Note 5—Loans” for information on loan portfolios associated with acquisitions.

 

148


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we also estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit and financial guarantees, and binding unfunded loan commitments. The provision for unfunded lending commitments is included in the provision for credit losses on our consolidated statements of income and the related reserve for unfunded lending commitments is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Unfunded lending commitments are subject to individual reviews and are analyzed and segregated by risk according to our internal risk rating scale. We assess these risk classifications, in conjunction with historical loss experience, utilization assumptions, current economic conditions, performance trends within specific portfolio segments and other pertinent information to estimate the reserve for unfunded lending commitments.

Determining the appropriateness of the allowance is complex and requires judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. Subsequent evaluations of the loan portfolio, in light of the factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses and the reserve for unfunded lending commitments in future periods.

Securitization of Loans

We primarily securitize credit card loans, auto loans and home loans. Securitizations have historically been utilized for liquidity and funding purposes. See “Note 7—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations” for additional details. Loan securitization involves the transfer of a pool of loan receivables from our portfolio to a trust from which the trust sells an undivided interest in the pool of loan receivables to third-party investors through the issuance of debt securities. The debt securities are collateralized by the transferred receivables from our portfolio, and we receive proceeds from the third-party investors in consideration for the loans transferred. We remove loans from our consolidated balance sheet when securitizations qualify as sales to non-consolidated VIEs, recognize assets retained and liabilities assumed at fair value and record a gain or loss on the transferred loans. Alternatively, when the transfer does not qualify as a sale but instead is considered a secured borrowing or when the sale is to a consolidated VIE, the asset will remain on our consolidated financial statements with an offsetting liability recognized for the amount of proceeds received.

Premises and Equipment

Land is carried at cost. Properties and equipment, including leasehold improvements, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. We capitalize direct costs (including external costs for purchased software, contractors, consultants and internal staff costs) for internally developed software projects that have been identified as being in the application development stage. Depreciation and amortization expenses are computed generally by the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Useful lives for premises and equipment are estimated as follows:

 

Premises & Equipment

  

Useful Lives

Buildings and improvement

   5-39 years

Furniture and equipment

   3-10 years

Computers and software

   3-7 years

Leasehold improvements

  

Lesser of useful life or

the remaining fixed non-cancelable lease term

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to earnings as incurred. Gains or losses upon disposition are reflected in earnings as realized.

 

149


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

In accordance with accounting guidance, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is at the operating segment level or one level below an operating segment. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if events or circumstances change, such as adverse changes in the business climate, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is assigned to one or more reporting units at the date of acquisition. Our reporting units are Domestic Credit Card, International Credit Card, Auto Finance, other Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The goodwill impairment test, performed at October 1 of each year, is a two-step test. The first step identifies whether there is potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the second step of the impairment test is required to measure the amount of any impairment loss. Goodwill is the only intangible asset with an indefinite life on our consolidated balance sheets. Intangible assets with definite useful lives are amortized either on a straight-line or on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives and evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. See “Note 8 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets” for additional detail.

Foreclosed Property and Repossessed Assets

Foreclosed property and repossessed assets are comprised of any asset or property acquired through loan restructurings, workouts, foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure. Acquired property may include commercial and residential real estate properties or personal property, such as autos.

Upon repossession of property obtained in satisfaction of a loan, we reclassify the loan to repossessed assets and record the acquired property at the estimated fair value of the underlying collateral less estimated selling costs. We estimate fair values primarily based on appraisals, when available.

We regularly evaluate the fair value of acquired property and subsequently record adjustments to reflect the property at the lower of the amount recorded at acquisition or the current fair value less estimated selling costs. Any valuation adjustments on acquired property and any gains or losses realized from disposition of the property are reflected in non-interest expense. Foreclosed property and repossessed assets, which we report in our consolidated balance sheet under other assets, totaled $204 million and $22 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, compared with $169 million and $20 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

Restricted Equity Investments

We had investments in Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) stock, which totaled $1.3 billion and $362 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and our investment in Federal Reserve stock, which totaled $1.2 billion and $863 million, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These investments, which are included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets, deemed restricted and are carried at cost. We assess these investments for other-than-temporary impairment in accordance with applicable accounting guidance for evaluating impairment. We did not recognize any impairment on these investments in 2012 or 2011.

Representation and Warranty Reserve

In connection with their sales of mortgage loans, certain subsidiaries entered into agreements containing varying representations and warranties about, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien

 

150


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

securing the loan, the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the purchaser, including underwriting guidelines and the ongoing existence of mortgage insurance, and the loan’s compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. We may be required to repurchase the mortgage loan, indemnify the investor or insurer, or reimburse the investor for loan and lease losses incurred on the loan in the event of a material breach of contractual representations or warranties.

We have established representation and warranty reserves for losses that we consider to be both probable and reasonably estimable associated with the mortgage loans sold by each subsidiary, including both litigation and non-litigation liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. The reserve-setting process relies heavily on estimates, which are inherently uncertain, and requires the application of judgment. In establishing the representation and warranty reserves, we consider a variety of factors, depending on the category of purchaser and rely on historical data. We evaluate these estimates on a quarterly basis.

Losses incurred on loans that we are required to either repurchase or make payments to the investor under the indemnification provisions are charged against the representation and warranty reserve. The representation and warranty reserve is included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Changes to the representation and warranty reserve related to GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. (“GreenPoint”) are reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” for additional information related to our representation and warranty reserve.

Customer Rewards Reserve

We offer products, primarily credit cards, which include programs that allow members to earn rewards, such as cash, airline tickets or merchandise, based on account activity. Customer rewards costs are generally recorded as an offset to interchange income when the rewards are earned by the customer and record the corresponding customer rewards reserve. The customer rewards reserve is computed based on estimated future cost of points earned that are expected to be redeemed and the average cost per point redeemed. The customer rewards reserve is reduced as points are redeemed. In estimating the customer rewards reserve, we consider historical rewards redemption behavior, the terms of the current rewards programs and card purchase activity. The customer rewards reserve is sensitive to changes in the reward redemption type and redemption rate, which is based on the expectation that the vast majority of all points earned will eventually be redeemed. The customer rewards reserve, which is included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, totaled $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

Interest Income and Fees

We recognize interest income, including finance charges, and fees on loans in interest and non-interest income in our consolidated statements of income in accordance with the contractual provisions of the credit arrangements. Loan origination fees and costs and premiums and discounts are generally deferred and amortized over the average life of the related loans using the effective interest method, except for credit card, which are amortized over one year on a straight-line basis. Direct loan origination costs consist of both internal and external costs associated with the origination of a loan. As discussed above under “Loans—Delinquent and Nonperforming Loans,” interest and fees continue to accrue on past due loans until the date the loan is placed on nonaccrual status, if applicable. Interest and fees accrued but not collected at the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status are reversed against earnings.

 

151


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Finance charges and fees on credit card loans, except for annual membership fees, are included in loan receivables when the amounts are billed to the customer. Annual membership fees are deferred and amortized into income over one year on a straight-line basis. We continue to accrue finance charges and fees on credit card loans until the account is charged-off. However, when we do not expect full payment of billed finance charges and fees, we reduce the balance of our credit card loan receivables by the amount of finance charges billed but not expected to be collected and exclude this amount from revenue. Our methodology for estimating the uncollectible portion of billed finance charges and fees is consistent with the methodology we use to estimate the allowance for incurred principal losses on our credit card loan receivables. Revenue was reduced by $937 million, $371 million and $950 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, for the estimated uncollectible portion of billed finance charges and fees. The finance charge and fee reserve totaled $307 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $74 million as of December 31, 2011.

Interchange Income

Interchange income represents merchant fees for credit card transactions processed through the interchange network due to the customer’s card-issuing bank, which is net of the fee retained by the merchant’s processing bank. The levels and structure of interchange rates are set by MasterCard International Inc. (“MasterCard”) and Visa U.S.A. Inc. (“Visa”) and are based on cardholder purchase volumes. We recognize interchange income as earned at the time of purchase.

Same-as-Cash Promotions

As part of certain retail partnership agreements, we offer borrowers a same-as-cash (“SAC”) promotional period. SAC programs generally require a minimum monthly payment during the promotional period. As part of a SAC promotional program, a borrower has a period of time, typically ranging from six months to three years, to pay the principal balance in full. If the borrower pays the principal balance in full before the expiration date of the SAC promotional period, the borrower is not subject to any interest. If the borrower does not pay the principal balance in full prior to the expiration date of the SAC promotional period, interest charges are applied retroactive to the purchase date.

We accrue SAC interest income on a monthly basis throughout the term of the SAC period based on the amount we expect to collect. Accordingly, we do not accrue interest income for borrowers who we expect will pay their principal balance in full prior to the expiration of the SAC period or for borrowers who we expect will be unable to pay the full amount.

Card Partnership Agreements

Our partnership agreements relate to alliances with retailers and other partners to provide lending and other services to mutual customers. We primarily issue private-label and co-branded credit card loans to these customers over the term of these arrangements, which typically range from two to ten years.

Certain partners assist in or perform marketing activities on our behalf and promote our products and services to their customers. As compensation for providing these services, we often pay royalties, bounties, or other special bonuses to these partners. Depending upon the nature of the payments, they are recorded as a reduction of revenue, marketing expenses or other operating expenses.

If a partnership agreement provides for profit, revenue or loss sharing payments, we must determine whether to report those payments on a gross or net basis in our consolidated financial statements. We evaluate the

 

152


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

contractual provisions of each transaction and applicable accounting guidance to determine the manner in which to report the impact of shared payment provisions in our consolidated financial statements. Our consolidated net income is the same regardless of whether revenue and loss sharing arrangements are reported on a gross or net basis.

Collaborative Arrangements

A collaborative arrangement is a contractual arrangement that involves a joint operating activity between two or more parties that are active participants in the activity. These parties are exposed to significant risks and rewards based upon the economic success of the joint operating activity. We assess each of our partnership agreements with profit, revenue or loss sharing payments to determine if a collaborative arrangement exists and, if so, how revenue generated from third parties, costs incurred and transactions between participants in the collaborative arrangement should be accounted for and reported in our consolidated financial statements.

Effective April 1, 2011, we acquired Kohl’s Department Stores (“Kohl’s”) existing private-label credit card loan portfolio from JPMorgan Chase & Co. pursuant to a partnership agreement we entered into in August 2010 with Kohl’s. The existing portfolio, which consisted of more than 20 million Kohl’s customer accounts, had an outstanding principal and interest balance of approximately $3.7 billion at acquisition. The partnership agreement has an initial seven-year term and an automatic one-year renewal thereafter. We accounted for the purchase as an asset acquisition.

Under the terms of the partnership agreement and in conjunction with the acquisition, we began issuing Kohl’s branded private-label credit cards to new and existing Kohl’s customers on April 1, 2011. Risk management decisions are jointly managed by Kohl’s and us, but we retain final authority over risk management decisions. Kohl’s has primary responsibility for handling customer service functions and advertising and marketing related to credit card customers.

Based on our assessment, we determined that the Kohl’s partnership agreement meets the definition of a collaborative arrangement. None of our other partnership agreements are considered to be collaborative arrangements.

We share a fixed percentage of revenues, consisting of finance charges and late fees, with Kohl’s, and Kohl’s is required to reimburse us for a fixed percentage of credit losses incurred. Revenues and losses related to the Kohl’s credit card program and partnership agreement are reported on a net basis in our consolidated financial statements. Revenue sharing amounts attributable to Kohl’s are recorded as an offset against total net revenue in our consolidated statements of income. The loss sharing amounts due from Kohl’s are recorded as a reduction in our provision for credit losses in our consolidated statements of income. The allowance for loan and lease losses attributable to the Kohl’s portfolio is reduced by the loss sharing amount due from Kohl’s.

Interest income was reduced by $885 million and $607 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, for amounts earned by Kohl’s as part of the revenue sharing agreement. Loss sharing amounts attributable to Kohl’s reduced charge-offs by $167 million and $118 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The reduction in the provision for loan and lease losses attributable to Kohl’s was $199 million and $257 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The expected reimbursement from Kohl’s, which is netted against our allowance for loan and lease losses, was approximately $170 million and $139 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

153


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock-Based Compensation

We reserve common shares for issuance to employees, directors and third-party service providers, in various forms, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and units and performance share awards and units. In addition, we also issue cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units which are not counted against the common shares reserved for issuance or available for issuance because they are settled in cash. We generally recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the award’s service period; however, we recognize compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method when the award contains a performance condition with graded vesting. In addition, our cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units are accounted for as liability awards pursuant to which the expense fluctuates with changes in our stock price until the awards are settled. Awards that continue to vest after retirement are expensed over the shorter of the period of time between the grant date and the final vesting period or between the grant date and when the participant becomes retirement eligible; awards to participants who are retirement eligible at the grant date are subject to immediate expensing upon grant. Compensation expense is included in salaries and associate benefits on the consolidated statements of income.

Stock-based compensation expense for stock options is based on fair value, which is estimated at the grant date using a Black-Scholes option pricing model. Determining the fair value of stock options requires judgment, including estimating the expected life of the stock options, the expected volatility of our common stock price and our expected dividend yield. In addition, judgment is required in estimating the number of options that are expected to be forfeited. If actual results differ significantly from these estimates or if there is a change in key assumptions, it could have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Generally, the fair value of restricted stock awards and units, performance share awards and units, cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. In addition, prior to vesting, the compensation expense related to cash-settled restricted stock units is adjusted quarterly for any change in fair value based on changes in our common stock price. Upon vesting of the cash-settled restricted stock units, compensation expense is adjusted to reflect the actual cash payment, which is based upon the average of the closing prices of our common stock for the 20 trading days preceding the vesting date or the closing price on vesting date.

Marketing Expense

We expense marketing costs as incurred. Television advertising costs are expensed during the period in which the advertisements are aired. We recognized marketing expense of $1.4 billion, $1.3 billion and $1.0 billion in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Fraud Losses

We experience fraud losses from the unauthorized use of credit cards, debit cards and customer bank accounts. Additional fraud losses may be incurred when loans are obtained through fraudulent means. Transactions suspected of being fraudulent are recorded in our consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest expense after the investigation period has completed. Recoveries of fraud losses are also included in non-interest expense. See “Note 15—Other Non-Interest Expense” for additional information.

 

154


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes in accordance with the accounting guidance for income taxes, recognizing the current and deferred tax consequences of all transactions that have been recognized in the financial statements using the provisions of the enacted tax laws. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. We record valuation allowances to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. See “Note 18—Income Taxes” for additional detail.

Earnings Per Share

Earnings per common share is calculated by dividing net income, after deducting dividends on preferred stock and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities, by the average number of common shares outstanding during the period, net of any treasury shares. We calculate diluted earnings per share by dividing net income, after deducting dividends on preferred stock and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities, by the average number of common shares outstanding during the period, net of any treasury shares, after consideration of the potential dilutive effect of common stock equivalents (for example, stock options, restricted stock awards and units and performance share awards and units). Common stock equivalents are calculated based upon the treasury stock method using an average market price of common shares sold during the period. Dilution is not considered when the company is in a net loss position. Common stock equivalents that have an antidilutive effect are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share.

We have unvested share-based payment awards which have a right to receive nonforfeitable dividends. These share-based payment awards are deemed to be participating securities. As a result, earnings per share is calculated under the “two-class” method. The “two-class” method is an earnings allocation method under which earnings per share is calculated for each class of common stock and participating security considering both dividends declared (or accumulated) and participation rights in undistributed earnings as if all such earnings had been distributed during the period.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

All derivative financial instruments, whether designated for hedge accounting or not, are reported at their fair value on our consolidated balance sheets as either assets or liabilities. We report derivatives in a gain position, or derivative assets, in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets. We report derivatives in a loss position, or derivative liabilities, in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities. We report derivative asset and liability amounts on a gross basis based on individual contracts, which does not take into consideration the effects of master counterparty netting agreements or collateral netting. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for additional detail on the accounting for derivative instruments, including those designated as a qualifying accounting hedge.

Fair Value

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). The fair value accounting guidance provides a three-level fair value hierarchy for classifying financial instruments. This hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Fair value measurement of a financial asset or liability is assigned to a level based on the lowest

 

155


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

 

Level 1:

   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 

Level 2:

   Observable market-based inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 

Level 3:

   Unobservable inputs

The accounting guidance for fair value requires that we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in determining fair value. Accounting guidance provides for the irrevocable option to elect, on a contract-by-contract basis, to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value at inception of the contract and record any subsequent changes in fair value into earnings. We have not made any material fair value option elections as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011. See “Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments” for additional information.

Accounting for Acquisitions

We account for acquisitions in accordance with the accounting guidance for business combinations. Under the guidance for business combinations, the accounting differs depending on whether the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business. A business is considered to be an integrated set of activities and assets that is capable of being conducted and managed for the purpose of providing economic benefits directly to investors or other owners, members, or participants. If the acquired set of activities and assets meets the definition of a business, the transaction is accounted for as a business combination. Otherwise, it is accounted for as an asset acquisition.

In a business combination, identifiable assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree are recorded at fair value as of the acquisition date, with limited exceptions. Transaction costs and costs to restructure the acquired company are generally expensed as incurred. Goodwill is recognized as the excess of the acquisition price over the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired. Likewise, if the fair value of the net assets acquired is greater than the acquisition price, a bargain purchase gain is recognized and recorded in non-interest income. The operating results of the acquired business are reflected in our consolidated financial statements subsequent to the date of the merger or acquisition. In an asset acquisition, the assets acquired are recorded at the purchase price plus any transaction costs incurred. Goodwill is not recognized in an asset acquisition.

Accounting Standards Adopted in 2012

Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution

In October 2012, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued guidance explaining how to account for the subsequent decrease in cash flows associated with an indemnification asset arising from a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. Although we have not participated in a government-assisted acquisition, we have applied this guidance, by analogy, to indemnification assets recognized in conjunction with other business combinations. The guidance explains that any subsequent decrease in cash flows associated with an indemnification asset should be amortized over the shorter of the life of the covered loans or

 

156


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the remaining contractual life of the indemnification agreement. The guidance is effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The guidance will be applied prospectively to existing indemnification assets as well as to those that arise from future business combinations. We elected to early adopt the guidance and began amortizing the decrease in cash flows associated with existing indemnification assets as of December 31, 2012.

Goodwill Impairment

In September 2011, the FASB issued guidance that is intended to simplify goodwill impairment testing by providing entities with the option to first assess qualitatively whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative analysis currently required. If an entity chooses to perform a qualitative assessment and determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the quantitative two-step goodwill impairment test is required. Otherwise, goodwill is deemed to be not impaired and no further analysis would be necessary. The amended goodwill impairment guidance does not affect the manner in which a company estimates fair value. The amended guidance was effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. We adopted the amended guidance on January 1, 2012. We had $13.9 billion in goodwill as of December 31, 2012, the value of which was not affected by the adoption of this standard.

Presentation of Comprehensive Income

In June 2011, the FASB issued new accounting guidance that revises the manner in which comprehensive income is required to be presented in financial statements. The new guidance requires companies to present the components of net income and other comprehensive income either as one continuous statement or as two consecutive statements. The guidance eliminates the option to present components of other comprehensive income in the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity. It does not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income. The guidance requires retrospective application and was effective for interim and annual periods beginning on or after December 15, 2011. We adopted the guidance in the first quarter of 2012 and elected to present other comprehensive income in a separate statement immediately following our consolidated statements of income. Our adoption of the guidance had no effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity since it impacts presentation only.

Fair Value Measurement: Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”)

In May 2011, the FASB issued amended guidance on fair value that is intended to provide a converged fair value framework for U.S. GAAP and IFRS. While the amended guidance continues to define fair value as an exit price, it changes some fair value measurement principles and expands the existing disclosure requirements for fair value measurements. The amended guidance was effective for public entities during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption prohibited. The new guidance requires prospective application and disclosure in the period of adoption of the change, if any, in valuation techniques and related inputs resulting from application of the amendments and quantification of the total effect, if practicable. We adopted the amended guidance in the first quarter of 2012. The change in fair value measurement principles did not result in any changes to the fair value of our assets or liabilities carried at fair value and thus, had no effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity. The new disclosures required by the amended guidance are included in “Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

 

157


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Transfers and Servicing: Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements

In April 2011, the FASB issued an amendment to the guidance for transfers and servicing with regard to repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. This amendment removes the criterion related to collateral maintenance from the transferor’s assessment of effective control. It focuses the assessment of effective control on the transferor’s rights and obligations with respect to the transferred financial assets and not on whether the transferor has the practical ability to perform in accordance with those rights or obligations. Our adoption of the amended guidance on January 1, 2012 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Issued but Not Yet Adopted Accounting Standards

Comprehensive Income: Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

In February 2013, the FASB issued new guidance requiring an entity to report the effect of significant reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in net income if the amount being reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in its entirety to net income. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income in the same reporting period, an entity is required to cross-reference other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The new guidance does not change the items which must be reported in other comprehensive income, how such items are measured or when they must be reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income. The information must be presented either on the face of the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income or in the notes. The guidance is effective for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. Our adoption of the guidance on January 1, 2013 will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity since it impacts disclosures only.

Offsetting Financial Assets and Liabilities

In December 2011, the FASB issued guidance intended to enhance current disclosure requirements on offsetting financial assets and liabilities. The new disclosures will enable financial statement users to compare balance sheets prepared under U.S. GAAP and IFRS, which are subject to different offsetting models. Upon adoption, entities will be required to disclose both gross and net information about instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the balance sheet as well as instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The disclosures will be required irrespective of whether such instruments are presented gross or net on the balance sheet. The guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, with comparative retrospective disclosures required for all periods presented. Our adoption of the guidance will have no effect on our financial condition, results of operations or liquidity since it impacts disclosures only.

 

158


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

NOTE 2—ACQUISITIONS

 

We regularly explore opportunities to enter into strategic partnership agreements or acquire financial services companies and businesses to expand our distribution channels and grow our customer base. We may structure these transactions with both an initial payment and subsequent contingent payments tied to future financial performance. In some partnership agreements, we may enter into collaborative risk-sharing arrangements that provide for revenue and loss sharing.

2012 Acquisitions

ING Direct

On June 16, 2011, we entered into a purchase and sale agreement with the ING Sellers, under which we would acquire ING Direct. On February 17, 2012, we closed the acquisition of ING Direct, which included (i) the acquisition of all the equity interests of ING Bank, fsb (ii) the acquisition of all equity interests of each of WS Realty LLC and ING Direct Community Development LLC and (iii) the acquisition of certain other assets and the assumption of certain other liabilities of ING Direct Bancorp. Headquartered in Wilmington, Delaware, ING Direct was the largest direct bank in the United States. The ING Direct acquisition strengthened our customer franchise and added over seven million customers and approximately $84.4 billion in deposits to our Consumer Banking segment.

The aggregate consideration paid by us in the ING Direct acquisition was approximately $6.3 billion in cash and 54,028,086 shares of Capital One common stock with a fair value of approximately $2.6 billion as of the acquisition date. We used current liquidity sources as well as proceeds from public debt and equity offerings described below to fund the cash consideration.

In the third quarter of 2011, we closed a public offering of four different series of our senior notes for total cash proceeds of approximately $3.0 billion and a public underwritten offering of 40 million shares of our common stock, subject to forward sale agreements. We settled the forward sale agreements entirely by physical delivery of shares of common stock in exchange for cash proceeds from the forward purchasers of approximately $1.9 billion on February 16, 2012.

We also incurred transaction costs related to the ING Direct acquisition totaling $63 million as of December 31, 2012, of which $38 million was recognized in 2012 and reported in our consolidated statement of income as a component of non-interest expense. These transaction costs do not include other merger-related expenses, such as integration costs.

 

159


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Accounting for ING Direct Acquisition

The ING Direct acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that we allocate the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes our allocation of the ING Direct acquisition purchase price to the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed as well as the cash and non-cash consideration included in the consolidated statement of cash flows.

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Fair Value  

Purchase price:

  

Cash

   $ 6,321   

Fair value of Capital One common stock issued as non-cash consideration (54,028,086 shares)

     2,638   
  

 

 

 

Aggregate consideration transferred

   $ 8,959   
  

 

 

 

Allocation of purchase price to net assets acquired:

  

Assets:

  

Cash and due from banks

   $ 20,061   

Investments

     30,237   

Loans held for investment

     40,042   

Loans held for sale

     367   

Premises and equipment

     245   

Accrued interest receivable (1)

     170   

Identifiable intangible assets

     358   

Other assets (2)

     2,854   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     94,334   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Interest payable

     31   

Interest-bearing deposits

     84,410   

Other borrowings

     6   

Other liabilities (3)

     334   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     84,781   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     9,553   
  

 

 

 

Bargain purchase gain

   $ 594   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes $79 million of accrued interest receivable attributable to loans held for investment.

(2)  

Other assets include $801 million of deferred tax assets, net of a valuation allowance of $8 million, as of the acquisition date.

(3)  

Other liabilities include $181 million of deferred tax liabilities as of the acquisition date.

At acquisition, the fair value of the net assets acquired from ING Direct of $9.6 billion exceeded the purchase price of $9.0 billion, resulting in the recognition of a bargain purchase gain of $594 million, which was reported as a component of non-interest income on our consolidated statement of income for the first quarter of 2012. A substantial portion of the assets acquired from ING Direct were mortgage-related assets, which generally decrease in value as interest rates rise and increase in value as interest rates fall. The bargain purchase gain was driven largely by a substantial decline in long-term interest rates between the period shortly after our announcement of the ING Direct acquisition and its closing, which resulted in an increase in the fair value of the acquired mortgage assets and the overall net fair value of assets acquired. Further, the purchase and sale agreement did not include a mechanism to adjust the purchase price to reflect the increase to the fair value of the net assets acquired.

 

160


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

2012 U.S. Card Acquisition

On May 1, 2012, we completed the previously announced acquisition of assets and assumption of liabilities of the credit card and private label credit card business in the United States (other than the HSBC Bank USA, National Association consumer credit card program and certain other retained assets and liabilities) of HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Technology & Services (USA) Inc. (collectively, the “HSBC Sellers”), pursuant to the Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2011 by and among Capital One and each of the HSBC Sellers (the “2012 U.S. card acquisition”). We acquired approximately $28.3 billion of outstanding credit card receivables as well as $327 million in other net assets in exchange for consideration of approximately $31.1 billion in cash to the HSBC Sellers, net of a $252 million receivable. We financed the acquisition through a combination of existing cash, cash acquired from the ING Direct acquisition, the sale of securities held as available-for-sale, as well as the public debt and equity offerings described below. The 2012 U.S. card acquisition enhanced the existing franchise and scale in the Domestic Card business and accelerated our achievement of a leading position in retail credit card partnerships.

In the first quarter of 2012, we closed a public offering of 24,442,706 shares of our common stock which we sold to the underwriters at a per share price of $51.14 for net proceeds of approximately $1.25 billion. In addition, we issued $1.25 billion of our senior notes due 2015 in a public offering which also closed in the first quarter for net proceeds of approximately $1.25 billion. Direct costs of approximately $2 million paid to third parties in connection with this debt issuance were capitalized as deferred charges in the balance sheet and are amortized over the term of the debt as a component of interest expense using the effective interest method.

We also incurred transaction costs related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition totaling $43 million as of December 31, 2012 of which all but $3 million was recognized and reported in our 2012 consolidated statement of income as a component of non-interest expense. These costs do not include other merger-related expenses such as integration costs.

Accounting for the 2012 U.S. Card Acquisition

The 2012 U.S. card acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, which requires, among other things, that we allocate the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their fair values as of the acquisition date. The following table summarizes the final accounting for the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, which is based on fair value assessments recorded in the second quarter along with fair value adjustments recorded during the measurement period. Adjustments recorded through the end of the measurement period on September 30, 2012 resulted in the following: a $21 million decrease in other assets, a net decrease of $1 million in intangible assets and a net $10 million increase in other liabilities. Together, these adjustments resulted in an increase of $32 million to the preliminary goodwill recognized as of the acquisition date.

As presented below, the purchase price of assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeded the fair value of these items and resulted in the recognition of $304 million of goodwill which was assigned to our Credit Card segment. Goodwill resulted from expertise gained through an enhanced retail partnership business as well as economies of scale obtained through infrastructure enhancements and additions to our current staff. For tax reporting purposes, the 2012 U.S. card acquisition was treated as a taxable purchase of assets. As such, the total amount of goodwill recognized is amortizable for tax purposes over 15 years.

 

161


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Fair Value  

Purchase price:

  

Cash

   $ 31,343   

Receivable due from HSBC

     (252 )
  

 

 

 

Total consideration transferred

   $ 31,091   
  

 

 

 

Allocation of purchase price to net assets acquired:

  

Assets:

  

Loans receivable (1)

   $ 28,234   

Other assets

     357   

Premises and equipment

     502   

Intangible assets

     2,212   
  

 

 

 

Total assets

     31,305   
  

 

 

 

Liabilities:

  

Other liabilities

     518   
  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     518   
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

     30,787   
  

 

 

 

Goodwill

   $ 304   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Loans receivable includes the fair value of unpaid principal balances of loans, the associated accrued interest and balances in certain loan settlement accounts.

ING Direct and the 2012 U.S. Card Acquisition Results

Our results for 2012 include the operations of ING Direct from the acquisition date of February 17, 2012, through December 31, 2012 and the operations of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition business from the acquisition date of May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012.

The tables below present the estimated impact of the ING Direct acquisition and the 2012 U.S. card acquisition on our revenue and income from continuing operations, net of tax for 2012. These amounts do not include certain corporate expenses, transaction costs, or merger-related expenses that resulted from the two acquisitions and are therefore not representative of the actual results of the operations of these businesses on a stand-alone basis. We continue to integrate these businesses into our existing operations, and throughout the year, it has become more challenging to separately identify and estimate these operating results. During the fourth quarter of this year, we merged ING Bank, fsb into CONA with CONA surviving the merger. As a result, stand-alone financial statements for the ING Direct legal entity are not available for the annual period ending December 31, 2012.

The results provided in the table below are based upon actual results for the ING Bank, fsb legal entity prior to its merger into CONA, as well as estimates of actual ING Direct operating results following the merger. The 2012 U.S. card acquisition did not involve the acquisition of an entire legal entity and stand-alone income statements were not available for all periods presented in the pro forma disclosures. To determine the amounts provided below, we relied on historical HSBC management reports as well as our own internal reports prepared following the acquisition. Also included in the combined pro forma results are adjustments to reflect the impact of amortizing certain purchase accounting adjustments, such as the amortization of intangible assets and the accretion of interest income on certain acquired loans. The table also includes condensed pro forma information on our combined results of operations as they may have appeared assuming the ING Direct acquisition and 2012 U.S. card acquisition had been completed on January 1, 2011. Because the bargain purchase gain recognized in

 

162


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

the ING Direct acquisition is a nonrecurring item, it is excluded from the pro forma results to present the information on a more comparative basis.

The pro forma condensed combined financial information is presented for illustrative purposes only and does not indicate the actual combined financial results had the closing of the ING Direct acquisition or the 2012 U.S. card acquisition been completed on January 1, 2011 nor does it reflect the benefits obtained through the integration of business operations realized since acquisition. Furthermore, the information is not indicative of the results of operations in future periods. The pro forma condensed combined financial information does not reflect the impact of possible business model changes nor does it consider any potential impacts of market conditions, expense efficiencies or other factors.

 

     ING Direct
Impact
     HSBC
Impact
    Condensed
Combined
Pro Forma
Results
 
     From February 17,
2012 through
    

From May 1,

2012 through

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 

(Dollars in millions)

   December 31, 2012      December 31, 2012     2012      2011  

Revenue (1)

   $                     1,754       $                     3,186      $ 24,910       $ 26,265   

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     334         (377     3,211         4,596   

 

(1)  

The amounts reported consist of gross interest income and gross non-interest income. Net revenue for ING Direct was $1.2 billion from acquisition on February 17, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Net revenue for HSBC was $2.9 billion from acquisition on May 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012. Net revenue includes interest income, non-interest income and interest expense.

 

 

NOTE 3—DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

 

Shutdown of Mortgage Origination Operations of our Wholesale Mortgage Banking Unit

In the third quarter of 2007, we closed the mortgage origination operations of our wholesale mortgage banking unit, GreenPoint, which was acquired by us in December 2006 as part of the North Fork acquisition. The results of the wholesale banking unit have been accounted for as a discontinued operation and are therefore not included in our results from continuing operations in 2012, 2011 and 2010. We have no significant continuing involvement in these operations.

The following table summarizes the results from discontinued operations related to the closure of our wholesale mortgage banking unit:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Net interest expense

   $ 0      $ 0      $ (1 )

Non-interest expense, net

     (343 )     (168 )     (475 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations before tax

     (343 )     (168 )     (476 )

Income tax benefit

     (126     (62     (169
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   $ (217 )   $ (106 )   $ (307 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

163


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The loss from discontinued operations includes an expense of $307 million ($194 million net of tax), $169 million ($120 million net of tax), and $432 million ($304 million net of tax) in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, attributable to provisions for mortgage loan repurchase losses related to representations and warranties provided on loans previously sold to third parties by the wholesale mortgage banking unit. See “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” for further details.

The discontinued mortgage origination operations of our wholesale mortgage banking unit had remaining assets, which consisted primarily of income tax receivables, of $309 million and $304 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Liabilities totaled $644 million and $680 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, consisting primarily of reserves for representations and warranties on loans previously sold to third parties.

 

 

NOTE 4—INVESTMENT SECURITIES

 

Our portfolio of investment securities available for sale, which had a fair value of $64.0 billion and $38.8 billion as of December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively, consisted primarily of the following: U.S. Treasury and U.S. agency debt obligations; agency and non-agency mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”); other asset-backed securities, and other investments. Based on fair value, investments in U.S. Treasury, agency securities and other securities explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government represented 77% of our total investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Securities at Amortized Cost and Fair Value

Substantially all of our investment securities were classified as available for sale as of December 31, 2012 and reported in our consolidated balance sheets at fair value. In 2012, we purchased $9 million of securities that we designated as held to maturity. These securities are included in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets.

The following tables present the amortized cost, fair value and corresponding gross unrealized gains (losses), by major security type, for our investment securities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The gross unrealized gains (losses) related to our available-for-sale investment securities are recorded, net of tax, as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

 

164


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Amortized
Cost
    Total
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses-
OTTI (1)
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses-
Other (2)
    Total
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

  $ 1,548      $ 4      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 1,552   

U.S. agency debt obligations (3)

    1,304        12        0        (2     (2     1,314   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”):

           

Agency (4)

    39,408        652        0        (58 )     (58 )     40,002   

Non-agency

    3,607        312        (38 )     (10 )     (48 )     3,871   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RMBS

    43,015        964        (38 )     (68 )     (106 )     43,873   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”):

           

Agency (4)

    6,045        103        0        (4     (4     6,144   

Non-agency

    1,425        62        0        (2     (2     1,485   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total CMBS

    7,470        165        0        (6     (6     7,629   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (5)

    8,393        70        0        (5 )     (5 )     8,458   

Other (6)

    1,120        34        0        (1 )     (1 )     1,153   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $ 62,850      $ 1,249      $ (38 )   $ (82 )   $ (120 )   $ 63,979   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Amortized
Cost
    Total
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses-
OTTI (1)
    Gross
Unrealized
Losses-
Other (2)
    Total
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair
Value
 

Securities available for sale:

           

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

  $ 115      $ 9      $ 0      $ 0      $ 0      $ 124   

U.S. agency debt obligations (3)

    131        7        0        0        0        138   

Residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”):

           

Agency (4)

    24,980        539        0        (31 )     (31 )     25,488   

Non-agency

    1,340        1        (170 )     (9 )     (179 )     1,162   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RMBS

    26,320        540        (170 )     (40 )     (210 )     26,650   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”):

           

Agency (4)

    697        14        0        0        0        711   

Non-agency

    459        17        0        0        0        476   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total CMBS

    1,156        31        0        0        0        1,187   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other asset-backed securities (“ABS”) (5)

    10,119        45        0        (14 )     (14 )     10,150   

Other (6)

    462        51        0        (3 )     (3 )     510   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $ 38,303      $ 683      $ (170 )   $ (57 )   $ (227 )   $ 38,759   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents the amount of cumulative non-credit other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) losses recorded in AOCI. These losses are included in total gross unrealized losses.

 

165


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(2)  

Represents the amount of cumulative gross unrealized losses on securities for which we have not recognized OTTI.

(3)  

Includes debt securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac with an amortized cost of $300 million and $130 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and fair value of $302 million and $137 as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The remaining balance consists of debt explicitly or implicitly guaranteed by the U.S. Government.

(4)  

Includes Mortgage-backed Securities (“MBS”) issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae, each of which individually exceeded 10% of our stockholders’ equity as of the end of each reported period. Fannie Mae MBS had an amortized cost of $22.9 billion and $12.3 billion as of December 31, 2012, and 2011, respectively, and a fair value of $23.2 billion and $12.6 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Freddie Mac MBS had an amortized cost of $12.6 billion and $8.9 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and a fair value of $12.9 billion and $9.1 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Ginnie Mae MBS had an amortized cost of $9.9 billion and $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and a fair value of $10.0 billion and $4.5 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

(5)  

This portfolio was collateralized by approximately 64% credit card loans, 18% auto dealer floor plan inventory loans and leases, 6% auto loans, 1% student loans, 5% equipment loans, 2% commercial paper, and 4% other as of December 31, 2012. In comparison, the distribution was approximately 75% credit card loans, 11% auto dealer floor plan inventory loans and leases, 6% auto loans, 4% student loans, 2% equipment loans, and 2% other as of December 31, 2011. Approximately 82% of the securities in our other asset-backed security portfolio were rated AAA or its equivalent as of December 31, 2012, compared with 86% as of December 31, 2011.

(6)  

Includes foreign government/agency bonds, covered bonds, municipal securities and equity investments primarily related to CRA activities

Securities Available for Sale in a Gross Unrealized Loss Position

The table below provides, by major security type, information about our available-for-sale investment securities in a gross unrealized loss position and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

   Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

Securities available for sale:

               

US Treasury Obligations

   $ 371       $ (2 )   $ 0       $ 0     $ 371       $ (2 )

RMBS:

               

Agency (1)

     8,720         (46 )     884         (12 )     9,604         (58 )

Non-agency

     196         (19 )     471         (29 )     667         (48 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RMBS

     8,916         (65 )     1,355         (41 )     10,271         (106 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CMBS:

               

Agency (1)

     1,009         (4 )     0         0        1,009         (4 )

Non-agency

     201         (2 )     0         0        201         (2 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CMBS

     1,210         (6     0         0        1,210         (6 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

ABS

     1,102         (4 )     99         (1 )     1,201         (5 )

Other

     103         0        13         (1 )     116         (1 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale in a gross unrealized loss position

   $ 11,702       $ (77 )   $ 1,467       $ (43 )   $ 13,169       $ (120 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

166


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Less than 12 Months     12 Months or Longer     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

   Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
    Fair Value      Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

Securities available for sale:

               

RMBS:

               

Agency (1)

   $ 4,731       $ (30 )   $ 334       $ (1 )   $ 5,065       $ (31 )

Non-agency

     151         (17 )     986         (162 )     1,137         (179 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total RMBS

     4,882         (47 )     1,320         (163 )     6,202         (210 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

CMBS:

               

Agency (1)

     100         0        0         0        100         0   

Non-agency

     67         0        0         0        67         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total CMBS

     167         0        0         0        167         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

ABS

     2,084         (11 )     81         (3 )     2,165         (14 )

Other

     198         0        85         (3 )     283         (3 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale in a gross unrealized loss position

   $ 7,331       $ (58 )   $ 1,486       $ (169 )   $ 8,817       $ (227 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Consists of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.

The gross unrealized losses on our available-for-sale securities investment of $120 million as of December 31, 2012 relate to 532 individual securities. Our investments in non-agency MBS and non-agency asset-backed securities accounted for $55 million, or 46%, of total gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2012. Of the $120 million gross unrealized losses as of December 31, 2012, $43 million related to investment securities that had been in a loss position for more than 12 months. As discussed in more detail below, we conduct periodic reviews of all investment securities with unrealized losses to assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. Based on our assessments, we have recorded OTTI for a portion of our non-agency residential MBS, which is discussed in more detail in the Other-than-temporary impairment section of this footnote.

Maturities and Yields of Securities Available for Sale

The following table summarizes the remaining scheduled contractual maturities, assuming no prepayments, of our investment securities as of December 31, 2012:

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amortized
Cost
     Fair Value  

Due in 1 year or less

   $ 2,464       $ 2,471   

Due after 1 year through 5 years

     7,002         7,037   

Due after 5 years through 10 years

     4,674         4,756   

Due after 10 years (1)

     48,710         49,715   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 62,850       $ 63,979   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Investments with no stated maturities, which consist of equity securities, are included with contractual maturities due after 10 years.

 

167


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay certain obligations, the expected maturities of our securities are likely to differ from the scheduled contractual maturities presented above. The table below summarizes, by major security type, the expected maturities and the weighted average yields of our investment securities as of December 31, 2012. Actual calls or prepayment rates may differ from our estimates, which may cause the actual maturities of our investment securities to differ from the expected maturities presented below.

 

    December 31, 2012  
    Due in 1 Year
or Less
    Due > 1 Year
through
5 Years
    Due > 5 Years
through
10 Years
    Due > 10 Years     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

  Amount     Average
Yield (1)
    Amount     Average
Yield (1)
    Amount     Average
Yield (1)
    Amount     Average
Yield (1)
    Amount     Average
Yield (1)
 

Fair value of securities available for sale:

                   

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

  $ 702        0.21 %   $ 850        0.50 %   $ 0        0 %   $ 0        0 %   $ 1,552        0.37 %

U.S. agency debt obligations (2)

    103        4.59        66        2.32        1,131        1.75        14        3.48        1,314        2.01   

RMBS:

                   

Agency (3)

    1,539        2.93        22,350        2.77        15,787        2.58        326        3.13        40,002        2.70   

Non-agency

    87        8.52        1,720        7.76        1,922        7.98        142        7.68        3,871        7.88   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total RMBS

    1,626        3.22        24,070        3.11        17,709        3.13        468        4.54        43,873        3.14  

CMBS:

                   

Agency (3)

    94        1.60        3,686        1.84        2,356        2.31        8        6.85        6,144        2.02   

Non-agency

    305        3.73        279        3.47        901        3.22        0        0        1,485        3.38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total CMBS

    399        3.23        3,965        1.95        3,257        2.55        8        6.85        7,629        2.28   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

ABS

    2,082        1.41        5,525        1.15        755        2.23        96        6.84        8,458        1.37   

Other (4)

    455        0.71        495        1.55        76        2.35        127        0.04        1,153        1.13   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

  $ 5,367        1.94 %   $ 34,971        2.58 %   $ 22,928        2.95 %   $ 713        4.17 %   $ 63,979        2.67 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortized cost of securities available-for-sale

  $ 5,358        $ 34,318        $ 22,506        $ 668        $ 62,850     
 

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

(1)  

Yields are calculated based on the amortized cost of each security.

(2)  

Consists of debt securities issued by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and other investments which are implicitly or explicitly guaranteed by the U.S. government.

(3)  

Consists of mortgage-backed securities issued by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Ginnie Mae.

(4)  

Yields of tax-exempt securities are calculated on a fully taxable-equivalent (“FTE”) basis.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment

We evaluate all securities in an unrealized loss position at least quarterly, and more often as market conditions require, to assess whether the impairment is other-than-temporary. Our OTTI assessment is a subjective process requiring the use of judgments and assumptions. Accordingly, we consider a number of qualitative and quantitative criteria in our assessment, including the extent and duration of the impairment; recent events specific to the issuer and/or industry to which the issuer belongs; the payment structure of the security; external credit ratings and the failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments; the value of underlying collateral; our intent and ability to hold the security; and current market conditions.

 

168


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We assess, measure and recognize OTTI in accordance with the accounting guidance for recognition and presentation of OTTI. Under this guidance, if we determine that impairment on our debt securities is other-than-temporary and we have made the decision to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of its amortized cost basis, we recognize the entire portion of the impairment in earnings. If we have not made a decision to sell the security and we do not expect that we will be required to sell the security prior to recovery of the amortized cost basis, we recognize only the credit component of OTTI in earnings. The remaining unrealized loss due to factors other than credit, or the non-credit component, is recorded in AOCI. We determine the credit component based on the difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and the present value of its expected future cash flows, discounted based on the effective yield. The non-credit component represents the difference between the security’s fair value and the present value of expected future cash flows.

The following table summarizes other-than-temporary impairment losses on debt securities recognized in earnings for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011     2010  (1)  

Total OTTI losses

   $ 38       $ 131      $ 128   

Portion of other-than-temporary losses recorded in AOCI (2)

     14         (110 )     (63 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net OTTI losses recognized in earnings

   $ 52       $ 21      $ 65   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

We recognized $36 million of OTTI losses in earnings for securities sold during 2010.

(2)  

In 2012, based on our ongoing OTTI assessments, we determined that the projected cash flows on certain acquired investment securities were less than their initial fair value at acquisition and the difference was therefore recognized in earnings.

As indicated in the table above, we recorded net OTTI in earnings totaling $52 million, $21 million and $65 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The cumulative non-credit related portion of OTTI on these securities recorded in AOCI totaled $9 million and $170 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We estimate the portion of losses attributable to credit using a discounted cash flow model and we estimate the expected cash flows from the underlying collateral using industry-standard third-party modeling tools. These tools take into consideration security specific delinquencies, product specific delinquency roll rates and expected severities. Key assumptions used in estimating the expected cash flows include default rates, loss severity and prepayment rates. Assumptions used can vary widely based on the collateral underlying the securities and are influenced by factors such as collateral type, loan interest rate, geographical location of the borrower, and borrower characteristics.

We believe the gross unrealized losses related to securities for which we have not recognized an OTTI on of $82 million and $57 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, are attributable to issuer specific credit spreads and changes in market interest rates and asset spreads. Therefore, we currently do not expect to incur credit losses related to these securities. In addition, we have no intent to sell these securities with unrealized losses and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities prior to recovery of their amortized cost. Accordingly, we have concluded that the impairment on these securities is not other-than-temporary.

 

169


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below presents activity for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, related to the credit component of OTTI recognized in earnings on investment debt securities:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011     2010  

Credit loss component, beginning of period

   $ 68       $ 49      $ 32   

Additions:

       

Initial credit impairment

     22         3        12   

Subsequent credit impairment

     30         18        17   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total additions

     52         21        29   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reductions:

       

Sales of credit-impaired securities

     0         (2 )     (4 )

Change in intent to sell or requirement to sell

     0         0        (8 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total reductions

     0         (2 )     (12 )
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

   $ 120       $ 68      $ 49   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

AOCI Related to Securities Available for Sale

The table below presents the changes in AOCI, net of tax, related to our available-for-sale securities. The net unrealized gains (losses) represent the fair value adjustments recorded on available-for-sale securities, net of tax, during the period. The net reclassification adjustment for net realized losses (gains) represents the amount of those fair value adjustments, net of tax, that were recognized in earnings due to the sale of an available-for-sale security.

 

     Year Ended
December 31,  2012
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Tax     After
Tax
 

Beginning balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $ 456      $ 170      $ 286   

Net unrealized gains

     718        273        445   

Net realized losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI into earnings

     (45 )     (17 )     (28 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $ 1,129      $ 426      $ 703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended
December 31, 2011
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Tax     After
Tax
 

Beginning balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $ 572      $ 203      $ 369   

Net unrealized gains

     64        31        33   

Net realized losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI into earnings

     (180 )     (64 )     (116 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $ 456      $ 170      $ 286   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

170


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended
December 31, 2010
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Tax     After
Tax
 

Beginning balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $      288      $    102      $      186   

Net unrealized gains

     343        122        221   

Net realized losses (gains) reclassified from AOCI into earnings

     (59 )     (21 )     (38 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance AOCI related to securities available for sale

   $ 572      $ 203      $ 369   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Realized Gains and Losses on Securities Available for Sale

The following table presents the gross realized gains and losses on the sale and redemption of available-for-sale securities recognized in earnings in 2012, 2011 and 2010. The gross realized investment losses presented below exclude credit losses recognized in earnings attributable to OTTI. We also present the proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale investment securities for the periods presented. We sold approximately $16.9 billion of investment securities, consisting predominantly of agency MBS, during the year ended December 31, 2012. We recorded a net realized gain of $45 million on the sale of these securities.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011      2010  

Gross realized investment gains

   $ 56      $ 259       $ 141   

Gross realized investment losses

     (11 )     0         0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net realized gains

   $ 45      $ 259       $ 141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total proceeds from sales

   $ 16,894      $ 9,169       $ 12,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Securities Pledged

As part of our liquidity management strategy, we pledge securities to secure borrowings from counterparties including the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”) and the Federal Reserve Bank. We also pledge securities to secure trust and public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law. We pledged securities with a fair value of $13.8 billion and $8.8 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, primarily related to FHLB transaction and Public Fund deposits. We accepted securities with a fair value of $238 million and $4 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, primarily related to our derivative transactions in 2012 and secured borrowings transactions in 2011.

Securities Acquired

In connection with the February 17, 2012 acquisition of ING Direct, we acquired investments in debt securities that had a fair value of $30.2 billion at acquisition. We concluded that certain of these securities, which had an estimated fair value of $2.9 billion and contractually required principal and interest payments of $5.6 billion at acquisition, were credit-impaired because there was evidence of credit deterioration and it was probable that we would not collect all contractually required principal and interest payments due.

In accounting for acquired credit-impaired debt securities, we first determine the contractually required payments due, which represent the total undiscounted amount of all uncollected principal and interest payments, adjusted for the effect of estimated prepayments. We then estimate the undiscounted cash flows we expect to collect. The difference between the contractually required payments due and the cash flows we expect to collect at

 

171


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

acquisition, considering the impact of prepayments, is referred to as the nonaccretable difference. The nonaccretable difference, which is neither accreted into income nor recorded on our consolidated balance sheet, reflects estimated future credit losses expected to be incurred over the life of the security. The excess of cash flows expected to be collected over the estimated fair value of credit-impaired debt securities at acquisition is referred to as the accretable yield, which is accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the security using the effective interest method.

Subsequent to acquisition, we complete quarterly evaluations of expected cash flows. Decreases in expected cash flows attributable to credit result in the recognition of other-than-temporary impairment. Increases in expected cash flows are recognized prospectively over the remaining life of the security as an adjustment to the accretable yield.

In accounting for the acquired investments in debt securities that we did not consider to be credit impaired at acquisition, any premium or discount at acquisition is recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the security using the effective interest method.

Initial Fair Value and Accretable Yield of Acquired Credit-Impaired Investment Debt Securities

The table below displays the contractually required principal and interest cash flows expected to be collected and the fair value, at acquisition, of the acquired ING Direct credit-impaired investment debt securities. The table also displays the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield at acquisition.

At Acquisition on February 17, 2012

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Purchased
Credit-Impaired
Securities
 

Contractually outstanding principal and interest at acquisition

   $ 5,646   

Less: Nonaccretable difference (expected principal losses of $1.1 billion and foregone interest of $157 million)

     (1,260 )
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition (1)

     4,386   

Less: Accretable yield

     (1,474 )
  

 

 

 

Fair value of securities acquired

   $ 2,912   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents undiscounted expected principal and interest cash flows at acquisition.

Outstanding Balance and Carrying Value of Acquired Securities

The table below presents the outstanding contractual balance and the carrying value of the acquired credit-impaired investment debt securities as of December 31, 2012:

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Purchased
Credit-Impaired
Securities
 

Contractual principal and interest

   $ 5,242   
  

 

 

 

Carrying value

   $ 2,585   
  

 

 

 

 

172


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Changes in Accretable Yield of Acquired Securities

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield related to the acquired credit-impaired investment debt securities:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Purchased
Credit-Impaired
Securities
 

Accretable yield prior to February 17, 2012

   $ 0   

Additions from new acquisitions (1)

     1,743   

Accretion recognized in earnings

     (202

Reductions due to disposals, transfers, and other non-credit related changes

     0   

Net reclassifications (to)/from nonaccretable difference

     (29
  

 

 

 

Accretable yield as of December 31, 2012

   $ 1,512   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)

Includes securities acquired from ING Direct as well as other securities.

 

 

NOTE 5—LOANS

 

Loan Portfolio Composition

Our total loan portfolio consists of loans we own and loans underlying our securitization trusts. Our loan portfolio consists of credit card, consumer banking and commercial banking loans. Credit card loans consist of domestic and international credit card loans as well as installment loans. Consumer banking loans consist of auto, home, and retail banking loans. Commercial banking loans consist of commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial, and small-ticket commercial real estate loans.

Loans Acquired in Business Acquisitions

Our portfolio of loans held for investment includes loans acquired in the CCB, ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. These loans were recorded at fair value as of the date of each acquisition.

Acquired Loans Accounted for Based on Expected Cash Flows

We use the term “acquired loans” to refer to a limited portion of the credit card loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition and the substantial majority of consumer and commercial loans acquired in the ING Direct and CCB acquisitions, which are accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected. Acquired loans accounted for based on expected cash flows to be collected was $37.1 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with $4.7 billion as of December 31, 2011. The increase was largely due to the acquired loans from the ING Direct acquisition.

We regularly update our estimate of the amount of expected principal and interest to be collected from these loans and evaluate the results on an aggregated pool basis for loans with common risk characteristics. Probable decreases in expected loan principal cash flows would trigger the recognition of impairment through our provision for credit losses. Probable and significant increases in expected cash flows would first reverse any previously recorded allowance for loan and lease losses established subsequent to acquisition, with any remaining increase in expected cash flows recognized prospectively in interest income over the remaining estimated life of the underlying loans. We increased the allowance and recorded a provision for credit losses of

 

173


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

$31 million for year ended December 31, 2012 related to certain pools of acquired loans. The cumulative impairment recognized on acquired loans totaled $57 million and $26 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The credit performance of the remaining pools has generally been in line with our expectations, and, in some cases, more favorable than expected, which has resulted in the reclassification of amounts from the nonaccretable difference to the accretable yield.

Loans Acquired and Accounted for Based on Contractual Cash Flows

Of the loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, there were loans of $26.2 billion designated as held for investment that had existing revolving privileges at acquisition and were, therefore, excluded from the accounting guidance applied to the acquired loans described in the paragraphs above.

These loans were recorded at a fair value of $26.9 billion, resulting in a net premium of $705 million at acquisition. Fair value was determined by discounting all expected cash flows (contractual principal, interest, finance charges and fees of $33.3 billion less those amounts not expected to be collected of $3.0 billion) at a market discount rate.

Under applicable accounting guidance, we are required to amortize the net premium of $705 million over the contractual principal amount as an adjustment to interest income over the remaining life of the loans. Given the guidance applicable to acquired revolving loans, it is necessary to record an allowance through provision expense to properly recognize an estimate of incurred losses on the existing principal balances, which represents a portion of the total amounts not expected to be collected described above. At acquisition, we recorded a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an initial allowance primarily related to these loans. The allowance was calculated using the same methodology utilized for determining the allowance for our existing credit card portfolio. The provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion is included in the total provision for credit losses of $4.4 billion recorded during 2012 as indicated in “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses.”

Excluded from the amounts above were acquired revolving loans from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition with a fair value of $471 million that we designated as held for sale at acquisition. We closed on the sale of these receivables early in the third quarter.

 

174


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below presents the composition of our held-for-investment loan portfolio, including restricted loans for securitization investors, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011  

Credit Card business:

     

Domestic credit card loans

   $ 82,328       $ 54,682   

International credit card loans

     8,614         8,466   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card loans

     90,942         63,148   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Domestic installment loans

     813         1,927   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     91,755         65,075   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer Banking business:

     

Auto

     27,123         21,779   

Home loan

     44,100         10,433   

Other retail

     3,904         4,103   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     75,127         36,315   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial Banking business: (1)

     

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     17,732         15,736   

Commercial and industrial

     19,892         17,088   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     37,624         32,824   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     1,196         1,503   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     38,820         34,327   

Other:

     

Other loans

     187         175   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total loans

   $ 205,889       $ 135,892   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes construction loans and land development loans totaling $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The significant increase in loans held for investment was attributable to the addition of $40.4 billion of loans from the ING Direct acquisition and $27.8 billion of loans classified as held for investment from the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, which was partially offset by the continued expected run-off of loans in businesses we exited or repositioned, other loan pay downs and charge-offs.

Credit Quality

We closely monitor economic conditions and loan performance trends to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Trends in delinquency ratios are an indicator, among other considerations, of credit risk within our loan portfolios. The level of nonperforming assets represents another indicator of the potential for future credit losses. Accordingly, key metrics we track and use in evaluating the credit quality of our loan portfolio include delinquency and nonperforming asset rates, as well as charge-off rates and our internal risk ratings of larger balance, commercial loans.

 

175


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes the payment status of loans in our total loan portfolio, including an aging of delinquent loans, loans 90 days or more past due continuing to accrue interest and loans classified as nonperforming. We present the information below on the credit performance of our loan portfolio, by major loan category, including key metrics that we use in tracking changes in the credit quality of each of our loan portfolios. The delinquency aging includes all past due loans, both performing and nonperforming, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Loans 90 days or more past due totaled approximately $2.3 billion and $2.0 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Loans classified as nonperforming totaled $1.1 billion as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

    December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Current     30-59
Days
    60-89
Days
    > 90
Days
    Total
Delinquent
Loans
    Acquired
Loans (1)
    Total
Loans
    > 90 Days
and
Accruing (2)
    Nonperforming
Loans (2)
 

Credit Card:

                 

Domestic credit card

  $ 79,852      $ 932      $ 659      $ 1,410      $ 3,001      $ 288      $ 83,141      $ 1,410      $ 0   

International credit card

    8,227        145        89        153        387        0        8,614        100        100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    88,079        1,077        748        1,563        3,388        288        91,755        1,510        100   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

                 

Auto

    25,057        1,341        559        149        2,049        17        27,123        0        149   

Home loan

    7,317        63        29        288        380        36,403        44,100        0        422   

Retail banking

    3,789        26        10        45        81        34        3,904        1        71   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    36,163        1,430        598        482        2,510        36,454        75,127        1        642   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    17,357        64        77        107        248        127        17,732        2        137   

Commercial and industrial

    19,525        57        3        75        135        232        19,892        14        133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    36,882        121        80        182        383        359        37,624        16        270   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    1,153        28        9        6        43        0        1,196        0        12   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    38,035        149        89        188        426        359        38,820        16        282   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

                 

Other loans

    118        8        5        23        36        33        187        0        30   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $  162,395      $  2,664      $  1,440      $  2,256      $  6,360      $  37,134      $  205,889      $  1,527      $  1,054   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total loans

    78.9 %     1.3 %     0.7 %     1.1 %     3.1 %     18.0 %     100.0 %     0.7 %     0.5 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

176


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Current     30-59
Days
    60-89
Days
    > 90
Days
    Total
Delinquent
Loans
    Acquired
Loans (1)
    Total
Loans
    > 90 Days
and
Accruing (2)
    Nonperforming
Loans (2)
 

Credit Card:

                 

Domestic credit card

  $ 54,536      $ 627      $ 445      $ 1,001      $ 2,073      $ 0      $ 56,609      $ 1,001      $ 0   

International credit card

    8,028        145        98        195        438        0        8,466        195        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    62,564        772        543        1,196        2,511        0        65,075        1,196        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer Banking:

                 

Auto

    20,128        1,075        423        106        1,604        47        21,779        0        106   

Home loan

    5,843        89        43        346        478        4,112        10,433        1        456   

Retail banking

    3,964        24        17        53        94        45        4,103        4        90   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    29,935        1,188        483        505        2,176        4,204        36,315        5        652   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial Banking:

                 

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    15,231        172        23        147        342        163        15,736        34        207   

Commercial and industrial

    16,618        63        16        73        152        318        17,088        7        125   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    31,849        235        39        220        494        481        32,824        41        332   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    1,362        98        19        24        141        0        1,503        0        40   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    33,211        333        58        244        635        481        34,327        41        372   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other:

                 

Other loans

    129        13        8        25        46        0        175        0        35   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 125,839      $ 2,306      $ 1,092      $ 1,970      $ 5,368      $ 4,685      $ 135,892      $ 1,242      $ 1,059   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

% of Total loans

    92.6 %     1.7 %     0.8 %     1.5 %     4.0 %     3.4 %     100.0 %     0.9 %     0.8 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Acquired loans include loans acquired and accounted for under the accounting guidance for loans acquired in a transfer including business combinations. These loans are subsequently accounted for based on the acquired loans’ expected cash flows. Excludes loans subsequently accounted for based on the acquired loans’ contractual cash flows.

(2)  

Acquired loans are excluded from loans reported as 90 days and still accruing interest and nonperforming loans.

Credit Card

Our credit card loan portfolio is generally highly diversified across millions of accounts and multiple geographies without significant individual exposures. We therefore generally manage credit risk on a portfolio basis. The risk in our credit card portfolio is correlated with broad economic trends, such as unemployment rates, gross domestic product (“GDP”), and home values, as well as customer liquidity, which can have a material effect on credit performance. The primary factors we assess in monitoring the credit quality and risk of our credit card portfolio are delinquency and charge-off trends, including an analysis of the migration of loans between delinquency categories over time. The table below displays the geographic profile of our credit card loan portfolio and delinquency statistics as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. We also present comparative net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 

177


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Credit Card: Risk Profile by Geographic Region and Delinquency Status

 

     December 31, 2012     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Loans      % of
Total (1)
    Acquired
Loans
     % of
Total (1)
    Total      % of
Total (1)
    Total      % of
Total (1)
 

Domestic credit card and installment loans:

                    

California

   $ 9,245         10.0 %   $ 31         0.1 %   $ 9,276         10.1 %   $ 6,410         9.9 %

Texas

     5,910         6.5        23         0.0        5,933         6.5        3,862         5.9   

New York

     5,846         6.4        23         0.0        5,869         6.4        3,737         5.7   

Florida

     4,835         5.3        17         0.0        4,852         5.3        3,382         5.2   

Illinois

     4,100         4.5        15         0.0        4,115         4.5        2,664         4.1   

Pennsylvania

     3,861         4.2        14         0.0        3,875         4.2        2,575         4.0   

Ohio

     3,351         3.6        12         0.0        3,363         3.6        2,284         3.5   

New Jersey

     3,060         3.3        10         0.0        3,070         3.3        2,162         3.3   

Michigan

     2,917         3.2        11         0.0        2,928         3.2        1,834         2.8   

Other

     39,728         43.3        132         0.2        39,860         43.5        27,699         42.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total domestic credit card and installment loans

     82,853         90.3        288         0.3        83,141         90.6        56,609         87.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

International credit card:

                    

United Kingdom

     3,678         4.0        0         0.0        3,678         4.0        3,828         5.9   

Canada

     4,936         5.4        0         0.0        4,936         5.4        4,638         7.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total international credit card

     8,614         9.4        0         0.0        8,614         9.4        8,466         13.0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card and installment loans

   $ 91,467         99.7 %   $ 288         0.3 %   $ 91,755         100.0 %   $ 65,075         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Selected credit metrics:

                    

30+ day delinquencies (2)

   $ 3,326         3.62 %   $ 62         0.07 %   $ 3,388         3.69 %   $ 2,511         3.86 %

90+ day delinquencies (2)

     1,530         1.67        33         0.03        1,563         1.70        1,196         1.84   

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Net charge-offs:

          

Domestic credit card

   $ 2,532         3.53 %   $ 2,522         4.72 %

International credit card

     412         4.98        534         6.18   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total (3)

   $ 2,944         3.68 %   $ 3,056         4.92 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Percentages by geographic region within the domestic and international credit card portfolios are calculated based on the total held-for-investment credit card loans as of the end of the reported period.

(2)  

Delinquency rates calculated by dividing delinquent credit card loans by the total balance of credit card loans held for investment as of the end of the reported period.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs by average credit card loans held for investment during 2012 and 2011.

The 30+ day delinquency rate for our entire credit card loan portfolio decreased to 3.69% as of December 31, 2012, from 3.86% as of December 31, 2011, reflecting underlying credit improvement trends.

 

178


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Consumer Banking

Our consumer banking loan portfolio consists of auto, home loan and retail banking loans. Similar to our credit card loan portfolio, the risk in our consumer banking loan portfolio is correlated with broad economic trends, such as unemployment rates, GDP, and home values, as well as customer liquidity, which can have a material effect on credit performance. Delinquency, nonperforming loans and charge-off trends are key factors we assess in monitoring the credit quality and risk of our consumer banking loan portfolio. The table below displays the geographic profile of our consumer banking loan portfolio, including acquired loans. We also present the delinquency and nonperforming loan rates of our consumer banking loan portfolio, excluding acquired loans, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and net charge-offs for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Consumer Banking: Risk Profile by Geographic Region, Delinquency Status and Performing Status

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Loans     Acquired Loans     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

   Loans      % of
Total (1)
    Loans      % of
Total (1)
    Loans      % of
Total (1)
 

Auto:

               

Texas

   $ 4,317         5.7 %   $ 0         0.0 %   $ 4,317         5.7 %

California

     2,676         3.6        0         0.0        2,676         3.6   

Florida

     1,621         2.1        0         0.0        1,621         2.1   

Louisiana

     1,504         2.0        0         0.0        1,504         2.0   

Georgia

     1,404         1.9        0         0.0        1,404         1.9   

Illinois

     1,134         1.5        0         0.0        1,134         1.5   

Ohio

     1,032         1.4        0         0.0        1,032         1.4   

Other

     13,418         17.8        17         0.1        13,435         17.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total auto

   $ 27,106         36.0 %   $ 17         0.1 %   $ 27,123         36.1 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home loan:

               

California

   $ 1,168         1.6 %   $ 9,098         12.1 %   $ 10,266         13.7 %

New York

     1,678         2.2        1,598         2.1        3,276         4.3   

Illinois

     102         0.1        2,875         3.8        2,977         3.9   

Maryland

     403         0.5        1,878         2.5        2,281         3.0   

New Jersey

     402         0.5        1,717         2.3        2,119         2.8   

Virginia

     342         0.5        1,748         2.3        2,090         2.8   

Florida

     183         0.3        1,863         2.5        2,046         2.8   

Other

     3,419         4.6        15,626         20.8        19,045         25.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home loan

   $ 7,697         10.3 %   $ 36,403         48.4 %   $ 44,100         58.7 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail banking:

               

Louisiana

   $ 1,447         1.9 %   $ 0         0.0 %   $ 1,447         1.9 %

New York

     864         1.2        0         0.0        864         1.2   

Texas

     844         1.1        0         0.0        844         1.1   

New Jersey

     312         0.4        0         0.0        312         0.4   

Maryland

     96         0.1        20         0.1        116         0.2   

Virginia

     78         0.1        9         0.0        87         0.1   

California

     47         0.1        0         0.0        47         0.1   

Other

     182         0.2        5         0.0        187         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail banking

   $ 3,870         5.1 %   $ 34         0.1 %   $ 3,904         5.2 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

   $ 38,673         51.4 %   $ 36,454         48.6 %   $ 75,127         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

179


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Auto     Home Loan     Retail Banking     Total Consumer
Banking
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Credit performance: (2)

                    

30+ day delinquencies

   $ 2,049         7.55 %   $ 380         0.86 %   $ 81         2.07 %   $ 2,510         3.34 %

90+ day delinquencies

     149         0.55        288         0.65        45         1.15        482         0.64   

Nonperforming loans

     149         0.55        422         0.96        71         1.82        642         0.85   

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Loans     Acquired Loans     Total  

(Dollars in millions)

   Loans      % of
Total (1)
    Loans      % of
Total (1)
    Loans      % of
Total (1)
 

Auto:

               

Texas

   $ 3,901         10.7 %   $ 0         0.0 %   $ 3,901         10.7 %

California

     1,837         5.1        0         0.0        1,837         5.1   

Louisiana

     1,389         3.8        0         0.0        1,389         3.8   

Florida

     1,196         3.3        0         0.0        1,196         3.3   

Georgia

     1,124         3.1        0         0.0        1,124         3.1   

Illinois

     950         2.6        0         0.0        950         2.6   

New York

     940         2.6        0         0.0        940         2.6   

Other

     10,395         28.7        47         0.1        10,442         28.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total auto

   $ 21,732         59.9 %   $ 47         0.1 %   $ 21,779         60.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Home loan:

               

New York

   $ 1,770         4.9 %   $ 276         0.8 %   $ 2,046         5.7 %

California

     768         2.1        1,128         3.1        1,896         5.2   

Louisiana

     1,528         4.2        2         0.0        1,530         4.2   

Maryland

     286         0.8        618         1.7        904         2.5   

Virginia

     206         0.6        588         1.6        794         2.2   

New Jersey

     344         0.9        235         0.6        579         1.5   

Other

     1,419         3.9        1,265         3.5        2,684         7.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total home loan

   $ 6,321         17.4 %   $ 4,112         11.3 %   $ 10,433         28.7 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Retail banking:

               

Louisiana

   $ 1,514         4.2 %   $ 0         0.0 %   $ 1,514         4.2 %

Texas

     930         2.6        0         0.0        930         2.6   

New York

     896         2.5        0         0.0        896         2.5   

New Jersey

     295         0.8        0         0.0        295         0.8   

District of Columbia

     254         0.7        7         0.0        261         0.7   

Maryland

     49         0.1        23         0.1        72         0.2   

Virginia

     30         0.1        12         0.0        42         0.1   

Other

     90         0.2        3         0.0        93         0.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total retail banking

   $ 4,058         11.2 %   $ 45         0.1 %   $ 4,103         11.3 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

   $ 32,111         88.5 %   $ 4,204         11.5 %   $ 36,315         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

180


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Auto     Home Loan     Retail Banking     Total Consumer
Banking
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Credit performance: (2)

                    

30+ day delinquencies

   $ 1,604         7.36 %   $ 478         4.58 %   $ 94         2.29 %   $ 2,176         5.99 %

90+ day delinquencies

     106         0.48        346         3.32        53         1.29        505         1.39   

Nonperforming loans

     106         0.48        456         4.37        90         2.18        652         1.79   

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Auto     Home Loan     Retail Banking     Total Consumer
Banking
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Net charge-offs (3)

   $ 414         1.66 %   $ 52         0.12 %   $ 65         1.57 %   $ 531         0.74 %

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Auto     Home Loan     Retail Banking     Total Consumer
Banking
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate     Amount      Rate  

Net charge-offs (3)

   $ 334         1.72 %   $ 77         0.68 %   $ 73         1.78 %   $ 484         1.39 %

 

(1)  

Percentages by geographic region are calculated based on the total held-for-investment consumer banking loans as of the end of the reported period.

(2)  

Credit performance statistics exclude acquired loans, which were recorded at fair value at acquisition. Although acquired loans may be contractually delinquent, we separately track these loans and do not include them in our delinquency and nonperforming loan statistics as the fair value recorded at acquisition included an estimate of credit losses expected to be realized over the remaining lives of the loans.

(3)  

Calculated by dividing net charge-offs by average loans held for investment during 2012 and 2011.

Home Loan

Our home loan portfolio consists of both first-lien and second-lien residential mortgage loans. In evaluating the credit quality and risk of our home loan portfolio, we continually monitor a variety of mortgage loan characteristics that may affect the default experience on our overall home loan portfolio, such as vintage, geographic concentrations, lien priority and product type. Certain loan concentrations have experienced higher delinquency rates as a result of the significant decline in home prices since the home price peak in 2006 and the rise in unemployment. These loan concentrations include loans originated between 2006 and 2008 in an environment of decreasing home sales, broadly declining home prices and more relaxed underwriting standards and loans on properties in Arizona, California, Florida and Nevada, which have experienced the most severe decline in home prices. The following table presents the distribution of our home loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, based on selected key risk characteristics.

 

181


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Home Loan: Risk Profile by Vintage, Geography, Lien Priority and Interest Rate Type

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Loans     Acquired Loans     Total Home Loans  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      % of
Total (1)
    Amount      % of
Total (1)
    Amount      % of
Total (1)
 

Origination year:

               

< = 2005

   $ 3,483         7.9 %   $ 4,858         11.0 %   $ 8,341         18.9 %

2006

     621         1.4        2,865         6.5        3,486         7.9   

2007

     446         1.0        6,189         14.0        6,635         15.0   

2008

     257         0.6        5,210         11.8        5,467         12.4   

2009

     167         0.4        3,438         7.8        3,605         8.2   

2010

     188         0.4        6,024         13.7        6,212         14.1   

2011

     324         0.7        6,705         15.2        7,029         15.9   

2012

     2,211         5.1        1,114         2.5        3,325         7.6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,697         17.5 %   $ 36,403         82.5 %   $ 44,100         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic concentration: (2)

               

California

   $ 1,168         2.7 %   $ 9,098         20.6 %   $ 10,266         23.3 %

New York

     1,678         3.8        1,598         3.6        3,276         7.4   

Illinois

     102         0.2        2,875         6.5        2,977         6.7   

Maryland

     403         0.9        1,878         4.3        2,281         5.2   

New Jersey

     402         0.9        1,717         3.9        2,119         4.8   

Virginia

     342         0.8        1,748         4.0        2,090         4.8   

Florida

     183         0.4        1,863         4.2        2,046         4.6   

Arizona

     95         0.2        1,828         4.1        1,923         4.3   

Washington

     113         0.3        1,766         4.0        1,879         4.3   

Colorado

     126         0.3        1,594         3.6        1,720         3.9   

Other

     3,085         7.0        10,438         23.7        13,523         30.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,697         17.5 %   $ 36,403         82.5 %   $ 44,100         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lien type:

               

1 st lien

   $ 6,502         14.8 %   $ 35,905         81.4 %   $ 42,407         96.2 %

2 nd lien

     1,195         2.7        498         1.1        1,693         3.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,697         17.5 %   $ 36,403         82.5 %   $ 44,100         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate type:

               

Fixed rate

   $ 2,534         5.8 %   $ 4,037         9.1 %   $ 6,571         14.9 %

Adjustable rate

     5,163         11.7        32,366         73.4        37,529         85.1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 7,697         17.5 %   $ 36,403         82.5 %   $ 44,100         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

182


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Loans     Acquired Loans     Total Home Loans  

(Dollars in millions)

   Amount      % of
Total (1)
    Amount      % of
Total (1)
    Amount      % of
Total (1)
 

Origination year:

               

< = 2005

   $ 4,113         39.4 %   $ 1,675         16.1 %   $ 5,788         55.5 %

2006

     699         6.7        908         8.7        1,607         15.4   

2007

     508         4.9        1,114         10.7        1,622         15.6   

2008

     243         2.3        325         3.1        568         5.4   

2009

     178         1.7        27         0.3        205         2.0   

2010

     237         2.3        49         0.4        286         2.7   

2011

     343         3.3        14         0.1        357         3.4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,321         60.6 %   $ 4,112         39.4 %   $ 10,433         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Geographic concentration: (2)

               

New York

   $ 1,770         17.0 %   $ 276         2.6 %   $ 2,046         19.6 %

California

     768         7.4        1,128         10.8        1,896         18.2   

Louisiana

     1,528         14.6        2         0.1        1,530         14.7   

Maryland

     286         2.7        618         5.9        904         8.6   

Virginia

     206         2.0        588         5.6        794         7.6   

New Jersey

     344         3.3        235         2.3        579         5.6   

Texas

     460         4.4        32         0.3        492         4.7   

Florida

     107         1.0        212         2.0        319         3.0   

District of Columbia

     69         0.7        158         1.5        227         2.2   

Connecticut

     87         0.8        76         0.7        163         1.5   

Other

     696         6.7        787         7.6        1,483         14.3   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,321         60.6 %   $ 4,112         39.4 %   $ 10,433         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Lien type:

               

1 st lien

   $ 5,194         49.8 %   $ 3,547         34.0 %   $ 8,741         83.8 %

2 nd lien

     1,127         10.8        565         5.4        1,692         16.2   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,321         60.6 %   $ 4,112         39.4 %   $ 10,433         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest rate type:

               

Fixed rate

   $ 2,627         25.2 %   $ 119         1.1 %   $ 2,746         26.3 %

Adjustable rate

     3,694         35.4        3,993         38.3        7,687         73.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,321         60.6 %   $ 4,112         39.4 %   $ 10,433         100.0 %
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Percentages within each risk category calculated based on total held-for-investment home loans.

(2)  

Represents the ten states in which we have the highest concentration of home loans.

 

183


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Commercial Banking

We evaluate the credit risk of commercial loans individually and use a risk-rating system to determine the credit quality of our commercial loans. We assign internal risk ratings to loans based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt. In determining the risk rating of a particular loan, among the factors considered are the borrower’s current financial condition, historical credit performance, projected future credit performance, prospects for support from financially responsible guarantors, the estimated realizable value of any collateral and current economic trends. The ratings scale based on our internal risk-rating system is as follows:

 

   

Noncriticized: Loans that have not been designated as criticized, frequently referred to as “pass” loans.

 

   

Criticized performing : Loans in which the financial condition of the obligor is stressed, affecting earnings, cash flows or collateral values. The borrower currently has adequate capacity to meet near-term obligations; however, the stress, left unabated, may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects at some future date.

 

   

Criticized nonperforming: Loans that are not adequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or the collateral pledged, if any. Loans classified as criticized nonperforming have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses, which jeopardize the repayment of the debt. These loans are characterized by the distinct possibility that we will sustain a credit loss if the deficiencies are not corrected and are generally placed on nonaccrual status.

We use our internal risk-rating system for regulatory reporting, determining the frequency of review of the credit exposures and evaluation and determination of the allowance for commercial loans. Loans of $1 million or more designated as criticized performing and criticized nonperforming are reviewed quarterly by management for further deterioration or improvement to determine if they are appropriately classified/graded and whether impairment exists. Noncriticized loans greater than $1 million are specifically reviewed, at least annually, to determine the appropriate loan grading. In addition, during the renewal process of any loan or if a loan becomes past due, we evaluate the risk rating.

 

184


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents the geographic distribution and internal risk ratings of our commercial loan portfolio as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Commercial Banking: Risk Profile by Geographic Region and Internal Risk Rating (1)

 

    December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  Commercial
&
Multifamily
Real Estate
    % of
Total (2)
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    % of
Total (2)
    Small-ticket
Commercial
Real Estate
    % of
Total (2) 
    Total
Commercial
    % of
Total (2) 
 

Geographic concentration: (3)

               

Loans:

               

Northeast

  $ 13,299        75.0 %   $ 5,460        27.4 %   $ 723        60.5 %   $ 19,482        50.2 %

Mid-Atlantic

    1,398        7.9        1,149        5.8        47        3.9        2,594        6.7   

South

    2,055        11.6        9,182        46.2        72        6.0        11,309        29.1   

Other

    853        4.8        3,869        19.4        354        29.6        5,076        13.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

    17,605        99.3        19,660        98.8        1,196        100.0        38,461        99.1   

Acquired loans

    127        0.7        232        1.2        0        0.0        359        0.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 17,732        100.0 %   $ 19,892        100.0 %   $ 1,196        100.0 %   $ 38,820        100.0 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Internal risk rating: (4)

               

Loans:

               

Noncriticized

  $ 16,614        93.7 %   $ 19,073        95.9 %   $ 1,152        96.3 %   $ 36,839        94.9 %

Criticized performing

    853        4.8        454        2.3        33        2.8        1,340        3.5   

Criticized nonperforming

    138        0.8        133        0.6        11        0.9        282        0.7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

    17,605        99.3        19,660        98.8        1,196        100.0        38,461        99.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired loans:

               

Noncriticized

  $ 77        0.4 %   $ 228        1.2 %   $ 0        0.0 %   $ 305        0.8 %

Criticized performing

    50        0.3        4        0.0        0        0.0        54        0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

    127        0.7        232        1.2        0        0.0        359        0.9   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 17,732        100.0 %   $ 19,892        100.0 %   $ 1,196        100.0 %   $ 38,820        100.0 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

185


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  Commercial
&
Multifamily
Real Estate
    % of
Total (2)
    Commercial
and
Industrial
    % of
Total (2)
    Small-ticket
Commercial
Real Estate
    % of
Total (2) 
    Total
Commercial
    % of
Total (2) 
 

Geographic concentration: (3)

               

Loans:

               

Northeast

  $ 11,470        72.9 %   $ 4,987        29.1 %   $ 790        52.6 %   $ 17,247        50.2 %

Mid-Atlantic

    1,305        8.3        763        4.5        56        3.7        2,124        6.2   

South

    1,743        11.1        8,324        48.7        93        6.2        10,160        29.6   

Other

    1,055        6.7        2,696        15.8        564        37.5        4,315        12.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

    15,573        99.0        16,770        98.1        1,503        100.0        33,846        98.6   

Acquired loans

    163        1.0        318        1.9        0        0.0        481        1.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,736        100.0 %   $ 17,088        100.0 %   $ 1,503        100.0 %   $ 34,327        100.0 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Internal risk rating: (4)

               

Loans:

               

Noncriticized

  $ 14,256        90.6 %   $ 16,002        93.6 %   $ 1,359        90.4 %   $ 31,617        92.1 %

Criticized performing

    1,110        7.1        642        3.8        105        7.0        1,857        5.4   

Criticized nonperforming

    207        1.3        126        0.7        39        2.6        372        1.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loans

    15,573        99.0        16,770        98.1        1,503        100.0        33,846        98.6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired loans:

               

Noncriticized

  $ 127        0.8 %   $ 303        1.8 %   $ 0        0.0 %   $ 430        1.3 %

Criticized performing

    36        0.2        15        0.1        0        0.0        51        0.1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total acquired loans

    163        1.0        318        1.9        0        0.0        481        1.4   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 15,736        100.0 %   $ 17,088        100.0 %   $ 1,503        100.0 %   $ 34,327        100.0 %
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Amounts based on total loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.

(2)  

Percentages calculated based on total held-for-investment commercial loans in each respective loan category as of the end of the reported period.

(3)  

Northeast consists of CT, ME, MA, NH, NJ, NY, PA and VT. Mid-Atlantic consists of DE, DC, MD, VA and WV. South consists of AL, AR, FL, GA, KY, LA, MS, MO, NC, SC, TN and TX.

(4)  

Criticized exposures correspond to the “Special Mention,” “Substandard” and “Doubtful” asset categories defined by banking regulatory authorities.

 

186


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents information about our impaired loans, excluding acquired loans, which are reported separately and discussed below:

 

    December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

  With an
Allowance
    Without
an
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    Net
Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Credit card and installment loans:

               

Domestic credit card and installment loans

  $ 701      $ 0      $ 701      $ 230      $ 471      $ 678      $ 687      $ 70   

International credit card and installment loans

    172        0        172        101        71        164        192        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card and installment loans (1)

    873        0        873        331        542        842        879        81   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer banking:

               

Auto

    169        159        328        20        308        606        130        31   

Home loan

    145        0        145        13        132        167        120        4   

Retail banking

    61        35        96        7        89        118        88        3   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    375        194        569        40        529        891        338        38   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial banking:

               

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    168        112        280        32        248        315        353        8   

Commercial and industrial

    152        92        244        22        222        277        227        6   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    320        204        524        54        470        592        580        14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    3        11        14        1        13        21        23        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    323        215        538        55        483        613        603        14   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,571      $ 409      $ 1,980      $ 426      $ 1,554      $ 2,346      $ 1,820      $ 133   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

187


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

  With an
Allowance
    Without
an
Allowance
    Total
Recorded
Investment
    Related
Allowance
    Net
Recorded
Investment
    Unpaid
Principal
Balance
    Average
Recorded
Investment
    Interest
Income
Recognized
 

Credit card and installment loans:

               

Domestic credit card and installment loans

  $ 708      $ 0      $ 708      $ 244      $ 464      $ 691      $ 736      $ 73   

International credit card and installment loans

    190        0        190        109        81        179        181        7   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card and installment loans (1)

    898        0        898        353        545        870        917        80   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer banking:

               

Auto

    58        0        58        8        50        58        25        5   

Home loan

    104        0        104        10        94        110        79        5   

Retail banking

    65        26        91        12        79        97        55        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    227        26        253        30        223        265        159        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial banking:

               

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    232        157        389        54        335        459        401        8   

Commercial and industrial

    123        96        219        19        200        258        166        2   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    355        253        608        73        535        717        567        10   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    10        30        40        2        38        62        35        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    365        283        648        75        573        779        602        11   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,490      $ 309      $ 1,799      $ 458      $ 1,341      $ 1,914      $ 1,678      $ 102   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Credit card and installment loans include finance charges and fees.

TDR loans accounted for $1.8 billion and $1.6 billion of impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Consumer TDR loans classified as performing totaled $1.2 billion and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Commercial TDR loans classified as performing totaled $253 million and $305 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

188


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As part of our loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, we may provide multiple concessions to minimize our economic loss and improve long-term loan performance and collectability. The following tables present the types, amounts and financial effects of loans modified and accounted for as troubled debt restructurings during the period:

 

    Total
Loans
Modified (1)
    December 31, 2012  
      Reduced Interest Rate     Term Extension     Balance Reduction  

(Dollars in millions)

    %  of
TDR
Activity (2)(8)
    Average
Rate
Reduction (3)
    % of  TDR
Activity (4)(8)
    Average
Term
Extension
(Months) (5)
    %  of
TDR
Activity (6)(8)
    Gross
Balance
Reduction (7)
 

Credit card:

             

Domestic credit card

  $ 353        100 %     11.45 %     0 %     0        0 %   $ 0   

International credit card

    218        100        23.71        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    571        100        15.64        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer banking:

             

Auto

    338        51        6.71        69        8        50        219   

Home loan

    62        65        2.50        75        128        45        10   

Retail banking

    28        3        2.67        96        9        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    428        50        5.90        72        26        46        229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial banking:

             

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    62        38        2.18        90        16        0        0   

Commercial and industrial

    131        7        3.90        87        13        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    193        17        2.67        88        14        0        0   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    0        0        0.00        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    193        17        2.67        88        14        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,192        69 %     12.56 %     40 %     22        16 %   $ 229   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

189


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Total
Loans
Modified (1)
    December 31, 2011  
      Reduced Interest Rate     Term Extension     Balance Reduction  

(Dollars in millions)

    %  of
TDR
Activity (2)(8)
    Average
Rate
Reduction (3)
    % of  TDR
Activity (4)(8)
    Average
Term
Extension
(Months) (5)
    %  of
TDR
Activity (6)(8)
    Gross
Balance
Reduction (7)
 

Credit card:

             

Domestic credit card

  $ 321        100 %     10.33 %     0 %     0        0 %   $ 0   

International credit card

    253        100        23.06        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total credit card

    574        100        15.93        0        0        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Consumer banking:

             

Auto

    78        65        1.39        100        10        0        0   

Home loan

    57        49        2.57        74        95        8        0   

Retail banking

    77        6        0.73        82        18        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

    212        39        1.75        86        32        2        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Commercial banking:

             

Commercial and multifamily real estate

    166        42        3.13        96        13        11        4   

Commercial and industrial

    158        15        1.16        81        14        1        1   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

    324        29        2.62        89        14        6        5   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

    4        0        0.00        100        3        0        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

    328        28        2.62        89        13        6        5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $ 1,114        67 %     12.70 %     43 %     21        2 %   $ 5   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents total loans modified and accounted for as a TDR during the period. Paydowns, charge-offs and any other changes in the loan carrying value subsequent to the loan entering TDR status are not reflected.

(2)  

Percentage of loans modified and accounted for as a TDR during the period that were granted a reduced interest rate.

(3)  

Weighted average interest rate reduction for those loans that received an interest rate concession.

(4)  

Percentage of loans modified and accounted for as a TDR during the period that were granted a maturity date extension.

(5)  

Weighted average change in maturity date for those loans that received a maturity date extension.

(6)  

Percentage of loans modified and accounted for as a TDR during the period that were granted forgiveness or forbearance of a portion of their balance.

(7)  

Total amount of forgiven. For loans modified in bankruptcy, the gross balance reduction represents collateral value write downs associated with the discharge of the borrower’s obligations.

(8)  

Due to multiple concessions granted to some troubled borrowers, percentages may total more than 100% for certain loan types.

 

190


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

TDR—Subsequent Payment Defaults of Completed TDR Modifications

The following table presents the type, number and amount of loans accounted for as TDRs that experienced a payment default during the period and had completed a modification event in the twelve months prior to the payment default. A payment default occurs if the loan is either 90 days or more delinquent or the loan has been charged-off as of the end of the period presented.

 

     December 31, 2012      December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Number of
Contracts
     Total
Loans
     Number of
Contracts
     Total
Loans
 

Credit card:

           

Domestic credit card

     43,103       $ 85         34,489       $ 93   

International credit card (1)

     48,663         164         47,989         185   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total credit card

     91,766         249         82,478         278   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Consumer banking:

           

Auto

     4,364         39         1,499         15   

Home loan

     99         7         101         12   

Retail banking

     107         11         237         11   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total consumer banking

     4,570         57         1,837         38   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Commercial banking:

           

Commercial and multifamily real estate

     8         10         17         41   

Commercial and industrial

     23         18         13         9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial lending

     31         28         30         50   

Small-ticket commercial real estate

     3         2         1         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total commercial banking

     34         30         31         50   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

     96,370       $ 336         84,346       $ 366   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The regulatory regime in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) requires U.K. credit card businesses to accept payment plan proposals even when the proposed payments are less than the contractual minimum amount. As a result, loans entering long-term TDR payment programs in the U.K. typically continue to age and ultimately charge-off even when fully in compliance with the TDR program terms.

 

191


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Initial Fair Value and Accretable Yield of Acquired Loans

The table below displays the contractually required cash flows expected to be collected and fair value at acquisition of acquired ING Direct loans accounted for based on expected cash flows. The table also displays the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield at acquisition for these loans.

 

     At Acquisition on February 17, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Total     Impaired Loans     Non-
Impaired
Loans
 

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

   $ 49,488      $ 3,684      $ 45,804   

Less: Nonaccretable difference

     (4,443     (2,343     (2,100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition (1) (2)

     45,045        1,341        43,704   

Less: Accretable yield (2)

     (5,483     (173     (5,310
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of loans acquired (3) (4)

   $ 39,562      $ 1,168      $ 38,394   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents undiscounted expected principal and interest cash flows at acquisition.

(2)  

In the third quarter of 2012 we revised our estimate of contractual cash flows at acquisition which resulted in an adjustment to accretable yield from $6.6 billion to $5.5 billion.

(3)  

A portion of the loans acquired in connection with the ING Direct acquisition is accounted for based on the loan’s contractual cash flows rather than the expected cash flows. These loans, which had an estimated fair value at acquisition of $559 million, are not included in the above table. The contractual cash flows for these loans at acquisition was $858 million, of which we do not expect to collect $15 million.

(4)  

A portion of the loans acquired in connection with the ING Direct acquisition was classified as held for sale. These loans, which had an estimated fair value at acquisition of $367 million, are not included in the above table. The contractual cash flows for these loans at acquisition was $384 million, of which we do not expect to collect $16 million.

The table below displays the contractually required cash flows expected to be collected and fair value at acquisition of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition loans accounted for based on expected cash flows. The table also displays the nonaccretable difference and the accretable yield at acquisition for these loans.

 

     At Acquisition
on May 1, 2012
 

(Dollars in millions)

   Impaired Loans  

Contractually required principal and interest at acquisition

   $ 1,537   

Less: Nonaccretable difference

     (741
  

 

 

 

Cash flows expected to be collected at acquisition (1)

     796   

Less: Accretable yield

     (145
  

 

 

 

Fair value of loans acquired (2) (3)

   $ 651   
  

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents undiscounted expected cash flows of principal and interest, finance charges, and fees at acquisition.

(2)  

The majority of the loans acquired in connection with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition had revolving privileges at acquisition. As such, we accounted for these loans based on the contractual cash flows rather than expected cash flows. These loans, which had an estimated fair value at acquisition of $26.9 billion, are not included in the table above.

(3)  

A portion of the loans acquired in connection with the 2012 U.S. card acquisition was classified as held for sale. These loans, which had an estimated fair value of $471 million at acquisition, are not included in the table above.

 

192


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Outstanding Balance and Carrying Value of Acquired Loans

The table below presents the outstanding contractual balance and the carrying value of loans from the CCB, ING Direct and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions accounted for based on expected cash flows, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The table displays separately loans considered credit-impaired at acquisition and loans not considered credit-impaired at acquisition.

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Total
Loans
    
Impaired
Loans
     Non-
Impaired
Loans
     Total
Loans
     Impaired
Loans
     Non-
Impaired
Loans
 

Contractual balance

   $ 39,321       $ 6,195       $ 33,126       $ 5,751       $ 4,565       $ 1,186   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Carrying value (1)

   $ 37,109       $ 4,069       $ 33,040       $ 4,658       $ 3,576       $ 1,082   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes $57 million and $26 million of cumulative impairment recognized as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Changes in Accretable Yield

We increased the allowance related to these loans by $31 million in 2012. We recorded impairment through our provision for credit losses of $31 million in 2012. The cumulative impairment recognized on these totaled $57 million and $26 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table presents changes in the accretable yield on loans related to the CCB, ING Direct, and 2012 U.S. card acquisitions:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Total
Loans
    Impaired
Loans
    Non-
Impaired
Loans
 

Accretable yield as of December 31, 2010

   $ 2,012      $ 1,754      $ 258   

Accretion recognized in earnings

     (431 )     (365 )     (66 )

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving cash flows (1)

     237        232        5   

Reductions in accretable yield for non-credit related changes in expected cash flows (4)

     (66 )     (55 )     (11 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretable yield as of December 31, 2011

   $ 1,752      $ 1,566      $ 186   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Acquired loans accretable yield (1)

     5,616        306        5,310   

Accretion recognized in earnings

     (1,316 )     (390 )     (926

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference for loans with improving cash flows (2) (3)

     860        448        412   

Reductions in accretable yield for non-credit related changes in expected cash flows (4)

     (704 )     (31     (673 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accretable yield as of December 31, 2012

   $ 6,208      $ 1,899      $ 4,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes revised acquisition date accretable yield for ING Direct acquired loans.

(2)  

Represents increases in accretable yields for those pools with increases that are primarily the result of improved credit performance.

(3)  

Reflects the implementation of the 2012 OCC update to the Bank Accounting Advisory Series, which requires write-down of performing consumer loans restructured in bankruptcy to collateral value. Includes reductions of $28 million and $44 million for purchased credit-impaired loans and non-impaired loans, respectively.

 

193


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

(4)  

Represents changes in accretable yields for those pools with reductions that are driven primarily by changes in actual and estimated prepayments.

Unfunded Lending Commitments

We manage the potential risk in credit commitments by limiting the total amount of arrangements, both by individual customer and in total, by monitoring the size and maturity structure of these portfolios and by applying the same credit standards for all of our credit activities. Unused credit card lines available to our customers totaled $298.9 billion and $206.0 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. While these amounts represented the total available unused credit card lines, we have not experienced and do not anticipate that all of our customers will access their entire available line at any given point in time.

In addition to available unused credit card lines, we enter into commitments to extend credit that are legally binding conditional agreements having fixed expirations or termination dates and specified interest rates and purposes. These commitments generally require customers to maintain certain credit standards. Collateral requirements and loan-to-value ratios are the same as those for funded transactions and are established based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. These commitments may expire without being drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future funding requirements. The outstanding unfunded commitments to extend credit, other than credit card lines, were approximately $17.5 billion and $14.8 billion as of December, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We maintain a reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit to absorb estimated probable losses related to these unfunded credit facilities in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. Our reserve for unfunded loan commitments and letters of credit was $35 million and $66 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. See “Note 6—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” below for additional information.

 

 

NOTE 6—ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES

 

We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses that represents management’s best estimate of incurred loan and lease losses inherent in our held-for-investment portfolio as of each balance sheet date. We do not maintain an allowance for held-for-sale loans or acquired loans that are performing, in accordance with or better than our expectations, as of the date of acquisition, as the fair value of these loans already reflect a credit component.

In addition to the allowance for loan and lease losses, we also estimate probable losses related to unfunded lending commitments, such as letters of credit, financial guarantees, and binding unfunded loan commitments. The provision for unfunded lending commitments is included in the provision for credit losses on our consolidated statements of income and the related reserve for unfunded lending commitments is included in other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. See “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for a description of the methodologies and policies for determining our allowance for loan and lease losses for each of our loan portfolio segments.

 

194


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses Activity

The allowance for loan and lease losses is increased through the provision for credit losses and reduced by net charge-offs. The provision for credit losses, which is charged to earnings, reflects credit losses we believe have been incurred and will eventually be reflected over time in our charge-offs. Charge-offs of uncollectible amounts are deducted from the allowance and subsequent recoveries are included. The table below summarizes changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses, by portfolio segment, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

          Consumer                       Unfunded
Lending

Commitments
Reserve
    Combined
Allowance  &

Unfunded
Reserve
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Credit
Card
    Auto     Home
Loan
    Retail
Banking
    Total
Consumer
    Commercial     Other (1)     Total
Allowance
     

Balance as of December 31, 2010

  $ 4,041      $ 353      $ 112      $ 210      $ 675      $ 830      $ 82      $ 5,628      $ 107      $ 5,735   

Provision for credit losses

    1,870        372        63        26        461        62        8        2,401        (41 )     2,360   

Charge-offs

    (4,310 )     (529 )     (104 )     (99 )     (732 )     (214 )     (59 )     (5,315 )     0        (5,315 )

Recoveries

    1,254        195        27        26        248        37        5        1,544        0        1,544   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (3,056 )     (334 )     (77 )     (73 )     (484 )     (177 )     (54 )     (3,771 )     0        (3,771 )

Other changes

    (8 )     0        0        0        0        0        0        (8 )     0        (8 )
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

  $ 2,847      $ 391      $ 98      $ 163      $ 652      $ 715      $ 36      $ 4,250      $ 66      $ 4,316   

Provision for credit losses

    4,061        509        67        14        590        (240 )     35        4,446        (31 )     4,415   

Charge-offs

    (4,159 )     (631 )     (77 )     (89 )     (797 )     (94 )     (43 )     (5,093 )     0        (5,093 )

Recoveries

    1,215        217        25        24        266        52        5        1,538        0        1,538   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net charge-offs

    (2,944 )     (414 )     (52 )     (65 )     (531 )     (42 )     (38 )     (3,555 )     0        (3,555 )

Other changes

    15        0        0        0        0        0        0        15        0        15   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

  $ 3,979      $ 486      $ 113      $ 112      $ 711      $ 433      $ 33      $ 5,156      $ 35      $ 5,191   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Other consists of our discontinued GreenPoint mortgage operations loan portfolio and our community redevelopment loan portfolio.

Components of Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses by Impairment Methodology

The table below presents the components of our allowance for loan and lease losses, by loan category and impairment methodology, and the recorded investment of the related loans as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

    December 31, 2012  
          Consumer                          

(Dollars in millions)

  Credit
Card
    Auto     Home
Loan
    Retail
Banking
    Total
Consumer
    Commercial     Other     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses by impairment methodology:

               

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $ 3,648      $ 466      $ 47      $ 104      $ 617      $ 376      $ 32      $ 4,673   

Asset-specific (2)

    331        20        13        7        40        54        1        426   

Acquired loans (3)

    0        0        53        1        54        3        0        57   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan and lease losses

  $ 3,979      $ 486      $ 113      $ 112      $ 711      $ 433      $ 33      $ 5,156   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-for-investment loans by impairment methodology:

               

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $ 90,594      $ 26,778      $ 7,552      $ 3,774      $ 38,104      $ 37,923      $ 154      $ 166,775   

Asset-specific (2)

    873        328        145        96        569        538        0        1,980   

Acquired loans (3)

    288        17        36,403        34        36,454        359        33        37,134   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-for-investment loans

  $ 91,755      $ 27,123      $ 44,100      $ 3,904      $ 75,127      $ 38,820      $ 187      $ 205,889   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of period-end held-for-investment loans

    4.34     1.79     0.26     2.87     0.95     1.12     17.65     2.50

 

195


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    December 31, 2011  
          Consumer                          

(Dollars in millions)

  Credit
Card
    Auto     Home
Loan
    Retail
Banking
    Total
Consumer
    Commercial     Other     Total  

Allowance for loan and lease losses by impairment methodology:

               

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $ 2,494      $ 383      $ 65      $ 150      $ 598      $ 638      $ 36      $ 3,766   

Asset-specific (2)

    353        8        10        12        30        75        0        458   

Acquired loans (3)

    0        0        23        1        24        2        0        26   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total allowance for loan and lease losses

  $ 2,847      $ 391      $ 98      $ 163      $ 652      $ 715      $ 36      $ 4,250   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Held-for-investment loans by impairment methodology:

               

Collectively evaluated (1)

  $ 64,177      $ 21,674      $ 6,217      $ 3,968      $ 31,859      $ 33,198      $ 175      $ 129,409   

Asset-specific (2)

    898        58        104        90        252        648        0        1,798   

Acquired loans (3)

    0        47        4,112        45        4,204        481        0        4,685   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total held-for-investment loans

  $ 65,075      $ 21,779      $ 10,433      $ 4,103      $ 36,315      $ 34,327      $ 175      $ 135,892   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance as a percentage of period-end held-for-investment loans

    4.37 %     1.80 %     0.94 %     3.97 %     1.80     2.08     20.57 %     3.13 %

 

(1)  

The collectively evaluated component of the allowance for credit card and other consumer loans that we collectively evaluate for impairment is based on a statistical calculation. The collectively evaluated component of the allowance for commercial loans, which we collectively evaluate for impairment, is based on our historical loss experience for loans with similar characteristics and consideration of credit quality supplemented by management judgment and interpretation.

(2)  

The asset-specific component of the allowance for smaller-balance impaired loans is calculated on a pool basis using historical loss experience for the respective class of assets. The asset-specific component of the allowance for larger-balance commercial loans is individually calculated for each loan.

(3)  

The acquired loans component of the allowance is accounted for based on expected cash flows. See “Note 5 – Loans” for details on these loans.

 

 

NOTE 7—VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES AND SECURITIZATIONS

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into various types of transactions with entities that are considered to be VIEs. Historically, our primary involvement with VIEs has been related to our securitization transactions in which we transferred assets from our balance sheet to securitization trusts. These securitization trusts typically meet the definition of a VIE. We have generally securitized credit card loans, auto loans, home loans and installment loans, which have provided a source of funding for us and as a means of transferring a certain portion of the economic risk of the loans or debt securities to third parties.

The entity that has a controlling financial interest in a VIE is referred to as the primary beneficiary and is required to consolidate the VIE. The vast majority of the VIEs in which we are involved have been consolidated in our financial statements.

Summary of Consolidated and Unconsolidated VIEs

The table below presents a summary of VIEs, aggregated based on VIEs with similar characteristics, in which we had continuing involvement or held a variable interest as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. We separately present information for consolidated and unconsolidated VIEs.

 

196


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For consolidated VIEs, we present the carrying amount of assets and liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheets. The assets of consolidated VIEs primarily consist of cash and loans, which we report on our consolidated balance sheets under restricted cash for securitization investors and restricted loans for securitization investors, respectively. The assets of a particular VIE are the primary source of funds to settle its obligations. The creditors of the VIEs typically do not have recourse to the general credit of our company. The liabilities primarily consist of debt securities issued by the VIEs, which we report under securitized debt obligations. For unconsolidated VIEs, we present the carrying amount of assets and liabilities reflected on our consolidated balance sheets and our maximum exposure to loss. Our maximum exposure to loss is estimated based on the unlikely event that all of the assets in the VIEs became worthless and we were required to meet our maximum remaining funding obligations.

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Consolidated      Non-Consolidated  

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
of Assets
     Carrying
Amount of
Liabilities
     Carrying
Amount
of Assets
     Carrying
Amount of
Liabilities
     Maximum 
Exposure  to
Loss (4)
 

Securitization-related VIEs:

              

Credit card loan securitizations (1)

   $ 44,238       $ 13,488       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Auto loan securitizations (1)

     0         0         0         0         0   

Home loan securitizations (2) (3)

     41         38         212         17         237   

Other asset securitizations (1)

     19         19         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securitization-related VIEs

     44,298         13,545         212         17         237   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other VIEs:

              

Affordable housing entities

     0         0         2,390         414         2,390   

Entities that provide capital to low-income and rural communities

     375         88         6         4         6   

Other

     1         0         201         86         201   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other VIEs

     376         88         2,597         504         2,597   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total VIEs

   $ 44,674       $ 13,633       $ 2,809       $ 521       $ 2,834   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2011  
     Consolidated      Non-Consolidated  

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
of Assets
     Carrying
Amount of
Liabilities
     Carrying
Amount
of Assets
     Carrying
Amount of
Liabilities
     Maximum 
Exposure  to
Loss (4)
 

Securitization-related VIEs:

              

Credit card loan securitizations (1)

   $ 48,309       $ 17,443       $ 0       $ 0       $ 0   

Auto loan securitizations (1)

     95         78         0         0         0   

Home loan securitizations (2) (3)

     0         0         161         27         269   

Other asset securitizations (1)

     36         36         0         0         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total securitization-related VIEs

     48,440         17,557         161         27         269   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other VIEs:

              

Affordable housing entities

     0         0         1,818         243         1,818   

Entities that provide capital to low-income and rural communities

     320         46         6         3         6   

Other

     1         0         139         0         139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other VIEs

     321         46         1,963         246         1,963   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total VIEs

   $ 48,761       $ 17,603       $ 2,124       $ 273       $ 2,232   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

197


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)

Represents the gross assets and liabilities owned by the VIE, which includes seller’s interest and retained and repurchased notes held by other related parties.

(2)  

The carrying amount of assets of unconsolidated securitization-related VIEs consists of retained interests and letters of credit related to manufactured housing securitizations and are reported on our consolidated balance sheets under accounts receivable from securitizations.

(3)  

The carrying amount of liabilities of securitization-related VIEs is comprised of obligations to fund negative amortization bonds associated with the securitization of option-adjustable rate mortgage loans (“option-ARMs”) and obligations on certain swap agreements associated with the securitization of manufactured housing loans.

(4)  

The maximum exposure to loss represents the amount of loss we would incur in the unlikely event that all of our assets in the VIE become worthless and we were required to meet our maximum remaining funding obligations.

Securitization-related VIEs

We historically have securitized credit card loans, auto loans, home loans and installment loans. In a securitization transaction, assets from our balance sheet are transferred to a trust we establish, which typically meets the definition of a VIE. The trust then issues various forms of interests in those assets to investors. We typically receive cash proceeds and/or other interests in the securitization trust for the assets we transfer. If the transfer of the assets to an unconsolidated securitization trust qualifies as a sale, we remove the assets from our consolidated balance sheet and recognize a gain or loss on the transfer. Alternatively, if the transfer does not qualify as a sale but instead is considered a secured borrowing or the transfer of assets is to a consolidated VIE, the assets remain on our consolidated balance sheets and we record an offsetting liability for the proceeds received.

Our continuing involvement in the majority of our securitization transactions consists primarily of holding certain retained interests and acting as the primary servicer. We also may be required to repurchase receivables from the trust if the outstanding balance of the receivables falls to a level where the cost exceeds the benefits of servicing such receivables. We also may have exposure associated with contractual obligations to repurchase previously transferred loans due to breaches of representations and warranties. See “Note 21—Commitments, Contingencies and Guarantees” for information related to reserves we have established for our potential mortgage representation and warranty exposure.

 

198


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below presents the securitization-related VIEs in which we had continuing involvement as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     Non-Mortgage      Mortgage  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Auto
Loan
     Other
Loan
     Option
Arm
    GreenPoint
HELOCs
    GreenPoint
Manufactured
Housing
 

December 31, 2012:

               

Securities held by third-party investors

   $ 11,347       $ 0       $ 13       $ 2,702      $ 158      $ 1,117   

Receivables in the trust

     43,811         0         19         2,794        151        1,123   

Cash balance of spread or reserve accounts

     0         0         0         8        N/A        164   

Retained interests

     Yes         Yes         Yes         Yes        Yes        Yes   

Servicing retained

     Yes         Yes         Yes         Yes (1)     Yes (1)     No (3)

Amortization event (4)

     No         No         No         No        Yes (2)     No   

December 31, 2011:

               

Securities held by third-party investors

   $ 16,428       $ 75       $ 24       $ 3,122      $ 206      $ 1,247   

Receivables in the trust

     47,537         77         36         3,228        206        1,254   

Cash balance of spread or reserve accounts

     17         12         0         8        0        172   

Retained interests

     Yes         Yes         Yes         Yes        Yes        Yes   

Servicing retained

     Yes         Yes         Yes         Yes (1)     Yes (1)     No (3)

Amortization event (4)

     No         No         No         No        Yes (2)     No   

 

(1)  

We continue to service some of the outstanding balance of securitized mortgage receivables.

(2)  

See the information below regarding our on-going involvement in the GreenPoint Home Equity Line of Credit (“HELOC”) securitizations.

(3)  

The manufactured housing securitizations are serviced by a third party. For two of the deals, that third party works in the capacity of subservicer with Capital One being the Master Servicer.

(4)  

Amortization events vary according to each specific trust agreement but generally are triggered by declines in performance or credit metrics such as charge-off rates or delinquency rates below certain predetermined thresholds. Generally, the occurrence of an amortization event changes the sequencing and amount of trust-related cash flows to the benefit of senior noteholders.

Non-Mortgage Securitizations

As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we were deemed to be the primary beneficiary of all of our non-mortgage securitization trusts. Accordingly, all of these trusts have been consolidated in our financial statements.

Mortgage Securitizations

Option-ARM Loans

We had previously securitized option-ARM mortgage loans by transferring the mortgage loans to securitization trusts that had issued mortgage-backed securities to investors. The outstanding balance of debt securities held by third-party investors related to our mortgage loan securitization trusts was $2.7 billion and $3.1 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We continue to service some of the outstanding balance of securitized mortgage receivables. We also retain rights to future cash flows arising from the receivables, the most significant being certificated interest-only bonds issued by the trusts. We generally estimate the fair value of these retained interests based on the estimated present value of expected future cash flows from securitized and sold receivables, using our best estimates of the

 

199


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

key assumptions which include credit losses, prepayment speeds and discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. We do not consolidate these trusts because we do not have the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant nor the obligation to absorb losses that could potentially be significant to the trusts.

In connection with the securitization of certain option-ARM loans, a third party is obligated to advance a portion of any “negative amortization” resulting from monthly payments that are less than the interest accrued for that payment period. We have an agreement in place with the third party that mirrors this advance requirement. The amount advanced is tracked through mortgage-backed securities retained as part of the securitization transaction. As the borrowers make principal payments, these securities receive their net pro rata portion of those payments in cash and advances of negative amortization are refunded accordingly. As advances occur, we record an asset in the form of negative amortization bonds, which are held at fair value in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets. We have also entered into certain derivative contracts related to the securitization activities. These are classified as free standing derivatives, with fair value adjustments recorded in non-interest income. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for further details on these derivatives.

GreenPoint Mortgage HELOCs

Our discontinued wholesale mortgage banking unit, GreenPoint, previously sold home equity lines of credit in whole loan sales and subsequently acquired a residual interest in certain trusts which securitized some of those loans. As the residual interest holder, GreenPoint is required to fund advances on the home equity lines of credit when certain performance triggers are met due to deterioration in asset performance. We had funded $28 million in advances through December 31, 2012, all of which were expensed as funded. Our unfunded commitment related to these residual interests was $8 million as of December 31, 2012. As a result of changes in facts and circumstances related to our involvement in VIEs during the fourth quarter of 2012, the assets and liabilities and results of operations and cash flows related to that entity have been incorporated into our consolidated financial from the date of initial consolidation in the fourth quarter of 2012. The carrying amount of the entity’s assets and liabilities are included in the December 31, 2012 Consolidated Home Loan securitizations amounts shown in the table above.

GreenPoint Mortgage Manufactured Housing

We retain the primary obligation for certain provisions of corporate guarantees, recourse sales and clean-up calls related to the discontinued manufactured housing operations of GreenPoint Credit LLC (“GPC”), which was sold to a third party in 2004. Although we are the primary obligor, recourse obligations related to former GPC whole loan sales, commitments to exercise mandatory clean-up calls on certain GPC securitization transactions and servicing were transferred to a third party in the sale transaction. We do not consolidate the trusts used for the securitization of manufactured housing loans because we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of the trusts since we no longer service the loans.

We were required to fund letters of credit in 2004 to cover losses and are obligated to fund future amounts under swap agreements for certain transactions. We have the right to receive any funds remaining in the letters of credit after the securities are released. The amount available under the letters of credit was $164 million and $172 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The fair value of the expected residual balances on the funded letters of credit was $50 million and $51 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

The unpaid principal balance of manufactured housing securitization transactions where we are the residual interest holder was $1.1 billion and $1.3 billion at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. In the event the

 

200


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

third party sevicer does not fulfill on its options to exercise the clean-up calls on certain transactions, the obligation reverts to us and we would assume approximately $420 million of loans receivable upon our execution of the clean-up call with the requirement to absorb any losses on the loans receivable. There have been no instances of non-performance to date by the third party.

We monitor the underlying assets for trends in delinquencies and related losses and review the purchaser’s financial strength as well as servicing performance. These factors are considered in assessing the adequacy of the liabilities established for these obligations and the valuations of the assets.

Other VIEs

Affordable Housing Entities

As part of our community reinvestment initiatives, we invest in private investment funds that make equity investments in multi-family affordable housing properties. We receive affordable housing tax credits for these investments. The activities of these entities are financed with a combination of invested equity capital and debt. For those investment funds considered to be VIEs, we are not required to consolidate them if we do not have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of those entities. We record our interests in these unconsolidated VIEs in loans held for investment, other assets and other liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 our interests consisted of assets of approximately $2.4 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively. Our maximum exposure to these entities is limited to our variable interests in the entities and was $2.4 billion as of December 31, 2012. The creditors of the VIEs have no recourse to our general credit and we do not provide additional financial or other support during the period that we were not previously contractually required to provide. The total assets of the unconsolidated investment funds that were VIEs at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were approximately $7.7 billion and $6.8 billion, respectively.

Entities that Provide Capital to Low-Income and Rural Communities

We hold variable interests in entities (“Investor Entities”) that invest in community development entities (“CDEs”) that provide debt financing to businesses and non-profit entities in low-income and rural communities. Variable interests in the CDEs held by the consolidated Investor Entities are also our variable interests. The activities of the Investor Entities are financed with a combination of invested equity capital and debt. The activities of the CDEs are financed solely with invested equity capital. We receive federal and state tax credits for these investments. We consolidate the VIEs in which we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. We have also consolidated other investments and CDEs that we do not consider VIEs. The assets of the VIEs that we consolidated at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled approximately $375 million and $320 million, respectively. The assets of the consolidated VIEs are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets in cash, loans held for investment, interest receivable and other assets. The liabilities are reflected in other liabilities.

The total assets of the VIEs that we held an interest in but were not required to consolidate at December 31, 2012 and 2011 totaled approximately $6 million. Our interests in these unconsolidated VIEs are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets in loans held for investment and other assets. Our maximum exposure to these entities is limited to our variable interest of $6 million as of December 31, 2012. The creditors of the VIEs have no recourse to our general credit. We have not provided additional financial or other support during the period that we were not previously contractually required to provide.

 

201


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other

We have a variable interest in Capital One Financial Advisors, LLC which we consolidate as we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. The assets of the VIE that we consolidated totaled approximately $1 million as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The assets are consolidated in our balance sheet in cash and other assets.

We also have a variable interest in a trust that has a royalty interest in certain oil and gas properties. The activities of the trust are financed solely with debt. The total assets of the trust were $255 million and $309 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We were not required to consolidate the trust because we do not have the power to direct the activities of the trust that most significantly impact the trust’s economic performance. Our retained interest in the trust, which totaled approximately $114 million and $139 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, is reflected on our consolidated balance sheets under loans held for investment. Our maximum exposure is limited to our variable interest of $114 million as of December 31, 2012. The creditors of the trust have no recourse to our general credit. We have not provided additional financial or other support during the period that we were not previously contractually required to provide.

In April 2012, we purchased membership interests in three limited liability companies that each operates a refined coal production facility. The sale of this refined coal qualifies for tax credits pursuant to Section 45 of the Internal Revenue Code. In the aggregate, we paid $1 million in cash at closing and agreed to a fixed note payable of $86 million and additional quarterly variable payments based on the amount of tax credits to be generated by these entities from April 2012 to 2021. In addition, we have an ongoing commitment to fund a proportionate share of the operating expenses of each of these entities based on our ownership percentage. These limited liability companies were deemed to be VIEs and we determined that we were not the primary beneficiary as we do not have the power to direct the activities of these entities that most significantly impact their economic performance. Our membership interests in these entities are reflected on our consolidated balance sheet within other assets. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value of our aggregate membership interest in these entities was $86 million. Our future obligation to these entities is predicated upon the generation of tax credits and their operating performance in future periods. The parties involved with these entities have recourse to our general credit for the quarterly variable payment amounts and ongoing funding commitments that become payable to them. These payments will only be required if the refined coal production facilities are either currently generating tax credits or expect to generate them imminently. We have not provided additional financial or other support during the period that we were not contractually required to provide.

 

202


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

The table below displays the components of goodwill and other intangible assets, as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012 (1)      2011  

Goodwill

   $ 13,904       $ 13,592   

Other intangible assets:

     

Purchased credit card relationship intangibles

     1,864         52   

Core deposit intangibles

     496         479   

Other

     211         79   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other intangible assets

     2,571         610   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total goodwill and other intangible assets

   $ 16,475       $ 14,202   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

December 31, 2012 amounts include goodwill and intangibles related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition in the second quarter of 2012 and intangibles related to the acquisition of ING Direct in the first quarter of 2012.

Goodwill

In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is at the operating segment level or one level below an operating segment. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually and between annual tests if events or circumstances change, such as adverse changes in the business climate, that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of the reporting unit below its carrying value. Goodwill is assigned to one or more reporting units at the date of acquisition. Our reporting units are Domestic Credit Card, International Credit Card, Auto Finance, other Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, goodwill of $13.9 billion and $13.6 billion, respectively, was included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The goodwill impairment test, performed at October 1 of each year, is a two-step test. The first step identifies whether there is potential impairment by comparing the fair value of a reporting unit to the carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, the second step of the impairment test is required to measure the amount of any impairment loss.

During the second quarter of 2012, we acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of the credit card and private label credit card business of HSBC. In connection with the acquisition, we recorded goodwill of $304 million representing the amount by which the purchase price exceeded the fair value of the net assets acquired. The goodwill was assigned to the Credit Card segment. See “Note 2—Acquisitions” for information regarding the 2012 U.S. card acquisition.

For the 2012 annual impairment test, the fair value of reporting units was calculated using a discounted cash flow analysis, a form of the income approach, using each reporting unit’s internal forecast and a terminal value calculated using a growth rate reflecting the nominal growth rate of the economy as a whole and appropriate discount rates for the respective reporting units. Cash flows were adjusted, as necessary, in order to maintain each reporting unit’s equity capital requirements. Our discounted cash flow analysis required management to make judgments about future loan and deposit growth, revenue growth, credit losses, and capital rates. The cash flows were discounted to present value using reporting unit specific discount rates that are largely based on our

 

203


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

external cost of equity with adjustments for risk inherent in each reporting unit. Discount rates used for the reporting units ranged from 9.0% to 12.8%. The key inputs into the discounted cash flow analysis were corroborated with market data, where available, indicating that assumptions used were within a reasonable range of observable market data.

Based on the comparison of fair value to carrying amount, as calculated using the methodology summarized above, fair value exceeded the carrying amount for all reporting units as of our annual testing date. Therefore, the goodwill of our reporting units was considered not impaired, and the second step of impairment testing was unnecessary.

As part of the annual goodwill impairment test, we assessed our market capitalization based on the average market price relative to the aggregate fair value of our reporting units and determined that any excess fair value in our reporting units at that time could be attributed to a reasonable control premium compared to historical control premiums seen in the industry.

We calculate the carrying values of our reporting units using an economic capital approach based on each reporting unit’s specific capital requirements and risks. Total reporting unit carrying values for the October 1, 2012 annual goodwill impairment test were $31.5 billion, compared to total Company equity of $39.7 billion as of September 30, 2012 as reported in our third quarter 2012 Form 10-Q filed with the SEC. The $8.2 billion remaining equity is primarily attributable to the following items: capital allocated to our Other operations, which are discussed in “Note 20–Business Segments;” preferred stock and unrealized gains in AOCI related to available-for-sale securities; and capital that is reserved for building up to future capital requirements related to our reporting units and our Other operations. The remaining equity, which represented approximately 3% of our total equity, is reserved for future capital needs such as balance sheet growth, acquisitions, dividends and share repurchases and one-time events subject to regulatory approvals. The capital reserved for our reporting units’ future capital requirements is not included in our reporting unit carrying values for our 2012 annual goodwill impairment test, since it does not represent capital allocated to and used in our reporting units’ businesses as of October 1, 2012; however, if the reserved capital was allocated to our reporting units’ carrying values for our 2012 annual goodwill impairment test, the reporting units’ fair values would continue to exceed their carrying values, resulting in no goodwill impairment.

We will continue to regularly monitor our market capitalization and capital allocations in 2013, overall economic conditions and other events or circumstances that may result in an impairment of goodwill in the future.

The following table provides a summary of goodwill based upon our business segments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit Card     Consumer      Commercial      Total  

Total Company

          

Balance as of December 31, 2010

   $ 4,690      $ 4,583       $ 4,318       $ 13,591   

Acquisitions

     3        0         0         3   

Other adjustments

     (2 )     0         0         (2 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 4,691      $ 4,583       $ 4,318       $ 13,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Acquisitions

     304        0         0         304   

Other adjustments

     8        0         0         8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 5,003      $ 4,583       $ 4,318       $ 13,904   
  

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

204


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Intangible Assets

In connection with our acquisitions, we recorded intangible assets which include purchased credit card relationship intangibles, core deposit intangibles, brokerage relations intangibles, partnership contract intangibles, other contract intangibles, trade mark/name intangibles and other intangibles, which are subject to amortization. At acquisition, the purchased credit card relationship intangibles reflect the estimated value of existing credit card holder relationships and the core deposit intangibles reflect the estimated value of deposit relationships.

In connection with the February 17, 2012 acquisition of ING Direct, we recognized core deposit intangibles of $209 million and other intangibles of $149 million at acquisition. In connection with the May 1, 2012 acquisition of the HSBC credit card portfolios, we recognized purchased credit card relationship intangibles of $2.2 billion and other intangibles of $47 million at acquisition.

The following table summarizes our intangible assets subject to amortization as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount of
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Remaining
Amortization
Period
 

Purchased credit card relationship intangibles (1)

   $ 2,242       $ (378 )   $ 1,864         7.8 years   

Core deposit intangibles (2)

     1,771         (1,275 )     496         5.6 years   

Other (3)

     354         (143 )     211         10.3 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 4,367       $ (1,796 )   $ 2,571         7.6 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

     December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount of
Assets
     Accumulated
Amortization
    Net
Carrying
Amount
     Remaining
Amortization
Period
 

Purchased credit card relationship intangibles

   $ 77       $ (25   $ 52         5.2 years   

Core deposit intangibles

     1,562         (1,083     479         5.9 years   

Other (4)

     160         (81 )     79         11.7 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total

   $ 1,799       $ (1,189 )   $ 610         6.9 years   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

(1)  

Includes purchased credit card relationship intangibles with a net carrying amount of $1.8 billion related to the 2012 U.S. card acquisition in the second quarter of 2012.

(2)  

Includes core deposit intangibles with a net carrying value amount of $160 million related to the acquisition of ING Direct in the first quarter of 2012.

(3)  

Includes brokerage relations intangibles with a net carrying value of $73 million, partnership contract intangibles with a net carrying value of $42 million, other contract intangibles with a net book value of $36 million, trade mark/name intangibles with a net carrying value of $26 million and other intangibles with a net book value of $34 million.

(4)  

Includes brokerage relations intangibles with a net carrying value of $2 million, other contract intangibles with a net book value of $50 million and other intangibles with a net book value of $27 million.

 

205


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Intangible assets, which are reported in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets, are amortized over their respective estimated useful lives on either a straight-line or an accelerated basis. The following table summarizes the actual amortization expense recorded for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010 and the estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets as of December 31, 2012:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Amortization
Expense
 

Actual for the year ended December 31,

  

2010

   $ 220   

2011

     222   

2012

     609   

Estimated future amounts for the year ended December 31,

  

2013

   $ 682   

2014

     554   

2015

     444   

2016

     341   

2017

     241   

Thereafter

     309   
  

 

 

 

Total estimated future amounts

   $ 2,571   
  

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 9—PREMISES, EQUIPMENT & LEASE COMMITMENTS

 

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  

Land

   $ 580      $ 549   

Buildings and improvements

     2,341        2,018   

Furniture and equipment

     1,589        1,355   

Computer software

     1,563        932   

In process

     420        373   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,493        5,227   

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (2,906     (2,479 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total premises and equipment, net

   $ 3,587      $ 2,748   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense from continuing operations was $468 million, $317 million and $327 million, for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Lease Commitments

Certain premises and equipment are leased under agreements that expire at various dates through 2056, without taking into consideration available renewal options. Many of these leases provide for payment by the lessee of property taxes, insurance premiums, cost of maintenance and other costs. In some cases, rentals are subject to

 

206


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

increases in relation to a cost of living index. Total rent expenses from continuing operations amounted to approximately $216 million, $180 million and $191 million for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Future minimum rental commitments as of December 31, 2012, for all non-cancelable operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more are as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Estimated
Future
Minimum
Rental
Commitments
 

2013

   $ 212   

2014

     206   

2015

     193   

2016

     182   

2017

     164   

Thereafter

     801   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 1,758   
  

 

 

 

Minimum sublease rental income of $49 million due in future years under non-cancelable leases has not been included in the table above as a reduction to minimum lease payments.

 

 

NOTE 10—DEPOSITS AND BORROWINGS

 

Customer Deposits

Our customer deposits, which are our largest source of funding for our operations and asset growth, consist of non-interest bearing and interest-bearing deposits, including demand deposits, money market deposits, negotiable order of withdrawal (“NOW”) accounts, savings accounts and certificates of deposit.

As of December 31, 2012, we had $190.0 billion in interest-bearing deposits, of which $4.5 billion represented large denomination certificates of $100,000 or more. As of December 31, 2011, we had $109.9 billion in interest-bearing deposits, of which $4.6 billion represents large denomination certificates of $100,000 or more. The year over year increase of $80.1 billion reflects the addition of deposits from the ING Direct acquisition and increased retail marketing efforts to attract new business and our continued strategy to leverage our bank outlets to attract lower cost deposit funding.

Securitized Debt Obligations

As of December 31, 2012, we had $11.4 billion of securitized debt obligations outstanding, including $22 million in fair value hedging losses. As of December 31, 2011 we had $16.5 billion of securitized debt obligations outstanding, including $27 million in fair value hedging losses. The $5.1 billion decrease was attributable to the scheduled debt pay downs within our credit card securitization trusts. See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for information about our fair value hedging activities.

 

207


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Other Debt

We filed a new shelf registration statement with the U.S. Securities & Exchange Commission (“SEC”) on April 30, 2012, which will expire three years from the filing date, under which, from time to time, we may offer and sell an indeterminate aggregate amount of senior or subordinated debt securities, preferred stock, depository shares, common stock, purchase contracts, warrants and units. There is no limit under this shelf registration statement to the amount or number of such securities that we may offer and sell.

Senior and Subordinated Notes

As of December 31, 2012, we had $12.7 billion of senior and subordinated notes outstanding, net of a fair value hedging loss of $857 million. As of December 31, 2011, we had $11.0 billion of senior and subordinated notes outstanding, net of a fair value hedging loss of $823 million. In 2012, we issued $2.3 billion in senior notes, which was partially offset by $632 million in maturities of senior and subordinated notes. The new senior notes were issued in three series, each due in 2015.

See “Note 11—Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities” for information about our fair value hedging activities.

Junior Subordinated Debentures

We had $3.6 billion of outstanding junior subordinated debentures as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. All outstanding principal amounts of the junior subordinated debentures were redeemed on January 2, 2013.

FHLB Advances

In addition to issuance capacity under the shelf registration statement, we have access to other borrowing programs, including advances from the FHLB. Our FHLB membership is secured by our investment in FHLB stock which totaled $1.3 billion and $362 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and is included in other assets on our consolidated balance sheets.

We had outstanding FHLB advances, which were secured by our investment securities, residential home loans, multifamily loans, commercial real-estate loans and home equity lines of credit, totaling $20.9 billion and $6.9 billion as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

208


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Composition of Customer Deposits, Short-term Borrowings and Long-term Debt

The table below summarizes the components of our deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. Our total short-term borrowings consist of federal funds purchased and securities loaned and sold under agreements to repurchase and other short-term borrowings with an original contractual maturity of one year or less. Our long-term debt consists of borrowings with an original contractual maturity of greater than one year. The amounts presented for outstanding borrowings include unamortized debt premiums and discounts, net of fair value hedge accounting adjustments.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011  

Deposits:

     

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 22,467       $ 18,281   

Interest-bearing deposits

     190,018         109,945   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total deposits

   $ 212,485       $ 128,226   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings:

     

Federal Funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 1,248       $ 1,464   

FHLB advances

     19,900         5,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

   $ 21,148       $ 7,299   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Maturity
Date
     Interest Rate      Weighted
Average
Interest Rate
   

 

    

 

 

Long-term debt:

             

Securitized debt obligations

     2013 - 2030         0.24% - 6.40%         1.71 %   $ 11,398         16,527   

Senior and subordinated notes:

             

Fixed unsecured senior debt

     2013 - 2021         1.00% - 7.38%         4.38 %     8,623         6,850   

Floating unsecured senior debt

     2014 - 2015         0.95% - 1.49%         1.22 %     500         250   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total unsecured senior debt

           4.20 %     9,123         7,100   

Fixed unsecured subordinated debt

     2013 - 2019         5.35% - 8.80%         7.46 %     3,563         3,934   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total senior and subordinated notes

             12,686         11,034   

Other long-term borrowings:

             

Fixed junior subordinated debt

     2027 - 2066         3.36% - 10.25%         8.57 %     3,641         3,642   

FHLB advances

     2013 - 2023         0.38% - 6.88%         0.87 %     1,037         1,059   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total other long-term borrowings

             4,678         4,701   

Total long-term debt

           $ 28,762       $ 32,262   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings and long-term debt

           $ 49,910       $ 39,561   
          

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

209


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Interest-bearing time deposits, securitized debt obligations and other debt as of December 31, 2012, mature as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Interest-
Bearing
Time
Deposits (1)
     Securitized
Debt
Obligations
     Federal Funds
Purchased and
Securities Sold
under
Agreements to
Repurchase
     Senior and
Subordinated
Notes
     Other
Borrowings
     Total  

2013

   $ 10,855       $ 2,628       $ 1,248       $ 792       $ 19,916       $ 35,439   

2014

     1,717         2,900         0         2,417         945         7,979   

2015

     2,048         502         0         2,663         22         5,235   

2016

     273         1,329         0         1,934         20         3,556   

2017

     195         3,764         0         1,793         19         5,771   

Thereafter

     435         275         0         3,087         3,656         7,453   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 15,523       $ 11,398       $ 1,248       $ 12,686       $ 24,578       $ 65,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes only those interest-bearing deposits which have a contractual maturity date.

Components of Interest Expense

The following table displays interest expense attributable to short-term borrowings and long-term debt for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Short-term borrowings:

        

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

   $ 2       $ 4       $ 4   

FHLB advances

     18         2         0   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings

     20         6         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Long-term debt:

        

Securitized debt obligations

     271         422         804   

Senior and subordinated notes:

        

Unsecured senior debt

     226         181         154   

Unsecured subordinated debt

     119         119         122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total senior and subordinated notes

     345         300         276   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Other long-term borrowings:

        

Junior subordinated debt

     315         310         322   

FHLB advances

     11         12         20   

Other

     10         9         5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total long-term debt

     952         1,053         1,427   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total short-term borrowings and long-term debt

   $ 972       $ 1,059       $ 1,431   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

210


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

NOTE 11—DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

 

Use of Derivatives

We manage our asset/liability position and market risk exposure in accordance with prescribed risk management policies and limits established by our Asset Liability Management Committee and approved by our Board of Directors. Our primary market risk stems from the impact on our earnings and economic value of equity from changes in interest rates, and to a lesser extent, changes in foreign exchange rates. We manage our interest rate sensitivity through several approaches, which include, but are not limited to, changing the maturity and re-pricing characteristics of various balance sheet categories and by entering into interest rate derivatives. Derivatives are also utilized to manage our exposure to changes in foreign exchange rates. Derivative instruments may be privately negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange. We execute our derivative contracts in both the OTC and exchange-traded derivative markets. In addition to interest rate swaps, we use a variety of other derivative instruments, including caps, floors, options, futures and forward contracts, to manage our interest rate and foreign currency risk. On a regular basis, we enter into customer derivative transactions. We engage in these transactions as a service to our commercial banking customers to facilitate their risk management objectives. We typically offset the market risk exposure to our customer-accommodation derivatives through derivative transactions with other counterparties.

Accounting for Derivatives

We account for derivatives pursuant to the accounting standards for derivatives and hedging activities. The outstanding notional amount of our derivative contracts totaled $57.8 billion as of December 31, 2012, compared with $73.2 billion as of December 31, 2011. The decrease was due primarily to the termination of hedges associated with the ING Direct acquisition. The notional amount provides an indication of the volume of our derivatives activity and is used as the basis on which interest and other payments are determined; however, it is generally not the amount exchanged. Derivatives are recorded at fair value in our consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of a derivative represents our estimate of the amount at which a derivative could be exchanged in an orderly transaction between market participants. We report derivatives in a gain position, or derivative assets, in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other assets. We report derivatives in a loss position, or derivative liabilities, in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities. We report derivative asset and liability amounts on a gross basis based on individual contracts, which does not take into consideration the effects of master counterparty netting agreements or collateral netting. The fair value of derivative assets and derivative liabilities reported in our consolidated balance sheets was $1.8 billion and $400 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012, compared with $1.9 billion and $987 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2011.

Our derivatives are designated as either qualifying accounting hedges or free-standing derivatives. Free-standing derivatives consist of customer-accommodation derivatives and economic hedges that we enter into for risk management purposes that are not linked to specific assets or liabilities or to forecasted transactions and, therefore, do not qualify for hedge accounting. Qualifying accounting hedges are designated as fair value hedges, cash flow hedges or net investment hedges.

 

   

Fair Value Hedges: We designate derivatives as fair value hedges to manage our exposure to changes in the fair value of certain financial assets and liabilities, which fluctuate in value as a result of movements in interest rates. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as fair value hedges are recorded in earnings together with offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged item and any resulting ineffectiveness. Our fair value hedges consist of interest rate swaps that are intended to modify our exposure to interest rate risk on various fixed rate senior notes, subordinated notes, securitization debt, and brokered

 

211


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

certificates of deposits. These hedges have maturities through 2021 and have the effect of converting some of our fixed rate debt, deposits and investments to variable rate.

 

   

Cash Flow Hedges : We designate derivatives as cash flow hedges to manage our exposure to variability in cash flows related to forecasted transactions. Changes in the fair value of derivatives designated as cash flow hedges are recorded as a component of AOCI, to the extent that the hedge relationships are effective, and amounts are reclassified from AOCI to earnings as the forecasted transactions occur. To the extent that any ineffectiveness exists in the hedge relationships, the amounts are recorded in current period earnings. Our cash flow hedges consist of interest rate swaps that are intended to hedge the variability in interest payments on some of our variable rate debt issuances and assets through 2018. These hedges have the effect of converting some of our variable rate debt and assets to a fixed rate. We also have entered into forward foreign currency derivative contracts to hedge our exposure to variability in cash flows related to foreign currency denominated debt.

 

   

Free-Standing Derivatives : We use free-standing derivatives, to hedge the risk of changes in the fair value of residential mortgage servicing rights (“MSRs”), mortgage loan origination and purchase commitments and other interests held. We also categorize our customer-accommodation derivatives and the related offsetting contracts as free-standing derivatives. Changes in the fair value of free-standing derivatives are recorded in earnings as a component of other non-interest income.

Balance Sheet Presentation

The following table summarizes the fair value and related outstanding notional amounts of derivative instruments reported in our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. The fair value amounts are segregated by derivatives that are designated as accounting hedges and those that are not, and are further segregated by type of contract within those two categories.

 

212


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     December 31,  
     2012      2011  
     Notional or
Contractual
Amount
     Derivatives at Fair Value      Notional or
Contractual
Amount
     Derivatives at Fair Value  

(Dollars in millions)

          Assets              Liabilities                 Assets              Liabilities      

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts:

                 

Fair value interest rate contracts

   $ 15,902       $ 1,020       $ 0       $ 14,425       $ 1,019       $ 1   

Cash flow interest rate contracts

     13,025         116         14         6,325         71         130   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest rate contracts

     28,927         1,136         14         20,750         1,090         131   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts:

                 

Cash flow foreign exchange contracts

     5,212         18         40         4,577         93         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total foreign exchange contracts

     5,212         18         40         4,577         93         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives designated as accounting hedges

     34,139         1,154         54         25,327         1,183         147   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges:

                 

Interest rate contracts covering:

                 

MSRs

     147         12         2         383         18         12   

Customer accommodation

     18,900         479         273         16,147         453         395   

Other interest rate exposures

     2,553         45         22         29,027         85         362   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest rate contracts

     21,600         536         297         45,557         556         769   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

     1,372         158         46         1,348         193         65   

Other contracts

     701         0         3         932         4         6   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

     23,673         694         346         47,837         753         840   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total derivatives

   $ 57,812       $ 1,848       $ 400       $ 73,164       $ 1,936       $ 987   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Upon the completion of the ING Direct acquisition in February 2012, we terminated the portfolio of interest-rate swaps we entered into in anticipation of the acquisition. These interest-rate swaps consisted of an initial notional amount of $23.8 billion and an additional notional amount of $1.0 billion resulting from subsequent rebalancing actions. The total cash payment at termination was $355 million. We recognized mark-to-market losses of $78 million and $277 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively, related to these swaps.

 

213


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Income Statement Presentation and AOCI

The following tables summarize the impact of derivatives and the related hedged items on our consolidated statements of income and AOCI.

Fair Value Hedges and Free-Standing Derivatives

The net gains (losses) recognized in earnings related to derivatives in fair value hedging relationships and free-standing derivatives are presented below for 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2012         2011         2010    

Derivatives designated as accounting hedges:

      

Fair value interest rate contracts:

      

Gain (loss) recognized in earnings on derivatives (1)

   $ 1      $ 348      $ 338   

Gain (loss) recognized in earnings on hedged items (1)

     (37 )     (333 )     (288 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net fair value hedge ineffectiveness gain (loss)

     (36 )     15        50   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as accounting hedges:

      

Interest rate contracts covering:

      

MSRs (1)

     4        4        (21 )

Customer accommodation (1)

     39        23        25   

Other interest rate exposures (1)

     (60 )     (275 ) (2)       5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     (17 )     (248 )     9   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts (1)

     (15 )     30        4   

Other contracts (1)

     (4 )     21        38   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total gain (loss) on derivatives not designated as accounting hedges

     (36 )     (197     51   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivatives gain (loss) recognized in earnings

   $ (72 )   $ (182 )   $ 101   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Amounts are recorded in our consolidated statements of income in other non-interest income.

(2)  

Includes $277 million in mark-to-market losses recorded during 2011 on interest-rate swap transactions related to the ING Direct acquisition discussed above.

 

214


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Cash Flow and Net Investment Hedges

The table below shows the net gains (losses) related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges and net investment hedges for 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2012         2011         2010    

Gain (loss) recorded in AOCI: (1)

      

Cash flow hedges:

      

Interest rate contracts

   $ 116      $ 32      $ (42 )

Foreign exchange contracts

     (23 )     (20 )     (1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     93        12        (43 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net investment hedges:

      

Foreign exchange contracts

     0        (2 )     (1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivatives gain (loss) recognized in AOCI

   $ 93      $ 10      $ (44 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recorded in earnings:

      

Cash flow hedges:

      

Gain (loss) reclassified from AOCI into earnings:

      

Interest rate contracts (2)

   $ 42      $ 3      $ (51 )

Foreign exchange contracts (3)

     (22 )     (21 )     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     20        (18 )     (51 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gain (loss) recognized in earnings due to ineffectiveness:

      

Interest rate contracts (3)

     0        0        1   

Foreign exchange contracts (3)

     0        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     0        0        1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net derivatives gain (loss) recognized in earnings

   $ 20      $ (18 )   $ (50 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Amounts represent the effective portion.

(2)  

Amounts reclassified are recorded in our consolidated statements of income in interest income or interest expense.

(3)  

Amounts reclassified are recorded in our consolidated statements of income in other non-interest income.

We expect to reclassify net after-tax gains of $73 million recorded in AOCI as of December 31, 2012, related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges to earnings over the next 12 months, which we expect to offset against the cash flows associated with the hedged forecasted transactions. The maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions were hedged was five years as of December 31, 2012. The amount we expect to reclassify into earnings may change as a result of changes in market conditions and ongoing actions taken as part of our overall risk management strategy.

Credit Risk-Related Contingency Features

Certain of our derivative contracts include provisions requiring that our debt maintain a credit rating of investment grade or above by each of the major credit rating agencies. In the event of a downgrade of our debt credit rating below investment grade, some of our derivative counterparties would have the right to terminate the derivative contract and close-out the existing positions. Other derivative contracts include provisions that would, in the event of a downgrade of our debt credit rating below investment grade, allow our derivative counterparties

 

215


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

to demand immediate and ongoing full overnight collateralization on derivative instruments in a net liability position. Certain of our derivative contracts may allow, in the event of a downgrade of our debt credit rating of any kind, our derivative counterparties to demand additional collateralization on such derivative instruments in a net liability position. The fair value of derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features in a net liability position was $7 million and $141 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We were required to post collateral, consisting of a combination of cash and securities, totaling $109 million and $353 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. If our debt credit rating had fallen below investment grade, we would have been required to post additional collateral of $4 million and $39 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Derivative Counterparty Credit Risk

Derivative instruments contain an element of credit risk that arises from the potential failure of a counterparty to perform according to the contractual terms of the contract. Our exposure to derivative counterparty credit risk, at any point in time, is represented by the fair value of derivatives in a gain position, or derivative assets, assuming no recoveries of underlying collateral. To mitigate the risk of counterparty default, we maintain collateral agreements with certain derivative counterparties. These agreements typically require both parties to maintain collateral in the event the fair values of derivative financial instruments exceed established thresholds. We received cash collateral from derivatives counterparties totaling $922 million and $894 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We also received securities from derivatives counterparties totaling $239 million as of December 31, 2012, which we have the ability to repledge. We posted cash collateral in accounts maintained by derivative counterparties totaling $109 million and $353 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

We record counterparty credit risk valuation adjustments on our derivative assets to properly reflect the credit quality of the counterparty. We consider collateral and legally enforceable master netting agreements that mitigate our credit exposure to each counterparty in determining the counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment, which may be adjusted in future periods due to changes in the fair value of the derivative contract, collateral and creditworthiness of the counterparty. The cumulative counterparty credit risk valuation adjustment recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as a reduction in the derivative asset balance was $9 million and $25 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We also adjust the fair value of our derivative liabilities to reflect the impact of our credit quality. We calculate this adjustment by comparing the spreads on our credit default swaps to the discount benchmark curve. The cumulative credit risk valuation adjustment related to our credit quality recorded on our consolidated balance sheets as a reduction in the derivative liability balance was $1 million and $2 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 12—STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Preferred Stock

On August 20, 2012, we issued and sold 35,000,000 depositary shares (“Depositary Shares”), each representing a 1/40th interest in a share of Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, $0.01 par value, with a liquidation preference of $25.00 per Depositary Share (equivalent to $1,000 per share of Series B Preferred Stock) (the “Series B Preferred Stock”). Dividends will accrue on the Series B Preferred Stock at a rate of 6% per annum, payable quarterly in arrears. The net proceeds of the offering of the 35,000,000 Depositary Shares were approximately $853 million, after deducting underwriting commissions and offering expenses.

 

216


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Common Stock

On February 16, 2012, we settled forward sale agreements that we entered into with certain counterparties acting as forward purchasers in connection with a public offering of shares of our common stock on July 19, 2011. Pursuant to the forward sale agreements, we issued 40,000,000 shares of our common stock at settlement. After underwriter’s discounts and commissions, the net proceeds to the company were at a forward sale price per share of $48.17 for a total of approximately $1.9 billion.

On February 17, 2012, we issued 54,028,086 shares of our common stock with a fair value of $2.6 billion as partial consideration for the equity interests and assets and liabilities associated with the ING Direct acquisition.

On March 20, 2012, we closed a public offering of 24,442,706 shares of our common stock which we sold to the underwriters at a per share price of $51.14 for net proceeds of approximately $1.25 billion. We used the net proceeds of this offering, along with the proceeds of other offerings of senior debt and cash sourced from current liquidity, to fund the net consideration payable of $31.1 billion in connection with the May 1, 2012 acquisition of HSBC’s U.S credit card business.

On September 10, 2012, one of the ING Sellers sold 54,028,086 shares of our common stock in an underwritten public offering, representing all of the shares of common stock we issued to the ING Sellers in connection with the ING Direct acquisition. We did not receive any proceeds from the offering.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”)

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2012, 2011, and 2010, net of deferred tax of $443 million, $142 million and $143 million, respectively:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2012         2011         2010    

Other comprehensive income:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities

   $ 708      $ 294      $ 333   

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings on securities

     (5     10        49   

Unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedging instruments

     45        (26 )     (52 )

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     32        (49 )     (36 )

Other

     (41 )     (60 )     (46 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 739      $ 169      $ 248   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

217


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The table below summarizes other comprehensive income activity and the related tax impact for 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Provision
(Benefit)
    After
Tax
 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   $ 513      $ 197      $ 316   

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings

     160        59        101   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

     120        47        73   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     81        0        81   

Other

     (1 )     0       (1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 873      $ 303      $ 570   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Provision
(Benefit)
    After
Tax
 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   $ (54   $ (15   $ (39

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings

     (65     (26     (39

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

     44        18        26   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (13     0        (13 )

Other

     (21     (7 )     (14 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ (109   $ (30   $ (79
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2010  

(Dollars in millions)

   Before
Tax
    Tax     After
Tax
 

Other comprehensive income:

      

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

   $ 182      $ 48      $ 134   

Other-than-temporary impairment not recognized in earnings

     76        27        49   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges

     13        5        8   

Foreign currency translation adjustments

     (10 )     0        (10 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   $ 261      $ 80      $ 181   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 13—REGULATORY AND CAPITAL ADEQUACY

 

Regulation and Capital Adequacy

Bank holding companies and national banks are subject to capital adequacy standards adopted by the Federal Reserve and the OCC, respectively. The capital adequacy standards set forth minimum risk-based and leverage capital requirements that are based on quantitative and qualitative measures of their assets and off-balance sheet items. Under the capital adequacy standards, bank holding companies and banks currently are required to maintain a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4%, and a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 4% (3% for banks that meet certain specified criteria, including excellent asset quality, high liquidity, low interest rate exposure and the highest regulatory rating) in order to be considered adequately capitalized.

 

218


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

National banks also are subject to prompt corrective action capital regulations. Under prompt corrective action regulations, a bank is considered to be well capitalized if it maintains a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% (200 basis points higher than the above minimum capital standard), a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% (200 basis points higher than the above minimum capital standard), a Tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 5% and is not subject to any supervisory agreement, order or directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital reserve. A bank is considered to be adequately capitalized if it meets these minimum capital ratios and does not otherwise meet the well capitalized definition. Currently, prompt corrective action capital requirements do not apply to bank holding companies.

We also disclose a Tier 1 common ratio for our bank holding company. There is currently no mandated minimum or “well capitalized” standard for Tier 1 common; instead the risk-based capital rules state that voting common stockholders’ equity should be the dominant element within Tier 1 common capital. While this regulatory capital measure is widely used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies, it may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. We are also subject to minimum cash reserve requirements by the Federal Reserve totaling approximately $1.4 billion as of December 31, 2012.

The Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC released in June 2012 proposed rules that would increase the general risk-based capital ratio minimum requirements, modify the definition of regulatory capital, establish a minimum Tier 1 common ratio requirement, introduce a new capital conservation buffer requirement, and update the prompt corrective action framework to reflect the new regulatory capital minimums.

The table below provides a comparison of our capital ratios under the Federal Reserve’s capital adequacy standards and the capital ratios of the Banks under the OCC’s capital adequacy standards as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we exceeded minimum capital requirements and would meet the “well-capitalized” ratio levels specified under prompt corrective action for total risk-based capital and Tier 1 risk-based capital under Federal Reserve standards for bank holding companies. As of December 31, 2012, the Banks also exceeded minimum regulatory requirements under the OCC’s applicable capital adequacy guidelines and were “well-capitalized” under prompt corrective action requirements.

 

     December 31,  
     2012 (1)     2011 (1)  

(Dollars in millions)

   Capital
Ratio
    Minimum
Capital
Adequacy
    Well
Capitalized
    Capital
Ratio
    Minimum
Capital
Adequacy
    Well
Capitalized
 

Capital One Financial Corp: (2)

            

Tier 1 common (3)

     11.0 %     N/A        N/A        9.7 %     N/A        N/A   

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     11.3        4.0 %     6.0 %     12.0        4.0 %     6.0 %

Total risk-based capital (5)

     13.6        8.0        10.0        14.9        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     8.7        4.0        N/A        10.1        4.0        N/A   

Capital One Bank (USA) N.A. (“COBNA”)

            

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     11.3 %     4.0 %     6.0 %     11.2 %     4.0 %     6.0 %

Total risk-based capital (5)

     14.7        8.0        10.0        15.0        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     10.4        4.0        5.0        10.2        4.0        5.0   

Capital One, N.A. (“CONA”)

            

Tier 1 risk-based capital (4)

     13.6 %     4.0 %     6.0 %     11.0 %     4.0 %     6.0 %

Total risk-based capital (5)

     14.9        8.0        10.0        12.2        8.0        10.0   

Tier 1 leverage (6)

     9.1        4.0        5.0        8.7        4.0        5.0   

 

219


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)  

Calculated under capital standards and regulations based on the international capital framework commonly known as Basel I. Capital ratios that are not applicable are denoted by “N/A.”

(2)  

The regulatory framework for prompt corrective action does not apply to Capital One Financial Corp. because it is a bank holding company.

(3)  

Tier 1 common ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 common capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(4)  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(5)  

Total risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on total risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(6)  

Tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by quarterly average total assets, after certain adjustments.

On October 17, 2012, the OCC approved, subject to several conditions, CONA’s application to merge with ING Bank with CONA surviving the merger. Capital One effected the merger on November 1, 2012. In addition, the OCC approved CONA’s companion application to reduce capital surplus, which was necessary to manage excess capital levels that would result from the merger. CONA effected the reduction in surplus through a return of capital to Capital One immediately prior to the merger. The merger and reduction in CONA’s capital surplus had no effect on Capital One’s total capital.

Regulatory restrictions exist that limit the ability of the Banks to transfer funds to our bank holding company. Funds available for dividend payments from COBNA and CONA were $3.3 billion and $1.9 billion, respectively, as of December 31, 2012. Applicable provisions that may be contained in our borrowing agreements or the borrowing agreements of our subsidiaries may limit our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us or our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. There can be no assurance that we will declare and pay any dividends.

 

 

NOTE 14—EARNINGS PER COMMON SHARE

 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)

   2012     2011     2010  

Basic earnings per share

      

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 3,734      $ 3,253      $ 3,050   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (217 )     (106 )     (307 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,517        3,147        2,743   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities (1)

     (15 )     (26     0   

Preferred stock dividends

     (15 )     0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 3,487      $ 3,121      $ 2,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     561        456        452   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income per share

   $ 6.21      $ 6.85      $ 6.07   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

220


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars and shares in millions, except per share data)

   2012      2011      2010  

Diluted earnings per share (2)

        

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 3,487       $ 3,121       $ 2,743   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding

     561         456         452   

Stock options, warrants, contingently issuable shares, and other

     5         3         4   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total weighted-average diluted shares outstanding

     566         459         456   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net income per share

   $ 6.16       $ 6.80       $ 6.01   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities using the two-class method under the accounting guidance for computing earnings per share.

(2)  

Excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share was 7 million, 30 million and 27 million of awards, options or warrants, during 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, because their inclusion would be anti-dilutive.

 

 

NOTE 15—OTHER NON-INTEREST EXPENSE

 

The following table represents the components of other non-interest expense for 2012, 2011 and 2010:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010  

Collections

   $ 544       $ 563       $ 626   

Fraud losses

     190         122         80   

Bankcard, regulatory, and other fee assessments

     525         394         352   

Other

     1,127         722         410   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 2,386       $ 1,801       $ 1,468   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 16—STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLANS

 

Stock Plans

We have one active stock-based compensation plan available for the issuance of shares to employees, directors and third-party service providers. Under the plan, we reserve common shares for issuance in various forms, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards and units, and performance share awards and units.

The following table provides the number of reserved common shares and the number of common shares available for future issuance for our active stock-based compensation plan as of December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.

 

     Shares
Reserved
     Available For Issuance  

(In thousands)

      December 31  
Plan Name       2012      2011      2010  

Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (“2004 Plan”)

     40,000         10,897         13,286         16,225   

 

221


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

We issue new shares of common or treasury stock upon the settlement of options and stock-based incentive awards.

We generally recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the award’s service period; however, we will recognize compensation expense using the accelerated attribution method when the award contains a performance condition with graded vesting. In addition, our cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units are accounted for as liability awards pursuant to which the expense fluctuates with changes in our stock price until the awards are settled. Awards that continue to vest after retirement are expensed over the shorter of the period of time between the grant date and the final vesting period or between the grant date and when the participant becomes retirement eligible; awards to participants who are retirement eligible at the grant date are subject to immediate expensing upon grant. Total compensation expense recognized for stock-based compensation for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $202 million, $189 million and $149 million, respectively. The total income tax benefit recognized in the consolidated statements of income for stock-based compensation for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $77 million, $66 million and $52 million, respectively.

Stock Options

Generally, the exercise price of stock options will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum contractual term for options is ten years and option vesting is determined at the time of grant. The vesting for options is generally 33 1/3 percent per year beginning on or about the first anniversary of the grant date, however some option grants cliff vest after one year or three years. In most cases, vesting is subject to the achievement of any applicable performance conditions.

A summary of stock option activity under the plans as of December 31, 2012, and changes during the year are presented below:

 

     Shares
Subject to
Options
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
     Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
     Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in millions)
 

Outstanding as of January 1, 2012

     15,943      $ 54.92         

Granted

     869        46.15         

Exercised

     (1,815 )     36.22         

Forfeited

     (105     47.18         

Expired

     (633 )     70.30         
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding as of December 31, 2012

     14,259      $ 56.14         4.8 years       $ 141   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

Exercisable as of December 31, 2012

     11,815      $ 58.47         4.0 years       $ 110   
  

 

 

   

 

 

       

As of December 31, 2012, the number of shares, weighted average exercise price, aggregate intrinsic value and weighted average remaining contractual terms of stock options vested and expected to vest approximate amounts for stock options outstanding. The weighted-average per share fair value of options granted for 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $12.25, $13.17 and $11.78, respectively. Cash proceeds from the exercise of stock options were $66 million, $38 million, and $13 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Tax benefits realized from the exercise of stock options were $14 million, $8 million and $4 million for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $36 million, $23 million, and $11 million, respectively. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation cost for stock options of $5 million as of December 31, 2012 within three years.

 

222


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Stock option expense is based on the fair value per stock option, estimated at the grant date using implied volatility with a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The fair value of stock options granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was estimated using the weighted average assumptions summarized below:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

Assumptions

   2012     2011     2010  

Dividend yield (1)

     1.70 %     2.34 %     1.49 %

Volatility factors of stock’s expected market price

     35        36        38   

Risk-free interest rate

     0.74        2.04        2.49   

Expected option lives (in years)

     5.0        5.0        5.0   

 

(1)  

In 2012, 2011 and 2010, we paid dividends at the annual rate of $0.20 per share.

Restricted Stock Awards and Units

Generally, the value of restricted stock awards and units will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Restricted stock generally vests at 33 1/3 percent per year beginning on or shortly after the first anniversary of the grant date; some restricted stock units cliff vest after one year. In addition, vesting is subject to the achievement of any applicable performance conditions.

A summary of 2012 activity for restricted stock awards and units is presented below:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share
 

Unvested as of January 1, 2012

     4,216      $ 35.55   

Granted

     722        46.89   

Vested

     (2,341 )     27.77   

Forfeited

     (188 )     41.46   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2012

     2,409      $ 46.09   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of restricted stock granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $46.89, $47.36 and $36.84, respectively. The total fair value of restricted stock vesting on the vesting date was $107 million, $95 million and $62 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation cost for unvested restricted stock awards and units of $40 million as of December 31, 2012 within three years.

Performance Share Units

Generally, the value of performance share units will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The performance share unit awards include an opportunity to receive from 0% to 200% of the target number of common shares. The number of performance share units that will ultimately vest is contingent upon meeting specific performance goals over a three-year period. The awards generally vest at the end of the three-year period.

 

223


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A summary of 2012 activity for performance share units is presented below:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share
 

Unvested as of January 1, 2012

     546      $ 30.83   

Granted (1)

     563        39.07   

Vested (1)

     (463 )     21.00   

Forfeited

     0        0.00   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2012

     646      $ 45.05   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Includes adjustments for achievement of specific performance goals for performance share units granted in prior periods.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance share units granted during 2012, 2011 and 2010 was $39.07, $52.10 and $36.55, respectively. The total fair value of performance share units vesting on the vesting date was $21 million and $22 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. No performance share units vested in 2010. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation cost for unvested performance share units of $11 million as of December 31, 2012 within three years.

Performance Share Awards

Generally the value of performance share awards will equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Performance share awards were granted for the first time in 2012. The vesting for performance share awards is generally 33 1/3 percent per year beginning on or shortly after the first anniversary of the grant date. The number of performance share awards that will vest each year can be reduced by 50% or 100% depending on whether specific performance goals are met during the three-year service period.

A summary of 2012 activity for performance share units is presented below:

 

     Shares
(in thousands)
    Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share
 

Unvested as of January 1, 2012

     0      $ 0   

Granted

     843        45.91   

Vested

     (9     45.75   

Forfeited

     (64     45.75   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unvested as of December 31, 2012

     770      $ 45.93   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of performance share awards granted during 2012 was $45.91. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation cost for unvested performance share awards of $12 million as of December 31, 2012 within three years.

Cash Equity Units and Cash-Settled Restricted Stock Units

We also issue cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units which are recorded as liabilities as the expense is recognized. Cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units are settled with a cash payment

 

224


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

for each unit vested equal to the average fair market value of our common stock for the 20 trading days preceding the vesting date. Cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units are settled in cash and therefore are not counted against the common shares reserved for issuance or available for issuance under the 2004 Plan. The vesting for most cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units is 33 1/3 percent per year beginning with the first anniversary of the grant date, subject to the achievement of any performance conditions.

Cash equity units and cash-settled restricted stock units vesting during 2012, 2011 and 2010 resulted in cash payments to associates of $88 million, $81 million, and $48 million, respectively. We expect to recognize the unrecognized compensation cost for unvested cash equity units of $50 million as of December 31, 2012, based on the closing price of our common stock as of that date, within 3 years.

Associate Stock Purchase Plan

We maintain an Associate Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) which is a compensatory plan under the accounting guidance for stock-based compensation. We recognized $8 million, $6 million and $4 million in compensation expense for 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively under the Purchase Plan.

Under the Purchase Plan, our associates are eligible to contribute between 1% and 15% of their base salary through payroll deductions. The amounts contributed are applied to the purchase of our unissued common or treasury stock at 85% of the current market price. Shares may also be acquired on the open market. In 2012, shareholders authorized an additional 10.0 million shares to be added to the previously authorized total of 8.0 million shares available for issuance under the Purchase Plan. Of the total authorized shares of 18.0 million, as of December 31, 2012, 10.7 million shares were available for issuance on December 31, 2012. Of the total authorized shares of 8.0 million as of December 31, 2011, 1.8 million shares were available for issuance as of December 31, 2011.

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

In 2002, we implemented our Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (“2002 DRP”), which allows participating stockholders to purchase additional shares of our common stock through automatic reinvestment of dividends or optional cash investments. We had 7.4 million shares available for issuance under the 2002 DRP at both December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

 

 

NOTE 17—EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

 

Defined Contribution Plan

We sponsor a contributory Associate Savings Plan (the “Plan”) in which all full-time and part-time associates over the age of 18 are eligible to participate. We make non-elective contributions to each eligible associate’s account and match a portion of associate contributions. In connection with the February 17, 2012 acquisition of ING Direct, we became the fiduciary for the ING Direct 401(k) Savings Plan and the ING Direct Pension Plan (the “ING Plans”). The assets of the ING Plans were merged into the Plan in January 2013. All participants of the ING Plans became eligible to participate in the Plan effective January 1, 2013. In addition, upon closing of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, certain HSBC associates became eligible to participate in the Plan effective May 1, 2012.

We also sponsor a voluntary non-qualified deferred compensation plan in which select groups of employees are eligible to participate. We make contributions to this plan based on participants’ deferral of salary, bonuses and other eligible pay. In addition, we match participants’ excess compensation (compensation over the Internal

 

225


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Revenue Service compensation limit) less deferrals. We contributed a total of $167 million, $151 million and $118 million to these plans during the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans

We sponsor defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans. Pension plans include a legacy frozen cash balance plan and plans assumed in the North Fork acquisition, including two qualified defined benefit pension plans and several non-qualified defined benefit pension plans. Our legacy pension plan and the two qualified pension plans from the North Fork acquisition were merged into a single plan effective December 31, 2007. Other postretirement benefit plans, including a legacy plan and plans assumed in the Hibernia and North Fork acquisitions, all of which provide medical and life insurance benefits, were merged into a single plan effective January 1, 2008. Upon closing of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, certain HSBC associates became eligible to participate in our post retirement benefit plan.

Our pension plans and the other postretirement benefit plans are valued using a December 31 measurement date. Our policy is to amortize prior service amounts on a straight-line basis over the average remaining years of service to full eligibility for benefits of active plan participants.

 

226


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table sets forth, on an aggregated basis, changes in the benefit obligation and plan assets, the funded status and how the funded status is recognized in our consolidated balance sheets, and the components of the net periodic benefit cost recognized in our consolidated statements of income:

 

     At or For the Year Ended December 31,  
         2012             2011             2012             2011      

(Dollars in millions)

   Defined Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  

Change in benefit obligation:

        

Benefit obligation as of beginning of year

   $ 198      $ 193      $ 67      $ 66   

Service cost

     1        1        0        0   

Interest cost

     8        10        3        3   

Plan amendments (1)

     0        0        3        0   

Benefits paid

     (18 )     (19 )     (4 )     (4 )

Net actuarial loss (gain)

     18        13        (2 )     2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Benefit obligation as of end of year

   $ 207      $ 198      $ 67      $ 67   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets:

        

Fair value of plan assets as of beginning of year

   $ 214      $ 221      $ 7      $ 8   

Actual return on plan assets

     27        11        1        0   

Employer contributions

     1        1        3        3   

Benefits paid

     (18 )     (19 )     (4 )     (4 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets as of end of year

   $ 224      $ 214      $ 7      $ 7   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Over (under) funded status as of end of year

   $ 17      $ 16      $ (60 )   $ (60 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance sheet presentation:

        

Other assets

   $ 30      $ 28      $ 0      $ 0   

Other liabilities

     (13 )     (12 )     (60 )     (60 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net amount recognized as of end of year

   $ 17      $ 16      $ (60 )   $ (60 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accumulated benefit obligation at end of year

   $ 207      $ 198      $ 0      $ 0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

        

Service cost

   $ 1      $ 1      $ 0      $ 0   

Interest cost

     8        10        3        3   

Expected return on plan assets

     (13 )     (15 )     (1 )     (1 )

Amortization of transition obligation, prior service credit, and net actuarial loss (gain)

     2        1        (3 )     (3 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit gain

   $ (2 )   $ (3 )   $ (1 )   $ (1 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Changes recognized in other comprehensive income, pretax:

        

Net actuarial gain (loss)

   $ (4 )   $ (17 )   $ 2      $ (2 )

Prior service cost

     0        0        (3 )     0   

Reclassification adjustments for amounts recognized in net periodic benefit cost

     2        1        (3 )     (3 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total loss recognized in other comprehensive income

   $ (2 )   $ (16 )   $ (4 )   $ (5 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The other post retirement benefit plan was amended during 2012 to allow for participation by certain HSBC associates.

 

227


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Pre-tax amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income that have not yet been recognized as a component of net periodic benefit cost consist of the following:

 

     December 31,  
           2012             2011             2012              2011      

(Dollars in millions)

   Defined Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  

Prior service credit

   $ 0      $ 0      $ 2       $ 8   

Net actuarial gain (loss)

     (76 )     (74 )     2         0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

   $ (76 )   $ (74 )   $ 4       $ 8   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

 

Pre-tax amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2012 that are expected to be recognized as a component of our net periodic benefit cost in 2013 consist of the following:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Defined
Pension
Benefits
    Other
Postretirement
Benefits
 

Prior service credit

   $ 0      $ 2   

Net actuarial loss

     (2 )     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net gain (loss)

   $ (2 )   $ 2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table presents weighted-average assumptions used in the accounting for the plans:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011     2012     2011  
     Defined Pension Benefits     Other Postretirement Benefits  

Assumptions for benefit obligations at measurement date:

        

Discount rate

     3.7 %     4.5 %     3.7 %     4.5 %

Rate of compensation increase

     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Assumptions for periodic benefit cost for the year ended:

        

Discount rate

     4.5 %     5.2 %     4.5 %     5.2 %

Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets

     6.5 %     7.3 %     6.5 %     7.3 %

Rate of compensation increase

     n/a        n/a        n/a        n/a   

Assumptions for year-end valuations:

        

Health care cost trend rate assumed for next year:

        

Pre-age 65

     n/a        n/a        7.7 %     8.0 %

Post-age 65

     n/a        n/a        8.0 %     8.3 %

Rate to which the cost trend rate is assumed to decline (the ultimate trend rate)

     n/a        n/a        4.5 %     4.5 %

Year the rate reaches the ultimate trend rate

     n/a        n/a        2028        2028   

To develop the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption, consideration was given to the current level of expected returns on risk-free investments (primarily government bonds), the historical level of the risk premium associated with the other asset classes in which the portfolio is invested and the expectations for future returns of each asset class. The expected return for each asset class was then weighted based on the target asset allocation to develop the expected long-term rate of return on the plan assets assumption for the portfolio.

 

228


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assumed health care trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the other postretirement benefit plans. A one-percentage point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  
       1% Increase     1% Decrease     1% Increase      1% Decrease  

Effect on year-end postretirement benefit obligation

   $ 7      $ (6 )   $ 7       $ (6 )

Effect on total service and interest cost components

     (1     0        0         0   

Plan Assets

The qualified defined benefit pension plan asset allocations as of the annual measurement dates are as follows:

 

     December 31,  
     2012     2011  

Common collective trusts (1)

     59     56

Money market fund

     1        0   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of A or higher)

     6        6   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of lower than A)

     11        10   

Government securities

     17        21   

Mortgage backed securities

     6        7   

Municipal bonds

     0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

     100  %     100
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Common collective trusts include domestic and international equity securities.

The investment guidelines provide the following asset allocation targets and ranges: domestic equity target of 39% and allowable range of 34% to 44%, international equity target of 16% and allowable range of 11% to 21%, and fixed income securities target of 45% and allowable range of 35% to 55%.

Plan assets are invested using a total return investment approach whereby a mix of equity securities and debt securities are used to preserve asset values, diversify risk and enhance our ability to achieve our long-term investment return benchmark. Investment strategies and asset allocations are based on careful consideration of plan liabilities, the plan’s funded status and our financial condition. Investment performance and asset allocation are measured and monitored on a quarterly basis.

Plan assets are managed in a balanced portfolio comprised of three major components: a domestic equity portion, an international equity portion and a domestic fixed income portion. The expected role of plan equity investments is to maximize the long-term real growth of fund assets, while the role of fixed income investments is to generate current income, provide for more stable periodic returns and provide some protection against a prolonged decline in the market value of fund equity investments.

Fair Value Measurement

For information on fair value measurements, including descriptions of Level 1, 2 and 3 of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation methods we utilize, see “Note 1—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” and “Note 19—Fair Value of Financial Instruments.”

 

229


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Plan Assets Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets
at Fair
   Value  
 

(Dollars in millions)

     Level 1        Level 2        Level 3       

Plan Assets

           

Common collective trusts

   $ 0       $ 136       $ 0       $ 136   

Money market fund

     0         1         0         1   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of A or higher)

     0         14         0         14   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of lower than A)

     0         26         0         26   

Government securities

     0         39         0         39   

Mortgage-backed securities

     0         14         0         14   

Municipal bonds

     0         1         0         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0       $ 231       $ 0       $ 231   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets
at Fair
  Value  
 

(Dollars in millions)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3       

Plan Assets

           

Common collective trusts

   $ 0       $ 125       $ 0       $ 125   

Money market fund

     0         0         0         0   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of A or higher)

     0         12         0         12   

Corporate bonds (S&P rating of lower than A)

     0         22         0         22   

Government securities

     0         46         0         46   

Mortgage-backed securities

     0         15         0         15   

Municipal bonds

     0         1         0         1   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0       $ 221       $ 0       $ 221   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, which include comparison of prices from multiple sources, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable or there is significant variability among pricing sources. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. We did not have any Level 3 plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Expected future benefit payments

The following benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Pension
Benefits
     Postretirement
Benefits
 

2013

   $ 13       $ 3   

2014

     13         4   

2015

     12         4   

2016

     12         4   

2017

     12         4   

2018 - 2022

     59         20   

 

230


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In 2013, $1 million in contributions are expected to be made to the pension plans and $2 million in contributions are expected to be made to other postretirement benefits plans.

 

 

NOTE 18—INCOME TAXES

 

We account for income taxes in accordance with the accounting guidance prescribed by the FASB, recognizing the current and deferred tax consequences of all transactions that have been recognized in the consolidated financial statements using the provisions of enacted tax laws. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on differences between the financial reporting and tax basis of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are recorded to reduce deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

Significant components of the provision for income taxes attributable to continuing operations were as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Current income tax provision:

      

Federal taxes

   $ 1,401      $ 721      $ (152

State taxes

     154        89        31   

International taxes

     44        33        122   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current provision (benefit)

   $ 1,599      $ 843      $ 1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred income tax provision:

      

Federal taxes

   $ (232   $ 594      $ 1,121   

State taxes

     (84     (88     87   

International taxes

     18        (15     71   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred provision (benefit)

   $ (298   $ 491      $ 1,279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax provision

   $ 1,301      $ 1,334      $ 1,280   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The international income tax provision is related to pretax earnings from foreign operations of approximately $296 million in 2012, $28 million in 2011, and $611 million in 2010.

Income tax benefits of $620 million, $3 million and $2 million in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were allocated directly to reduce goodwill from acquisitions.

Income tax provision (benefit) reported in stockholders’ equity was as follows:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Foreign currency translation gains (losses)

   $ 3      $ (1   $ 6   

Net unrealized gains (losses) on securities available for sale

     197        (15     48   

Other-than-temporary impairment on securities

     59        (26     27   

Net unrealized gains (losses) related to cash flow hedge instruments

     58        18        5   

Adoption of new consolidation accounting standards

     0        0        (1,642

Employee stock plans

     15        (19     10   

Employee retirement plans

     (11     (7     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $ 321      $ (50   $ (1,546
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

231


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The reconciliation of income tax attributable to continuing operations computed at the U.S. federal statutory tax rate to income tax expense was:

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

     2012         2011         2010    

Income tax at U.S. federal statutory tax rate

     35.0     35.0     35.0

State taxes, net of federal benefit

     1.9        1.4        1.3   

Resolution of federal income tax issues and audits

     (0.2     (1.1     (2.5

Low-income housing, New Markets, and other tax credits

     (5.0     (4.3     (3.3

Other foreign tax differences, net

     (0.7     (0.1     (0.5

Nontaxable bargain purchase gain

     (4.1     0        0   

Other, net

     (1.1     (1.8     (0.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax effective tax rate

     25.8     29.1     29.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

During 2012, 2011 and 2010, our income tax expense was reduced by $7 million, $50 million and $110 million, respectively, due to the resolution of certain tax issues and audits for prior years with the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). This reduction represented the release of previous accruals for potential audit and litigation adjustments which were subsequently settled or eliminated and further refinement of existing tax exposures.

Significant components of our deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 were as follows:

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for loan and lease losses

   $ 1,876      $ 1,480   

Rewards & sweepstakes programs

     755        612   

Representation & warranty reserve

     343        355   

Security & loan valuations

     502        351   

Deferred compensation & employee benefits

     350        322   

Net unrealized losses on derivatives

     77        129   

Unearned income

     116        39   

Net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards

     362        126   

Other foreign deferred taxes

     22        15   

Other assets

     293        279   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Subtotal

     4,696        3,708   

Valuation allowance

     (123     (89
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     4,573        3,619   

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Original issue discount

     958        596   

Core deposit and other intangibles

     237        291   

Fixed assets & leases

     184        167   

Other liabilities

     256        249   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     1,635        1,303   

Net deferred tax assets

   $ 2,938      $ 2,316   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

232


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

As of the end of December 31, 2012, we had federal net operating loss carry-forwards and losses in excess of IRS limitations of $517 million attributable to ING Groep that expire from 2018 to 2032. Under IRS rules, the Company’s ability to utilize these losses against future income is limited to $ 317 million per year. We have state operating loss carryforwards with a net tax value of $138 million that expire from 2012 to 2032. We have a foreign net operating loss carryforward of $66 million that expires in 2021. We have a foreign tax credit carryforward of $25 million that expires in 2022.

The valuation allowance was increased by $34 million, partially attributable to acquired ING valuation allowances, and to adjust the tax benefit of certain state deferred tax assets and net operating loss carryforwards to the amount we have determined is more likely than not to be realized.

The deferred tax liability for original issue discount represents interchange, late fees, cash advance fees and overlimit fees. These items are generally treated as original issue discount (“OID”) for tax purposes and recognized over the life of the related credit card receivables. These items are recognized in the income statement as income in the year earned. For income statement purposes, late fees are reported as interest income, and interchange, cash advance fees and overlimit fees are reported as non-interest income.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011  

Original Issue discount:

     

OID—late fees

   $ 1,225       $ 487   

OID—all other

     1,377         1,169   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross original issue discount

     2,602         1,656   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liability

   $ 957       $ 596   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The accounting guidance for income taxes clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The guidance also provides rules on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition.

We recognize accrued interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. During 2012, 2011 and 2010, $3 million, $(39) million and $(62) million, respectively, of net interest and penalties was included in income tax expense. The accrued balance of interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits is presented in the table below.

 

233


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

A reconciliation of the change in unrecognized tax benefits from January 1, 2011 to December 31, 2012 is as follows:

 

(Dollars in millions)

   Gross
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
    Accrued
Interest and
Penalties
    Gross Tax,
Interest and
Penalties
 

Balance as of January 1, 2011

   $ 285      $ 65      $ 350   

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     0        0        0   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     61        26        87   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years due to IRS and other settlements

     (133     (31     (164

Additions for tax positions related to acquired entities in prior years, offset to goodwill

     0        0        0   

Other reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     0        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

   $ 213      $ 60      $ 273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additions for tax positions related to the current year

     0        0        0   

Additions for tax positions related to prior years

     51        9        60   

Reductions for tax positions related to prior years due to IRS and other settlements

     (56     (15     (71

Additions for tax positions related to acquired entities in prior years, offset to goodwill

     0        0        0   

Other reductions for tax positions related to prior years

     0        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012

   $ 208      $ 54      $ 262   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Portion of balance at December 31, 2012 that, if recognized, would impact the effective income tax rate

   $ 97      $ 35      $ 132   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

We are subject to examination by the IRS and other tax authorities in certain countries and states in which we have significant business operations. The tax years subject to examination vary by jurisdiction. During 2012, the Company made a cash payment of $42 million to the IRS related to the completion of the examination of the Company’s federal tax returns for the tax years 2007 and 2008, which was concluded in January 2012. The Company appealed a portion of the IRS’s proposed adjustments for 2008. In October 2012, the IRS reversed its position on the issue subject to appeal, resolving the appeal and resulting in a decrease in unrecognized tax benefits in the amount of $15 million. The Company currently has tax refund claims pending with the IRS for the tax years 2005 through 2008 that are under review by the IRS. The IRS began its examination of the Company’s federal income tax returns for the years 2009 and 2010 in April 2012 and this examination is ongoing .

It is reasonably possible that further adjustments to the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits may be made within twelve months of the reporting date as a result of the above-referenced pending matters. At this time, an estimate of the potential change to the amount of unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made.

As of December 31, 2012, U.S. income taxes and foreign withholding taxes have not been provided on approximately $1.0 billion of unremitted earnings of subsidiaries operating outside the U.S., in accordance with the guidance for accounting for income taxes in special areas. These earnings are considered by management to be invested indefinitely. Upon repatriation of these earnings, we could be subject to both U.S. income taxes (subject to possible adjustment for foreign tax credits) and withholding taxes payable to various foreign countries. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred U.S. income tax liability and foreign

 

234


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

withholding tax on these unremitted earnings is not practicable at this time because such liability is dependent upon circumstances existing if and when remittance occurs.

As of December 31, 2012, U.S. income taxes have not been provided for approximately $287 million of previously acquired thrift bad debt reserves created for tax purposes as of December 31, 1987. These amounts, acquired as a result of the merger with North Fork Bancorporation, Inc. and the acquisition of Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B., are subject to recapture in the unlikely event that CONA, as successor to North Fork Bank and Chevy Chase Bank F.S.B., makes distributions in excess of earnings and profits, redeems its stock, or liquidates.

 

 

NOTE 19—FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date (also referred to as an exit price). The fair value accounting guidance provides a three-level fair value hierarchy for classifying financial instruments. This hierarchy is based on whether the inputs to the valuation techniques used to measure fair value are observable or unobservable. Fair value measurement of a financial asset or liability is assigned to a level based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are described below:

 

 

Level 1:

   Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 

Level 2:

   Observable market-based inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
 

Level 3:

   Unobservable inputs

The accounting guidance for fair value measurements requires that we maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs in determining fair value. The accounting guidance provides for the irrevocable option to elect, on a contract-by-contract basis, to measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value at inception of the contract and record any subsequent changes in fair value into earnings. We have not made any material fair value option elections as of and for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

Level 1, 2 and 3 Valuation Techniques

Financial instruments are considered Level 1 when the valuation is based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 financial instruments are valued using quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or models using inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data of substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable and when the determination of the fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation.

The following table displays our assets and liabilities measured on our consolidated balance sheets at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

235


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

 

     December 31, 2012  
     Fair Value Measurements Using        

(Dollars in millions)

   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Assets

        

Securities available for sale:

        

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

   $ 1,552      $ 0      $ 0      $ 1,552   

U.S. Agency debt obligations

     0        664        650        1,314   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     0        42,538        1,335        43,873   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     0        7,042        587        7,629   

Asset-backed securities

     0        8,356        102        8,458   

Other

     145        993        15        1,153   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     1,697        59,593        2,689        63,979   

Other assets:

        

Mortgage servicing rights

     0        0        55        55   

Derivative receivables (1)(2)

     1        1,757        90        1,848   

Retained interests in securitizations and other

     0        0        204        204   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,698      $ 61,350      $ 3,038      $ 66,086   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities:

        

Derivative payables (1)(2)

   $ (1   $ (361   $ (38   $ (400
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ (1   $ (361   $ (38   $ (400
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements Using        

(Dollars in millions)

   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3     Total  

Assets

        

Securities available for sale:

        

U.S. Treasury debt obligations

   $ 124      $ 0      $ 0      $ 124   

U.S. Agency debt obligations

     0        138        0        138   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

     0        26,455        195        26,650   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

     0        913        274        1,187   

Asset-backed securities

     0        10,118        32        10,150   

Other

     279        219        12        510   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

     403        37,843        513        38,759   

Other assets:

        

Mortgage servicing rights

     0        0        93        93   

Derivative receivables (1)(2)

     5        1,828        103        1,936   

Retained interests in securitizations and other

     0        0        145        145   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 408      $ 39,671      $ 854      $ 40,933   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Other liabilities:

        

Derivative payables (1) (2)

   $ (6   $ (702   $ (279   $ (987
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   $ (6   $ (702   $ (279   $ (987
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

236


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

(1)  

We do not offset the fair value of derivative contracts in a loss position against the fair value of contracts in a gain position. We also do not offset fair value amounts recognized for derivative instruments and fair value amounts recognized for the right to reclaim cash collateral or the obligation to return cash collateral arising from derivative instruments executed with the same counterparty under a master netting arrangement.

(2)  

Does not reflect $9 million and $23 million recognized as a net valuation allowance on derivative assets and liabilities for non-performance risk as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Non-performance risk is reflected in other assets/liabilities on the balance sheet and offset through the income statement in other income.

The determination of the classification of financial instruments in Level 2 or Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy is performed at the end of each reporting period. We consider all available information, including observable market data, indications of market liquidity and orderliness, and our understanding of the valuation techniques and significant inputs. Based upon the specific facts and circumstances of each instrument or instrument category, judgments are made regarding the significance of the Level 3 inputs to the instruments’ fair value measurement in its entirety. If Level 3 inputs are considered significant, the instrument is classified as Level 3. The process for determining fair value using unobservable inputs is generally more subjective and involves a high degree of management judgment and assumptions. During 2012, we had minimal movements between Levels 1 and 2.

Level 3 Instruments Only

Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their values are determined using pricing models, which include comparison of prices from multiple sources, discounted cash flow methodologies or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable or there is significant variability among pricing sources. Level 3 financial instruments also include those for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. The tables below present a reconciliation for all assets and liabilities measured and recognized at fair value on a recurring basis using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). When assets and liabilities are transferred between levels, we recognize the transfer as of the end of the period.

 

237


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
          Total Gains or (Losses)
(Realized/Unrealized)
                                              Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included
in Net
Income
Related to
Assets and
Liabilities

Still Held as of
December 31,
2012 (3)
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Balance,
January 1,
2012
    Included
in  Net
Income (1)
    Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Transfers
Into
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
Out of
Level 3 (2)
    Balance,
December 31,
2012
   

Assets:

                     

Securities available-for-sale:

                     

U.S. Agency debt obligations

  $ 0      $ 0      $ 6      $ 276      $ 0      $ 0      $ (8   $ 376      $ 0      $ 650      $ 0   

Residential mortgage-backed securities

    195        (10     157        2,549        (640     0        (280     630        (1,266     1,335        (10

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    274        5        20        1,102        (76     0        (30     70        (778     587        5   

Asset-backed securities

    32        0        23        384        0        0        (4     261        (594     102        0   

Other

    12        0        0        0        0        0        (5     17        (9     15        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

    513        (5     206        4,311        (716     0        (327     1,354        (2,647     2,689        (5

Other Assets:

                     

Mortgage servicing rights

    93        (39     0        0        0        11        (10     0        0        55        (39

Derivative receivables

    103        58        0        0        0        13        (88     13        (9     90        58   

Retained interest in securitizations and other

    145        59        0        0        0        0        0        0        0        204        59   

Liabilities:

                     

Other liabilities:

                     

Derivative Payables

    (279 )     (12     0        0        0        (33     274        8        4        (38     (12

 

238


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

    Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
          Total Gains or (Losses)
(Realized/Unrealized)
                                              Net
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included
in Net
Income
Related to
Assets and
Liabilities

Still Held as of
December 31,
2011 (3)
 

(Dollars in millions)

  Balance,
January 1,
2011
    Included
in  Net
Income (1)
    Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
    Purchases     Sales     Issuances     Settlements     Transfers
Into
Level 3 (2)
    Transfers
Out of
Level 3 (2)
    Balance,
December 31,
2011
   

Assets:

                     

Securities available for sale:

                     

Residential mortgage-backed securities

  $ 578      $ 0      $ (21 )   $ 20      $ (14 )   $ 0      $ (102 )   $ 76      $ (342   $ 195      $ 0   

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

    0        0        10        357        (30 )     0        0        76        (139     274        0   

Asset-backed securities

    13        0        (4 )     34        0        0        0        0        (11     32        0   

Other

    7        0        0        0        0        0        (1 )     6        0        12        0   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total securities available for sale

    598        0        (15 )     411        (44 )     0        (103 )     158        (492 )     513        0   

Other Assets:

                     

Mortgage servicing rights

    141        (44 )     0        0        0        9        (13 )     0        0        93        (44 )

Derivative receivables

    46        49        0        0        0        47        (34 )     0        (5 )     103        49   

Retained interest in securitizations and other

    152        (7 )     0        0        0        0        0        0        0        145        (7

Liabilities:

                     

Other liabilities:

                     

Derivative Payables

    (43 )     (75 )     0        0        0        (182 )     17        0        4        (279 )     (75 )

 

(1)  

Gains (losses) related to Level 3 mortgage servicing rights are reported in other non-interest income, which is a component of non-interest income. Gains (losses) related to Level 3 derivative receivables and derivative payables are reported in other non-interest income, which is a component of non-interest income. Gains (losses) related to Level 3 retained interests in securitizations are reported in servicing and securitizations income, which is a component of non-interest income.

(2)  

The transfers out of Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 was primarily driven by greater consistency among multiple pricing sources. The transfers into Level 3 were primarily driven by less consistency among vendor pricing on individual securities.

(3)  

The amount presented for unrealized gains (loss) for assets still held as of the reporting date primarily represents impairments for available-for-sale securities, accretion on certain fixed maturity securities, and change in fair value of derivative instruments. The impairments are reported in total other-than-temporary losses as a component of non-interest income.

Significant Level 3 Fair Value Asset and Liability Input Sensitivity

Changes in unobservable inputs may have a significant impact on fair value. Certain of these unobservable inputs will (in isolation) have a directionally consistent impact on the fair value of the instrument for a given change in that input. Alternatively, the fair value of the instrument may move in an opposite direction for a given change in another input. In general, an increase in the discount rate, default rates, loss severity and credit spreads, in isolation, would result in a decrease in the fair value measurement. In addition, an increase in default rates would generally be accompanied by a decrease in recovery rates, slower prepayment rates and an increase in liquidity spreads.

 

239


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value Governance and Control

We have a governance framework and a number of key controls that are intended to ensure that our fair value measurements are appropriate and reliable. Our governance framework provides for independent oversight and segregation of duties. Our control processes include review and approval of new transaction types, price verification and review of valuation judgments, methods, models, process controls and results. Groups independent from our trading and investing functions, including our Valuations Group, Model Validation Group and Fair Value Committee (“FVC”), participate in the review and validation process. The fair valuation governance process is set up in a manner that allows the Chairperson of the FVC to escalate valuation disputes that cannot be resolved at the FVC to a more senior committee called the Valuations Advisory Committee (“VAC”) for resolution. The VAC is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. Membership of the VAC includes the Chief Risk Officer.

Our Valuations Group performs periodic independent verification of fair value measurements by using independent analytics and other available market data to determine if assigned fair values are reasonable. For example, in cases where we rely on third party pricing services to obtain fair value measures, we analyze pricing variances among different pricing sources and validate the final price used by comparing the information to additional sources, including dealer pricing indications in transaction results and other internal sources, where necessary. Additional validation procedures performed by the Valuations Group include reviewing (either directly or indirectly through the reasonableness of assigned fair values) valuation inputs and assumptions, and monitoring acceptable variances between recommended prices and validation prices. The validation group periodically evaluates alternative methodologies and recommends improvements to valuation techniques. We perform due diligence reviews of the third party pricing services by comparing their prices with prices from other sources and reviewing other control documentation. Additionally, when necessary, we challenge prices from third party vendors to ensure reasonableness of prices through a pricing challenge process. This may include a request for a transparency of the assumptions used by the third party.

The FVC, which includes representation from business areas, our Risk Management division and our Finance division, is a forum for discussing fair valuations, inputs, assumptions, methodologies, variance thresholds, valuation control environment and material risks or concerns related to fair valuations. Additionally, the FVC is empowered to resolve valuation disputes between the primary valuation providers and the valuations control group. It provides guidance and oversight to ensure an appropriate valuation control environment. The FVC regularly reviews and approves our valuation methodologies to ensure that our methodologies and practices are consistent with industry standards and adhere to regulatory and accounting guidance. The Chief Financial Officer determines when material issues or concerns regarding valuations shall be raised to the Audit and Risk Committee or other delegated committee of the Board of Directors.

We have a model policy, established by an independent Model Risk Office, which governs the validation of models and related supporting documentation to ensure the appropriate use of models for pricing.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents the significant unobservable inputs relied upon to determine the fair values of our recurring Level 3 financial instruments. We utilize multiple third party pricing services to obtain fair value measures for our securities. Several of our third party pricing services are only able to provide unobservable input information for a limited number of securities due to software licensing restrictions. Other third party pricing services are able to provide unobservable input information for all securities for which they provide a valuation. As a result, the unobservable input information for the available-for-sale securities presented below represents a composite summary of all information we are able to obtain for a majority of our securities. The unobservable input information for all other Level 3 financial instruments is based on the assumptions used in our internal valuation models.

 

240


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

(Dollars in millions)

  Fair
Value at
December

31, 2012
   

Significant

Valuation

Techniques

 

Significant

Unobservable

Inputs

   Range
(Weighted Average)

Assets:

        

Securities available for sale:

        

Residential mortgage-backed securities

 

$

 1,335

  

 

Discounted cash flows (3 rd party pricing)

 

Yield

Constant prepayment rate Default rate

Loss severity

   0-24% (5%)

0-26% (6%)

0-21% (9%)

4-75% (52%)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

587

  

 

Discounted cash flows (3 rd party pricing)

 

Yield Constant prepayment rate

   1-3% (2%)

0-15% (11%)

Asset-backed securities

    102     

Discounted cash flows (3 rd party pricing)

 

Yield Constant prepayment rate Default rate

Loss severity

   1-24% (4%)

0-5% (2%)

1-28% (15%)

46-88% (72%)

U.S. agency debt obligations and other

 

 

665

  

 

Discounted cash flows (3 rd party pricing)

 

Yield

Constant prepayment rate

   1-4% (2%)

N/A

Other assets:

        

Mortgage servicing rights

    55     

Discounted cash flows

 

Constant prepayment rate Discount rate

Servicing cost ($ per loan)

   11.77-32.99% (19.37%)
9.95-37.88% (12.66%)
$81-$864 ($302)

Derivative receivables

    90      Discounted cash flows  

Swap rates

   1.82-2.59% (2.46%)

Retained interests in securitization and other

    204     

Discounted cash flows

  Life of receivables (months) Constant prepayment rate Discount rate    29-243 (66)
1.25-22.21% (13.52%)
2.90-13.57% (12.70%)

Liabilities:

        

Other liabilities:

        

Derivative payables

    (38  

Discounted cash flows

Black model

 

Swap rates

Flat volatility

   1.82-2.55% (2.42%)

24.66-25.03% (24.72%)

 

241


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

We are required to measure and recognize certain other financial assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the consolidated balance sheets. These financial assets are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments in certain circumstances (for example, when we evaluate impairment).

Loans Held For Sale

Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of aggregate cost, net of deferred fees and deferred origination costs, or fair value. The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using a discounted cash flow model or the fair value of the underlying collateral, less the estimated cost to sell. Held-for-sale loans that are valued using a discounted cash flow model are classified as level 2. Loans that are valued using fair value less the estimated cost to sell have significant unobservable inputs and are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. Fair value adjustments to loans held for sale are recorded in other non-interest expense in our consolidated statements of income.

Loans Held For Investment, Net

Loans held for investment that are individually assessed for impairment are carried at the fair value of the underlying collateral, less the estimated cost to sell. Due to the use of unobservable inputs, loans held for investment are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. Fair value adjustments for loans held for investment are recorded in provision for credit losses in the consolidated statement of income.

Foreclosed Property and Other Repossessed Assets

Foreclosed property and other repossessed assets are carried at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Due to the use of significant unobservable inputs, foreclosed property is classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. Fair value adjustments for foreclosed property are recorded in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

Other Assets

Nonrecurring other assets measured at fair value consist of long-lived assets held for sale. These assets are recorded in other assets in our consolidated balance sheets. These assets are carried at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. Due to the use of unobservable inputs, long-lived assets held for sale are classified as Level 3 under the fair value hierarchy. Fair value adjustments for other assets are recorded in other non-interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

 

242


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and still held on the consolidated balance sheet, the following table provides the fair value measures by level of valuation assumptions used and the gains or losses recognized for these assets as a result of fair value measurements.

 

     December 31, 2012
       Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets
at Fair
Value
     Significant
Valuation
Techniques
   Significant Unobservable
Inputs
   Range
(Weighted
Average)

(Dollars in millions)

   Level 1      Level 2      Level 3              

Assets

                    

Loans held for sale

   $ 0       $ 201       $ 0       $ 201       N/A    N/A    N/A

Loans held for investment

     0         0         162         162       Appraisal
Value
   Non-recoverable rate    0-100%

(13%)

Foreclosed property (1)

     0         0         50         50       Appraisal
Value
   Cost to Sell

Bias Factor

   10-14%

0-11%

Other (2)

     0         0         59         59       Appraisal
Value
   Cost to Sell    6-6%

(6%)

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

Total

   $ 0       $ 201       $ 271       $ 472            
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

          

 

     December 31, 2011  
     Fair Value Measurements Using      Assets
at  Fair

  Value  
 

(Dollars in millions)

     Level 1          Level 2          Level 3       

Assets

           

Loans held for sale

   $ 0       $ 201       $ 0       $ 201   

Loans held for investment

     0         0         113         113   

Foreclosed property (1)

     0         0         169         169   

Other (2)

     0         0         21         21   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 0       $ 201       $ 303       $ 504   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

     Total Gains (Losses)Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011  

Assets

     

Loans held for sale

   $ 0       $ 0   

Loans held for investment

     (50      (66

Foreclosed property (1)

     (12      (21

Other (2)

     (19      (19
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ (14    $ (106
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Represents the fair value and related losses of foreclosed properties that were written down subsequent to their initial classification as foreclosed properties.

(2)  

Consists of long lived assets classified as held for sale.

 

243


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The following reflects the fair value of financial instruments, whether or not recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, at fair value as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

 

     December 31, 2012      Fair Value Measurements Using  

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
     Level 1      Level 2      Level 3  

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,058       $ 11,058       $ 11,058       $ 0       $ 0   

Restricted cash for securitization investors

     428         428         428         0         0   

Securities available for sale

     63,979         63,979         1,697         59,593         2,689   

Loans held for sale

     201         201         0         201         0   

Net loans held for investment

     200,733         205,000         0         0         205,000   

Interest receivable

     1,694         1,694         0         1,694         0   

Derivatives

     1,848         1,848         1         1,757         90   

Mortgage servicing rights

     55         55         0         0         55   

Financial liabilities

              

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 22,467       $ 22,467       $ 22,467       $ 0       $ 0   

Interest-bearing deposits

     190,018         189,423         0         22,216         167,207   

Securitized debt obligations

     11,398         11,590         0         11,252         338   

Senior and subordinated notes

     12,686         13,312         0         13,312         0   

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,248         1,248         1,248         0         0   

Other borrowings

     24,578         24,616         346         24,215         55   

Interest payable

     450         450         0         450         0   

Derivatives

     400         400         1         361         38   
     December 31, 2011                 

(Dollars in millions)

   Carrying
Amount
     Estimated
Fair Value
                

Financial assets

              

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 5,838       $ 5,838            

Restricted cash for securitization investors

     791         791            

Securities available for sale

     38,759         38,759            

Loans held for sale

     201         201            

Net loans held for investment

     131,642         133,710            

Interest receivable

     1,029         1,029            

Derivatives

     1,936         1,936            

Mortgage servicing rights

     93         93            

Financial liabilities

              

Non-interest bearing deposits

   $ 18,281       $ 18,281            

Interest-bearing deposits

     109,945         110,002            

Securitized debt obligations

     16,527         16,632            

Senior and subordinated notes

     11,034         10,870            

Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under agreements to repurchase

     1,464         1,464            

Other borrowings

     10,536         10,607            

Interest payable

     466         466            

Derivatives

     987         987            

 

244


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following describes the valuation techniques used in estimating the fair value of our financial instruments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011. We applied the fair value provisions , to the financial instruments not recognized on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value, which include loans held for investment, interest receivable, non-interest bearing and interest bearing deposits, other borrowings, senior and subordinated notes, and interest payable. The provisions requiring us to maximize the use of observable inputs and to measure fair value using a notion of exit price were factored into our selection of inputs of our established valuation techniques.

Financial Assets

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The carrying amounts of cash and due from banks, federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell and interest-bearing deposits with banks approximate fair value.

Restricted Cash for Securitization Investors

The carrying amounts of restricted cash for securitization investors approximate their fair value due to their relatively short-term nature.

Securities Available For Sale

Quoted prices in active markets are used to measure the fair value of U.S. Treasury securities. For other investment categories, we utilize multiple third-party pricing services to obtain fair value measures for the large majority of our securities. A pricing service may be considered as the primary pricing provider for certain types of securities, and the designation of the primary pricing provider may vary depending on the type of securities. The determination of the primary pricing provider is based on our experience and validation benchmark of the pricing service’s performance in terms of providing fair value measurement for the various types of securities.

Certain securities available for sale are classified as Level 2 and 3, the majority of which are collateralized mortgage obligations and mortgage-backed securities. Level 2 and 3 classifications indicate that significant valuation assumptions are not consistently observable in the market. When significant assumptions are not consistently observable, fair values are derived using the best available data. Such data may include quotes provided by a dealer, the use of external pricing services, independent pricing models, or other model-based valuation techniques such as calculation of the present values of future cash flows incorporating assumptions such as benchmark yields, spreads, prepayment speeds, credit ratings, and losses. The techniques used by the pricing services utilize observable market data to the extent available. Pricing models may be used, which can vary by asset class and may incorporate available trade, bid and other market information. Across asset classes, information such as trader/dealer input, credit spreads, forward curves, and prepayment speeds are used to help determine appropriate valuations. Because many fixed income securities do not trade on a daily basis, the evaluated pricing applications may apply available information through processes such as benchmarking curves, like securities, sector groupings, and matrix pricing to prepare valuations. In addition, model processes are used by the pricing services to develop prepayment and interest rate scenarios.

We validate the pricing obtained from the primary pricing providers through comparison of pricing to additional sources, including other pricing services, dealer pricing indications in transaction results, and other internal sources. Pricing variances among different pricing sources are analyzed and validated. Additionally, on an on-going basis we may select a sample of securities and test the third-party valuation by obtaining more detailed information about the pricing methodology, sources of information, and assumptions used to value the securities.

 

245


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of our residential, asset-backed and commercial securities include yield, prepayment rate, default rate and loss severity in the event of default. Significant increases (decreases) in any of those inputs in isolation or combination would result in a significant change in fair value measurement. Generally, an increase in the yield assumption will result in a decrease in fair value measurement, however, an increase or decrease in prepayment rate, default rate or loss severity may have a different impact on the fair value given various characteristics of the security including the capital structure of the deal, credit enhancement for the security or other factors.

As of December 31, 2012, we saw further improvements in the market value of our portfolio holdings driven by lower interest rates and reduced risk premiums as compared to 2011. The increase in the amount of Level 3 securities was primarily driven by the increase in non-agency MBS securities due to acquisition of ING Direct securities portfolio.

Loans Held For Sale

The fair value of loans held for sale is determined using current secondary market prices for portfolios with similar characteristics. The carrying amounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 approximate fair value.

Loans Held For Investment, Net

The fair values of credit card loans, installment loans, auto loans, home loans and commercial loans were estimated using a discounted cash flow method, a form of the income approach. Discount rates were determined considering rates at which similar portfolios of loans would be made under current conditions and considering liquidity spreads applicable to each loan portfolio based on the secondary market. The fair value of credit card loans excluded any value related to customer account relationships. The increase in fair value above carrying amount as of December 31, 2012 was primarily due to a tightening of liquidity spreads and improved credit performance noted in our mortgage and commercial loan portfolios.

Interest Receivable

The carrying amount of interest receivable approximates the fair value of this asset due to its relatively short-term nature.

Derivative Receivables and Payables

We use both exchange-traded derivatives and over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives to manage our interest rate and foreign currency risk exposure. Quoted market prices are available and used for our exchange-traded derivatives, which we classify as Level 1. However, substantially all of our derivatives are traded in OTC markets where quoted market prices are not always readily available. Therefore, we value most OTC derivatives using valuation techniques, which include internally-developed models. We primarily rely on market observable inputs for our models, such as interest rate yield curves, credit curves, option volatility and currency rates, that vary depending on the type of derivative and nature of the underlying rate, price or index upon which the derivative’s value is based. Where model inputs can be observed in a liquid market and the model does not require significant judgment, such derivatives are typically classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. When instruments are traded in less liquid markets and significant inputs are unobservable, such as interest rate swaps whose remaining terms do not correlate with market observable interest rate yield curves, the derivatives are classified as Level 3.

 

246


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The impact of counterparty non-performance risk is considered when measuring the fair value of derivative receivables. These derivatives are included in other assets on the balance sheet.

We validate the pricing obtained from the internal models through comparison of pricing to additional sources, including external valuation agents and other internal sources. Pricing variances among different pricing sources are analyzed and validated.

Mortgage Servicing Rights

Mortgage Servicing Rights (“MSRs”) do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices. Accordingly, we determine the fair value of MSRs using a valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income. The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment spreads, discount rate, cost to service, contractual servicing fee income, ancillary income and late fees. We record MSRs at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value measurements of MSRs use significant unobservable inputs and, accordingly, are classified as Level 3.

Financial Liabilities

Non-Interest Bearing Deposits

The carrying amount of non-interest bearing deposits approximates fair value.

Interest-Bearing Deposits

The fair value of interest-bearing deposits was determined based on discounted expected cash flows using discount rates consistent with current market rates for similar products with similar remaining terms.

Securitized Debt Obligations

We utilized multiple third party pricing services to obtain fair value measures for the large majority of our securitized debt obligations. The techniques used by the pricing services utilize observable market data to the extent available; and pricing models may be used which incorporate available trade, bid and other market information as described in the above section. We used internal pricing models, discounted cash flow models or similar techniques to estimate the fair value of certain securitization trusts where third-party pricing was not available.

Senior and Subordinated Notes

We engage multiple third party pricing services in order to estimate the fair value of senior and subordinated notes. The pricing service utilizes a pricing model that incorporates available trade, bid and other market information. It also incorporates spread assumptions, volatility assumptions and relevant credit information into the pricing models.

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Loaned or Sold under Agreements to Repurchase and Other Borrowings

The carrying amount of federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements approximates fair value. The fair value of FHLB advances was determined based on discounted expected cash flows using discount rates

 

247


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

consistent with current market rates for FHLB advances with similar remaining terms. We engage multiple third party pricing services in order to estimate the fair value of junior subordinated borrowings. The pricing service utilizes a pricing model that incorporates available trade information. It also incorporates available market and credit information into the pricing process. The increase in fair value of our other borrowings above carrying values at December 31, 2012 was primarily due to market interest rates being slightly lower than the interest rates on the debt we own.

Interest Payable

The carrying amount of interest payable approximates the fair value of this liability due to its relatively short-term nature.

Commitments

We provide commitments that include extending credit and letters of credit. These financial instruments are generally not sold or traded. The fair values of the financial guarantees outstanding and included in other liabilities as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 that have been issued since January 1, 2003 were $4 million. The estimated fair values of extensions of credit and letters of credit are not readily available. However, the fair value of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements with comparable credit risks and the current creditworthiness of the counterparties. Commitments to extend credit issued by us are generally short-term in nature and, if drawn upon, are issued under current market terms and conditions for credits with comparable risks. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, there was no material unrealized appreciation or depreciation on these financial instruments.

 

 

NOTE 20—BUSINESS SEGMENTS

 

Our principal operations are currently organized for management reporting purposes into three primary business segments, which are defined primarily based on the products and services provided or the type of customer served: Credit Card, Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking. The operations of acquired businesses have been integrated into our existing business segments. The acquired ING Direct business is primarily reflected in our Consumer Banking business, while the business acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition is reflected in our Credit Card business. Certain activities that are not part of a segment are included in the “Other” category.

 

   

Credit Card : Consists of our domestic consumer and small business card lending, national small business lending, national closed end installment lending and the international card lending businesses in Canada and the United Kingdom.

 

   

Consumer Banking: Consists of our branch-based lending and deposit gathering activities for consumers and small businesses, national deposit gathering, national auto lending and consumer home loan lending and servicing activities.

 

   

Commercial Banking: Consists of our lending, deposit gathering and treasury management services to commercial real estate and commercial and industrial customers. Our commercial and industrial customers typically include companies with annual revenues between $10 million to $1.0 billion.

 

   

Other Category:  Includes the residual impact of the allocation of our centralized Corporate Treasury group activities, such as management of our corporate investment portfolio and asset/liability management, to our business segments. Accordingly, net gains and losses on our investment securities portfolio and certain trading activities are included in the Other category. The Other category also includes foreign exchange-rate fluctuations related to the revaluation of foreign currency-denominated investments; certain gains (losses)

 

248


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

on the sale and securitization of loans; unallocated corporate expenses that do not directly support the operations of the business segments or for which the business segments are not considered financially accountable in evaluating their performance, such as acquisition and restructuring charges; provisions for representation and warranty reserves related to continuing operations; certain material items that are non-recurring in nature; and offsets related to certain line-item reclassifications.

Basis of Presentation

We report the results of each of our business segments on a continuing operations basis. See “Note 3—Discontinued Operations” for a discussion of discontinued operations. The results of our individual businesses reflect the manner in which management evaluates performance and makes decisions about funding our operations and allocating resources. We use an internal management and reporting process to derive our business segment results. We refer to the business segment results derived from our internal management accounting and reporting process as our “managed” presentation, which differs in some cases, as described below, from our reported results prepared based on U.S. GAAP. There is no comprehensive, authoritative body of guidance for management accounting equivalent to U.S. GAAP; therefore, the managed basis presentation of our business segment results may not be comparable to similar information provided by other financial service companies. In addition, our individual business segment results should not be used as a substitute for comparable results determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Business Segment Reporting Methodology

The results of our business segments are intended to reflect each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. Our internal management and reporting process used to derive our segment results employs various allocation methodologies, including funds transfer pricing, to assign certain balance sheet assets, deposits and other liabilities and their related revenue and expenses directly or indirectly attributable to each business segment. Total interest income and net fees are directly attributable to the segment in which they are reported. The net interest income of each segment reflects the results of our funds transfer pricing process, which is primarily based on a matched maturity method that takes into consideration market rates. Our funds transfer pricing process provides a funds credit for sources of funds, such as deposits generated by our Consumer Banking and Commercial Banking businesses, and a funds charge for the use of funds by each segment. The allocation process is unique to each business segment and acquired businesses. Due to the integrated nature of our business segments, estimates and judgments have been made in allocating certain revenue and expense items. Transactions between segments are based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates. We regularly assess the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, which may result in the implementation of refinements or changes in future periods.

Following is additional information on the principles and methodologies used in preparing our business segment results.

 

   

Net interest income:  Interest income from loans held for investment and interest expense from deposits and other interest-bearing liabilities are reflected within each applicable business segment. Because funding and asset/liability management are managed centrally by our Corporate Treasury Group, net interest income for our business segments also includes the results of a funds transfer pricing process that is intended to allocate a cost of funds used or credit for funds provided to all business segment assets and liabilities, respectively, using a matched funding concept. Also, taxable-equivalent benefit of tax-exempt products is allocated to each business unit with a corresponding increase in income tax expense.

 

249


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

   

Non-interest income:  Non-interest fees and other revenue associated with loans or customers managed by each business segment and other direct revenues are accounted for within each business segment.

 

   

Provision for credit losses: The provision for credit losses is directly attributable to the business segment in which the loans are managed.

 

   

Non-interest expense:  Non-interest expenses directly managed and incurred by a business segment are accounted for within each business segment. We allocate certain non-interest expenses indirectly incurred by business segments, such as corporate support functions, to each business segment based on various factors, including the actual cost of the services from the service providers, the utilization of the services, the number of employees or other relevant factors.

 

   

Goodwill and other intangible assets:  Goodwill and other intangible assets are assigned to business segments based on the relative fair value of each segment. Intangible amortization is included in the results of the applicable segment.

 

   

Income taxes: Income taxes are assessed for each business segment based on a standard tax rate with the residual tax expense or benefit to arrive at the consolidated effective tax rate included in the “Other” category.

 

   

Loans held for investment: Loans are reported within each business segment based on product or customer type.

 

   

Deposits: Deposits are reported within each business segment based on product or customer type.

Segment Results and Reconciliation

We may periodically change our business segments or reclassify business segment results based on modifications to our management reporting methodologies and changes in organizational alignment. In the first quarter of 2012, we re-aligned the loan categories reported by our Commercial Banking business and the loan customer and product types included within each category. As a result of this re-alignment, we now report three product categories: commercial and multifamily real estate, commercial and industrial loans and small-ticket commercial real estate, which is a run-off portfolio. We previously reported four categories within our Commercial Banking business: commercial and multifamily real estate, middle market, specialty lending and small-ticket commercial real estate. Middle market and specialty lending related products are included in commercial and industrial loans. All affordable housing tax-related investments, some of which were previously included in the “Other” segment, are now included in the commercial and multifamily real estate category of our Commercial Banking business.

 

250


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following tables provide a summary of our business segment results for 2012, 2011 and 2010, selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and a reconciliation of our total business segment results to our reported consolidated income from continuing operations, assets and deposits. Prior period amounts have been recast to conform to the current period presentation.

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Consumer
Banking
     Commercial
Banking
    Other     Consolidated
Total
 

Net interest income

   $ 10,182       $ 5,788       $ 1,740      $ (1,121 )   $ 16,589   

Non-interest income

     3,078         782         340        607        4,807   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     13,260         6,570         2,080        (514 )     21,396   

Provision for credit losses

     4,061         589         (270 )     35        4,415   

Non-interest expense:

            

PCCR intangible amortization

     350         0         0        0        350   

Core deposit intangible amortization

     0         159         34        0        193   

Other non-interest expense

     6,504         3,712         1,025        162        11,403   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     6,854         3,871         1,059        162        11,946   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     2,345         2,110         1,291        (711 )     5,035   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     815         747         456        (717 )     1,301   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 1,530       $ 1,363       $ 835      $ 6      $ 3,734   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Consumer
Banking
     Commercial
Banking
    Other     Consolidated
Total
 

Net interest income

   $ 7,822       $ 4,236       $ 1,596      $ (913 )   $ 12,741   

Non-interest income

     2,609         720         283        (74     3,538   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     10,431         4,956         1,879        (987 )     16,279   

Provision for credit losses

     1,870         452         31        7        2,360   

Non-interest expense:

            

PCCR intangible amortization

     21         0         0        0        21   

Core deposit intangible amortization

     0         132         40        0        172   

Other non-interest expense

     5,014         3,112         885        128        9,139   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     5,035         3,244         925        128        9,332   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     3,526         1,260         923        (1,122 )     4,587   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     1,249         451         328        (694 )     1,334   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 2,277       $ 809       $ 595      $ (428 )   $ 3,253   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

251


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2010  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Consumer
Banking
     Commercial
Banking
     Other     Consolidated
Total
 

Net interest income

   $ 7,894       $ 3,727       $ 1,450       $ (614 )   $ 12,457   

Non-interest income

     2,720         870         185         (61     3,714   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue

     10,614         4,597         1,635         (675 )     16,171   

Provision for credit losses

     3,188         241         435         43        3,907   

Non-interest expense:

             

Core deposit intangible amortization

     0         144         55         0        199   

Other non-interest expense

     3,951         2,806         829         149        7,735   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total non-interest expense

     3,951         2,950         884         149        7,934   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

     3,475         1,406         316         (867 )     4,330   

Income tax provision (benefit)

     1,201         501         112         (534 )     1,280   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   $ 2,274       $ 905       $ 204       $ (333 )   $ 3,050   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Business Segment Loans and Deposits

The total loans held for investment and customer deposits attributable to each of our reportable business segments as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 are presented in the following tables:

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2012  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Consumer
Banking
     Commercial
Banking
     Other      Consolidated
Total
 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 91,755       $ 75,127       $ 38,820       $ 187       $ 205,889   

Total customer deposits

     0         172,396         29,866         10,223         212,485   

 

     Year Ended December 31, 2011  

(Dollars in millions)

   Credit
Card
     Consumer
Banking
     Commercial
Banking
     Other      Consolidated
Total
 

Total loans held for investment

   $ 65,075       $ 36,315       $ 34,327       $ 175       $ 135,892   

Total customer deposits

     0         88,540         26,683         13,003         128,226   

 

 

NOTE 21—COMMITMENTS, CONTINGENCIES AND GUARANTEES

 

Letters of Credit

We issue letters of credit (financial standby, performance standby and commercial) to meet the financing needs of our customers. Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party in a borrowing arrangement. Commercial letters of credit are short-term commitments issued primarily to facilitate trade finance activities for customers and are generally collateralized by the goods being shipped to the client. Collateral requirements are similar to those for funded transactions and are established based on management’s credit assessment of the customer. Management conducts regular reviews of all outstanding letters of credit and customer acceptances, and the results of these reviews are considered in assessing the adequacy of our allowance for loan and lease losses.

We had standby letters of credit and commercial letters of credit with contractual amounts of $1.9 billion as of both December 31, 2012 and 2011. The fair value of outstanding financial guarantees, which we include in other

 

252


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets, was $4 million as of December 31, 2012. These financial guarantees had expiration dates ranging from 2012 to 2023 as of December 31, 2012.

Contingent Payments Related to Acquisitions and Partnership Agreements

Certain of our acquisition and partnership agreements include contingent payment provisions in which we agree to provide future payments, up to a maximum amount, based on certain performance criteria. Our contingent payment arrangements are generally based on the difference between the expected credit performance of specified loan portfolios as of the date of the applicable agreement and the actual future performance. To the extent that actual losses associated with these portfolios are less than the expected level, we agree to share a portion of the benefit with the seller. The maximum contingent payment amount related to our acquisitions totaled $165 million as of December 31, 2012. The actual payment amount related to $30 million of this balance will be determined as of September 30, 2013. The actual payment amount related to the remaining $135 million of this balance was determined as of December 31, 2012. We recognized an expense related to contingent payment arrangements of $77 million during 2012. As such, we had a liability for contingent payments related to these arrangements of $165 million and $88 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. On January 4, 2013, we settled one of our existing contingent payment arrangements for $135 million.

Guarantees

We have credit exposure on agreements that we entered into to manage our risk of loss on certain manufactured housing securitizations issued by GPC in 2000. Our maximum credit exposure related to these agreements totaled $19 million and $23 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. These agreements are recorded in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities. The value of our obligations under these agreements was $17 million and $12 million as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. See “Note 7—Variable Interest Entities and Securitizations” for additional information about our manufactured housing securitization transactions.

Payment Protection Insurance

In the U.K., we previously sold payment protection insurance (“PPI”). In response to an elevated level of customer complaints across the industry, heightened media coverage and pressure from consumer advocacy groups, the U.K. Financial Services Authority (“FSA”) investigated and raised concerns about the way some companies have handled complaints related to the sale of these insurance policies. In connection with this matter, we have established a reserve related to PPI, which totaled $220 million as of December 31, 2012.

Potential Mortgage Representation & Warranty Liabilities

In recent years, we acquired three subsidiaries that originated residential mortgage loans and sold them to various purchasers, including purchasers who created securitization trusts. These subsidiaries are Capital One Home Loans, which was acquired in February 2005; GreenPoint Mortgage Funding, Inc. (“GreenPoint”), which was acquired in December 2006 as part of the North Fork acquisition; and CCB, which was acquired in February 2009 and subsequently merged into CONA.

In connection with their sales of mortgage loans, the subsidiaries entered into agreements containing varying representations and warranties about, among other things, the ownership of the loan, the validity of the lien securing the loan, the loan’s compliance with any applicable loan criteria established by the purchaser, including underwriting guidelines and the ongoing existence of mortgage insurance, and the loan’s compliance with applicable federal, state and local laws. The representations and warranties do not address the credit performance

 

253


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

of the mortgage loans, but mortgage loan performance often influences whether a claim for breach of representation and warranty will be asserted and has an effect on the amount of any loss in the event of a breach of a representation or warranty.

Each of these subsidiaries may be required to repurchase mortgage loans in the event of certain breaches of these representations and warranties. In the event of a repurchase, the subsidiary is typically required to pay the then unpaid principal balance of the loan together with interest and certain expenses (including, in certain cases, legal costs incurred by the purchaser and/or others). The subsidiary then recovers the loan or, if the loan has been foreclosed, the underlying collateral. The subsidiary is exposed to any losses on the repurchased loans after giving effect to any recoveries on the collateral. In some instances, rather than repurchase the loans, a subsidiary may agree to make a cash payment to make an investor whole on losses or to settle repurchase claims. In addition, our subsidiaries may be required to indemnify certain purchasers and others against losses they incur as a result of certain breaches of representations and warranties. In some cases, the amount of such losses could exceed the repurchase amount of the related loans.

These subsidiaries, in total, originated and sold to non-affiliates approximately $111 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans between 2005 and 2008, which are the years (or “vintages”) with respect to which our subsidiaries have received the vast majority of the repurchase requests and other related claims.

The following table presents the original principal balance of mortgage loan originations, by vintage for 2005 through 2008, for the three general categories of purchasers of mortgage loans and the outstanding principal balance as of December 31, 2012 and 2011:

Unpaid Principal Balance of Mortgage Loans Originated and Sold to Third Parties Based on Category of Purchaser

 

     Unpaid Principal Balance                                     
     December 31,      Original Unpaid Principal Balance  

(Dollars in billions)

   2012      2011      Total      2008      2007      2006      2005  

Government sponsored enterprises (“GSEs”) (1)

   $ 4       $ 5       $ 11       $ 1       $ 4       $ 3       $ 3   

Insured Securitizations

     5         6         20         0         2         8         10   

Uninsured Securitizations and Other

     23         30         80         3         15         30         32   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 32       $ 41       $ 111       $ 4       $ 21       $ 41       $ 45   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

GSEs include Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

Between 2005 and 2008, our subsidiaries sold an aggregate amount of $11 billion in original principal balance mortgage loans to the GSEs.

Of the $20 billion in original principal balance of mortgage loans sold directly by our subsidiaries to private-label purchasers who placed the loans into securitizations supported by bond insurance (“Insured Securitizations”), approximately $16 billion original principal balance was placed in securitizations as to which the monoline bond insurers have made repurchase requests or loan file requests to one of our subsidiaries (“Active Insured Securitizations”), and the remaining approximately $4 billion original principal balance was placed in securitizations as to which the monoline bond insurers have not made repurchase requests or loan file requests to one of our subsidiaries (“Inactive Insured Securitizations”). Insured Securitizations often allow the monoline bond insurer to act independently of the investors. Bond insurers typically have indemnity agreements directly with both the mortgage originators and the securitizers, and they often have super-majority rights within the trust documentation that allow them to direct trustees to pursue mortgage repurchase requests without coordination with other investors.

 

254


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Because we do not service most of the loans our subsidiaries sold to others, we do not have complete information about the current ownership of the $80 billion in original principal balance of mortgage loans not sold directly to GSEs or placed in Insured Securitizations. We have determined based on information obtained from third-party databases that about $49 billion original principal balance of these mortgage loans are currently held by private-label publicly issued securitizations not supported by bond insurance (“Uninsured Securitizations”). In contrast with the bond insurers in Insured Securitizations, investors in Uninsured Securitizations often face a number of legal and logistical hurdles before they can force a securitization trustee to pursue mortgage repurchases, including the need to coordinate with a certain percentage of investors holding the securities and to indemnify the trustee for any litigation it undertakes. Despite these legal and logistical hurdles, there is a risk that securitization trustees will pursue mortgage repurchase litigation unilaterally or in coordination with investors. There is also a risk that investors will be able to successfully pursue repurchase litigation independently and without the involvement of the trustee as a party. An additional approximately $21 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans were initially sold to private investors as whole loans. Of this amount, we believe approximately $10 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans were ultimately purchased by GSEs. For purposes of our reserves-setting process, we consider these loans to be private-label loans rather than GSE loans. Various known and unknown investors purchased the remaining $10 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans in this category.

With respect to the $111 billion in original principal balance of mortgage loans originated and sold to others between 2005 and 2008, we estimate that approximately $32 billion in unpaid principal balance remains outstanding as of December 31, 2012, approximately $17 billion in losses have been realized and approximately $8 billion in unpaid principal balance is at least 90 days delinquent. Because we do not service most of the loans we sold to others, we do not have complete information about the underlying credit performance levels for some of these mortgage loans. These amounts reflect our best estimates, including extrapolations where necessary. These extrapolations occur on the approximately $10 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans for which we do not have complete information about the current holders or the underlying credit performance. These estimates could change as we get additional data or refine our analysis.

The subsidiaries had open repurchase requests relating to approximately $2.4 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans as of December 31, 2012, compared with $2.1 billion as of December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2012, the majority of new repurchase demands received over the last year and, as discussed below, the majority of our $899 million reserve relates to the $27 billion of original principal balance of mortgage loans originally sold to the GSEs or to Active Insured Securitizations. Currently, repurchase demands predominantly relate to the 2006 and 2007 vintages. We have received relatively few repurchase demands from the 2008 and 2009 vintages, mostly because GreenPoint ceased originating mortgages in August 2007.

 

255


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table presents information on pending repurchase requests by counterparty category and timing of initial repurchase request. The amounts presented are based on original loan principal balances.

Open Pipeline All Vintages (all entities) (1)

 

(Dollars in millions) (All amounts are Original Principal Balance)

   GSEs     Insured
Securitizations
    Uninsured
Securitizations
and Other
    Total  

Open claims as of December 31, 2010

   $ 126      $ 832      $ 665      $ 1,623   

Gross new demands received

     196        359        131        686   

Loans repurchased/made whole

     (67 )     (14 )     (16 )     (97 )

Demands rescinded

     (85 )     (6 )     (30 )     (121 )

Reclassifications (2)

     6        72        (78 )     0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Open claims as of December 31, 2011

   $ 176      $ 1,243      $ 672      $ 2,091   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross new demands received

     189        366        291        846   

Loans repurchased/made whole

     (233 )     (3 )     (138 )     (374 )

Demands rescinded

     (75 )     (30 )     (40 )     (145 )

Reclassifications (2)

     2        3        (4 )     1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Open claims as of December 31, 2012

   $ 59      $ 1,579      $ 781      $ 2,419   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

The open pipeline includes all repurchase requests ever received by our subsidiaries where either the requesting party has not formally rescinded the repurchase request and where our subsidiary has not agreed to either repurchase the loan at issue or make the requesting party whole with respect to its losses. Accordingly, repurchase requests denied by our subsidiaries and not pursued by the counterparty remain in the open pipeline. Moreover, repurchase requests submitted by parties without contractual standing to pursue repurchase requests are included within the open pipeline unless the requesting party has formally rescinded its repurchase request. Finally, the amounts reflected in this chart are the original principal balance amounts of the mortgage loans at issue and do not correspond to the losses our subsidiary would incur upon the repurchase of these loans.

(2)  

Represents adjustments to correct the counterparty category as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 for amounts that were misclassified. The reclassification had no impact on the total pending repurchase requests; however, it resulted in an increase in open claims attributable to GSEs and Insured Securitizations and a decrease in open claims attributable to Uninsured Securitizations and Other.

We have established representation and warranty reserves for losses associated with the mortgage loans sold by each subsidiary that we consider to be both probable and reasonably estimable, including both litigation and non-litigation liabilities. These reserves are reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities. The reserve setting process relies heavily on estimates, which are inherently uncertain, and requires the application of judgment. We evaluate these estimates on a quarterly basis. We build our representation and warranty reserves through the provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses, which we report in our consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income for loans originated and sold by CCB and Capital One Home Loans and as a component of discontinued operations for loans originated and sold by GreenPoint. In establishing the representation and warranty reserves, we consider a variety of factors depending on the category of purchaser.

In establishing reserves for the $11 billion original principal balance of GSE loans, we rely on the historical relationship between GSE loan losses and repurchase outcomes for each GSE, adjusted for any bulk settlements, to estimate: (1) the percentage of current and future GSE loan defaults that we anticipate will result in repurchase requests from the GSEs over the lifetime of the GSE loans; and (2) the percentage of those repurchase requests that we anticipate will result in actual repurchases. We also rely on estimated collateral valuations and loss forecast models to estimate our lifetime liability on GSE loans. This reserving approach to the GSE loans reflects the historical interaction with the GSEs around repurchase requests, and also includes anticipated repurchases resulting from mortgage insurance rescissions. The GSEs typically have stronger contractual rights than non-GSE counterparties because GSE contracts typically do not contain prompt notice requirements for repurchase requests or materiality qualifications to the representations and warranties.

 

256


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Moreover, for the potential GSE repurchase liability remaining after bulk settlements, we have established a negotiation pattern whereby the GSEs and our subsidiaries continually negotiate around individual repurchase requests, leading to the GSEs rescinding some repurchase requests and our subsidiaries agreeing in some cases to repurchase some loans or make the GSEs whole with respect to losses. Our lifetime representation and warranty reserves with respect to GSE repurchase liability remaining after bulk settlements are grounded in this history. One of our subsidiaries entered into a bulk settlement with a GSE to resolve present and future repurchase claims in the first quarter of 2012, and our reserves allocated to the GSE segment reflect the amount of that settlement.

For the $16 billion original principal balance in Active Insured Securitizations, our reserving approach also reflects our historical interaction with monoline bond insurers around repurchase requests. Typically, monoline bond insurers allege a very high repurchase rate with respect to the mortgage loans in the Active Insured Securitization category. In response to these repurchase requests, our subsidiaries typically request information from the monoline bond insurers demonstrating that the contractual requirements around a valid repurchase request have been satisfied. In response to these requests for supporting documentation, monoline bond insurers typically initiate litigation. Accordingly, our reserves within the Active Insured Securitization segment are not based upon the historical repurchase rate with monoline bond insurers, but rather upon the expected resolution of litigation with the monoline bond insurers. Every bond insurer within this category is pursuing a substantially similar litigation strategy either through active or probable litigation. Accordingly, our representation and warranty reserves for this category are litigation reserves. In establishing litigation reserves for this category, we consider current and future losses inherent within the securitization and apply legal judgment to the anticipated factual and legal record to estimate the lifetime legal liability for each securitization. Our estimated legal liability for each securitization within this category assumes that we will be responsible for only a portion of the losses inherent in each securitization. Our litigation reserves with respect to the U.S. Bank Litigation, the DBSP Litigation, and the Ambac Litigation, in each case as referenced below, are contained within the Active Insured Securitization reserve category. Further, our litigation reserves with respect to indemnification risks from certain representation and warranty lawsuits brought by monoline bond insurers against third-party securitizations sponsors, where one of our subsidiaries provided some or all of the mortgage collateral within the securitization but is not a defendant in the litigation, are also contained within this category.

For the $4 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans in the Inactive Insured Securitizations category and the $80 billion original principal balance of mortgage loans in the Uninsured Securitizations and other whole loan sales categories, we establish reserves by relying on our historical activity and repurchase rates to estimate repurchase liabilities over the next twelve (12) months. We do not believe we can estimate repurchase liability for these categories for a period longer than twelve (12) months because of the relatively irregular nature of repurchase activity within these categories. Some Uninsured Securitization investors from this category who have not made repurchase requests or filed representation and warranty lawsuits are currently suing investment banks and securitization sponsors under federal and/or state securities laws. Although we face some direct and indirect indemnity risks from these litigations, we generally have not established reserves with respect to these indemnity risks because we do not consider them to be both probable and reasonably estimable liabilities.

The aggregate reserves for all three subsidiaries totaled $899 million as of December 31, 2012, compared with $943 million as of December 31, 2011. We recorded a total provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses for our representation and warranty repurchase exposure of $349 million in 2012, which was primarily driven by updated estimates of anticipated outcomes from various litigation and threatened litigation in the insured securitization segment based on relevant factual and legal developments and an increased reserve associated with a settlement in the first quarter of 2012 between a subsidiary and a GSE to resolve present and future repurchase claims. The decrease in the reserve in 2012 was driven primarily by the settlement of claims. During 2012, we had settlements of repurchase requests totaling $393 million that were charged against the reserve.

 

257


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

The following table summarizes changes in our representation and warranty reserves in 2012 and 2011:

Changes in Representation and Warranty Reserves

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  

Representation and warranty repurchase reserve, beginning of period (1)

   $ 943      $ 816   

Provision for mortgage representation and warranty losses (2)

     349        212   

Net realized losses

     (393 )     (85 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Representation and warranty repurchase reserve, end of period (1)

   $ 899      $ 943   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Reported in our consolidated balance sheets as a component of other liabilities.

(2)  

The pre-tax portion of the provision for mortgage representation and warranty recognized in our consolidated statements of income as a component of non-interest income totaled $42 million and $43 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The pre-tax portion of the provision for mortgage representation and warranty recognized in our consolidated statements of income as a component of discontinued operations totaled $307 million and $169 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively.

As indicated in the table below, most of the reserves relate to the $27 billion in original principal balance of mortgage loans sold directly to the GSEs or to the Active Insured Securitizations.

Allocation of Representation and Warranty Reserves

 

     Reserve Liability         
     December 31,      Loans Sold
2005 to 2008 (1)
 

(Dollars in millions, except for loans sold)

     2012          2011       

Selected period-end data:

        

GSEs and Active Insured Securitizations

   $ 817       $ 778       $ 27   

Inactive Insured Securitizations and Others

     82         165         84   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 899       $ 943       $ 111   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

(1)  

Reflects, in billions, the total original principal balance of mortgage loans originated by our subsidiaries and sold to third party investors between 2005 and 2008.

The adequacy of the reserves and the ultimate amount of losses incurred by our subsidiaries will depend on, among other things, actual future mortgage loan performance, the actual level of future repurchase and indemnification requests (including the extent, if any, to which Inactive Insured Securitizations and other currently inactive investors ultimately assert claims), the actual success rates of claimants, developments in litigation, actual recoveries on the collateral and macroeconomic conditions (including unemployment levels and housing prices).

As part of our business planning processes, we have considered various outcomes relating to the potential future representation and warranty liabilities of our subsidiaries that are possible but do not rise to the level of being both probable and reasonably estimable outcomes justifying an incremental accrual under applicable accounting standards. Our current best estimate of reasonably possible future losses from representation and warranty claims as of December 31, 2012 beyond what is in our reserve is approximately $2.7 billion. As of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, estimates of reasonably possible losses were $1.7 billion and $1.5 billion, respectively. The estimate as of December 31, 2012 covers all reasonably possible losses relating to relating to the representation and warranty claim activity including those relating to the US Bank Litigation, the DBSP

 

258


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Litigation, the Ambac Litigation, the FHFA Litigation, and the FHLB of Boston Litigation. The increase since September 30, 2012 is attributable to updated assessments of reasonably possible future losses based primarily on increased securitization trustee activity and adverse legal developments in litigation in which our subsidiaries are not parties, but which could influence litigation in which our subsidiaries are parties, in each case occurring after the end of 2012. Notwithstanding our ongoing attempts to estimate a reasonably possible amount of future loss beyond our current accrual levels based on current information, it is possible that actual future losses will exceed both the current accrual level and our current estimate of the amount of reasonably possible losses. This estimate involves considerable judgment, and reflects that there is still significant uncertainty regarding the numerous factors that may impact the ultimate loss levels, including, but not limited to, anticipated litigation outcomes, future repurchase and indemnification claim levels, ultimate repurchase and indemnification rates, future mortgage loan performance levels, actual recoveries on the collateral and macroeconomic conditions (including unemployment levels and housing prices). In light of the significant uncertainty as to the ultimate liability our subsidiaries may incur from these matters, an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to our results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

Litigation

In accordance with the current accounting standards for loss contingencies, we establish reserves for litigation related matters when it is probable that a loss associated with a claim or proceeding has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Litigation claims and proceedings of all types are subject to many uncertain factors that generally cannot be predicted with assurance. Below we provide a description of material legal proceedings and claims.

For some of the matters disclosed below, we are able to determine estimates of potential future outcomes that are not probable and reasonably estimable outcomes justifying either the establishment of a reserve or an incremental reserve build, but which are reasonably possible outcomes. For other disclosed matters, such an estimate is not possible at this time. For those matters below where an estimate is possible, excluding the reasonably possible future losses relating to the U.S. Bank Litigation, the DBSP Litigation, the Ambac Litigation, the FHFA Litigation, and the FHLB of Boston Litigation because reasonably possible losses with respect to those litigations are included within the reasonably possible representation and warranty liabilities discussed above, management currently estimates the reasonably possible future losses could be approximately $150 million. Notwithstanding our attempt to estimate a reasonably possible range of loss beyond our current accrual levels for some litigation matters based on current information, it is possible that actual future losses will exceed both the current accrual level and the range of reasonably possible losses disclosed here. Given the inherent uncertainties involved in these matters, and the very large or indeterminate damages sought in some of these matters, there is significant uncertainty as to the ultimate liability we may incur from these litigation matters and an adverse outcome in one or more of these matters could be material to our results of operations or cash flows for any particular reporting period.

Interchange Litigation

In 2005, a number of entities, each purporting to represent a class of retail merchants, filed antitrust lawsuits (the “Interchange Lawsuits”) against MasterCard and Visa and several member banks, including our subsidiaries and us, alleging among other things, that the defendants conspired to fix the level of interchange fees. The complaints seek injunctive relief and civil monetary damages, which could be trebled. Separately, a number of large merchants have asserted similar claims against Visa and MasterCard only. In October 2005, the class and merchant Interchange Lawsuits were consolidated before the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of New York for certain purposes, including discovery. On July 13, 2012, the parties executed and filed with the court a Memorandum of Understanding agreeing to resolve the litigation on certain terms set forth in a settlement

 

259


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

agreement attached to the Memorandum. This agreement is contingent on preliminary and final court approval of the class settlement. In November 2012, the court granted preliminary approval of the class settlement.

The defendant banks are members of Visa U.S.A., Inc. (“Visa”). As members, our subsidiary banks have indemnification obligations to Visa with respect to final judgments and settlements of certain litigation against Visa. In the first quarter of 2008, Visa completed an IPO of its stock. With IPO proceeds, Visa established an escrow account for the benefit of member banks to fund certain litigation settlements and claims, including the Interchange Lawsuits. As a result, in the first quarter of 2008, we reduced our Visa-related indemnification liabilities of $91 million recorded in other liabilities with a corresponding reduction of other non-interest expense. We made an election in accordance with the accounting guidance for fair value option for financial assets and liabilities on the indemnification guarantee to Visa, and the fair value of the guarantee at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012 was zero. In January 2011, we entered into a MasterCard Settlement and Judgment Sharing Agreement, along with other defendant banks, which apportions between MasterCard and its member banks any costs and liabilities of any judgment or settlement arising from the Interchange Lawsuits.

In March 2011, a furniture store owner, on behalf of himself and other merchants who accept Visa and MasterCard branded credit cards, filed a class action in the Supreme Court of British Columbia (Vancouver Registry) against the Visa and MasterCard membership associations related to credit card interchange fees. In May 2011, another merchant, on behalf of himself and other merchants who accept Visa and MasterCard branded credit cards, filed a class action in the Ontario Superior Court of Justice (Toronto Region) asserting the same alleged violations of law related to credit card interchange fees and network rules. In April 2012, Capital One Financial Corporation was included as a defendant, along with several other member banks, to an existing class action against Visa and MasterCard that is pending in the Superior Court of Quebec (District of Montreal) and brought by a merchant corporation on behalf of itself and other merchants that accept Visa and MasterCard branded credit cards. In July 2012, two other plaintiff merchant corporations brought class action lawsuits on the same alleged violations of law, filed in the Saskatchewan Court of Queen’s Bench and the Alberta Court of Queen’s Bench. In December 2012 and January 2013, other merchant corporations brought new class actions on the same alleged violations filed in the Alberta Court of Queen’s Bench and the Saskatchewan Court of Queen’s Bench, respectively. All seven class actions name Visa and MasterCard and a number of member banks, including Capital One Financial Corporation or Capital One Bank (Canada Branch), which issues only MasterCard branded credit cards in Canada. The class action complaints allege that the associations and member banks are liable for civil conspiracy, unjust enrichment, constructive trust and unlawful interference with economic interests and violated Canadian anti-competition laws by (a) conspiring to fix supra-competitive interchange fees and merchant discounts, and (b) requiring participation in the respective networks and adherence to Visa and MasterCard Rules to acceptance of payment guarantee services. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification in the British Columbia action is set for hearing in April 2013.

Late Fees Litigation

In 2007, a number of individual plaintiffs, each purporting to represent a class of cardholders, filed antitrust lawsuits in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California against several issuing banks, including us. These lawsuits allege, among other things, that the defendants conspired to fix the level of late fees and over-limit fees charged to cardholders, and that these fees are excessive. In May 2007, the cases were consolidated for all purposes, and a consolidated amended complaint was filed alleging violations of federal statutes and state law. The amended complaint requests civil monetary damages, which could be trebled, and injunctive relief. In November 2007, the court dismissed the amended complaint. Plaintiffs appealed that order to the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals. The plaintiffs’ appeal challenges the dismissal of their claims under the National Bank Act, the Depository Institutions Deregulation Act of 1980 and the California Unfair Competition Law (the “UCL”), but

 

260


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

not their antitrust conspiracy claims. In June 2009, the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals stayed the matter pending the bankruptcy proceedings of one of the defendant financial institutions. After numerous stays since 2009, the Ninth Circuit entered an order lifting the stay on August 29, 2012, and will now hear the appeal.

Credit Card Interest Rate Litigation

In July 2010, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit reversed a dismissal entered in favor of COBNA in Rubio v. Capital One Bank, which was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California in 2007. The plaintiff in Rubio alleges in a putative class action that COBNA breached its contractual obligations and violated the Truth In Lending Act (the “TILA”) and the California Unfair Competition Law (“UCL”) when it raised interest rates on certain credit card accounts. In May, 2012, the parties agreed to a California-only settlement for a non-material amount, and the Court stayed the case for all purposes except for approval of the settlement. On November 29, 2012, the court granted preliminary court approval of the class settlement and set a hearing on final approval of the class settlement for April 1, 2013.

The Capital One Bank Credit Card Interest Rate Multi-district Litigation matter was created as a result of a June 2010 transfer order issued by the United States Judicial Panel on Multi-district Litigation (“MDL”), which consolidated for pretrial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Georgia two pending putative class actions against COBNA—Nancy Mancuso, et al. v. Capital One Bank (USA), N.A., et al., (E.D. Virginia); and Kevin S. Barker, et al. v. Capital One Bank (USA), N.A., (N.D. Georgia), A third action, Jennifer L. Kolkowski v. Capital One Bank (USA), N.A., (C.D. California) was subsequently transferred into the MDL. On August 2, 2010, the plaintiffs in the MDL filed a Consolidated Amended Complaint. The Consolidated Amended Complaint alleges in a putative class action that COBNA breached its contractual obligations, and violated the TILA, the California Consumers Legal Remedies Act, the UCL, the California False Advertising Act, the New Jersey Consumer Fraud Act, and the Kansas Consumer Protection Act when it raised interest rates on certain credit card accounts. The MDL plaintiffs seek statutory damages, restitution, attorney’s fees and an injunction against future rate increases. Fact discovery is now closed. On August 8, 2011, Capital One filed a motion for summary judgment, which remains pending with the court. As a result of the settlement in Rubio v. Capital One Bank, the California-based UCL and TILA claims in the MDL are extinguished.

Mortgage Repurchase Litigation

On February 5, 2009, GreenPoint was named as a defendant in a lawsuit commenced in the New York County Supreme Court , by U.S. Bank, N. A., Syncora Guarantee Inc. (formerly known as XL Capital Assurance Inc.) and CIFG Assurance North America, Inc. (the “U.S. Bank Litigation”). Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that GreenPoint breached certain representations and warranties in two contracts pursuant to which GreenPoint sold approximately 30,000 mortgage loans having an aggregate original principal balance of approximately $1.8 billion to a purchaser that ultimately transferred most of these mortgage loans to a securitization trust. Some of the securities issued by the trust were insured by two of the plaintiffs. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages and an order compelling GreenPoint to repurchase the entire portfolio of 30,000 mortgage loans based on alleged breaches of representations and warranties relating to a limited sampling of loans in the portfolio, or, alternatively, the repurchase of specific mortgage loans to which the alleged breaches of representations and warranties relate. On March 3, 2010, the Court granted GreenPoint’s motion to dismiss with respect to plaintiffs Syncora and CIFG and denied the motion with respect to U.S. Bank. GreenPoint subsequently answered the complaint with respect to U.S. Bank, denying the allegations, and filed a counterclaim against U.S. Bank alleging breach of covenant of good faith and fair dealing. On February 28, 2012, the Court denied plaintiffs’ motion for leave to file an amended complaint and dismissed Syncora and CIFG from the case. Syncora and CIFG have appealed. Discovery between U.S. Bank and GreenPoint has been ongoing since January, 2011. As noted above,

 

261


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

GreenPoint has established reserves with respect to its probable and reasonably estimable legal liability from the U.S. Bank Lawsuit, which reserves are included within the overall representation and warranty reserve. Also as noted above, GreenPoint has exposure to loss in excess of the amount established within the overall representation and warranty reserve because our reserve assumes, among other things, that we will be responsible for only a portion of the portfolio-wide losses inherent in the securitizations and sought in the lawsuit.

In September, 2010, DB Structured Products, Inc. (“DBSP”) named GreenPoint in a third-party complaint, filed in the New York County Supreme Court, alleging breach of contract and seeking indemnification (the “DBSP Litigation”). In the underlying suit, Assured Guaranty Municipal Corp. (“AGM”) sued DBSP for alleged breaches of representations and warranties made by DBSP with respect to certain residential mortgage loans that collateralize a securitization insured by AGM and sponsored by DBSP (the “Underlying Lawsuit”). DBSP purchased the HELOC loans from GreenPoint in 2006. The entire securitization, almost all of which is insured by AGM, is comprised of about 6,200 mortgage loans with an aggregate original principal balance of approximately $353 million. DBSP asserts that any liability it faces lies with GreenPoint, alleging that DBSP’s representations and warranties to AGM are substantially similar to the representations and warranties made by GreenPoint to DBSP. GreenPoint filed a motion to dismiss the complaint in October 2010, which the court denied on July 25, 2011. The parties are currently engaged in discovery. As noted above, GreenPoint has established reserves with respect to its estimated probable and reasonable estimable legal liability from the DBSP Litigation, which reserves are included within the overall representation and warranty reserve. Also as noted above, GreenPoint has exposure to loss in excess of the amount established within the overall representation and warranty reserve because our reserve assumes, among other things, that we will be responsible for only a portion of the losses sought in the lawsuit.

On October 24, 2012, Capital One, N.A., (“CONA”) as successor to Chevy Chase Bank, F.S.B. (“CCB”), was named as a defendant in a lawsuit filed in the Southern District of New York by Ambac Assurance Corporation and the Segregated Account of Ambac Assurance Corporation (the “Ambac Litigation”). Plaintiffs allege, among other things, that CONA (as successor to CCB) breached certain representations and warranties in contracts relating to six securitizations with an aggregate original principal balance of approximately $5.2 billion which were sponsored by a CCB affiliate in 2006 and 2007 and backed by loans originated by CCB. Almost half of the securities issued by the six trusts are insured by Ambac. Plaintiffs seek unspecified damages, an order compelling CONA to indemnify Ambac for all accrued and future damages based on alleged breaches of representations and warranties relating to a limited sampling of loans in the portfolio, the repurchase of specific mortgage loans to which the alleged breaches of representations and warranties relate, and all related fees, costs, and interest. CONA moved to dismiss the complaint on January 14, 2013. As noted above, CONA has established reserves with respect to its probable and reasonably estimable legal liability from the Ambac Litigation, which reserves are included within the overall representation and warranty reserve. Also as noted above, CONA has exposure to loss in excess of the amount established within the overall representation and warranty reserve because our reserve assumes, among other things, that we will be responsible for only a portion of the alleged losses sought in the lawsuit.

On May 30, June 29, and July 30, 2012, FHFA (acting as conservator for Freddie Mac) filed three summons with notice in the New York state court against GreenPoint, on behalf of the trustees for three RMBS trusts backed by 9,594 loans originated by GreenPoint (the “FHFA Litigation”) with an aggregate original principal balance of $3.4 billion. On January 25, 2013, the plaintiffs filed an amended complaint in the name of the three trusts, acting by the respective trustees, alleging breaches of contractual representations and warranties regarding compliance with GreenPoint underwriting guidelines relating to 1,808 loans. Plaintiffs seek specific performance of the repurchase obligations with respect to the 1,808 loans for which they have provided notice of alleged breaches as well as all other allegedly breaching loans, rescissory damages, indemnification, costs and interest.

 

262


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

In addition to the mortgage repurchase litigations referenced above, in which one of the Company’s subsidiaries is a defendant, the Company’s subsidiaries face indemnification risks from certain lawsuits brought by monoline bond insurers and investors against third-party securitizations sponsors, where one of our subsidiaries provided some or all of the mortgage collateral within the securitization but is not a defendant in the litigation. In those matters where the Company has determined that losses from these matters are probable and reasonably estimable, the Company has established reserves for these cases, which are included within the overall representation and warranty reserve.

FHLB Securities Litigation

On April 20, 2011, the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (the “FHLB of Boston”) filed suit against dozens of mortgage industry participants in Massachusetts Superior Court, alleging, among other things, violations of Massachusetts state securities laws in the sale and marketing of certain residential mortgage-backed securities (the “FHLB of Boston Litigation”). Capital One Financial Corporation and Capital One, National Association are named in the complaint as alleged successors in interest to Chevy Chase Bank, which allegedly marketed some of the mortgage-backed securities at issue in the litigation. The FHLB of Boston seeks rescission, unspecified damages, attorneys’ fees, and other unspecified relief. The case was removed to the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts in May 2011. FHLB of Boston filed an Amended Complaint on June 29, 2012, and the Company filed a motion to dismiss on October 11, 2012, which is pending.

SEC Investigation

Since July 2009, we have been providing documents and information in response to an inquiry by the Staff of the SEC. In the first quarter of 2010, the SEC issued a formal order of investigation with respect to this inquiry. Although the order, as is generally customary, authorizes a broader inquiry by the Staff, we believe that the investigation is focused largely on the loan loss reserves for our auto finance business for certain quarterly periods in 2007. We are cooperating fully with the Staff’s investigation.

Checking Account Overdraft Litigation

In May 2010, Capital One Financial Corporation and COBNA were named as defendants in a putative class action named Steen v. Capital One Financial Corporation, et al., filed in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Louisiana. Plaintiff challenges our practices relating to fees for overdraft and non-sufficient funds fees on consumer checking accounts. Plaintiff alleges that our methodology for posting transactions to customer accounts is designed to maximize the generation of overdraft fees, supporting claims for breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, unconscionability, conversion, unjust enrichment and violations of state unfair trade practices laws. Plaintiff seeks a range of remedies, including restitution, disgorgement, injunctive relief, punitive damages and attorneys’ fees. In May 2010, the case was transferred to the Southern District of Florida for coordinated pre-trial proceedings as part of a multi-district litigation (MDL) involving numerous defendant banks, In re Checking Account Overdraft Litigation. In January 2011, plaintiffs filed a second amended complaint against CONA in the MDL court. In February 2011, CONA filed a motion to dismiss the second amended complaint. On March 21, 2011, the MDL court granted CONA’s motion to dismiss claims of breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing under Texas law, but denied the motion to dismiss in all other respects. The parties have been engaged in discovery since May, 2011. On June 21, 2012, the MDL court granted plaintiff’s motion for class certification. The modified scheduling order entered by the MDL court on November 29, 2012, contemplates the conclusion of discovery in the second quarter 2013 and remand to the Eastern District of Louisiana thereafter.

 

263


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

Patent Litigation

On February 23, 2011, Capital One Financial Corporation, Capital One, N.A., and Capital One Bank (USA), N.A. (collectively, “Capital One”), were named as defendants, along with several other banks, in a patent infringement lawsuit filed by DataTreasury Corporation (“DataTreasury”) in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Texas. DataTreasury alleges that Capital One and the other banks willfully infringed certain patents relating to remote image capture with centralized processing and storage. Capital One was served with the complaint on April 5, 2011, and filed an answer on May 26, 2011. On August 30, 2011, Capital One joined other defendants in filing a Motion to Transfer Venue from the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas, Tyler Division to the Southern District of Texas, Houston Division. That motion was denied by the trial court on January 30, 2012. All of the defendants sought an appeal of the venue issue, which was denied on August 10, 2012, by the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. In August 2012, the parties entered into court-ordered mediation that resulted in a non-material settlement of the dispute. On August 30, 2012, a settlement release, and license agreement was executed, and the court entered a final order, dismissing the action with prejudice.

Hawaii, Mississippi, and Missouri State Attorney General Payment Protection Matters

On April 12, 2012, the Attorney General of Hawaii filed a lawsuit in First Circuit Court in Hawaii against Capital One Bank (USA) N.A., and Capital One Services, LLC. The case is one of several similar lawsuits filed by the Attorney General of Hawaii against various banks challenging the marketing and sale of payment protection and credit monitoring products. On June 28, 2012, the Attorney General of Mississippi filed substantially similar suits against Capital One and several other banks. The state attorney general complaints allege that Capital One enrolls customers in such programs without their consent and that Capital One enrolls customers in such programs even in circumstances in which the customer is not eligible to receive benefits for the product in question. Both suits allege violations of its state Unfair and Deceptive Practices Act and unjust enrichment. The remedies sought in the lawsuits include an injunction prohibiting the Company from engaging in the alleged violations, restitution for all persons allegedly injured by the complained of practices, civil penalties and costs. On May 18, 2012, Capital One removed the Hawaii AG case to U.S. District Court, District of Hawaii. On November 30, 2012, the court denied the Hawaii AG’s motion to remand. On August 10, 2012 Capital One removed the Mississippi AG case to U.S. District Court, Southern District of Mississippi. The parties are currently briefing the Mississippi AG’s motion to remand. Relatedly, Capital One has provided information to the Attorney General of Missouri as part of an industry-wide informal inquiry initiated in August, 2011, relating to the marketing of payment protection products.

Derivative Actions

On August 17, 2012, a derivative action, titled Iron Workers Mid-South Pension Fund v. Fairbank, et al., Case No. 2012 14130 (“Iron Workers Action”), was filed by a putative stockholder on behalf of the Company in Virginia Circuit Court of Fairfax County (hereafter “Virginia Circuit Court”) against certain current and former directors and officers of the Company, alleging breach of the fiduciary duty of loyalty, gross mismanagement, corporate waste, and unjust enrichment. The complaint’s allegations stem from the Company’s entering into consent orders with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau regarding vendor sales practices of payment protection and credit monitoring products. Plaintiff shareholder generally alleges that the alleged failure of the Company’s officers and directors to oversee certain practices between 2010 and early 2012 caused harm to the Company, which is named as a “nominal defendant.” The action includes claims for, among other things, damages in favor of the Company, certain corporate actions to purportedly improve the Company’s corporate governance and internal procedures, and an award of costs and expenses to the putative plaintiff stockholder, including attorneys’ fees. On September 19, 2012, a second

 

264


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

derivative complaint, titled Barovic v. Fairbank, et al., Case No. 2012 14130, was filed by another putative stockholder on behalf of the Company also in the Virginia Circuit Court. The Barovic derivative complaint is substantially identical to the Iron Workers’ Action (collectively “Derivative Actions”). The defendants removed the Iron Workers Action from Virginia Circuit Court to the U. S. District Court for the Eastern District of Virginia and filed a motion to dismiss the complaints. The plaintiffs moved to remand the cases back to Virginia Circuit Court. On November 30, 2012, the court denied the motions to remand and took the motions to dismiss under advisement.

Other Pending and Threatened Litigation

In addition, we are commonly subject to various pending and threatened legal actions relating to the conduct of our normal business activities. In the opinion of management, the ultimate aggregate liability, if any, arising out of all such other pending or threatened legal actions will not be material to our consolidated financial position or our results of operations.

 

265


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

NOTE 22—CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (PARENT COMPANY ONLY)

 

Condensed Financial Information

The following Parent Company Only financial statements are provided in accordance with Regulation S-X of the SEC, which requires all issuers or guarantors of registered securities to include separate annual financial statements.

 

     December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011  

Balance sheets

    

Assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 7,342      $ 9,351   

Investment in subsidiaries

     46,605        33,113   

Loans to subsidiaries

     1,335        337   

Securities available for sale

     464        56   

Other

     1,432        1,317   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

     57,178        44,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Senior and subordinated notes

     10,116        8,467   

Other borrowings

     5,036        4,481   

Other

     1,527        1,560   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     16,679        14,508   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock

     0        0   

Common stock

     6        5   

Additional paid-in-capital, net

     26,188        19,274   

Retained earnings

     16,853        13,462   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     739        169   

Less: Treasury stock, at cost

     (3,287 )     (3,244 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity

     40,499        29,666   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 57,178      $ 44,174   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

266


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Statements of income

      

Interest from temporary investments

   $ 47      $ 26      $ 27   

Interest expense

     574        515        479   

Dividends, principally from bank subsidiaries

     0        1,950        1,200   

Non-interest income

     697        29        35   

Non-interest expense

     173        361        273   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income before income taxes and equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     (3     1,129        510   

Income tax benefit

     (168 )     (247 )     (221 )

Equity in undistributed earnings of subsidiaries

     3,569        1,877        2,319   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

     3,734        3,253        3,050   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

     (217 )     (106 )     (307 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

     3,517        3,147        2,743   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities

     (15 )     (26 )     0   

Preferred stock dividends

     (15 )     0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

   $ 3,487      $ 3,121      $ 2,743   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

267


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012     2011     2010  

Statements of cash flows

      

Operating activities:

      

Net income

   $ 3,517      $ 3,147      $ 2,743   

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Equity in (earnings) loss of subsidiaries:

      

Continuing operations

     (3,569 )     (1,877 )     (2,319 )

Discontinued operations

     217        106        307   

Amortization expense

     (24 )     (2 )     0   

Stock plan compensation expense

     112        92        96   

Decrease (Increase) in other assets

     1        (65 )     (3,261 )

Increase (decrease) in other liabilities

     (34 )     18        543   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

     220        1,419        (1,891 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Investing activities:

      

(Increase) decrease in investment in subsidiaries

     (9,709 )     (46 )     433   

Proceeds from maturities of securities available for sale

     24        (0 )     0   

Purchase of securities available for sale

     (351 )     (54 )     0   

(Increase) decrease in loans to subsidiaries

     (997 )     (1 )     164   

Proceeds from issuance of common stock for acquisition

     2,638        0        0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

     (8,395 )     (101 )     597   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Financing activities:

      

Increase in borrowings from subsidiaries

     555        450        390   

Issuance of senior notes

     2,246        2,992        0   

Maturities of senior notes

     (632 )     (855 )     0   

Dividends paid—common stock

     (111 )     (91 )     (91 )

Dividends paid—preferred stock

     (15 )     0        0   

Purchases of treasury stock

     (43 )     (42 )     (22 )

Net proceeds from issuances of common stock

     3,233        40        30   

Net proceeds from issuances of preferred stock

     853        0        0   

Proceeds from stock-based payment activities

     80        57        3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

     6,166        2,551        310   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     (2,009 )     3,869        (984 )

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

     9,351        5,482        6,466   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

   $ 7,342      $ 9,351      $ 5,482   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

NOTE 23—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In the ordinary course of business, we may have loans issued to our executive officers, directors, and principal stockholders, also known as Regulation O Insiders. Pursuant to our policy, such loans are issued on the same terms as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.

 

268


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(Continued)

 

 

NOTE 24—SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

Sale of Best Buy Card Portfolio

On February 19, 2013, we announced an agreement to sell the portfolio of Best Buy Stores, L.P. (“Best Buy”) private-label and co-branded credit card accounts that we acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition to Citibank, N.A. (“Citi”). At the time of the announcement, the portfolio had loan balances of approximately $7 billion. In addition, we and Best Buy have agreed to end our contractual credit card relationship early. The sale of the loans to Citi, which is subject to customary closing conditions, and early termination of the Best Buy partnership are expected to be finalized in the third quarter of 2013. Upon closing, we expect that the proceeds from the sale will approximate the book value of the accounts, resulting in no significant gain or loss on the transaction.

We transferred the net assets subject to the sale agreement to the held for sale category upon meeting the pertinent criteria for this classification during the first quarter of 2013. We will continue to recognize interest and fee income on the transferred loans, but will not recognize any impacts from charge-offs and recoveries unless these net charge-offs exceed the associated transferred allowance for loan losses. The amortization and accretion on the related intangibles ceased upon the transfer to the held for sale category.

 

269


Table of Contents

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

Selected Quarterly Financial Information (1) (2) (3)

 

    2012     2011  

(Dollars in millions, except per share data)
(unaudited)

  Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1     Q4     Q3     Q2     Q1  

Summarized results of operations:

               

Interest income

  $ 5,115      $ 5,254      $ 4,616      $ 3,979      $ 3,701      $ 3,835      $ 3,699      $ 3,752   

Interest expense

    587        608        615        565        519        552        563        612   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income

    4,528        4,646        4,001        3,414        3,182        3,283        3,136        3,140   

Provision for credit losses (4)

    1,151        1,014        1,677        573        861        622        343        534   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income after provision for credit losses

    3,377        3,632        2,324        2,841        2,321        2,661        2,793        2,606   

Non-interest income

    1,096        1,136        1,054        1,521        868        871        857        942   

Non-interest expense

    3,255        3,045        3,142        2,504        2,618        2,297        2,255        2,162   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

    1,218        1,723        236        1,858        571        1,235        1,395        1,386   

Income taxes

    370        535        43        353        160        370        450        354   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

    848        1,188        193        1,505        411        865        945        1,032   

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

    (5     (10     (100     (102     (4     (52     (34     (16
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

    843        1,178        93        1,403        407        813        911        1,016   

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities (5)

    (3     (5     (1     (7     (26                     

Preferred stock dividends

    (15                                                 
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income available to common stockholders

  $ 825      $ 1,173      $ 92      $ 1,396      $ 381      $ 813      $ 911      $ 1,016   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Per common share:

               

Basic EPS (5) :

               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 1.43      $ 2.05      $ 0.33      $ 2.94      $ 0.89      $ 1.89      $ 2.07      $ 2.27   

Loss from discontinued operations

    (0.01     (0.02     (0.17     (0.20     (0.01     (0.11     (0.07     (0.03
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1.42      $ 2.03      $ 0.16      $ 2.74      $ 0.88      $ 1.78      $ 2.00      $ 2.24   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted EPS (5) :

               

Income from continuing operations

  $ 1.42      $ 2.03      $ 0.33      $ 2.92      $ 0.89      $ 1.88      $ 2.04      $ 2.24   

Loss from discontinued operations

    (0.01     (0.02     (0.17     (0.20     (0.01     (0.11     (0.07     (0.03
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income

  $ 1.41      $ 2.01      $ 0.16      $ 2.72      $ 0.88      $ 1.77      $ 1.97      $ 2.21   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares outstanding (millions):

               

Basic EPS

    579.2        578.3        577.7        508.7        456.2        456.0        455.6        454.1   

Diluted EPS

    585.6        584.1        582.8        513.1        458.5        460.4        462.2        460.3   

Average balance sheet data:

               

Loans held for investment

  $ 202,944      $ 202,856      $ 192,632      $ 152,900      $ 131,581      $ 129,043      $ 127,916      $ 125,077   

Interest-earning assets

    277,886        266,803        265,019        220,246        176,271        177,531        174,113        173,440   

Total assets

    308,096        297,154        295,306        246,384        200,106        201,611        199,229        198,075   

Interest-bearing deposits

    192,122        193,700        195,597        151,625        109,914        110,750        109,251        108,633   

Borrowings

    44,189        36,451        35,418        35,994        34,811        37,366        39,451        40,538   

Stockholders’ equity

    40,212        38,535        37,533        32,982        29,698        29,316        28,255        27,009   

 

(1)  

Certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation.

(2)  

Results for Q2 2012 and thereafter include the impact of the May 1, 2012 closing of the 2012 U.S. card acquisition, which resulted in the addition of approximately $28.2 billion in credit card receivables at closing.

(3)

Results for Q1 2012 and thereafter include the impact of the February 17, 2012 acquisition of ING Direct, which resulted in the addition of loans of $40.4 billion, other assets of $53.9 billion and deposits of $84.4 billion at acquisition.

(4)

Results for Q2 2012 include a provision for credit losses of $1.2 billion to establish an allowance for the loans acquired in the 2012 U.S. card acquisition.

(5)

Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities and EPS are computed independently for each period. Accordingly, the sum of each quarter may not agree to the year-to-date total.

 

270


Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this report and pursuant to Rule 13a-15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), our management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness and design of our disclosure controls and procedures (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). These disclosure controls and procedures are the responsibility of our management. Based upon that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded, as of the end of the period covered by this report, that our disclosure controls and procedures are effective in recording, processing, summarizing and reporting information required to be disclosed within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. We have established a Disclosure Committee consisting of members of senior management to assist in this evaluation.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting is included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and is incorporated herein by reference. The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm with respect to our internal control over financial reporting also is included in Item 8 and incorporated herein by reference.

(c) Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We regularly review our disclosure controls and procedures and make changes intended to ensure the quality of our financial reporting. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we continued to evaluate and implement changes to processes, information technology systems and other components of internal control over financial reporting related to the ING Direct and the 2012 U.S. card acquisitions. Otherwise, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2012 which have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

 

271


Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by Item 10 will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2013 Annual Stockholder Meeting (the “Proxy Statement”) under the headings “Governance of Capital One” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” and is incorporated herein by reference. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the end of our 2012 fiscal year.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by Item 11 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Director Compensation,” “ Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Named Executive Officer Compensation,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” and “Compensation Committee Report,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by Item 12 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Security Ownership” and “Equity Compensation Plans,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by Item 13 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the headings “Related Person Transactions” and “Director Independence,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by Item 14 will be included in the Proxy Statement under the heading “Ratification of Selection of Independent Auditors,” and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

272


Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statement Schedules

The following documents are filed as part of this Report in Part II, Item 8 and are incorporated herein by reference.

 

(1) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated Statement of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2012 and 2011

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Selected Quarterly Data

 

(2) Schedules:

None

(b) Exhibits

An index to exhibits has been filed as part of this Report beginning on page 275 and is incorporated herein by reference.

 

273


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

    CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
Date: February 28, 2013     By:   /s/ R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK
      Richard D. Fairbank
      Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
Officer and President

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ RICHARD D. FAIRBANK

Richard D. Fairbank

 

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer

and President (Principal Executive Officer)

  February 28, 2013

/s/ GARY L. PERLIN

Gary L. Perlin

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

  February 28, 2013

/s/ R. SCOTT BLACKLEY

R. Scott Blackley

 

Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)

  February 28, 2013

/s/ PATRICK W. GROSS

Patrick W. Gross

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ ANN F. HACKETT

Ann F. Hackett

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ LEWIS HAY, III

Lewis Hay, III

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ PIERRE E. LEROY

Pierre E. Leroy

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ MAYO A. SHATTUCK III

Mayo A. Shattuck III

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ PETER E. RASKIND

Peter E. Raskind

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

/s/ BRADFORD H. WARNER

Bradford H. Warner

 

Director

  February 28, 2013

 

274


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

DATED DECEMBER 31, 2012

Commission File No. 1-13300

The following exhibits are incorporated by reference or filed herewith. References to (i) the “2002 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2002, filed on March 17, 2003; (ii) the “2003 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003, filed on March 5, 2004; (iii) the “2004 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004, filed on March 9, 2005; (iv) the “2008 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed on February 26, 2009; (v) the “2010 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, filed on March 1, 2011, as amended on March 7, 2011 and (vi) the “2011 Form 10-K” are to the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2011, filed on February 28, 2012.

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    2.1    Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2008, by and among Capital One Financial Corporation, B.F. Saul Real Estate Investment Trust, Derwood Investment Corporation, and B.F. Saul Company Employee’s Profit Sharing and Retirement Trust (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.4 of the Corporation’s 2008 Form 10-K).
    2.2.1    Purchase and Sale Agreement, dated as of June 16, 2011, by and among Capital One Financial Corporation, ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V., ING Direct N.V. and ING Direct Bancorp (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form-8-K, filed on June 22, 2011).
    2.2.2    First Amendment to the Purchase and Sale Agreement by and among Capital One Financial Corporation, ING Groep N.V., ING Bank N.V., ING Direct N.V. and ING Direct Bancorp, dated as of February 17, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2.2 of the Corporation’s 2011 Form 10-K).
    2.3.1    Purchase and Assumption Agreement, dated as of August 10, 2011, by and among Capital One Financial Corporation, HSBC Finance Corporation, HSBC USA Inc. and HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form-8-K, filed on August 12, 2011).
    2.3.2    Purchaser Transition Services Agreement between HSBC Technology and Services (USA) Inc. and Capital One Services, LLC, dated as of May 1, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2012).
    3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Capital One Financial Corporation, (as amended and restated May 16, 2011) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 17, 2011).
    3.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 17, 2011).
    3.3    Certificate of Designations of Fixed Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B, dated August 16, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K on August 20, 2012).
    4.1.1    Specimen certificate representing the common stock of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s 2003 Form 10-K).

 

275


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    4.1.2    Warrant Agreement, dated December 3, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation and Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Form 8-A filed on December 4, 2009).
    4.1.3    Deposit Agreement, dated August 20, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2012).
    4.2.1    Senior Indenture dated as of November 1, 1996 between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A. (as successor to Harris Trust and Savings Bank), as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 1996).
    4.2.2    Copy of 6.25% Notes, due 2013, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.5 of the 2003 Form 10-K).
    4.2.3    Copy of 5.25% Notes, due 2017, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5.6 of the 2004 Form 10-K).
    4.2.4    Copy of 5.50% Senior Notes, due 2015, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ending June 30, 2005).
    4.2.5    Specimen of 6.750% Senior Note, due 2017, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on September 5, 2007).
    4.2.6    Specimen of 7.375% Senior Note, due 2014, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 22, 2009).
    4.2.7    Specimen of Floating Rate Senior Note due 2014, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 19, 2011).
    4.2.8    Specimen of 2.125% Senior Note due 2014, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 19, 2011).
    4.2.9    Specimen of 3.150% Senior Note due 2016, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 19, 2011).
    4.2.10    Specimen of 4.750% Senior Note due 2021, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on July 19, 2011).
    4.2.11    Specimen of Floating Rate Senior Note due 2015, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 6, 2012).
    4.2.12    Specimen of 1.000% Senior Note due 2015, of Capital One Financial Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 6, 2012).
    4.3    Indenture (providing for the issuance of Junior Subordinated Debt Securities), dated as of June 6, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).

 

276


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    4.4.1    First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of June 6, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).
    4.4.2    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Capital One Capital II, dated as of June 6, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation as Sponsor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as institutional trustee, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).
    4.4.3    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of June 6, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as guarantee trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).
    4.4.4    Specimen certificate representing the Enhanced TRUPS (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).
    4.4.5    Specimen certificate representing the Junior Subordinated Debt Security (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on June 12, 2006).
    4.5.1    Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 1, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 4, 2006).
    4.5.2    Copy of Junior Subordinated Debt Security Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 4, 2006).
    4.5.3    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Capital One Capital III, dated as of August 1, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation, as Sponsor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as institutional trustee, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Delaware trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 4, 2006).
    4.5.4    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 1, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as guarantee trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 4, 2006).
    4.5.5    Copy of Capital Security Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 4, 2006).
    4.6.1    Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 5, 2007, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 8, 2007).
    4.6.2    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Capital One Capital IV, dated as of February 5, 2007, between Capital One Financial Corporation as Sponsor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as institutional trustee, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 8, 2007).

 

277


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    4.6.3    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of February 5, 2007, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as guarantee trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 8, 2007).
    4.6.4    Specimen certificate representing the Capital Security (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 8, 2007).
    4.6.5    Specimen certificate representing the Capital Efficient Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on February 8, 2007).
    4.7.1    Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of August 5, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 6, 2009).
    4.7.2    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Capital One Capital V, dated as of August 5, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation as Sponsor, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as institutional trustee, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 6, 2009).
    4.7.3    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of August 5, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as guarantee trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 6, 2009).
    4.7.4    Specimen Trust Preferred Security Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 6, 2009).
    4.7.5    Specimen Junior Subordinated Debt Security (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 6, 2009).
    4.8.1    Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 13, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 2009).
    4.8.2    Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust of Capital One Capital VI, dated as of November 13, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation as Sponsor, The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as institutional trustee, BNY Mellon Trust of Delaware, as Delaware Trustee and the Administrative Trustees named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 2009).
    4.8.3    Guarantee Agreement, dated as of November 13, 2009, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as guarantee trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 2009).
    4.8.4    Specimen Trust Preferred Security Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 2009).
    4.8.5    Specimen Junior Subordinated Debt Security (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.6 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on November 13, 2009).
    4.9.1    Indenture, dated as of August 29, 2006, between Capital One Financial Corporation and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A., as indenture trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 31, 2006).

 

278


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

    4.9.2    Copy of Subordinated Note Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on August 31, 2006).
  10.1.1    Capital One Financial Corporation 1994 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
  10.1.2    Capital One Financial Corporation 1999 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-78609, filed on May 17, 1999).
  10.1.3    Capital One Financial Corporation 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement on Definitive Schedule 14A, filed on March 17, 2004).
  10.1.4    Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed on May 3, 2006).
  10.1.5    Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to the Proxy Statement on Definitive Schedule 14A, filed on March 13, 2009).
  10.2.1    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement granted to Richard D. Fairbank under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on December 23, 2005).
  10.2.2    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement granted to Richard D. Fairbank under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed December 23, 2004).
  10.2.3    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted to certain of our executives under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20.2 of the 2004 Form 10-K).
  10.2.4    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement granted to certain of our executives under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20.3 of the 2004 Form 10-K).
  10.2.5    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement granted to Richard D. Fairbank under the 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on May 17, 2004 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2004).
  10.2.6    Form of Performance Unit Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the 2010 Form 10-K).
  10.2.7    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the 2010 Form 10-K).
  10.2.8    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the 2010 Form 10-K).
  10.2.9    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreements granted to our executive officers under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 26, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the 2010 Form 10-K).
  10.2.10    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.10 of the 2011 Form 10-K).

 

279


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.2.11    Form of Performance Unit Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.11 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.2.12    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.12 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.2.13    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreements granted to our executive officers under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2.13 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.2.14*    Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2013.
  10.2.15*    Form of Performance Unit Award Agreement granted to executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2013.
  10.2.16*    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement granted to our executive officers, including the Chief Executive Officer, under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2013.
  10.2.17*    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreements granted to our executive officers under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on January 31, 2013.
  10.2.18*    Restricted Stock Award Agreement granted to Stephen S. Crawford under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan on February 2, 2013.
  10.3.1    Capital One Financial Corporation 1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 2002 Form 10-K).
  10.3.2    Form of 1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan Nonstatutory Stock Option Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2004).
  10.3.3    Form of 1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan Deferred Share Units Award Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain of its Directors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ending September 30, 2004).
  10.3.4    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement granted to our directors under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.4 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.3.5    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement granted to our directors under the Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3.5 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.4    Amended and Restated Capital One Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.5    Capital One Financial Corporation Non-Employee Directors Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.6.1    Amended and Restated Capital One Financial Corporation Voluntary Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the 2011 Form 10-K).

 

280


Table of Contents

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  10.6.2*    First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Capital One Financial Corporation Voluntary Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan.
  10.7    2002 Non-Executive Officer Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Corporation’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, Commission File No. 333-97123, filed on July 25, 2002).
  10.8.1    Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and Richard D. Fairbank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Corporation’s Report on Form 8-K, filed on October 30, 2007).
  10.8.2    Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and each of its named executive officers, other than the Chief Executive Officer (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8.2 of the 2011 Form 10-K).
  10.8.3*    Form of 2011 Change of Control Employment Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain executive officers.
  10.9*    Form of Non-Competition Agreement between Capital One Financial Corporation and certain named executive officers.
  10.10.1*    Special Retention, Separation and Non-Compete Agreement and Release by and between Capital One Financial Corporation and Peter A. Schnall dated October 15, 2012.
  10.10.2*    Offer Letter to Stephen S. Crawford dated January 31, 2013.
  12.1*    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges.
  12.2*    Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends.
  21*    Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23*    Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.
  31.1*    Certification of Richard D. Fairbank.
  31.2*    Certification of Gary L. Perlin.
  32.1*    Certification** of Richard D. Fairbank.
  32.2*    Certification** of Gary L. Perlin.
  99.1*    Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Regulatory Capital Measures.
101.INS*    XBRL Instance Document.
101.SCH*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.
101.CAL*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.
101.DEF*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document.
101.LAB*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.
101.PRE*    XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

* Indicates a document being filed with this Form 10-K.
** Information in this Form 10-K furnished herewith shall not be deemed to be “filed” for the purposes of Section 18 of the 1934 Act or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section.

 

281

Exhibit 10.2.14

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement

No. of Shares Subject to Option: 325,985

THIS NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and Richard D. Fairbank (“Optionee” or “you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Options . Capital One hereby grants to Optionee options to purchase from the Company (each an “Option,” collectively, the “Options”) all or any part of an aggregate of 325,985 shares (the “Option Shares”) of common stock of the Company, $.01 par value per share, at the purchase price per share of $56.32 (the “Option Price”), being not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant, such Options to be exercisable as hereinafter provided. The Options shall be nonstatutory options that do not receive favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

2. Terms and Conditions . The Options evidenced by this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Expiration Date . The Options shall expire on January 30, 2023 (the “Expiration Date”) unless earlier terminated as provided for herein.

(b) Transferability . The Options are transferable under the following conditions:

(i) Except as provided in the following paragraph and in Section 2(d) below, the Options shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of Optionee, may be exercised only by Optionee, except as provided in Section 3 below.

The Options (or any portion thereof) may be transferred by the Optionee to (1) the spouse, children, or grandchildren of Optionee (each, an “Immediate Family Member”); (2) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Optionee and/or Immediate Family Members; or (3) a partnership in which Optionee and/or Immediate Family Members are the only partners, provided that (a) no consideration is paid to the Optionee in connection with the transfer; (b) in the event of a transfer to an individual, the Options are exercisable, during the original transferee’s lifetime, only by the transferee or by his or her guardian or legal representative; (c) following such transfer, Optionee retains no interest or reversion in the Options (or the underlying Shares upon exercise) and has no right to alter or amend the Options or revoke the transfer; and (d) subsequent transfer of the Options by the transferee (excluding transfers by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) is prohibited.

Following transfer, the Options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Options immediately before transfer (including terms and conditions based on the employment status of the Optionee); provided that where appropriate, all references in this Agreement to “Optionee” shall be deemed to refer to the transferee.


(ii) Promptly upon transfer of any Options, the Optionee shall deliver written notice of the transfer to the Company’s Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia. That written notice shall identify the transferee and the effective date of the transfer.

(iii) If sale to the transferee of the Option Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company, in its sole discretion, may condition such sale upon such terms and requirements as it deems appropriate to comply with applicable law.

(c) Vesting of Options . Subject to the provisions of Sections 3, 12 and 13 below, the Options shall vest and become exercisable in full on February 10, 2016 (the “Vesting Date”) or, if earlier, upon the death or Disability of Optionee or upon a Change of Control, and in that event the date upon which the Options vest and become exercisable due to death, Disability or a Change of Control shall be the “Vesting Date” for all purposes hereunder. Upon the Optionee’s Retirement before the Vesting Date, the Options shall continue to vest and shall become exercisable in full on the Vesting Date, subject to reduction pursuant to Sections 12 and 13. The period between January 1, 2013 and the Vesting Date shall be the “Performance Period.” Except as otherwise provided in subsections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), and 3(d) below, the right of Optionee and Optionee’s successors in interest to exercise the Options shall terminate three months after the date Optionee’s employment terminates (but no later than the Expiration Date).

(d) Method of Exercising and Payment for Shares . The Options may be exercised by:

(i) Following the procedures for the exercise of Options as may be established from time to time by the Company or its designated agent (the “Procedures”). The Company will notify Optionee of the Procedures which will specify (1) any required notification, whether oral or written, to the Company or its designated agent; (2) the method for cash payment of the Option Price and any additional amounts to the Company or its designated agent; (3) if an Optionee elects to substitute Shares that an Optionee owns (valued at the Fair Market Value on the exercise date) for all or any portion of the cash payment, the method for delivery of such Shares to the Company or its designated agent; (4) if the Optionee exercises by means of a “cashless exercise,” any requirements related to such cashless exercise; and (5) any other requirements, including completion of any required tax or other forms, which must be completed prior to the exercise of the Options. The Optionee may contact (a) the Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia or (b) the Company’s designated agent to obtain a copy of the Procedures; or

(ii) Delivering written notice of exercise to the Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia or to the Company’s designated agent. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Option Price in full by cash (which shall include payment by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company). Optionee may by election substitute the delivery of Shares that Optionee owns (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that are duly endorsed for transfer for all or any portion of the cash payment, or Optionee may exercise the Options by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to which Option Shares may be issued directly to Optionee’s designated broker/dealer upon receipt by the Company of the Option Price in cash from such broker/dealer.

The exercise date will be, in the case of (i) above, the date upon which all of the Procedures have been completed by the Optionee, or such later date as agreed to by the Optionee and the Company or its designated agent, and in the case of (ii) above, the date that the written notice, together with any accompanying payment, is received by the Company.


3. Termination of Employment . If Optionee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason, including for Cause, as defined herein, other than death, Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control, Optionee shall forfeit all rights under the Options except to the extent that the Options are already vested.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Capital One Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Committee that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the Committee believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), or (B) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(a) Exercise following Death . Except as provided in subsection 3(c), if Optionee dies while employed by the Company or any Subsidiary or within three months following termination of employment, and before the exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the rights under the Options shall have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution, may exercise the Options at any time within three years following Optionee’s death (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

(b) Exercise following Disability . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company or any Subsidiary by reason of Disability approved by the Company before exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee may exercise the Options at any time within three years following such termination of employment (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

(c) Exercise following Retirement . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment by reason of Retirement before exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee may exercise the Options at any time subsequent to vesting and before the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Optionee dies following Optionee’s termination of employment by reason of Retirement but prior to the Expiration Date, the Options shall immediately become fully exercisable (if not exercisable already), and Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the rights under the Options shall have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution, may exercise the Options at any time within three years following Optionee’s death (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

(d) Exercise following Change of Control . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment upon, after or in anticipation of a Change of Control, provided that (i) the Optionee is a party to a change of control agreement, (ii) Optionee’s employment is terminated under the terms of such agreement and (iii) Optionee is entitled to benefits under such agreement, then any such fully vested Options outstanding as of the date of such termination shall remain outstanding and exercisable through the Expiration Date.


For purposes of this Section 3, it shall not be considered a termination of employment if Optionee is placed by the Company or any Subsidiary on military or sick leave or such other type of leave of absence that the Committee in its sole discretion considers as continuing the employment relationship intact. At the time of any exercise of any Options exercised pursuant to this Section 3, the Option Price shall be paid in full as provided in Section 2.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Board or the Committee and subject to the Board’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided, that changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Tax Obligations Upon Exercise of Options . The difference, on the date of exercise, between the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchased and the Option Price is compensation taxable to Optionee as ordinary income on the date of exercise and is subject to applicable federal, state and local taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold. The Company’s designated agent will automatically withhold upon exercise the number of Option Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum applicable withholding taxes, unless the Optionee makes other arrangements suitable to the Company for the payment of all applicable withholding taxes.

6. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

8. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Options, Optionee agrees that he will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the exercise of the Options and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

9. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter Optionee’s terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

10. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of Optionee, his legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and the Company and its successors and assigns.

11. Forfeiture Event . Optionee agrees to reimburse the Company with respect to the Options to the extent required by Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

12. Clawback . The number of Options vesting on the Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in the event that prior to the Vesting Date the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks.


13. Performance-Based Adjustment .

(a) The number of Options vesting on the Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction as follows:

(i) For each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Performance Period, if any, that (A) Core Earnings for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, are not positive (i.e., Core Earnings are not greater than zero) and (B) Base ROA for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, is better than or equal to negative one percent (–1%), the number of Options scheduled to vest on the Vesting Date shall be reduced by 54,331 ; and

(ii) For each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Performance Period, if any, that Base ROA for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, is not better than or equal to negative one percent (–1%), the number of Options scheduled to vest on the Vesting Date shall be reduced by 108,662 regardless of the Core Earnings of the Company for such fiscal year, and there shall be no additional reduction for such fiscal year pursuant to subsection 13(a)(i) above.

(b) For purposes of this Section 13:

(i) “Core Earnings” means the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of (A) impairment or amortization of intangible assets, (B) the credit portion of other than temporary impairment of the securities portfolio, (C) the build or release of the allowance for loan and lease losses, calculated as the difference between the provision for loan and lease losses and charge-offs, net of recoveries, and (D) the change in the combined uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve;

(ii) “Base ROA” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of any impairment of intangible assets, to (B) the Company’s average total assets for the period; and

(iii) In the event of any change to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles affecting the treatment or classification of any component of Core Earnings or Base ROA, such metric shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definitions herein to the extent practicable.

14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Options or Option Shares to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.


The Company from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of these Options you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of these Options and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Chairman, Compensation Committee
 

/s/ Richard D. Fairbank

  Richard D. Fairbank
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
  Officer and President


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement

No. of Shares Subject to Option: %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-%

THIS NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME (“Optionee” or “you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Options . Capital One hereby grants to Optionee options to purchase from the Company (each an “Option,” collectively, the “Options”) all or any part of an aggregate of %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-% shares (the “Option Shares”) of common stock of the Company, $.01 par value per share, at the purchase price per share of $56.32 (the “Option Price”), being not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value per share on the Date of Grant, such Options to be exercisable as hereinafter provided. The Options shall be nonstatutory options that do not receive favorable tax treatment under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code.

2. Terms and Conditions . The Options evidenced by this Agreement are subject to the following terms and conditions:

(a) Expiration Date . The Options shall expire on January 30, 2023 (the “Expiration Date”) unless earlier terminated as provided for herein.

(b) Transferability . The Options are transferable under the following conditions:

(i) Except as provided in the following paragraph and in Section 2(d) below, the Options shall be nontransferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and, during the lifetime of Optionee, may be exercised only by Optionee, except as provided in Section 3 below.

The Options (or any portion thereof) may be transferred by the Optionee to (1) the spouse, children, or grandchildren of Optionee (each, an “Immediate Family Member”); (2) a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of Optionee and/or Immediate Family Members; or (3) a partnership in which Optionee and/or Immediate Family Members are the only partners, provided that (a) no consideration is paid to the Optionee in connection with the transfer; (b) in the event of a transfer to an individual, the Options are exercisable, during the original transferee’s lifetime, only by the transferee or by his or her guardian or legal representative; (c) following such transfer, Optionee retains no interest or reversion in the Options (or the underlying Shares upon exercise) and has no right to alter or amend the Options or revoke the transfer; and (d) subsequent transfer of the Options by the transferee (excluding transfers by will or by the laws of descent and distribution) is prohibited.

Following transfer, the Options shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable to the Options immediately before transfer (including terms and conditions based on the employment status of the Optionee); provided that where appropriate, all references in this Agreement to “Optionee” shall be deemed to refer to the transferee.


(ii) Promptly upon transfer of any Options, the Optionee shall deliver written notice of the transfer to the Company’s Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia. That written notice shall identify the transferee and the effective date of the transfer.

(iii) If sale to the transferee of the Option Shares issuable upon exercise of the Options is not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Company, in its sole discretion, may condition such sale upon such terms and requirements as it deems appropriate to comply with applicable law.

(c) Vesting of Options . Subject to the provisions of Sections 3, 12 and 13 below, the Options shall vest and become exercisable as follows:

One-third of the Options on February 10, 2014

One-third of the Options on February 10, 2015

One-third of the Options on February 10, 2016

Each of the dates immediately above shall be a “Scheduled Vesting Date.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, any unvested and not previously forfeited Options shall immediately vest and become fully exercisable upon the death or Disability of Optionee or upon a Change of Control. Upon the Optionee’s Retirement before vesting of the Options, the Options shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Sections 12 and 13 and shall become exercisable on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Dates. Except as otherwise provided in subsections 3(a), 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) and 3(e) below, the right of Optionee and Optionee’s successors in interest to exercise the Options shall terminate three months after the date Optionee’s employment terminates (but no later than the Expiration Date).

(d) Method of Exercising and Payment for Shares . The Options may be exercised by:

(i) Following the procedures for the exercise of Options as may be established from time to time by the Company or its designated agent (the “Procedures”). The Company will notify Optionee of the Procedures which will specify (1) any required notification, whether oral or written, to the Company or its designated agent; (2) the method for cash payment of the Option Price and any additional amounts to the Company or its designated agent; (3) if an Optionee elects to substitute Shares that an Optionee owns (valued at the Fair Market Value on the exercise date) for all or any portion of the cash payment, the method for delivery of such Shares to the Company or its designated agent; (4) if the Optionee exercises by means of a “cashless exercise,” any requirements related to such cashless exercise; and (5) any other requirements, including completion of any required tax or other forms, which must be completed prior to the exercise of the Options. The Optionee may contact (a) the Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia or (b) the Company’s designated agent to obtain a copy of the Procedures; or

(ii) Delivering written notice of exercise to the Human Resources Department at the Company’s West Creek office in Richmond, Virginia or to the Company’s designated agent. Such notice shall be accompanied by payment of the Option Price in full by cash (which shall include payment by check, bank draft or money order payable to the order of the Company). Optionee may by election substitute the delivery of Shares that Optionee owns (valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise) that are duly endorsed for transfer for all or any portion of the cash payment, or Optionee may exercise the Options by means of a “cashless exercise” pursuant to which Option Shares may be issued directly to Optionee’s designated broker/dealer upon receipt by the Company of the Option Price in cash from such broker/dealer.


The exercise date will be, in the case of (i) above, the date upon which all of the Procedures have been completed by the Optionee, or such later date as agreed to by the Optionee and the Company or its designated agent, and in the case of (ii) above, the date that the written notice, together with any accompanying payment, is received by the Company.

3. Termination of Employment . If Optionee’s employment with the Company or any Subsidiary terminates for any reason, including for Cause, as defined herein, other than death, Disability, Retirement or a Change of Control, Optionee shall forfeit all rights under the Options except to the extent that the Options are already vested.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Capital One Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Committee, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board, the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (unless you are the Chief Executive Officer at the time of any such instruction) or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(a) Exercise following Death . Except as provided in subsection 3(c), if Optionee dies while employed by the Company or any Subsidiary or within three months following termination of employment, and before the exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee’s estate, or the person or persons to whom the rights under the Options shall have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution, may exercise the Options at any time within three years following Optionee’s death (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

(b) Exercise following Disability . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company or any Subsidiary by reason of Disability approved by the Company before exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee may exercise the Options at any time within three years following such termination of employment (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).


(c) Exercise following Retirement . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment by reason of Retirement before exercise in full or expiration of the Options, Optionee may exercise the Options at any time subsequent to vesting and before the Expiration Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that the Optionee dies following Optionee’s termination of employment by reason of Retirement but prior to the Expiration Date, the Options shall immediately become fully exercisable (if not exercisable already), and Optionee’s estate or the person or persons to whom the rights under the Options shall have passed by will or the laws of descent and distribution, may exercise the Options at any time within three years following Optionee’s death (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

(d) Exercise following Change of Control . In the event of termination of Optionee’s employment upon, after or in anticipation of a Change of Control, provided that (i) the Optionee is a party to a change of control agreement, (ii) Optionee’s employment is terminated under the terms of such agreement and (iii) Optionee is entitled to benefits under such agreement, then any such fully vested Options outstanding as of the date of such termination shall remain outstanding and exercisable through the Expiration Date.

(e) Exercise following termination by the Company not for Cause . In the event of the involuntary termination of Optionee’s employment by the Company not for Cause, then any such fully vested Options outstanding as of the date of such termination shall remain outstanding and exercisable by the Optionee at any time within two years following Optionee’s termination of service (but in any event prior to the Expiration Date).

For purposes of this Section 3, it shall not be considered a termination of employment if Optionee is placed by the Company or any Subsidiary on military or sick leave or such other type of leave of absence that the Committee in its sole discretion considers as continuing the employment relationship intact. At the time of any exercise of any Options exercised pursuant to this Section 3, the Option Price shall be paid in full as provided in Section 2.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Board or the Committee and subject to the Board’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided, that changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Tax Obligations Upon Exercise of Options . The difference, on the date of exercise, between the Fair Market Value of the Option Shares purchased and the Option Price is compensation taxable to Optionee as ordinary income on the date of exercise and is subject to applicable federal, state and local taxes that the Company is obligated to withhold. The Company’s designated agent will automatically withhold upon exercise the number of Option Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum applicable withholding taxes, unless the Optionee makes other arrangements suitable to the Company for the payment of all applicable withholding taxes.

6. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

7. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.


8. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Options, Optionee agrees that he will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the exercise of the Options and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

9. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter Optionee’s terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

10. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of Optionee, his legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and the Company and its successors and assigns.

11. Forfeiture Event . Optionee agrees to reimburse the Company with respect to the Options to the extent required by Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

12. Clawback . All unvested Options granted hereunder shall be subject to forfeiture in the event that the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks. In the event that the Committee makes a determination as provided in the preceding sentence, all or any portion of Options that have not yet vested under this Agreement as of the date of such determination shall be forfeited in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

13. Performance-Based Adjustment .

 

  (a) The number of Options vesting on any Scheduled Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction as follows:

(i) In the event that the Core Earnings of the Company for the Company’s fiscal year ended immediately prior to such Scheduled Vesting Date, as certified by the Committee, are not positive (i.e., Core Earnings are not greater than zero), the number of Options scheduled to vest on such Scheduled Vesting Date shall be reduced by 50%, rounding up to the nearest whole share; and

(ii) In the event that the Base ROA of the Company for the Company’s fiscal year ended immediately prior to such Scheduled Vesting Date, as certified by the Committee, is not better than or equal to negative one percent (–1%), all Options scheduled to vest on such Scheduled Vesting Date shall be forfeited, regardless of the Core Earnings of the Company for such fiscal year.

 

  (b) For purposes of this Section 13:

(i) “Core Earnings” means the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of (A) impairment or amortization of intangible assets, (B) the credit portion of other than temporary impairment of the securities portfolio, (C) the build or release of the allowance for loan and lease losses, calculated as the difference between the provision for loan and lease losses and charge-offs, net of recoveries, and (D) the change in the combined uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve;

(ii) “Base ROA” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of any impairment of intangible assets, to (B) the Company’s average total assets for the period; and

(iii) In the event of any change to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles affecting the treatment or classification of any component of Core Earnings or Base ROA, such metric shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definitions herein to the extent practicable.


14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Options or Option Shares to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

The Company from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of these Options you acknowledge receipt of the Plan, and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of these Options and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer

Exhibit 10.2.15

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Performance Unit Award Agreement

No. of Performance Units at Target: 155,363

THIS PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and Richard D. Fairbank (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”) and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless they are otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 9 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of performance units, the vesting and issuance of which are subject to certain service, performance or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Performance Units . Capital One hereby grants to you an award of performance units (the “Units”) with a target award of 155,363 Units (the “Target Award”). The maximum payout for this award is 150% of the Target Award plus accrued dividends pursuant to Section 5. The Units shall vest and the underlying shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (such underlying shares, the “Shares”), shall be issuable only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan. The Units will not have voting rights.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, the right to receive some or all of the Units and the Shares related thereto shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated, pledged or hypothecated or otherwise encumbered under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted assignment, transfer, alienation, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of such rights or of the Units or the Shares related thereto prior to their issuance to you shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture of such rights or Units, including the Shares related thereto, and cancellation of this Agreement.

3. Lapse of Restrictions .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in subsections 3(b) and 3(c) below and to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein, the Units shall vest on a date as determined by the Committee after termination of the Performance Period (as defined below) and certification of performance by the Committee, but no later than March 15, 2016, or earlier in the event of your death, Disability or Change of Control pursuant to paragraph 3(b) or (c) hereof (the “Date of Issuance”). On the Date of Issuance, the Units shall vest, and the Shares shall become issuable as determined based on the Company’s Adjusted ROA, as defined on Appendix A , as measured against a peer group, consisting of companies in the KBW Bank Sector index as of January 1, 2013, excluding custody banks in that index (the “Peer Group), over a three-year performance period beginning on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “Performance Period”) as certified by the Committee following the end of the Performance Period. For members of the Peer Group who fail or are acquired, the Adjusted ROA through the time the independent company stops reporting GAAP financials will be frozen and serve as their final return metric for the Performance Period. Members of the Peer Group that continue to operate as independent companies but that fall out of the KBW Bank Sector index will continue to be used in the Peer Group. Members of the Peer Group as of January 1, 2013 are shown in Appendix B . Any new entrants to the KBW Bank Sector index after January 1, 2013 will not be considered members of the Peer Group for any award determination or calculation related to this Agreement. The number


of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance is set forth on Appendix A . The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall be reduced in the event that Adjusted ROA for one or more fiscal years in the Performance Period is not positive, as provided on Appendix A . The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall also be subject to reduction in accordance with section 13(b) below.

With respect to any Units that have vested on the Date of Issuance, the Shares related thereto shall be issued to you, in settlement of such vested Units, on such Date of Issuance. Dividends will be accrued and paid out as additional shares at the time of the award as provided in Section 5 below. All Units, including your rights thereto and to the underlying Shares, which do not vest on or before the Date of Issuance, as provided in this Section 3, shall immediately be forfeited as of such Date of Issuance (to the extent not previously forfeited as provided herein).

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment .

(i) Upon termination of your employment with Capital One for Cause, as defined below, prior to the Date of Issuance, all Units shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested as provided herein).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Capital One Board of Directors (the “Board”) or the Committee that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the Committee believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3(b), no act, or failure to act on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”) or (B) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3(b)(i), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.


(ii) Upon your termination of employment as a result of your death or Disability on or prior to December 31, 2015, the Units shall immediately vest and the Shares shall be immediately issuable to you on the Date of Issuance; provided that the number of such Units vesting and such Shares shall be equal to the product of (x) the Target Award amount as specified above and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from January 1, 2013, through the date of such death or Disability and the denominator of which is 1,095; and provided further that in such case the Date of Issuance shall be as soon as practicable following your death or Disability and in all events on or before the later of December 31 of the year of termination or 2.5 months following such termination. Upon your termination of employment as a result of your death or Disability on or after January 1, 2016, but prior to the Date of Issuance, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be as calculated in Section 3(a) above.

(iii) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, upon your Retirement on or before December 31, 2013, all Units shall immediately be forfeited; and upon your Retirement on or after January 1, 2014, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be as calculated in Section 3(a) above.

(c) Effect of Change of Control . Upon a Change of Control, the Units shall vest and the Shares shall become issuable to you in full upon or after the closing date of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control, provided that, after such Change of Control, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be calculated based on a performance period from January 1, 2013 through the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the closing date of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control; and provided further that the Date of Issuance in such case shall be as soon as practicable after the closing date of such transaction and certification of performance by the Committee, and in all events on or before March 15 of the year following the year of such Change of Control and in all events within 60 days following such Change of Control.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Board or the Committee and subject to the Board’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided, that changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Dividends . Dividends with respect to the Shares shall accrue beginning on January 1, 2013, through the applicable Date of Issuance when the Shares underlying the Units are delivered, at which time such accrued dividends shall be paid out in the form of additional shares of common stock of the Corporation based on the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the business day prior to the Date of Issuance. The accrued dividends that shall be paid out to you shall be only such amount that has accrued with respect to the Shares underlying the Units that vest on the Date of Issuance.

6. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) Capital One’s designated agent will automatically withhold the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld and deliver the proceeds thereof to Capital One, unless you otherwise instruct Capital One or its designated agent as provided in (b) or (c) below;

(b) by making a timely election to send cash or check payment; or

(c) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.


7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware. Capital One and you hereby consent and submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in any city or county of Delaware for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of this Agreement. You and Capital One agree that the court shall not set aside the Committee’s determinations unless there is clear and convincing evidence of bad faith or fraud.

8. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Units and the Shares, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Units and the Shares and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

10. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

12. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Units and the Shares to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

13. Clawback .

(a) If prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Issuance a Restatement Date occurs, you shall deliver to the Company on the Restatement Delivery Date the Clawback Shares (each as defined below), if any, as determined under this Section 13(a).

For purposes of this Section 13(a):

(i) “Amended Adjusted ROA” means the Adjusted ROA over the Performance Period and taking into account the financial results of the Company as reflected in the Restatement.

(ii) “Held Shares” means the Shares held by you as of the Restatement Delivery Date in the event that such number of Shares is less than the Clawback Shares.

(iii) “Clawback Shares” means the number of Shares equal to (A) the number of Shares that were issued to you under this Agreement on the Date of Issuance minus (B) the number of shares of common stock of the Company that would have been issuable to you on the Date of Issuance as determined based on the Amended Adjusted ROA and certified by the Committee following the Restatement Date. For any member of the Peer Group that restates its financial results for all or any portion of the Performance Period prior to the date that the number of Clawback Shares is certified by the Committee, the cumulative Adjusted ROA for such member of the Peer Group used for purposes of calculating the Clawback Shares shall take into account such restatement. For the avoidance of doubt, neither you nor the Company shall have any obligation with respect to the Clawback Shares in the event that the number of Shares in clause (B) of the


preceding sentence exceeds the number of Shares in clause (A) of the preceding sentence. The Clawback Shares shall be delivered to the Company in Shares; provided, however, that in the event that on the Restatement Delivery Date you do not hold a number of Shares equal to or greater than the Clawback Shares, you shall deliver to the Company (x) all Held Shares plus (y) the pre-tax proceeds from sales or other transfers of all Recovery Shares. Such pre-tax proceeds shall be calculated starting with the most recent sale or other transfer of Recovery Shares prior to the Restatement Delivery Date and continuing in reverse chronological order with any prior sales or transfers of Recovery Shares until the pre-tax proceeds of all Recovery Shares are determined. The “pre-tax proceeds” for any Recovery Shares that were transferred by you in a transaction other than a sale on the New York Stock Exchange shall be the Fair Market Value of such Recovery Shares as of the date of such transaction. The “pre-tax proceeds” for any Recovery Shares that were withheld pursuant to Section 6 shall be the Fair Market Value of such Recovery Shares as of the date they were withheld.

(iv) “Recovery Shares” means the number of Shares equal to the difference between the Clawback Shares and your Held Shares.

(v) “Restatement” means an accounting restatement of the Company’s financial statements, covering all or any portion of the Performance Period, due to the noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Company makes any accounting restatement solely due to (A) any change after the Date of Issuance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or (B) any change after the Date of Issuance in financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, such restatement shall not constitute a “Restatement” under this Section 13(a).

(vi) “Restatement Date” means the date after the Date of Issuance upon which the Company first files (A) a Restatement or (B) a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or otherwise publicly announces) that the Company expects to issue a Restatement.

(vii) “Restatement Delivery Date” means the date that is 30 days after the number of Clawback Shares is certified by the Committee in accordance with this Section 13(a), or such earlier date upon which you deliver the Clawback Shares to the Company.

(b) The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall be subject to reduction in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in the event that, prior to the Date of Issuance, the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks.

14. Mandatory Holding Requirement .

(a) You agree that with respect to the Applicable Holding Shares you may not transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Applicable Holding Shares until the Holding Date; provided that the requirements set forth in this Section 14 shall immediately lapse and be of no further force and effect upon your death, Disability or a Change of Control.


(b) For purposes of this Section 14:

(i) “Applicable Holding Shares” means 50% of the Shares acquired hereunder (not including any shares of common stock of the Company sold or retained by the Company to fund the payment of any tax withholding obligation, brokerage commission or fees payable in connection with the Shares) during your term of employment with the Company and during the one-year period after termination of your employment for any reason; and

(ii) “Holding Date” means the first anniversary of the date of acquisition of any Applicable Holding Shares.

15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Shares to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe to the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Chairman, Compensation Committee
 

/s/ Richard D. Fairbank

  Richard D. Fairbank
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
  Officer and President


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Performance Unit Award Agreement

No. of Performance Units at Target: XX,XXX

THIS PERFORMANCE UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”) and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless they are otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 9 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of performance units, the vesting and issuance of which are subject to certain service, performance or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Performance Units . Capital One hereby grants to you an award of performance units (the “Units”) with a target award of %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-% Units (the “Target Award”). The maximum payout for this award is 150% of the Target Award plus accrued dividends pursuant to Section 5. The Units shall vest and the underlying shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (such underlying shares, the “Shares”), shall be issuable only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan. The Units will not have voting rights.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, the right to receive some or all of the Units and the Shares related thereto shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated, pledged or hypothecated or otherwise encumbered under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted assignment, transfer, alienation, pledge, hypothecation or encumbrance of such rights or of the Units or the Shares related thereto prior to their issuance to you shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture of such rights or Units, including the Shares related thereto, and cancellation of this Agreement.

3. Lapse of Restrictions .

(b) Vesting . Except as provided in subsections 3(b) and 3(c) below and to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein, the Units shall vest on a date as determined by the Committee after termination of the Performance Period (as defined below) and certification of performance by the Committee, but no later than March 15, 2016, or earlier in the event of your death, Disability or Change of Control pursuant to paragraph 3(b) or (c) hereof (the “Date of Issuance”). On the Date of Issuance, the Units shall vest, and the Shares shall become issuable as determined based on the Company’s Adjusted ROA, as defined on Appendix A , as measured against a peer group, consisting of companies in the KBW Bank Sector index as of January 1, 2013, excluding custody banks in that index (the “Peer Group), over a three-year performance period beginning on January 1, 2013 and ending on December 31, 2015 (the “Performance Period”) as certified by the Committee following the end of the Performance Period. For members of the Peer Group who fail or are acquired, the Adjusted ROA through the time the independent company stops reporting GAAP financials will be frozen and serve as their final return metric for the Performance Period. Members of the Peer Group that continue to operate as independent companies but that fall out of the KBW Bank Sector index will continue to be used in the Peer Group. Members of the Peer Group as of January 1, 2013 are shown in Appendix B . Any new


entrants to the KBW Bank Sector index after January 1, 2013 will not be considered members of the Peer Group for any award determination or calculation related to this Agreement. The number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance is set forth on Appendix A . The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall be reduced in the event that Adjusted ROA for one or more fiscal years in the Performance Period is not positive, as provided on Appendix A . The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall also be subject to reduction in accordance with section 13(b) below.

With respect to any Units that have vested on the Date of Issuance, the Shares related thereto shall be issued to you, in settlement of such vested Units, on such Date of Issuance. Dividends will be accrued and paid out as additional shares at the time of the award, as provided in Section 5 below. All Units, including your rights thereto and to the underlying Shares, which do not vest on or before the Date of Issuance, as provided in this Section 3, shall immediately be forfeited as of such Date of Issuance (to the extent not previously forfeited as provided herein).

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment .

(i) Upon termination of your employment with Capital One for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement or by Capital One not for Cause, as defined below, prior to the Date of Issuance, all Units shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested as provided herein).

(ii) Upon your termination of employment by Capital One not for Cause on or before December 31, 2015, the number of Units that will vest and the number of underlying Shares that will become issuable to you shall be equal to the product of (x) the number of Units that would have vested on the Date of Issuance if you had remained employed with Capital One through December 31, 2015, and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete days from January 1, 2013 through the date of termination of your employment and the denominator of which is 1,095. Such Units shall vest and the underlying Shares shall become issuable to you on the Date of Issuance. Upon your termination by Capital One not for Cause on or after January 1, 2016, but prior to the Date of Issuance, the number of Units that shall vest on the Date of Issuance and the number of underlying Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be as calculated in 3(a) above.

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Capital One Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Committee, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board, the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3(b), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (unless you are the Chief Executive Officer at the time of any such instruction) or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be


conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3(b)(ii), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(iii) Upon your termination of employment as a result of your death or Disability on or prior to December 31, 2015, the Units shall immediately vest and the Shares shall be immediately issuable to you on the Date of Issuance; provided that the number of such Units vesting and such Shares shall be equal to the product of (x) the Target Award amount as specified above and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days from January 1, 2013, through the date of such death or Disability and the denominator of which is 1,095; and provided further that in such case the Date of Issuance shall be as soon as practicable following your death or Disability and in all events on or before the later of December 31 of the year of termination or 2.5 months following such termination. Upon your termination of employment as a result of your death or Disability on or after January 1, 2016, but prior to the Date of Issuance, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be as calculated in Section 3(a) above.

(iv) Upon your Retirement on or before December 31, 2015, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be as calculated in Section 3(a) above.

(c)  Effect of Change of Control . Upon a Change of Control, the Units shall vest and the Shares shall become issuable to you in full upon or after the closing date of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control, provided that, after such Change of Control, the number of Units that shall vest and the number of Shares that shall be issuable to you shall be calculated based on a performance period from January 1, 2013 through the end of the fiscal quarter immediately preceding the closing date of the transaction giving rise to the Change of Control; and provided further that the Date of Issuance in such case shall be as soon as practicable after the closing date of such transaction and certification of performance by the Committee, and in all events on or before March 15 of the year following the year of such Change of Control and in all events within 60 days following such Change of Control.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Board or the Committee and subject to the Board’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided, that changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Dividends . Dividends with respect to the Shares shall accrue beginning on January 1, 2013, through the applicable Date of Issuance when the Shares underlying the Units are delivered, at which time such accrued dividends shall be paid out in the form of additional shares of common stock of the Corporation based on the Fair Market Value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the business day prior to the Date of Issuance. The accrued dividends that shall be paid out to you shall be only such amount that has accrued with respect to the Shares underlying the Units that vest on the Date of Issuance.


6. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(d) Capital One’s designated agent will automatically withhold the number of Shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld and deliver the proceeds thereof to Capital One, unless you otherwise instruct Capital One or its designated agent as provided in (b) or (c) below;

(e) by making a timely election to send cash or check payment; or

(f) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware. Capital One and you hereby consent and submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in any city or county of Delaware for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of this Agreement. You and Capital One agree that the court shall not set aside the Committee’s determinations unless there is clear and convincing evidence of bad faith or fraud.

8. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Units and the Shares, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Units and the Shares and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

10. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

14. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

15. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Units and the Shares to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

16. Clawback .

(a) If, prior to the third anniversary of the Date of Issuance, a Restatement Date occurs, you shall deliver to the Company on the Restatement Delivery Date the Clawback Shares (each as defined below), if any, as determined under this Section 13(a).

For purposes of this Section 13(a):

(viii) “Amended Adjusted ROA” means the Adjusted ROA over the Performance Period and taking into account the financial results of the Company as reflected in the Restatement.

(ix) “Held Shares” means the Shares held by you as of the Restatement Delivery Date in the event that such number of Shares is less than the Clawback Shares.

(x) “Clawback Shares” means the number of Shares equal to (A) the number of Shares that were issued to you under this Agreement on the Date of Issuance


minus (B) the number of shares of common stock of the Company that would have been issuable to you on the Date of Issuance as determined based on the Amended Adjusted ROA and certified by the Committee following the Restatement Date. For any member of the Peer Group that restates its financial results for all or any portion of the Performance Period prior to the date that the number of Clawback Shares is certified by the Committee, the cumulative Adjusted ROA for such member of the Peer Group used for purposes of calculating the Clawback Shares shall take into account such restatement. For the avoidance of doubt, neither you nor the Company shall have any obligation with respect to the Clawback Shares in the event that the number of Shares in clause (B) of the preceding sentence exceeds the number of Shares in clause (A) of the preceding sentence. The Clawback Shares shall be delivered to the Company in Shares; provided, however, that in the event that on the Restatement Delivery Date you do not hold a number of Shares equal to or greater than the Clawback Shares, you shall deliver to the Company (x) all Held Shares plus (y) the pre-tax proceeds from sales or other transfers of all Recovery Shares. Such pre-tax proceeds shall be calculated starting with the most recent sale or other transfer of Recovery Shares prior to the Restatement Delivery Date and continuing in reverse chronological order with any prior sales or transfers of Recovery Shares until the pre-tax proceeds of all Recovery Shares are determined. The “pre-tax proceeds” for any Recovery Shares that were transferred by you in a transaction other than a sale on the New York Stock Exchange shall be the Fair Market Value of such Recovery Shares as of the date of such transaction. The “pre-tax proceeds” for any Recovery Shares that were withheld pursuant to Section 6 shall be the Fair Market Value of such Recovery Shares as of the date they were withheld.

(xi) “Recovery Shares” means the number of Shares equal to the difference between the Clawback Shares and your Held Shares.

(xii) “Restatement” means an accounting restatement of the Company’s financial statements, covering all or any portion of the Performance Period, due to the noncompliance of the Company with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event that the Company makes any accounting restatement solely due to (A) any change after the Date of Issuance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles or (B) any change after the Date of Issuance in financial reporting requirements under the securities laws, such restatement shall not constitute a “Restatement” under this Section 13(a).

(xiii) “Restatement Date” means the date after the Date of Issuance upon which the Company first files (A) a Restatement or (B) a Current Report on Form 8-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or otherwise publicly announces) that the Company expects to issue a Restatement.

(xiv) “Restatement Delivery Date” means the date that is 30 days after the number of Clawback Shares is certified by the Committee in accordance with this Section 13(a), or such earlier date upon which you deliver the Clawback Shares to the Company.

(b) The number of Units vesting and the number of Shares that shall become issuable on the Date of Issuance shall be subject to reduction in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in the event that, prior to the Date of Issuance, the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks.


14. Mandatory Holding Requirement .

(a) You agree that with respect to the Applicable Holding Shares you may not transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Applicable Holding Shares until the Holding Date; provided that the requirements set forth in this Section 14 shall immediately lapse and be of no further force and effect upon your death, Disability or a Change of Control.

(b) For purposes of this Section 14:

(i) “Applicable Holding Shares” means 50% of the Shares acquired hereunder (not including any shares of common stock of the Company sold or retained by the Company to fund the payment of any tax withholding obligation, brokerage commission or fees payable in connection with the Shares) during your term of employment with the Company and during the one-year period after termination of your employment for any reason; and

(ii) “Holding Date” means the first anniversary of the date of acquisition of any Applicable Holding Shares.

15. Miscellaneous .

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Shares to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe to the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]


Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer

Exhibit 10.2.16

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

No. of Units: 38,841

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and Richard D. Fairbank (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 8 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of Restricted Stock Units, representing shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), the vesting and issuance of which are subject to continued employment with Capital One or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . Capital One hereby grants to you 38,841 Restricted Stock Units (the “Restricted Stock Units”). The Restricted Stock Units shall vest only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan. The Restricted Stock Units will not have voting rights.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, the rights represented by the Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted transfer of such units or such rights shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units.

3. Payment of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in Sections 3(b), 13 and 14 below, and to the extent not previously vested as provided herein, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full on February 10, 2016 (the “Vesting Date”); or, if earlier, upon (i) the termination of your employment due to death or Disability or (ii) a Change of Control, and the date of such death, Disability or Change of Control shall be the Vesting Date. The period between January 1, 2013, and the Vesting Date shall be the “Performance Period.”

Upon vesting, the Restricted Stock Units shall become payable in cash in an amount equal to the product of (i) the average Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days preceding the Vesting Date and (ii) the number of Restricted Stock Units vesting on the Vesting Date (subject to Section 5 below).

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment for Cause or as a Result of Retirement .

(i) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One for Cause (as defined herein), all Restricted Stock Units shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested as provided herein).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board or the Committee that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the Committee believe that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.


For purposes of this Section 3(b), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), or (B) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3(b)(i), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

(ii) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One as a result of Retirement, the Restricted Stock Units shall continue to vest and become payable to you on the Vesting Date and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Section 13 and 14.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Committee and subject to the Committee’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided that, changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) automatically through payroll withholding; and

(b) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.

6. Dividend Equivalents . With respect to the Restricted Stock Units, you shall be credited with dividend equivalents as and when dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders. Such dividend equivalents shall accumulate and be paid to you in cash (without interest) as and when you receive payment under Section 3 with respect to the Restricted Stock Units from which such dividend equivalents are derived. All such dividend equivalents shall be subject to the same vesting requirements that apply to the Restricted Stock Units from which such dividend equivalents are derived.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

8. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Restricted Stock Units and be bound by the terms of the Plan.


10. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

12. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock Units to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

13. Clawback . The number of Restricted Stock Units vesting on the Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion in the event that prior to the Vesting Date the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks.

14. Performance-Based Adjustment .

(a) The number of Restricted Stock Units vesting on the Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction as follows:

(i) For each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Performance Period, if any, that (A) Core Earnings for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, are not positive (i.e., Core Earnings are not greater than zero) and (B) Base ROA for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, is better than or equal to negative one percent (-1%), the number of Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on the Vesting Date shall be reduced by 6,474 ; and

(ii) For each fiscal year of the Company ending during the Performance Period, if any, that Base ROA for the Company for such fiscal year, as certified by the Committee, is not better than or equal to negative one percent (-1%), the number of Restricted Stock Units scheduled to vest on the Vesting Date shall be reduced by 12,947 regardless of the Core Earnings of the Company for such fiscal year, and there shall be no additional reduction for such fiscal year pursuant to subsection 14(a)(i) above.

(b) For purposes of this Section 14:

(i) “Core Earnings” means the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of (A) impairment or amortization of intangible assets, (B) the credit portion of other than temporary impairment of the securities portfolio, (C) the build or release of the allowance for loan and lease losses, calculated as the difference between the provision for loan and lease losses and charge-offs, net of recoveries, and (D) the change in the combined uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve;

(ii) “Base ROA” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of any impairment of intangible assets, to (B) the Company’s average total assets for the period; and

(iii) In the event of any change to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles affecting the treatment or classification of any component of Core Earnings or Base ROA, such metric shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definitions herein to the extent practicable.


15. Miscellaneous.

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Restricted Stock Units to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and Section 409A of the Code, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Mayo A. Shattuck III
  Chairman, Compensation Committee
 

/s/ Richard D. Fairbank

  Richard D. Fairbank
  Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive
  Officer and President


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

No. of Units: %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-%

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 8 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of Restricted Stock Units, representing shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), the vesting and issuance of which are subject to continued employment with Capital One or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . Capital One hereby grants to you %%TOTAL_UNITS_GRANTED%-% Restricted Stock Units (the “Restricted Stock Units”). The Restricted Stock Units shall vest only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan. The Restricted Stock Units will not have voting rights.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, the rights represented by the Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted transfer of such units or such rights shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units.

3. Payment of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in subsections 3(b) and 3(c) below, and to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein, 100% of the Restricted Stock Units shall vest on December 15, 2013 (the “Vesting Date”); or, if earlier, in full upon (i) the termination of your employment due to death or Disability; or (ii) a Change of Control, and the date of such death, Disability or Change of Control shall be the Vesting Date.

Upon vesting, the Restricted Stock Units shall become payable in cash in an amount equal to the product of (i) the average Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days preceding the Vesting Date and (ii) the number of Restricted Stock Units vesting on the Vesting Date (subject to Section 5 below).

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment . Upon your termination of employment with Capital One for any reason other than death, Disability or a Change of Control, prior to the Vesting Date (such date of termination, the “Termination Date”), the Units shall immediately vest and become payable in cash on the Termination Date provided that in such case the amount payable shall be equal to the product of (a) and (b) where (a) shall be equal to the product of (i) the average Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days preceding the Termination Date and (ii) the number of Restricted Stock Units that would have vested on the Vesting Date if your employment had not been terminated and (b) is a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days from January 1, 2013 through and including the Termination Date and the denominator of which is 365.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Committee and subject to the Committee’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or


purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided that, changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) automatically through payroll withholding; and

(b) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.

6. Dividend Equivalents . With respect to the Restricted Stock Units, dividend equivalents shall be paid to you in cash as soon as is practicable after dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

8. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

9. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Restricted Stock Units and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

10. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

12. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock Units to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

No. of Units: %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-%

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”). All capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 8 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of Restricted Stock Units, representing shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), the vesting and issuance of which are subject to continued employment with Capital One or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Restricted Stock Units . Capital One hereby grants to you %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-% Restricted Stock Units (the “Restricted Stock Units). The Restricted Stock Units shall vest only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan. The Restricted Stock Units will not have voting rights.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Section 3 hereof, the rights represented by the Restricted Stock Units shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted transfer of such units or such rights shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of the Restricted Stock Units.

3. Payment of Restricted Stock Units .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in subsections 3(b), 3(c) and 13 below, and to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest as follows:

One-third of the Restricted Stock Units on February 10, 2014

One-third of the Restricted Stock Units on February 10, 2015

One-third of the Restricted Stock Units on February 10, 2016

Each of the anniversaries of the Date of Grant above shall be a “Vesting Date.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Restricted Stock Units shall vest in full upon (i) the termination of your employment due to death or Disability; or (ii) a Change of Control, and the date of such death, Disability or Change of Control shall be the Vesting Date for all applicable Restricted Stock Units.

Upon vesting, the Restricted Stock Units shall become payable in cash in an amount equal to the product of (i) the average Fair Market Value of the Common Stock for the 20 trading days preceding the Vesting Date and (ii) the number of Restricted Stock Units vesting on the Vesting Date (subject to Section 5 below).

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment Not For Cause . Upon your termination of employment with Capital One due to Retirement or for any reason other than for Cause (as defined herein), death, Disability or a Change of Control, the Units shall continue to vest and become payable in cash on the regularly scheduled Vesting Dates specified in Section 3(a) (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein) and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Section 13.

(c) Effect of Termination of Employment For Cause . Upon your termination of employment with the Company for Cause prior to any Vesting Date, all Restricted Stock Units, as of such date of termination, shall be immediately forfeited (to the extent not previously vested as provided herein).


For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Board, the Committee, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board, the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3(c), no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (unless you are the Chief Executive Officer at the time of any such instruction) or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3(c), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

4. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Committee and subject to the Committee’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided that, changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

5. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) automatically through payroll withholding; and

(b) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.

6. Dividend Equivalents . With respect to the Restricted Stock Units, dividend equivalents shall be paid to you in cash as soon as is practicable after dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders.

7. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

8. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.


9. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock Units, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Restricted Stock Units and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

10. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

11. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

12. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock Units to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

13. Clawback . All unvested Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder shall be subject to forfeiture in the event that the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks. In the event that the Committee makes a determination as provided in the preceding sentence, all or any portion of Restricted Stock Units that have not yet vested under this Agreement as of the date of such determination shall be forfeited in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

14. Miscellaneous.

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of Restricted Stock Units to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law and Section 409A of the Code, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer

Exhibit 10.2.17

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

No. of Shares: %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-%

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated January 31, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and FIRST_NAME LAST_NAME (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 8 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), the vesting of which is subject to continued employment or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . Capital One hereby grants to you %%TOTAL_SHARES_GRANTED%-% shares of Common Stock (the “Restricted Stock”). The Restricted Stock shall vest and become freely transferable only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 15 hereof, the rights represented by the Restricted Stock shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted transfer of such shares or such rights shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of the Restricted Stock.

3. Lapse of Restrictions .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in Sections 3(b), 3(c), 3(d), 14 and 16 below and to the extent not previously vested as provided herein, the Restricted Stock shall vest and all restrictions other than the restrictions contained in Section 15 shall lapse in full according to the following schedule:

One-third of the Restricted Stock on February 10, 2014

One-third of the Restricted Stock on February 10, 2015

One-third of the Restricted Stock on February 10, 2016

Each of the immediately above dates shall be a “Scheduled Vesting Date.”

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment .

(i) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or Change of Control, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).

(ii) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One as a result of your death or Disability, all of the shares of the Restricted Stock shall immediately vest and become transferable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse upon such termination of employment (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).


(iii) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One as a result of Retirement, the Restricted Stock shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein) and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Section 14 and 16.

(c) Vesting Schedule Upon Eligibility for Retirement .

(i) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the independent members of the Board of Directors, as applicable, and to the extent permitted or required by law, the Restricted Stock shall become transferable upon you becoming eligible for Retirement, only and to the extent sufficient, if sold at Fair Market Value, on the date of such eligibility, to provide for the payment of any tax liability caused as a consequence of such eligibility condition in accordance with applicable tax laws. It is understood that the remaining portion of the Restricted Stock shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates as provided herein.

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Capital One will instruct the Plan administrator to withhold and transfer to Capital One the Restricted Stock that becomes transferable pursuant to the immediately foregoing paragraph in satisfaction of your tax withholding liability, unless you notify Capital One of your intention to satisfy such tax withholding obligations in another permissible manner not less than 60 days prior to such eligibility date. Capital One reserves the right to change this instruction at any time.

(d) Effect of Change of Control . If a Change of Control of Capital One occurs, then all of the shares of the Restricted Stock shall vest and become transferable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse immediately upon the occurrence of such Change of Control (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).

4. Prohibition of Tax Election . You shall not attempt or purport to elect under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Restricted Stock to pay income tax within 30 days of the Date of Grant, and any such attempted or purported election shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of all of the Restricted Stock granted to you under this Agreement.

5. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Committee and subject to the Committee’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided that, changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

6. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) Capital One’s designated agent will automatically withhold the number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld and deliver the proceeds thereof to Capital One, unless you otherwise instruct Capital One or its designated agent as provided in (b) or (c) below;

(b) by making a timely election to send cash or check payment; or

(c) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.


7. Dividends . With respect to shares of the Restricted Stock that have vested, dividends shall be paid to you in cash as soon as is practicable after dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders. With respect to shares of Restricted Stock that have not vested, you shall be credited with dividends as and when dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders. By accepting this Award, you agree that such dividends shall accumulate and be paid to you in cash (without interest) as and when the shares of Restricted Stock from which such dividends are derived vest pursuant to Section 3. You further agree that all such dividends shall be subject to the same vesting requirements that apply to the Restricted Stock from which such dividends are derived.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.

9. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

10. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Restricted Stock and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

11. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

12. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

13. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

14. Clawback . All unvested shares of the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be subject to forfeiture in the event that the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks. In the event that the Committee makes a determination as provided in the preceding sentence, all or any portion of shares of Restricted Stock that have not yet vested under this Agreement as of the date of such determination shall be forfeited in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

15. Mandatory Holding Requirement .

(a) You agree that with respect to the Applicable Holding Shares you may not transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Applicable Holding Shares until the Holding Date; provided that the requirements set forth in this Section 15 shall immediately lapse and be of no further force and effect upon your death, Disability or a Change of Control.

(b) For purposes of this Section 15:

(i) “Applicable Holding Shares” means 50% of the shares of Restricted Stock acquired hereunder (not including any shares sold or retained by the Company to fund the payment of any tax withholding obligation, brokerage commission or fees payable in connection with the Restricted Stock) during your term of employment with the Company and during the one-year period after termination of your employment for any reason; and

(ii) “Holding Date” means the first anniversary of the date of acquisition of any Applicable Holding Shares.


16. Performance-Based Adjustment .

(a) The number of shares of Restricted Stock vesting on any Scheduled Vesting Date shall be subject to reduction as follows:

(i) In the event that the Core Earnings of the Company for the Company’s fiscal year ended immediately prior to such Scheduled Vesting Date, as certified by the Committee, are not positive (i.e., Core Earnings are not greater than zero), the number of shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on such Scheduled Vesting Date shall be reduced by 50%, rounding up to the nearest whole share; and

(ii) In the event that the Base ROA of the Company for the Company’s fiscal year ended immediately prior to such Scheduled Vesting Date, as certified by the Committee, is not better than or equal to negative one percent (-1%), all shares of Restricted Stock scheduled to vest on such Scheduled Vesting Date shall be forfeited, regardless of the Core Earnings of the Company for such fiscal year.

(b) For purposes of this Section 16:

(i) “Core Earnings” means the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of (A) impairment or amortization of intangible assets, (B) the credit portion of other than temporary impairment of the securities portfolio, (C) the build or release of the allowance for loan and lease losses, calculated as the difference between the provision for loan and lease losses and charge-offs, net of recoveries, and (D) the change in the combined uncollectible finance charge and fee reserve;

(ii) “Base ROA” means the ratio, expressed as a percentage, of (A) the Company’s net income available to common stockholders, excluding, on a tax-adjusted basis, the impact of any impairment of intangible assets, to (B) the Company’s average total assets for the period; and

(iii) In the event of any change to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles affecting the treatment or classification of any component of Core Earnings or Base ROA, such metric shall be calculated in a manner consistent with the definitions herein to the extent practicable.

17. Miscellaneous .

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of shares of the Restricted Stock to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any


obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

[Signature page follows.]


Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer

Exhibit 10.2.18

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

Restricted Stock Award Agreement

No. of Shares: 174,000

THIS RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated February 4, 2013 (the “Date of Grant”), between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION , a Delaware corporation (“Capital One” or the “Company”), and Stephen S. Crawford (“you”), is made pursuant and subject to the provisions of the Company’s 2004 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated (the “Plan”), and all capitalized terms used herein that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meaning given them in the Plan unless otherwise defined herein.

WHEREAS, Article 8 of the Plan provides for the award from time to time in the discretion of the Committee of shares of common stock of Capital One, $.01 par value per share (“Common Stock”), the vesting of which is subject to continued employment or other conditions;

W I T N E S S E T H :

1. Grant of Restricted Stock . Capital One hereby grants to you 174,000 shares of Common Stock (the “Restricted Stock”). The Restricted Stock shall vest and become freely transferable only in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement and of the Plan.

2. Non-Transferability . Subject to the provisions of Sections 3 and 15 hereof, the rights represented by the Restricted Stock shall not be assignable or transferable, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, under any circumstances. Any purported or attempted transfer of such shares or such rights shall be null and void and shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of the Restricted Stock.

3. Lapse of Restrictions .

(a) Vesting . Except as provided in Sections 3(b), 3(c), 3(d) and 14 below and to the extent not previously vested as provided herein, the Restricted Stock shall vest and all restrictions other than the restrictions contained in Section 15 shall lapse in full according to the following schedule:

One-fifth of the Restricted Stock on February 4, 2014

One-fifth of the Restricted Stock on February 4, 2015

One-fifth of the Restricted Stock on February 4, 2016

One-fifth of the Restricted Stock on February 4, 2017

One-fifth of the Restricted Stock on February 4, 2018

Each of the immediately above dates shall be a “Scheduled Vesting Date.”

(b) Effect of Termination of Employment .

(i) Except as provided in Section 3(b)(ii), 3(b)(iii), 3(b)(iv) and 3(d), upon your termination of employment with Capital One for any reason, all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).


(ii) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One as a result of your death or Disability, all of the shares of the Restricted Stock shall immediately vest and become transferable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse upon such termination of employment (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).

(iii) Upon your termination of employment with Capital One as a result of Retirement, the Restricted Stock shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein) and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Section 14.

(iv) Upon your termination of employment by Capital One not for Cause, the Restricted Stock shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein) and remain subject to reduction pursuant to Section 14; provided that you comply with all terms of the Non-Competition Agreement between you and Capital One (the “Non-Competition Agreement”). For the avoidance of doubt, if you do not comply with all terms of your Non-Competition Agreement following your termination of employment by Capital One not for Cause, then all shares of Restricted Stock shall immediately be forfeited (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).

For the purposes of this Agreement, “Cause” shall be defined as the willful and continued failure by you to perform substantially your duties with the Company or any affiliated company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to you by the Capital One Board of Directors (the “Board”), the Committee, or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board, the Committee or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company believes that you have not substantially performed your duties, or the willful engaging by you in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that in either case is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 3, no act, or failure to act, on your part shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by you in bad faith or without reasonable belief that your action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the affiliated companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “Applicable Board”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (unless you are the Chief Executive Officer at the time of any such instruction) or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by you in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of your employment shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to you a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding you, if you are a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to you and you are given an opportunity, together with your counsel, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, you are guilty of the conduct described in this Section 3, and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.


(c) Vesting Schedule Upon Eligibility for Retirement .

(i) Unless otherwise determined by the Committee or the independent members of the Board, as applicable, and to the extent permitted or required by law, the Restricted Stock shall become transferable upon you becoming eligible for Retirement, only and to the extent sufficient, if sold at Fair Market Value, on the date of such eligibility, to provide for the payment of any tax liability caused as a consequence of such eligibility condition in accordance with applicable tax laws. It is understood that the remaining portion of the Restricted Stock shall continue to vest on the Scheduled Vesting Dates as provided herein.

(ii) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Capital One will instruct the Plan administrator to withhold and transfer to Capital One the Restricted Stock that becomes transferable pursuant to the immediately foregoing paragraph in satisfaction of your tax withholding liability, unless you notify Capital One of your intention to satisfy such tax withholding obligations in another permissible manner not less than 60 days prior to such eligibility date. Capital One reserves the right to change this instruction at any time.

(d) Effect of Change of Control . If a Change of Control of Capital One occurs, then all of the shares of the Restricted Stock shall vest and become transferable and all restrictions thereon shall lapse immediately upon the occurrence of such Change of Control (to the extent not previously vested or forfeited as provided herein).

4. Prohibition of Tax Election . You shall not attempt or purport to elect under Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to the Restricted Stock to pay income tax within 30 days of the Date of Grant, and any such attempted or purported election shall result in the immediate forfeiture and cancellation of all of the Restricted Stock granted to you under this Agreement.

5. Modification and Waiver . Except as provided in the Plan with respect to determinations of the Committee and subject to the Committee’s right to amend the Plan, neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof can be changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived orally or by any course of dealing or purported course of dealing, but only by an agreement in writing signed by you and Capital One; provided that, changes, modifications and amendments not detrimental to you may be made in writing signed only by Capital One. No such agreement shall extend to or affect any provision of this Agreement not expressly changed, modified, amended, discharged, terminated or waived or impair any right consequent on such a provision. The waiver of or failure to enforce any breach of this Agreement shall not be deemed to be a waiver or acquiescence in any other breach thereof.

6. Tax Withholding . If you become subject to withholding under applicable tax laws, you agree to pay Capital One the amount required to be withheld by one or more of the following methods:

(a) Capital One’s designated agent will automatically withhold the number of shares having a Fair Market Value equal to the amount required to be withheld and deliver the proceeds thereof to Capital One, unless you otherwise instruct Capital One or its designated agent as provided in (b) or (c) below;

(b) by making a timely election to send cash or check payment; or

(c) by such other methods as Capital One may make available from time to time.

7. Dividends . With respect to the Restricted Stock, dividends shall be paid to you in cash as soon as is practicable after dividends are paid to the Company’s other stockholders.

8. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by federal law and, to the extent not preempted thereby, by the laws of the State of Delaware.


9. Conflicts . In the event of any conflict between the provisions of the Plan as in effect on the Date of Grant and the provisions of this Agreement, except terms otherwise defined herein, the provisions of the Plan shall govern. All references herein to the Plan shall mean the Plan as in effect on the date hereof.

10. Bound by Plan . In consideration of the grant of the Restricted Stock, you agree that you will comply with such conditions as the Committee may impose on the Restricted Stock and be bound by the terms of the Plan.

11. Employment Status . This Agreement does not constitute a contract of employment nor does it alter your terminable at will status or otherwise guarantee future employment.

12. Binding Effect . This Agreement shall be binding upon, enforceable against, and inure to the benefit of you and your legatees, distributees and personal representatives, and Capital One and its successors and assigns.

13. Forfeiture Event . You agree to reimburse the Company with respect to the Restricted Stock to the extent required under Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 or as otherwise required by law.

14. Clawback . All unvested shares of the Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be subject to forfeiture in the event that the Committee in its sole discretion determines that (i) there has been misconduct resulting in either a violation of law or of Capital One policy or procedures, including but not limited to Capital One’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, that in either case causes significant financial or reputational harm to Capital One and (ii) either you committed the misconduct or failed in your responsibility to manage or monitor the applicable conduct or risks. In the event that the Committee makes a determination as provided in the preceding sentence, all or any portion of shares of Restricted Stock that have not yet vested under this Agreement as of the date of such determination shall be forfeited in an amount as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion.

15. Mandatory Holding Requirement . You agree that with respect to the Shares (not including any shares sold or retained by the Company to fund the payment of any tax withholding obligation, brokerage commission or fees payable in connection with the Restricted Stock) you may not transfer, sell, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise dispose of such Shares until February 4, 2018; provided that the requirements set forth in this Section 15 shall immediately lapse and be of no further force and effect upon your death, Disability or a Change of Control.

16. Miscellaneous .

(a) Your obligations under this Agreement shall survive any termination of your employment with the Company for any reason.

(b) You acknowledge that any of the Company’s rights or remedies under this Agreement shall be cumulative and in addition to whatever other remedies the Company may have under law or equity.

(c) You agree that any recovery by the Company under this Agreement will be a recovery of shares of the Restricted Stock to which you were not entitled under this Agreement and is not to be construed in any manner as a penalty.

(d) The Company may, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, retain for itself funds or securities otherwise payable to you pursuant to this Agreement to satisfy any obligation or debt that you owe the Company, including any obligations hereunder. The Company may not retain such funds or securities until such time as they would otherwise be distributable to you in accordance with this Agreement.

Capital One from time to time distributes and makes available to associates a disclosure document relating to the Plan. You may also contact the HR Help Center to obtain a copy of the Plan disclosure document


and the Plan. You should carefully read the Plan disclosure document and the Plan. By accepting the benefits of this Agreement you acknowledge receipt of the Plan and the Plan disclosure document and agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and the Plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION has caused this Agreement to be signed on its behalf.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ Jory Berson
Jory Berson
Chief Human Resources Officer

Exhibit 10.6.2

FIRST AMENDMENT

TO THE

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

VOLUNTARY NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

The Capital One Financial Corporation Voluntary Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, amended and restated effective as of January 1, 2012 (the “Plan”), in accordance with Section 12 of the Plan, is hereby amended as follows, effective as of January 1, 2013:

 

  1. The reference to “Section 5” in Section 1(x) is revised to read “Section 7(d)”.

 

  2. Section 5(c) is amended to read as follows:

In addition to the credits described in Section 5(a), the Company may, in its discretion, make additional Company credits (“Discretionary Credits”) on behalf of any Eligible Associate. In its sole discretion, the Company shall determine (i) the Eligible Associates to be credited with any Discretionary Credit, (ii) the amount of any such Discretionary Credit, (iii) the vesting schedule applicable thereto (including any accelerated vesting thereof and the events of such acceleration), (iv) the distribution terms, including the form and timing of payment for such Discretionary Credit, (v) the limitations (if any) on the Investment Funds in which the Discretionary Credit may be deemed invested, and (vi) such other terms and conditions as determined by the Company that are not inconsistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. In addition, the Company may permit the Participant to elect the timing and form of distribution of such Discretionary Credits, provided that any such election shall be made no later than the latest time permitted by Section 409A of the Code (which, (i) for sign-on bonuses, shall be the day before the Participant commences employment, and (ii) for discretionary bonuses for which the Participant is required to provide services for at least 12 months from the date the Participant receives a legally binding right to avoid forfeiture of the bonus, shall be 30 days after such legally binding right is obtained, provided that such election is made at least 12 months before the earliest date on which the forfeiture condition could lapse), and the default distribution provisions under Section 7 shall apply if a valid election is not timely received if the Participant is provided an opportunity to elect the time and form of distribution pursuant to this sentence.

[Signature Page Follows.]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Capital One Financial Corporation hereby adopts this Amendment to the Capital One Financial Corporation Voluntary Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan as of this 28th day of January, 2013.

 

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

/s/ Carol E. Anderson

Name:   Carol E. Anderson
Title:   MVP, Compensation

 

2

Exhibit 10.8.3

CHANGE OF CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

CHANGE OF CONTROL EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT, dated as of the [INSERT DAY] day of [INSERT MONTH] , [INSERT YEAR] (this “ Agreement ”), by and between CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [INSERT EXECUTIVE’S NAME] (the “ Executive ”).

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”), has determined that it is in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to assure that the Company will have the continued dedication of the Executive, notwithstanding the possibility, threat or occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined herein). The Board believes it is imperative to diminish the inevitable distraction of the Executive by virtue of the personal uncertainties and risks created by a pending or threatened Change of Control and to encourage the Executive’s full attention and dedication to the Company in the event of any threatened or pending Change of Control, and to provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements upon a Change of Control that ensure that the compensation and benefits expectations of the Executive will be satisfied and that provide the Executive with compensation and benefits arrangements that are competitive with those of other corporations. Therefore, in order to accomplish these objectives, the Board has caused the Company to enter into this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS HEREBY AGREED AS FOLLOWS:

Certain Definitions . (a) “ Effective Date ” means the first date during the Change of Control Period (as defined herein) on which a Change of Control occurs. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (A) if the Executive’s employment with the Company is terminated by the Company, (B) the Date of Termination is prior to the date on which the Change of Control occurs, and (C) if it is reasonably demonstrated by the Executive that such termination of employment was (i) at the request of the third party that has taken steps reasonably calculated to effect such Change of Control, or (ii) otherwise arose in connection with or anticipation of a Change of Control, then for all purposes of this Agreement, “Effective Date” means the date immediately prior to such Date of Termination.

Change of Control Period ” means the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the third anniversary of the date hereof; provided , however , that, commencing on the date one year after the date hereof, and on each annual anniversary of such date (such date and each annual anniversary thereof, the “ Renewal Date ”), unless previously terminated, the Change of Control Period shall be automatically extended so as to terminate three years from such Renewal Date, unless, at least 60 days prior to the Renewal Date, the Company shall give notice to the Executive that the Change of Control Period shall not be so extended.

Affiliated Company ” means any company controlled by, controlling or under common control with the Company.

Change of Control ” means:

Any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) becomes the beneficial owner (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (A) the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (B) the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided , however , that, for purposes of this Section 1(d), the following acquisitions of Outstanding Company Common Stock or Outstanding Company Voting Securities shall not constitute a Change of Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliated Company or (iv) any acquisition pursuant to a transaction that complies with Sections 1(d)(3)(A), 1(d)(3)(B) and 1(d)(3)(C);


Individuals who, as of the date hereof, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided , however , that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual was a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board;

Consummation of a reorganization, merger, statutory share exchange or consolidation or similar transaction involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries, a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or the acquisition of assets or stock of another entity by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (each, a “Business Combination”), in each case unless, following such Business Combination, (A) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities that were the beneficial owners of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 50% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent securities) and the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body), as the case may be, of the entity resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, an entity that, as a result of such transaction, owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and the Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (B) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then-outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then-outstanding voting securities of such corporation, except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination, and (C) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors (or, for a non-corporate entity, equivalent governing body) of the entity resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement or of the action of the Board providing for such Business Combination; or

Approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Actual Total Compensation ” with respect to a Performance Year means the sum of (i) the Annualized Base Salary actually earned with respect to such Performance Year, (ii) the value of any cash component of any Annual Incentive or Long-Term Incentive Award paid to the Executive with respect to such Performance Year, and (iii) the cash value of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based component of any Annual Incentive or Long-Term Incentive Award granted to the Executive with respect to such Performance Year, in each case inclusive of any amounts earned but deferred by the Company or the Executive. For this purpose, the value of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards shall be the fair value of the award under applicable accounting rules at the time such award is granted.

Annual Incentive ” shall include any annual cash bonus and any equity, equity-like or other performance-based award that is designated by the Company as constituting a bonus or a mid-term incentive award (or any similar term), annualized to the extent the Executive was not employed by the Company or otherwise receiving compensation as a full-time employee during any portion of the applicable Performance Year.

Annualized Base Salary ” shall include (i) cash wages designated by the Company as base salary (or any similar term) and payable in regular installments during a Performance Year and, if applicable, (ii) equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards that vest solely due to the passage of time, are awarded at or near the beginning of a Performance Year or in regular installments throughout the Performance Year, and are not designated by the Company as constituting a portion of the Executive’s Annual Incentive or Long-Term Incentive Award or as retention, special equity or similar awards, in each case annualized to the extent the Executive was not employed by the Company or otherwise receiving compensation as a full-time employee during any portion of the applicable Performance Year.


Long-Term Incentive Award ” shall include any type of cash incentive plan, equity, equity-like or other performance-based award that is designated by the Company as constituting a long-term incentive award (or any similar term), annualized to the extent the Executive was not employed by the Company or otherwise receiving compensation as a full-time employee during any portion of the applicable Performance Year.

Performance Year ” shall mean the period of time with respect to which the Executive’s Actual Total Compensation is paid, as designated by the Company, annualized as appropriate if such period is more or less than twelve months.

Target Total Compensation ” with respect to a Performance Year shall mean all target amounts designated as being part of the Executive’s annual compensation by the Company in the Total Compensation Statement (or any similar document setting forth the Executive’s target total compensation for a Performance Year) for the applicable time period and which shall include (i) an Annualized Base Salary for such Performance Year (as adjusted pursuant to the Company’s normal compensation review process occurring prior to or during such Performance Year); (ii) a target Annual Incentive, the cash value of which shall be determined by the Company at the beginning of the respective Performance Year; and (iii) a target Long-Term Incentive Award, the cash value of which shall be determined by the Company at the beginning of the respective Performance Year. Target Total Compensation shall not include retention awards, spot bonus awards, sign-on bonuses, special equity awards, the value of Company provided benefits, pay associated with perquisites or relocation, and other bonuses and incentives not communicated as part of the Executive’s target total compensation. If the Company delivers more than one Total Compensation Statement with respect to a Performance Year, then the Executive’s Target Total Compensation for that Performance Year shall be the highest total value reflected in any such statement.

Employment Period . The Company hereby agrees to continue the Executive in its employ, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the second anniversary of the Effective Date (the “ Employment Period ”). The Employment Period shall terminate upon the Executive’s termination of employment for any reason.

Terms of Employment . (a)  Position and Duties . (1) During the Employment Period, (A) the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties and responsibilities shall be at least commensurate in all material respects with the most significant of those held, exercised and assigned at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date, (B) the Executive’s services shall be performed at the office where the Executive was employed immediately preceding the Effective Date or at any other location less than 35 miles from such office, and (C) the Executive shall not be required to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required during the 120 day period immediately prior to the Effective Date.

During the Employment Period, and excluding any periods of vacation and sick or similar leave to which the Executive is entitled, the Executive agrees to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business and affairs of the Company and, to the extent necessary to discharge the responsibilities assigned to the Executive hereunder, to use the Executive’s reasonable best efforts to perform faithfully and efficiently such responsibilities. During the Employment Period, it shall not be a violation of this Agreement for the Executive to (A) serve on corporate, civic or charitable boards or committees, (B) deliver lectures, fulfill speaking engagements or teach at educational institutions and (C) manage personal investments, so long as such activities do not significantly interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities as an employee of the Company in accordance with this Agreement. It is expressly understood and agreed that, to the extent that any such activities have been conducted by the Executive prior to the Effective Date, the continued conduct of such activities (or the conduct of activities similar in nature and scope thereto) subsequent to the Effective Date shall not thereafter be deemed to interfere with the performance of the Executive’s responsibilities to the Company.

Compensation . (1)  Total Compensation . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall receive total cash, equity, equity-like and performance-based compensation for each Performance Year at least equal, in the aggregate, to the highest of the Executive’s (A) Actual Total Compensation for the Performance Year prior to the


Performance Year in which the Effective Date occurs, (B) Target Total Compensation for the Performance Year prior to the Performance Year in which the Effective Date occurs, and (C) Target Total Compensation for the Performance Year in which the Effective Date occurs. The Company shall provide a Total Compensation Statement (or similar document) to the Executive designating the Executive’s Target Total Compensation at least once with respect to each Performance Year, at or near the beginning of such Performance Year and at or near the date any changes to the Executive’s compensation become effective during a Performance Year. The Executive shall at all times during the Employment Period be entitled to participate in all Annualized Base Salary, Annual Incentive and Long-Term Incentive Award plans, practices, policies and programs, including the allocation, composition and terms of any cash, equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards, applicable to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs be less favorable than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and the Affiliated Companies for the Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Savings and Retirement Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to participate in all savings and retirement plans, practices, policies, and programs applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with savings opportunities and retirement benefit opportunities less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of those provided by the Company and the Affiliated Companies for the Executive under such plans, practices, policies and programs as in effect at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Welfare Benefit Plans . During the Employment Period, the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as the case may be, shall be eligible for participation in and shall receive all benefits under welfare benefit plans, practices, policies and programs provided by the Company and the Affiliated Companies (including, without limitation, medical, prescription, dental, disability, employee life, group life, accidental death and travel accident insurance plans and programs) to the extent applicable generally to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies, but in no event shall such plans, practices, policies and programs provide the Executive with benefits that are less favorable, in the aggregate, than the most favorable of such plans, practices, policies and programs in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, those provided generally at any time after the Effective Date to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Expenses . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to receive prompt reimbursement for all reasonable expenses incurred by the Executive in accordance with the most favorable policies, practices and procedures of the Company and the Affiliated Companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Fringe Benefits . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to fringe benefits, including, without limitation, if applicable, use of an automobile and payment of related expenses, in accordance with the most favorable plans, practices, programs and policies of the Company and the Affiliated Companies in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Office and Support Staff . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to an office or offices of a size and with furnishings and other appointments, and to personal secretarial and other assistance, at least equal to the most favorable of the foregoing provided to the Executive by the Company and the Affiliated Companies at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as provided generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.


Vacation and Other Paid Leave . During the Employment Period, the Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation and other paid leave in accordance with the most favorable plans, policies, programs and practices of the Company and the Affiliated Companies as in effect for the Executive at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive, as in effect generally at any time thereafter with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies.

Termination of Employment . (a)  Death or Disability . The Executive’s employment shall terminate automatically if the Executive dies during the Employment Period. If the Company determines in good faith that the Disability of the Executive has occurred during the Employment Period (pursuant to the definition of “ Disability ”), it may give to the Executive written notice in accordance with Section 12(b) of its intention to terminate the Executive’s employment. In such event, the Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice by the Executive (the “ Disability Effective Date ”), provided that, within the 30 days after such receipt, the Executive shall not have returned to full-time performance of the Executive’s duties. “ Disability ” means the absence of the Executive from the Executive’s duties with the Company on a full-time basis for 180 consecutive business days as a result of incapacity due to mental or physical illness that is determined to be total and permanent by a physician selected by the Company or its insurers and acceptable to the Executive or the Executive’s legal representative (such agreement as to acceptability not to be unreasonably withheld).

Cause . The Company may terminate the Executive’s employment during the Employment Period with or without Cause. “ Cause ” means:

the willful and continued failure of the Executive to perform substantially the Executive’s duties (as contemplated by Section 3(a)(1)(A)) with the Company or any Affiliated Company (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness or following the Executive’s delivery of a Notice of Termination for Good Reason), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Executive by the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company that specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company believes that the Executive has not substantially performed the Executive’s duties, or

the willful engaging by the Executive in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Company.

For purposes of this Section 4(b), no act, or failure to act, on the part of the Executive shall be considered “willful” unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Executive’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Company. Any act, or failure to act, based upon (A) authority given pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board, or if the Company is not the ultimate parent corporation of the Affiliated Companies and is not publicly-traded, the board of directors of the ultimate parent of the Company (the “ Applicable Board ”), (B) the instructions of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (unless the Executive is the Chief Executive Officer at the time of any such instruction) or (C) the advice of counsel for the Company shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Company. The cessation of employment of the Executive shall not be deemed to be for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the entire membership of the Applicable Board (excluding the Executive, if the Executive is a member of the Applicable Board) at a meeting of the Applicable Board called and held for such purpose (after reasonable notice is provided to the Executive and the Executive is given an opportunity, together with counsel for the Executive, to be heard before the Applicable Board), finding that, in the good faith opinion of the Applicable Board, the Executive is guilty of the conduct described in Section 4(b)(1) or 4(b)(2), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

Good Reason . The Executive’s employment may be terminated during the Employment Period by the Executive for Good Reason or by the Executive voluntarily without Good Reason. “ Good Reason ” means:

the assignment to the Executive of any duties inconsistent in any respect with the Executive’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities as contemplated by Section 3(a), or any action by the Company that results in a diminution in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;


any failure by the Company to comply with any of the provisions of Section 3(b), other than an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent failure not occurring in bad faith and that is remedied by the Company promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by the Executive;

the Company’s requiring the Executive (i) to be based at any office or location other than as provided in Section 3(a)(1)(B) of this Agreement or (ii) to travel on Company business to a substantially greater extent than required during the 120-day period immediately prior to the Effective Date;

any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by the Company of this Agreement; or

any failure by the Company to comply with and satisfy Section 10(c).

For purposes of this Section 4(c) of this Agreement, any good faith determination of Good Reason made by the Executive shall be conclusive. The Executive’s mental or physical incapacity following the occurrence of an event described above in clauses (1) through (5) shall not affect the Executive’s ability to terminate employment for Good Reason.

Notice of Termination . Any termination by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto given in accordance with Section 12(b). “ Notice of Termination ” means a written notice that (1) indicates the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon, (2) to the extent applicable, sets forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of the Executive’s employment under the provision so indicated, and (3) if the Date of Termination (as defined herein) is other than the date of receipt of such notice, specifies the Date of Termination (which Date of Termination shall be not more than 30 days after the giving of such notice). The failure by the Executive or the Company to set forth in the Notice of Termination any fact or circumstance that contributes to a showing of Good Reason or Cause shall not waive any right of the Executive or the Company, respectively, hereunder or preclude the Executive or the Company, respectively, from asserting such fact or circumstance in enforcing the Executive’s or the Company’s respective rights hereunder.

Date of Termination . Date of Termination ” means (1) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company for Cause, or by the Executive for Good Reason, the date of receipt of the Notice of Termination or such later date specified in the Notice of Termination, as the case may be, (2) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by the Company other than for Cause or Disability, the date on which the Company notifies the Executive of such termination, (3) if the Executive resigns without Good Reason, the date on which the Executive notifies the Company of such termination, and (4) if the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of death or Disability, the date of death of the Executive or the Disability Effective Date, as the case may be. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Date of Termination occur until the Executive experiences a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code, and the date on which such separation from service takes place shall be the “Date of Termination.”

Obligations of the Company upon Termination . (a)  Good Reason; Other Than for Cause, Death or Disability . If, during the Employment Period, the Company terminates the Executive’s employment other than for Cause, death or Disability or the Executive terminates employment for Good Reason:

the Company shall pay to the Executive, in a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination, the aggregate of the following amounts:

the sum of the value of:

(i) the portion of the Executive’s Annualized Base Salary earned (and not otherwise deferred) through the Date of Termination to the extent not paid or payable, including by way of vesting of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards according to the award’s terms,


(ii) the portion of the Executive’s Annualized Base Salary attributable to accrued vacation to the extent not paid or payable, including by way of vesting of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards according to the award’s terms,

(iii) any Annual Incentive earned (and not otherwise deferred) by the Executive for the most recently completed Performance Year prior to the Date of Termination to the extent not paid or payable, including by way of vesting of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards according to the award’s terms (the sum of the amounts described in subclauses (i), (ii) and (iii), the “ Accrued Obligations ”), and

(iv) the product of (x) the Executive’s target Annual Incentive for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in the current Performance Year through the Date of Termination and the denominator of which is 365 (the “ Pro Rata Incentive ”); and

an amount equal to one hundred twelve and one-half percent (112.5%) of the highest of the Executive’s (i) Actual Total Compensation for the Performance Year prior to the Performance Year in which the Date of Termination occurs, (ii) Target Total Compensation for the Performance Year prior to the Performance Year in which the Date of Termination occurs, and (iii) Target Total Compensation for the Performance Year in which the Date of Termination occurs; and

an amount equal to the sum of the employer contributions under the Company or its Affiliated Company’s (as applicable) qualified defined contribution plans and any excess or supplemental defined contribution plans in which the Executive participates as of the Date of Termination (or, if more favorable to the Executive, the plans as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date) that the Executive would receive if the Executive’s employment continued for two and one-half years after the Date of Termination, assuming for this purpose that (i) the Executive’s benefits under such plans are fully vested, (ii) the Executive’s compensation in each of the two and one-half years is that required by Sections 3(b)(1), (iii) the rate of any such employer contribution is equal to the maximum rate provided under the terms of the applicable plans for the year in which the Date of Termination occurs (or, if more favorable to the Executive, or in the event that as of the Date of Termination the rate of any such contribution for such year is not determinable, the rate of contribution under the plans for the plan year ending immediately prior to the Effective Date), and (iv) to the extent that the Company’s contributions are determined based on the contributions or deferrals of the Executive, that the Executive’s contribution or deferral elections, as appropriate, are those in effect immediately prior to the Date of Termination; and

an amount equal to the employer contributions under the Company or its Affiliated Company’s (as applicable) qualified defined contribution plans in which the Executive participates or is otherwise being credited with service for purposes of vesting as of the Date of Termination that are forfeited by the Executive as of the Date of Termination but that would have vested under such plans if the Executive’s employment continued for two and one-half years after the Date of Termination; and

the amount equal to the product of (i) the sum of the Company’s or any of its Affiliated Company’s (as applicable) employer contributions under the Company’s health care and life insurance plans in which the Executive actively participates as of the Date of Termination (or, if more favorable to the Executive, the plans as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date), with such total amount increased by 9.1% for projected cost increases during the two and one-half year period following the Date of Termination, and (ii) two and one-half, plus an additional amount equal to the income and employment taxes on such amount so that after the payment of all taxes on such payment the Executive retains an amount equal to the amount determined under this Section 5(a)(1)(E); and


for purposes of determining the Executive’s vested status or percentage, as applicable, under any supplemental or excess defined contribution plan maintained by the Company or its Affiliated Companies in which the Executive participates or is otherwise being credited with service for purposes of vesting as of the Date of Termination, the Executive shall be credited with two and one-half years of additional service credit from the Date of Termination; and

the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to cause the Executive and/or the Executive’s family to continue to be eligible to participate in the Company’s health care and life insurance benefit plans that the Executive would be eligible to participate in if the Executive continued as an active employee two and one-half years after the Executive’s Date of Termination, or such longer period as may be provided by the terms of the appropriate plan, program, practice or policy (the “ Benefit Continuation Period ”), with the Executive to pay the full cost of premiums for such participation at the rate applicable to active employees of the Company, to the extent the Executive elects in writing to continue such coverage within 60 days after the Date of Termination. For purposes of determining eligibility (but not the time of commencement of benefits or eligibility for any employer premium subsidy) of the Executive for access to retiree welfare benefits pursuant to the retiree welfare benefit plans of the Company as in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date (or, if more favorable to the Executive, the plans as in effect at the end of the Benefit Continuation Period) (the “ Retiree Coverage ”), the Executive shall be considered to have remained employed until the end of the Benefit Continuation Period and to have retired on the last day of such period, and the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to cause the Executive to be eligible to commence participating in the applicable retiree welfare benefit plans as of the applicable benefit commencement date. To the extent the Executive is not eligible for Retiree Coverage at the end of the Benefit Continuation Period (after taking into account the immediately preceding sentence), following the Benefit Continuation Period, the Executive shall be eligible to elect continued health coverage as provided under Section 4980B of the Code or other applicable law (“ COBRA Coverage ”), as if the Executive’s employment with the Company had terminated as of the end of such period, and the Company shall take such actions as are necessary to cause such COBRA Coverage not to be offset by the provision of benefits under this Section 5(a)(3) and to cause the period of COBRA Coverage to commence at the end of the Benefit Continuation Period; and

the Company shall, at its sole expense as incurred, provide the Executive with outplacement services the scope and provider of which shall be selected by the Executive in the Executive’s sole discretion, provided that the cost of such outplacement shall not exceed $30,000; and provided, further, that such outplacement benefits shall end not later than the last day of the second calendar year that begins after the Date of Termination; and

except as otherwise set forth in the last sentence of Section 6, to the extent not theretofore paid or provided, the Company shall timely pay or provide to the Executive any Other Benefits (as defined in Section 6) in accordance with the terms of the underlying plans or agreements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5(a)(1) and except as otherwise provided in Section 12(g): (I) the Company’s obligations under this Section 5(a) are contingent upon the signing of a release as described below, and (II) in the event that the Executive is a “specified employee” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (as determined in accordance with the methodology established by the Company as in effect on the Date of Termination) (a “ Specified Employee ”), amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided under Section 5(a)(1) during the six-month period immediately following the Date of Termination (other than the Accrued Obligations) shall instead be paid, with interest on any delayed payment at the applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code (“ Interest ”), or provided on the first business day after the date that is six months following the Executive’s “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code (the “ Delayed Payment Date ”).

Furthermore, as a condition precedent to receiving benefits or payments under this Section 5(a) of the Agreement, Executive must execute and deliver to the Company a valid waiver and release agreement (the “Release”) in a form tendered to the Executive by the Company not later than 15 days after the Executive’s Date of Termination. Such Release shall be substantially in the form of (I) the waiver and release agreement in general usage by the Company


immediately before the Effective Date or (II) any such agreement that may be created by the Company immediately before the Effective Date, subject to any changes thereto that may be required by law; furthermore provided that such Release shall include preservation of the Executive’s indemnification rights or right of recovery as an insured (including, but not limited to, any right to receive an advancement of attorney’s fees and other defense costs) under any of the insurance policies of the Company or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or related entities, including, without limitation, any director and officer insurance policies, under the Company’s by-laws and articles of incorporation, and under any other common law, contractual or other indemnification or attorney fee coverage rights in effect immediately before the Effective Date. Any Release tendered to the Executive must identify all amounts and benefits to be provided to the Executive pursuant to this Section 5(a) of the Agreement prior to the Executive’s execution of the Release, including, but not limited to, any adjustment to the amount provided that may be made in accordance with Section 8 of the Agreement.

Death . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s death during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive’s estate or beneficiaries with (i) the Accrued Obligations, (ii) the Pro Rata Incentive, and (iii) the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. The Accrued Obligations and the Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid to the Executive’s estate or beneficiary, as applicable, in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination. With respect to the provision of the Other Benefits, the term “Other Benefits” as utilized in this Section 5(b) shall include, without limitation, and the Executive’s estate and/or beneficiaries shall be entitled to receive, benefits at least equal to the most favorable benefits provided by the Company and the Affiliated Companies to the estates and beneficiaries of peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies under such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to death benefits, if any, as in effect with respect to other peer executives and their beneficiaries at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive’s estate and/or the Executive’s beneficiaries, as in effect on the date of the Executive’s death with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies and their beneficiaries.

Disability . If the Executive’s employment is terminated by reason of the Executive’s Disability during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive with (i) the Accrued Obligations, (ii) the Pro Rata Incentive, and (iii) the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits in accordance with the terms of the underlying plans or agreements, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. The Accrued Obligations and the Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, provided , that in the event that the Executive is a Specified Employee, the Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid, with Interest, to the Executive on the Delayed Payment Date. With respect to the provision of the Other Benefits, the term “Other Benefits” as utilized in this Section 5(c) shall include, and the Executive shall be entitled after the Disability Effective Date to receive, disability and other benefits at least equal to the most favorable of those generally provided by the Company and the Affiliated Companies to disabled executives and/or their families in accordance with such plans, programs, practices and policies relating to disability, if any, as in effect generally with respect to other peer executives and their families at any time during the 120-day period immediately preceding the Effective Date or, if more favorable to the Executive and/or the Executive’s family, as in effect at any time thereafter generally with respect to other peer executives of the Company and the Affiliated Companies and their families.

Cause; Other Than for Good Reason . If the Executive’s employment is terminated for Cause during the Employment Period, the Company shall provide the Executive with the Accrued Obligations and the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. If the Executive voluntarily terminates employment during the Employment Period, excluding a termination for Good Reason, the Company shall provide to the Executive the Accrued Obligations and the Pro Rata Incentive and the timely payment or delivery of the Other Benefits, and shall have no other severance obligations under this Agreement. In such case, all the Accrued Obligations and the Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid to the Executive in a lump sum in cash on the 30th day after the Date of Termination, provided , that in the event that the Executive is a Specified Employee, the Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid, with Interest, to the Executive on the Delayed Payment Date.

Earned Compensation; Valuation Determinations . For purposes of Section 5 of this Agreement, the Accrued Obligations shall be considered “earned” if the Executive remained employed by the Company or an


Affiliated Company through at least the last day of the period to which the amount relates. For purposes of calculating the cash value of the Pro Rata Incentive and the Accrued Obligations under Section 5 of this Agreement, the value of any equity, equity-like or other performance-based awards shall be the fair value of such award under applicable accounting rules at the time such award was or would have been granted .

Non-exclusivity of Rights . Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent or limit the Executive’s continuing or future participation in any plan, program, policy or practice provided by the Company or the Affiliated Companies and for which the Executive may qualify, nor, subject to Section 9(a)(2) and Section 12(f), shall anything herein limit or otherwise affect such rights as the Executive may have under any other contract or agreement with the Company or the Affiliated Companies. Amounts that are vested benefits or that the Executive is otherwise entitled to receive under any plan, policy, practice or program of or any other contract or agreement with the Company or the Affiliated Companies at or subsequent to the Date of Termination (“ Other Benefits ”) shall be payable in accordance with such plan, policy, practice or program or contract or agreement, except as explicitly modified by this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive’s resignation under this Agreement with or without Good Reason, shall in no way affect the Executive’s ability to terminate employment by reason of the Executive’s “retirement” under any compensation and benefits plans, programs or arrangements of the Company or the Affiliated Companies, including without limitation any retirement or pension plans or arrangements or to be eligible to receive benefits under any compensation or benefit plans, programs or arrangements of the Company or the Affiliated Companies, including without limitation any retirement or pension plan or arrangement of the Company or the Affiliated Companies or substitute plans adopted by the Company or its successors, and any termination which otherwise qualifies as Good Reason shall be treated as such even if it is also a “retirement” for purposes of any such plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Executive receives payments and benefits pursuant to Section 5(a) of this Agreement, the Executive shall not be entitled to any severance pay or benefits under any severance plan, program or policy of the Company and the Affiliated Companies, unless otherwise specifically provided therein in a specific reference to this Agreement, or to any payments or benefits under any Non-Competition Agreement between the Executive and the Company or one of its Affiliated Companies (the “ NCA ”) that is in effect as of immediately prior to the Effective Date.

Full Settlement; Legal Fees . The Company’s obligation to make the payments provided for in this Agreement and otherwise to perform its obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense, or other claim, right or action that the Company may have against the Executive or others. In no event shall the Executive be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the amounts payable to the Executive under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and such amounts shall not be reduced whether or not the Executive obtains other employment. The Company agrees to pay as incurred (within 10 days following the Company’s receipt of an invoice from the Executive), at any time from the Effective Date of this Agreement through the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or, if longer, through the 20 th anniversary of the Effective Date) to the full extent permitted by law, all legal fees and expenses that the Executive may reasonably incur as a result of any contest (regardless of the outcome thereof) by the Company, the Executive or others of the validity or enforceability of, or liability under, any provision of this Agreement or any guarantee of performance thereof (including as a result of any contest by the Executive about the amount of any payment pursuant to this Agreement), plus, in each case, Interest. In order to comply with Section 409A of the Code, in no event shall the payments by the Company under this Section 7 be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred, provided , that the Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred. The amount of such legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any given calendar year shall not affect the legal fees and expenses that the Company is obligated to pay in any other calendar year, and the Executive’s right to have the Company pay such legal fees and expenses may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall the Executive be entitled to the payment of legal fees under this Section 7 in connection with an enforcement action by the Company of the Executive’s obligations under the NCA (as modified by Section 9(a) of this Agreement).

Treatment of Payments by the Company .

In the event that the payments or distributions to be made by the Company to or for the benefit of the Executive (whether paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, under


some other plan, agreement, or arrangement, or otherwise) (a “ Payment ”) (i) constitute “parachute payments” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) but for this Section 8 would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “ Excise Tax ”), then the Payment to the Executive shall be either: (i) delivered in full, or (ii) delivered after reducing the Payment $1 below an amount equal to 2.99 times the Executive’s “base amount,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code (the “ Safe Harbor Amount ”) which would result in no portion of the Payment being subject to the Excise Tax; whichever of the foregoing amounts determined under (i) and (ii) hereof, taking into account the applicable federal, state, and local income taxes and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Executive on an after-tax basis, of the greater amount, notwithstanding that all or some portion of the Payment may be subject to the Excise Tax.

In the event of a reduction of the amounts payable hereunder, if applicable, any amount payable shall be made by reducing the payments and benefits under the following sections in the following order and only to the extent necessary: (i) Section 5(a)(4), (ii) Section 5(a)(1)(B), (iii) Section 5(a)(1)(C), (iv) Section 5(a)(1)(D), (v) Section 5(a)(1)(E); (vi) Section 5(a)(1)(A)(iv), (vii) Section 5(a)(2) and (viii) Section 5(a)(3). For purposes of reducing the Payments to the Safe Harbor Amount, only amounts payable under this Agreement (and no other Payments) shall be reduced.

All determinations required to be made under this Section 8, including whether an Excise Tax may be owed and the assumptions to be utilized in arriving at such determination, shall be made by Deloitte & Touche or such other nationally recognized certified public accounting firm as may be designated by the Executive (the “ Accounting Firm ”). The Company and the Executive shall cooperate with each other and the Accounting Firm and shall provide necessary information so that the Accounting Firm may make all such determinations. The Accounting Firm shall provide detailed supporting calculations both to the Company and the Executive within 15 business days of the receipt of notice from the Executive that there has been a Payment or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. In the event that the Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the individual, entity or group effecting the Change of Control, the Executive may appoint another nationally recognized accounting firm to make the determinations required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred to as the Accounting Firm hereunder). All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. Any determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and the Executive.

Restrictive Covenants . (a) If, as of immediately prior to the Effective Date, the Executive is a party to an NCA and/or a Confidentiality, Work Product and Non-Solicitation of Employee Agreement (“CWP + NS”), the restrictive covenants set forth in the NCA and the CWP + NS and the enforcement provisions thereof shall continue in full force and effect as if set forth herein in their entirety and Section 9(b) shall be inapplicable to the Executive; provided, however, that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the NCA or the CWP + NS, following the Effective Date, (1) the Non-Competition Period and the period of application for the Non-Solicitation of Employees provision set forth in Section 3 of any applicable CWP + NS, shall be limited to one year from the Executive’s Date of Termination (or such shorter period as shall apply consistent with the Company’s ability to waive the non-competition covenant pursuant to the NCA), (2) the Executive shall not be entitled to receive any payments or benefits under the NCA upon a termination of employment for any reason, and (3) in no event shall an asserted violation of the NCA constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement.

(b) If the Executive is not party to an NCA as of immediately prior to the Effective Date, following the Effective Date, the Executive shall hold in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of the Company all secret or confidential information, knowledge or data relating to the Company or the Affiliated Companies, and their respective businesses, which information, knowledge or data shall have been obtained by the Executive during the Executive’s employment by the Company or the Affiliated Companies and which information, knowledge or data shall not be or become public knowledge (other than by acts by the Executive or representatives of the Executive in violation of this Agreement). After termination of the Executive’s employment with the Company, the Executive shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company or as may otherwise be required by law or legal process, communicate or divulge any such information, knowledge or data to anyone other than the Company and those persons designated by the Company. In no event shall an asserted violation of this Section 9(b) constitute a basis for deferring or withholding any amounts otherwise payable to the Executive under this Agreement.


Successors . (a) This Agreement is personal to the Executive, and, without the prior written consent of the Company, shall not be assignable by the Executive other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Executive’s legal representatives.

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns. Except as provided in Section 10(c), without the prior written consent of the Executive this Agreement shall not be assignable by the Company.

The Company will require any successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company to assume expressly and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform it if no such succession had taken place. “ Company ” means the Company as hereinbefore defined and any successor to its business and/or assets as aforesaid that assumes and agrees to perform this Agreement by operation of law or otherwise.

Funding . This Agreement constitutes an unfunded, unsecured obligation of the Company, and any payments made hereunder shall be made from the general assets of the Company. Prior to the Effective Date, the Company may establish a trust pursuant to a trust agreement and may make contributions to such trust in accordance with the terms and conditions of such trust agreement for the purpose of assisting the Company in meeting its payment obligations under this Agreement; provided, however, that the trust shall not be funded if the funding thereof would result in taxable income to the Executive by reason of Section 409A(b) of the Code; and provided, further, that in no event shall any trust assets at any time be located or transferred outside of the United States, within the meaning of Section 409A(b) of the Code. Any fees and expenses of the trustee shall be paid by the Company.

Miscellaneous . (a) This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without reference to principles of conflict of laws. The captions of this Agreement are not part of the provisions hereof and shall have no force or effect. This Agreement may not be amended or modified other than by a written agreement executed by the parties hereto or their respective successors and legal representatives.

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be given by hand delivery to the other party or by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

if to the Executive:

At the most recent address on file at the Company.

if to the Company:

Capital One Financial Corporation

1680 Capital One Drive

McLean, Virginia 22102

Attention: General Counsel

or to such other address as either party shall have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith. Notice and communications shall be effective when actually received by the addressee.

The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.


The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under this Agreement such United States federal, state or local or foreign taxes as shall be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

The Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right the Executive or the Company may have hereunder, including, without limitation, the right of the Executive to terminate employment for Good Reason pursuant to Sections 4(c)(1) through 4(c)(5), shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement.

The Executive and the Company acknowledge that, except as may otherwise be provided under any other written agreement between the Executive and the Company, the employment of the Executive by the Company is “at will” and, subject to Section 1(a), prior to the Effective Date, the Executive’s employment may be terminated by either the Executive or the Company at any time prior to the Effective Date, in which case the Executive shall have no further rights under this Agreement. From and after the date hereof, this Agreement shall supersede any prior Change of Control Employment Agreement between the Company and the Executive. From and after the Effective Date, except as specifically provided herein including Section 9(a) of this Agreement with respect to the NCA (as modified by Section 9(a)), this Agreement shall supersede any other severance or separation pay agreement or employment agreement containing severance provisions between the Executive and the Company or its Affiliated Companies.

Notwithstanding Section 5(a)(1) of this Agreement and if the Executive is party to an NCA, in the event the Change of Control is not a “change in the ownership or effective control” of the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets” of the Company (each as defined in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder as in effect from time to time), the payments under Section 5(a)(1)(B) shall be paid as follows: (1) the amount equal to the sum of (A) one times the Executive’s Annualized Base Salary otherwise payable in cash and (B) the amount of the employer portion of health care premiums plus the 2% administrative fee (the “Installment Amount”) shall be paid in installments beginning on the first regular payroll date following the Date of Termination and continuing on each regular payroll date for the one-year period following the Date of Termination, and (2) the amount determined under Section 5(a)(1)(B) minus the Installment Amount shall be paid in a lump sum in cash on the 30 th day after the Date of Termination, in each case, subject to delayed payment until the Delayed Payment Date if the Executive is a Specified Employee; provided that, if the Executive fails to execute a timely Release that becomes irrevocable in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof, then the Executive shall (I) forfeit all unpaid installments otherwise due hereunder, and (II) refund to the Company any installments already paid (with no interest due for periods before the end of the 30-day period after the Company sends the Executive a written notice demanding such repayment).

The Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or an exemption or exclusion therefrom and shall in all respects be administered in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Each payment under the Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A of the Code. In no event may the Executive, directly or indirectly, designate the calendar year of any payment to be made under this Agreement. If the Executive dies following the Date of Termination and prior to the payment of any amounts delayed on account of Section 409A of the Code, such amounts shall be paid to the personal representative of the Executive’s estate on the 30th day after the date of the Executive’s death. All reimbursements and in-kind benefits provided under the Agreement that constitute deferred compensation within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code shall be made or provided in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including without limitation, that (i) in no event shall reimbursements by the Company under this Agreement be made later than the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the applicable fees and expenses were incurred, provided, that the Executive shall have submitted an invoice for such fees and expenses at least 10 days before the end of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which such fees and expenses were incurred; (ii) the amount of in-kind benefits the Company is obligated to pay or provide in any given calendar year shall not affect the in-kind benefits that he Company is obligated to pay or provide in any other calendar year; (iii) the Executive’s right to have the Company pay or provide such reimbursements and in-kind benefits may not be liquidated or exchanged for any other benefit; and (iv) in not event shall the Company’s obligations to make reimbursements or to provide in-kind benefits apply beyond the Executive’s remaining lifetime (or if longer, through the 20th anniversary of the Effective Date). Prior to the Effective Date but within the time period permitted by the applicable Treasury Regulations, the Company may, in consultation with the Executive, modify the Agreement, in the least restrictive


manner necessary and without any diminution in the value of the payments to the Executive, in order to cause the provisions of the Agreement to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, so as to avoid the imposition of taxes and penalties on the Executive pursuant to Section 409A of the Code.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive has hereunto set the Executive’s hand and, pursuant to the authorization from the Board, the Company has caused these presents to be executed in its name on its behalf, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

[INSERT EXECUTIVE’S NAME]
CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  John G. Finneran, Jr.

Exhibit 10.9

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

THIS NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT (“Agreement”) is made by and between Capital One Financial Corporation, a Delaware corporation, on its own behalf and on behalf of its affiliates and subsidiaries (collectively, “Capital One”) and                                         , an individual residing at                                          (“You”), and effective as of this          day of             , 20     (“Effective Date”). In consideration of the Company’s agreement and promise to provide You with access or continued access to Confidential Information (as defined herein), access to customer and other business relationships, and specialized training and opportunities, in addition to Your employment or continued employment with Capital One, the additional consideration set forth herein, and other mutual promises between the parties, which You acknowledge to be good and sufficient consideration, it is agreed as follows:

1. Covenant Not to Compete .

a. Legitimate Business Interest . You acknowledge and agree that Capital One has multiple legitimate business interests in protecting its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, as well as its customer and other business relationships, and that the Non-Competition Covenant set forth in Paragraph 1(c) is narrowly tailored to protect Capital One’s legitimate business interests. “Confidential Information” means information, knowledge, data, specialized training, or other information that derives actual or potential value from the fact that it is not generally known to members of the general public, which concerns the business or affairs of Capital One or Capital One’s customers. “Trade Secret” means information, including but not limited to, a model, formula, pattern, compilation, program, device, method, technique, or process, that: (a) derives independent economic value, actual or potential, from not being generally known to, and not being readily ascertainable by proper means by, other persons who can obtain economic value from its disclosure or use, and (b) is the subject of efforts that are reasonable under the circumstances to maintain its secrecy. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to, Capital One’s Trade Secrets. You acknowledge and agree that Capital One has taken reasonable measures to preserve the secrecy of its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets.

b. Access and Exposure to Confidential Information . During Your employment, and further in consideration for the Non-Competition Covenant set forth in Paragraph 1(c), Capital One has provided or will provide You with Trade Secrets and other Confidential Information regarding Capital One’s operations, methods, plans and/or strategies, among other things, which, if not maintained in confidence, will threaten Capital One’s competitive advantage over those who do not know it and will cause immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One’s business interests.

c. Non-Competition Covenant . For two years following Your Termination Date (the “Non-Competition Period”), You shall not, within the Restricted Area, provide to any entity services (i) that are the same as or substantially similar to those You performed for Capital One during the twenty four (24) month period prior to Your Termination Date (the “Look-Back Period”), and (ii) that compete with any business for which You performed such services during the Look-Back Period. “Termination Date” means the date on which Your employment with Capital One ends, whether voluntarily or involuntarily. The restrictions of this Non-Competition Covenant apply to all activity performed throughout the United States (the “Restricted Area”). You acknowledge and agree that, in light of Capital One’s nation-wide business activities and Your work on such nation-wide activities, this geographic scope is narrowly tailored to protect Capital One’s legitimate business interests.

2. Payments during Non-Competition Period .

a. Calculation of Incentive Payment . Subject to Paragraphs 2(b), 4, 8, and 10, and in consideration for the Non-Competition Covenant set forth in Paragraph 1(c), Capital One shall (i) pay You fifteen (15) percent of Your Target Total Compensation for each eligible year of the Non-Competition Period, and (ii) reimburse You for the employer portion of Your health care premium payments, along with the 2% administrative fee for continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (COBRA), at the level of coverage in effect at your Termination Date for a period not to exceed eighteen (18) months from your Termination Date (collectively the “Incentive Payment”). You will not be eligible for these


health insurance premium payments if you fail to enroll in COBRA or if you become eligible to receive, or begin receiving, health care coverage from another employer or party. If Your employment is terminated by Capital One for any reason other than Your death, Disability or for Cause, one-half of the Incentive Payment (but in no event more than the amount specified in Treasury Regulation section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii)(A) as of the Termination Date) shall be paid to You in a lump sum within 30 days following the end of the Non-Competition Period, and the balance of the Incentive Payment shall be paid to You in a lump sum within 60 days following Your Termination Date. If You voluntarily terminate Your employment with Capital One, and are eligible to receive an Incentive Payment for the second year of Your Non-Competition Period subject to Paragraphs 2(b), 4, 8 and 10, the Incentive Payment shall be paid to You in a lump sum within 30 days following the end of the Non-Competition Period. Capital One reserves the right to withhold from such amounts all applicable international, federal, state and local taxes. “Target Total Compensation” shall mean the cash value of all target amounts designated as being part of the Executive’s annual compensation by the Company in the most recent Total Compensation Statement (or any similar document setting forth the Executive’s total annual compensation) for the Performance Year in which Your Termination Date occurs. Target Total Compensation shall not include retention awards, spot bonus awards, sign-on bonuses, special equity awards, the value of Company provided benefits, pay associated with perquisites or relocation, and other bonuses and incentives not communicated as part of the Executive’s target total annual compensation as set forth in their Total Compensation Statement. “Performance Year” shall mean the 12-month period of time over which an Executive’s Target Total Compensation is calculated, as designated by the Company.

b. Criteria for Incentive Payment . Except as provided in Paragraphs 4, 8 and 10, and subject to this Paragraph 2(b), if Your employment is terminated by Capital One for any reason other than Your death, Disability or for Cause, You shall receive an Incentive Payment. Except as provided in Paragraphs 4, 8 and 10, and subject to this Paragraph 2(b), if You voluntarily terminate your employment with Capital One for any reason, You shall receive an Incentive Payment only for the second year of Your Non-Competition Period (beginning after the first anniversary of Your Termination Date). Your receipt of an Incentive Payment is expressly conditioned on Your full compliance with all of the terms of this Agreement. If, and to the extent that, You otherwise are entitled to receive any severance-type payments during the Non-Competition Period under any separate plan, arrangement or agreement (such as an employment agreement or a severance plan, arrangement or agreement) then to the extent provided for under such plan, arrangement or agreement, the Incentive Payments under this Agreement shall offset amounts payable under such separate plan, arrangement or agreement; provided, however, that no benefits will be payable under this Agreement if benefits are payable to you under a Change of Control Employment Agreement, if applicable. “Cause” means (i) a material breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement; (ii) willful and serious misconduct in the performance of Your duties including, without limitation, theft, falsification of documents, mistreatment of other employees, violence, drug or alcohol abuse in the workplace, conduct that violates Capital One’s policies against discrimination and/or harassment, and serious acts of insubordination; (iii) a material or repeated violation of any code of conduct, business, compliance, or risk policy or standard of ethics generally applicable to all associates or to associates of Your level at Capital One; (iv) failure to substantially perform Your duties as an employee of Capital One (other than as a result of physical or mental illness or injury), and Your continued failure to substantially perform, as determined by Capital One, for at least fifteen (15) days after written demand from Capital One for substantial performance that specifically identifies the manner in which Capital One expects You to improve Your performance; or (v) conviction of a felony, or other serious crime involving moral turpitude or breaches of the duties of honesty, fiduciary duty, and/or good faith. “Disability” means Your inability to perform the essential functions of Your position due to a medically determinable physical or mental impairment which continues for a period of at least 6 consecutive months or for more than 120 days out of any consecutive 360 day period.

c. Section 409A . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Incentive Payments, pursuant to this Paragraph 2, to the extent of payments made from Your Termination Date through March 15 of the calendar year following such Termination Date, are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations and thus are payable pursuant to the “short-term deferral” rule set forth in Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) of the Treasury Regulations. To the extent such severance payments are made following said March 15, they are intended to constitute separate payments for purposes of Section 1.409A-1(b)(9)(iii) of the Treasury Regulations to the maximum extent permitted by said provision, with any excess amount being regarded as subject to the distribution requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, including, without limitation, the requirement of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code that payment be delayed until six (6) months after separation from service if you are a “specified employee” within the meaning of the aforesaid section of the Code at the time of such separation from service.


3. Consideration . As additional consideration for executing this Agreement, You shall receive one thousand dollars ($1000.00), less applicable tax withholdings, which amount shall be paid as soon as practicable after You return a signed copy of this Agreement to Capital One.

4. Waiver of Non-Competition Covenant . At its sole election, Capital One may waive the Non-Competition Covenant set forth in Paragraph 1(c) in whole or in part if it determines that its enforcement is not required to protect its legitimate business interests. Any and all such waivers shall be in writing. Capital One will advise you in writing if it determines that a waiver is appropriate either during your employment or no later than thirty (30) days following Your Termination Date. You shall not receive the Incentive Payment for any portion of the Non-Competition Period in which Capital One waives the Non-Competition Covenant in whole or in part.

5. Compliance Information and Review . During the Non-Competition Period, You agree to notify Capital One in writing of the identity of any prospective employer or business opportunity on whose behalf you intend to perform services during the Non-Competition Period, together with a brief description of your intended functions, prior to accepting such employment or business opportunity. From time to time during the Non-Competition Period, Capital One may also request information from you to permit it to determine whether You are otherwise in compliance with this Agreement. You agree to provide timely, complete and accurate information responsive to all such requests within five (5) business days after receiving such a request. You also hereby authorize Capital One to contact Your future employers and other persons and entities with whom You engage in any business relationship during the Non-Competition Period to confirm Your compliance with this Agreement, or to communicate your obligations under this Agreement.

6. Reasonableness . You acknowledge that the restrictions set forth in this Agreement are necessary and reasonable to protect Capital One’s legitimate business interests, most notably safeguarding its Confidential Information and Trade Secrets, and protecting its business relationships. You agree that, if Your employment with Capital One terminates, You will be able to earn a livelihood without violating this Agreement, including, without limitation, the Non-Competition Covenant set forth in Paragraph 1(c).

7. Irreparable Harm; Injunctive Relief . You acknowledge and agree that Your violation of any provision of this Agreement will cause immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One which cannot be adequately redressed by monetary damages alone. In the event of Your violation or threatened violation of any provision of this Agreement, You agree that Capital One, without limiting any other legal or equitable remedies available to it, shall be entitled to equitable relief, including, without limitation, temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, return of property, and specific performance, from any court of competent jurisdiction, as provided in Paragraph 13.

8. Repayment of Consideration; Attorneys’ Fees and Costs . You understand and agree that any actual or threatened action by you in violation of this Agreement shall void Capital One’s obligations to You for any Incentive Payment or other consideration provided for under this Agreement and shall require that You immediately forfeit or repay, as the case may be, all amounts paid to You under this Agreement, in addition to any other damages or relief to which Capital One may be entitled. If You breach this Agreement, then You shall pay to Capital One all of its costs and expenses, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred by Capital One in successfully enforcing the terms of this Agreement.

9. Employment At Will . You and Capital One acknowledge that You are, or will be, employed by Capital One as an “at will” employee. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to create a contract of employment or modify Your employment “at will” status.

10. Court’s Right to Modify Restriction . The parties agree that if at the time enforcement is sought, a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges any terms of any provision of this Agreement to be void, invalid, or unenforceable, including without limitation portions of the Non-Competition Covenant contained in Paragraph 1(c) above, such court may modify or reform such provision so that it is enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, or if such modification or reformation is not possible, shall sever the unenforceable portion of the provision, and enforce the remaining provisions of the Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. If a


court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Non-Competition Covenant is void, invalid, or unenforceable, or if it amends or severs it, Capital One shall have no obligation to make the Incentive Payment described in Paragraph 2(a) during any period in which the court determines that the Non-Competition Covenant shall not be in full effect.

11. Successors and Assigns . The rights and obligations under this Agreement are personal to You and cannot be assigned to any party. This Agreement and all promises made herein shall survive the execution of this Agreement and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Capital One’s successors and assigns without further consent.

12. Choice of Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the headquarters of Capital One, the Commonwealth of Virginia, without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

13. Personal Jurisdiction/Venue . Capital One and You hereby consent and submit to the personal jurisdiction and venue of any state or federal court located in any city or county where Capital One has offices within the Commonwealth of Virginia for resolution of any and all claims, causes of action or disputes arising out of or related to this Agreement.

14. Entire Agreement; Integration . This Agreement represents the entire agreement between the parties relating to restrictions placed upon You with respect to providing services (i) that are the same as or substantially similar to those You performed for Capital One during the Look-Back Period, and (ii) that compete with any business for which You performed such services during the Look-Back Period. This Agreement supersedes any and all prior agreements, arrangements and understandings, either oral or written, with respect to such restrictions between Capital One and You, as of the Effective Date. This Agreement does not supersede, but rather supplements, any written policies of Capital One generally applicable to employees of Capital One respecting the treatment of Confidential Information and Work Product and any Change of Control Employment Agreement or other severance plan, arrangement or agreement applicable to You. This Agreement may be modified only by a writing signed by the party to be bound.

15. Notices . All requests, notices and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing. Delivery thereof shall be deemed to have been made when such notice shall have been either (i) duly mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or any comparable or superior postal or air courier service then in effect, or (ii) transmitted by hand delivery, telegram, telex, telecopier or facsimile transmission, to the party entitled to receive the same at the address indicated below or at such other address as such party shall have specified by written notice to the other party hereto given in accordance herewith or, if you are still employed by Capital One, at your interoffice address or electronic mail address at Capital One:

If to you:

To the most recent address on record with Capital One .

If to Capital One:

Non-Competition Program Administrator

Capital One Financial Corporation

15000 Capital One Drive

Richmond, Virginia 23238

16. Headings . The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not constitute a part of the Agreement nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

17. Consultation with Counsel . You are advised and encouraged to consult with independent legal counsel before executing this Agreement.


THE PARTIES have read this Agreement, understand it, and accept all of its terms:

 

Employee     Capital One Financial Corporation

 

   

 

Signature     Signature

 

   

 

Title     Title

 

   
Print Name    

Exhibit 10.10.1

SPECIAL RETENTION, SEPARATION AND NON-COMPETE AGREEMENT AND RELEASE

This Special Retention, Separation and Non-Compete Agreement and Release (“Agreement”) is made by and between Peter A. Schnall (“you” or “your”) and Capital One Financial Corporation, including any of its subsidiaries (referred to collectively as “Capital One”) effective as of October 15, 2012.

Reason for Agreement

You and Capital One desire to set forth the final terms relating to your continued employment with Capital One, your role with Capital One during that time, and your separation therefrom. In exchange for your execution of this Agreement and your agreement to execute a “Supplemental General Release” after your Termination Date (as defined below) (which form of agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit A), Capital One will continue your employment through the Termination Date, subject to the terms below, and will provide severance payments and benefits and the Non-Compete Consideration as described herein. Your separation from service with Capital One will be effective on the Termination Date.

Your Provision of Services to Capital One

You shall continue as Capital One’s Chief Risk Officer through June 1, 2013 and a non-executive senior advisor (“Senior Advisor”) from such date through April 1, 2014. The period during which you serve as a Senior Advisor is referred to herein as the “Advisory Period”. Capital One reserves the right to remove you as Chief Risk Officer prior to June 1, 2013, in Capital One’s sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, Capital One shall not terminate your employment without Cause (as defined in the Change of Control Employment Agreement between you and Capital One dated as of March 1, 2010 (the “Change in Control Agreement”)). Your employment with Capital One shall end on the earliest of (i) April 1, 2014, (ii) your resignation, (iii) when Capital One terminates your employment for Cause, or (iv) upon your death or your Disability (as defined in the Change in Control Agreement) (the date of your termination, the “Termination Date”).

During the Advisory Period, you agree that you shall make yourself available for consultation with Capital One’s chief executive officer (“CEO”), chief risk officer (“CRO”), and such other individuals as directed by the CEO, the CRO or others per the CEO or the CRO’s request, to provide advice and counsel. During the Advisory Period, (i) it is anticipated that you will provide services to Capital One at a rate of no less than fifty percent (50%) of the average level of bona fide services you performed for Capital One over the 36-month period immediately preceding the commencement of the Advisory Period, and (ii) you will not accept employment with or otherwise provide services to any other person or entity during the Advisory Period unless otherwise agreed in writing by the CEO. You will not be required to be at Capital One’s offices to provide the Advisory Services except when deemed reasonably necessary by the CEO or the CRO.

Consideration for Signing this Agreement and Exhibit A

If you agree to the terms set forth in this Agreement, specifically, but without limitation, your agreement to the provisions under “General Release of Claims”, “Non-Solicitation of Employees” and “Non-Compete”, Capital One will continue your employment from the date hereof through the Termination Date as described above. You will be entitled to continue to receive standard compensation items (cash salary, RSU salary, equity grants, etc.) and employee benefits consistent with compensation and benefit programs offered to Executive Committee members through the Termination Date. Your salary (including salary RSU grants) through the Termination Date shall be no less than the value of your current salary. Employee benefits for which you shall be entitled to participate through the Termination Date include, but are not limited to, use of a company car, annual health screenings, health insurance and participation in retirement plans (i.e., the Associate Savings Plan and the Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan) pursuant to the terms of such plans and programs.

In addition, your equity grants for the 2012 and 2013 performance years, to be granted in 2013 and 2014, will be awarded pursuant to the terms of Capital One’s compensation program in effect for Executive Committee members at the applicable time, subject to the Termination Date not occurring before the


applicable date of grant. Your total target equity award amounts will be no less than the target amounts previously communicated to you in your compensation statement for 2012. The actual awards shall be determined by Capital One’s Board of Directors or Compensation Committee in its discretion consistent with Capital One’s compensation programs applicable to Executive Committee members. Equity awards will continue to vest in accordance with their terms and unless the terms of an award provide otherwise, any unvested equity awards will be forfeited on the Termination Date. Any vested equity awards will pay out according to their terms.

Subject to your eligibility, if you execute the Supplemental General Release after your termination of employment from Capital One (but within the time specified in the Supplemental General Release), you shall receive the applicable severance and benefits set forth in the Capital One Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”), pursuant to the terms of the Severance Plan in place on the date you execute this Agreement (estimated to be approximately $1,283,850 million of cash severance, the “Release of Claims Payment”).

Attorneys’ Fees

Capital One will reimburse, or directly pay, reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred by you in connection with the drafting and negotiation of this Agreement in the amount up to $25,000.

General Release of Claims

In consideration of the payments and other benefits provided for in this Agreement, which you agree is good, valuable, adequate and sufficient consideration under this Agreement, you acknowledge and agree that, you and your agents, representatives, and heirs, do hereby fully release ( i.e ., give up) and forever discharge Capital One and its parent, subsidiary and affiliated corporations, organizations and entities, including without limitation CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, CAPITAL ONE SERVICES, INC., CAPITAL ONE SERVICES, LLC, CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CAPITAL ONE AUTO FINANCE, INC., CAPITAL ONE BANK (USA), NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CHEVY CHASE BANK, F.S.B. and each of them, and all of their respective past, present and future affiliates, partners, joint ventures, stockholders, predecessors, successors, assigns, insurers, officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys and independent contractors of all such released corporations, organizations and entities, as well as their employee benefit plans, and the trustees, administrators, fiduciaries and insurers of such plans (collectively, the “Released Parties”), and each of them, jointly and severally, from any and all claims, causes of action, charges, suits, controversies, and demands of any kind, whether known or unknown, whether for injunctive relief, back pay, fringe benefits, reinstatement, reemployment, or compensatory, punitive or any other kind of damages, which you ever have had in the past or presently have against the Released Parties through the date of this Agreement, arising from or relating to your employment with Capital One or the termination of that employment or any circumstances related thereto.

Types of Claims Waived

Such claims, causes of action, charges or similar actions include but are not limited to claims arising under or relating to employment, employment contracts, employee benefits or purported employment discrimination or violations of civil rights of whatever kind or nature, including without limitation all claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and/or 1871, 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), the Family Medical Leave Act, Executive Order 11246, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, any state human rights act, or any other applicable federal, state or local employment statute, law or ordinance. Except as provided herein, all claims for incentive compensation awards under any Capital One plan or payroll practice, along with any claims under any state wage and hour laws, are specifically subject to this release of claims. You further agree that you will not file or permit to be filed, initiated or prosecuted on your behalf any such claim this Agreement purports to waive.


Claims Not Waived

Notwithstanding the preceding provision or any other provision of the Agreement, your agreement to the provisions under “General Release of Claims” is not intended to prohibit you from bringing an action to challenge the validity of your release of claims under the ADEA.

This Agreement is not intended to interfere with your right to file a charge with an administrative agency in connection with any claim you believe you may have against any of the Released Parties. However, by executing this Agreement, you hereby waive the right to recover, and agree not to seek any damages, remedies or other relief for yourself personally in any proceeding you may bring before such agency or in any proceeding brought by such agency on your behalf. This Agreement is also not intended to apply to claims under ERISA Section 502(a)(1)(B) for benefits that are vested and accrued (other than claims for severance and severance-related benefits) under any qualified employee benefit plan of Capital One pursuant to the terms of any such plan or to claims under any other compensation or employee benefit plan of Capital One for accrued and vested benefits pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

Further, you understand that you are not releasing your rights under this Agreement, that any claims which cannot be lawfully waived are excluded from this Agreement and that by executing this Agreement you are not waiving any such claims. In addition, you are not releasing any rights you may have to indemnification under applicable corporate law, under the by-laws or certificate of incorporation of Capital One or any of its affiliates or as an insured under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy now or previously in force, or any rights you may have under Capital One’s equity award plans or rights as a stockholder of Capital One.

Likewise, you are not releasing any rights or claims that may arise after the date on which you sign this Agreement. In addition, while this Agreement requires you to waive any and all claims against Capital One arising under workers’ compensation laws (e.g., claims of retaliation for filing a workers’ compensation claim), it is not intended to prohibit you from filing in good faith for and from receiving any workers’ compensation benefits from Capital One’s workers’ compensation carrier for compensable injuries incurred during your employment. Accordingly, pursuit of any such workers’ compensation benefits with Capital One’s workers’ compensation carrier will not be considered a violation of this Agreement.

Notification of ADEA Rights and Claims/Opportunity for Review

As outlined above in the General Release of Claims provision, you understand that this Agreement specifically releases and waives all claims you may have for age discrimination under the ADEA, except for those that may arise after the date this Agreement is executed by you. Likewise, you understand that this Agreement does not prohibit you from challenging the validity of your release of claims under the ADEA. Understanding the above, you agree and acknowledge that your execution of this Agreement is completely voluntary and that you have been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement to ensure that you fully and thoroughly understand its legal significance. You acknowledge that you have at least twenty-one (21) days from receipt of this Agreement to consider the provisions of this Agreement during which time you can consult with counsel concerning its terms. You acknowledge that if you execute this Agreement prior to the expiration of the twenty-one (21)  days, your execution is completely voluntary and done with the knowledge that you are waiving your entitlement to this review period. you acknowledge that any changes negotiated by the parties shall not re-start the consideration period.

You further acknowledge and understand that you may revoke this Agreement within seven (7)  days after its execution by you by sending a written letter of revocation post-marked no later than seven (7)  days after your execution of this Agreement to Frank LaPrade at the address below. You further acknowledge and understand that this Agreement is not effective or enforceable until the revocation period has expired.

Acknowledgement

You acknowledge that as of the time of the execution of this Agreement by you, you are unaware of or have already fully disclosed to Capital One pursuant to Capital One’s policies or Capital One is otherwise aware of any facts or conduct that would tend to establish or in any way support an allegation that Capital One or any of the Released Parties or their employees or agents have engaged in conduct that you believe would constitute a violation of any statute, rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission


or any provision of federal law relating to fraud against shareholders pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or any state or local counterpart and are unaware of or have already fully disclosed to Capital One or Capital One is otherwise aware of any facts or conduct that would give rise to a claim by you or by any other party against Capital One of the type or sort referenced in this section.

Non-Solicitation of Employees

For a period of two (2) years following your Termination Date, you shall not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity: (a) solicit or induce any employee of Capital One (or any individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to become employed by any person or entity; (b) hire or otherwise engage any employee of Capital One (or any individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to provide services to any person or entity; or (c) solicit or induce any employee to cease his or her employment relationship with Capital One. In addition, beginning two (2) years following your Termination Date until five (5) years following your Termination Date, You shall not directly: (a) solicit or induce any credit officer, senior credit officer or model risk officer (or credit professionals in identical roles to these with replacement titles that may be used in the future) (“Restricted Credit Professional”), whether working for risk management or for any other line of business, employed by Capital One (or any such individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to become employed by any person or entity involved in activity competitive to Capital One; or (b) hire or otherwise engage any Restricted Credit Professional (or any such individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to provide services to any person or entity involved in activity competitive to Capital One.

Non-Compete

You and Capital One have entered into the Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit B (the “Non-Competition Agreement”, which is a part of this Agreement) as of the date hereof. The Non-Competition Agreement supersedes the current Non-Competition Agreement between you and Capital One, dated as of January 1, 2009 and amended as of March 1, 2010 (the “Prior NCA”), which shall no longer be in effect. Subject to your continued compliance with the Non-Competition Agreement, Capital One shall provide you the payments (collectively, the “Non-Compete Consideration”) and benefits described in Exhibit B.

Effect of Pursuing Released Claims

Except to the extent such agreement is prohibited by applicable law or regulation, you understand and agree that if you file a lawsuit for claims released by this Agreement, such action shall void Capital One’s obligations to you to pay the Release of Claims Payment and shall further require you to pay all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Capital One in defending any such action brought by you in violation of this Agreement, in addition to any other damages or relief to which Capital One may be entitled.

Notwithstanding the above or any other provision to the contrary, the above will not apply to any action brought by you to challenge the validity of your waiver of any ADEA claims under this Agreement.

Injunctive Relief

You acknowledge that any violation of the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation of Employees or Non-Compete provisions of this Agreement or any continuing obligation contained in any applicable confidentiality agreement or restrictive covenant with Capital One will result in immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One which cannot be fully and adequately redressed by the award of monetary damages. In the event of your violation or threatened violation of the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation of Employees or Non-Compete provisions of this Agreement or any continuing obligation contained in any applicable confidentiality, intellectual property, non-solicitation, non-competition or other covenant or agreement with Capital One, you agree that Capital One, without limiting any other legal or equitable remedies available to it, shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including without limitation, temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and specific performance from any court of competent jurisdiction.

Full Cooperation

Prior to your termination of employment, you agree that you will cooperate fully with Capital One and take all reasonable actions requested by Capital One to assist in any threatened or pending litigation,


investigation, or other administrative or legal proceeding involving or relating to Capital One or any of the other Released Parties, provided that Capital One shall reimburse you for any reasonable expenses that are approved by Capital One in writing prior to being incurred and are necessary to be incurred to comply with Capital One’s request. After termination of your employment, your obligation to cooperate fully and Capital One’s obligation to you with respect to that cooperation will be as set forth in the Supplemental General Release.

Modification

This Agreement may be modified only in writing, signed by both parties. E-mail communication does not modify this agreement.

No Admission

This Agreement does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing of any kind by Capital One or its affiliates or you.

Severability

It is the intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such judgment shall not invalidate any other provision of this Agreement. The parties agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges any provision of this Agreement to be valid or unenforceable; such court shall modify such provision so that it is enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law consistent with the parties’ intent. Likewise, to the extent providing any payment or benefit under this Agreement would violate any law or regulation not in effect at the time the Agreement is executed by you, but would violate any such law or regulation in effect at the time such payment or benefit is to be provided, the Parties agree that no such payment or benefit will be provided, except to the extent permitted by law; provided, that the parties shall use all reasonable efforts to provide for an alternative equivalent payment to the extent legally permitted. If you do not receive the Release of Claims Payment because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Release of Claims provision. If you do not receive the Additional NCA Payment (as defined in Exhibit B) because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Non-Competition provision of section 3 of Exhibit B beginning two (2) years following your Termination Date until 5 years following your Termination Date. If you do not receive both the Additional NCA payment and the Initial NCA Payment (as defined in Exhibit B) because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Non-Competition provision of section 3 of Exhibit B.

Successor

This Agreement is personal to you and shall not be assignable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your heirs and legal representatives. The rights and obligations of Capital One under this Agreement shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of Capital One, its successors and assigns.

No Further Payments, Benefits, Attorneys’ Fees or Costs

You understand and agree that you will not receive any payments or benefits from Capital One or its affiliates after the Termination Date, except as expressly provided for under the Agreements or under applicable benefit plans and arrangements. The payments and benefits received by you from Capital One after the Termination Date pursuant to the Agreements shall not be taken into account as compensation and no service credit shall be given after the Termination Date for purposes of determining the benefits payable under any other plan, program, agreement or arrangement of Capital One or its affiliates. You acknowledge that, except for the payments made by Capital One as expressly provided for under the Agreements, you are not entitled to any payment in the nature of severance or termination pay from Capital One or its affiliates.

Tax Withholding

Capital One may withhold from any amounts payable to you hereunder all federal, state, local or other taxes that it may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation in connection with any payments or benefits provided to you pursuant to the Agreements.


Confidentiality

You acknowledge and agree that the Confidentiality, Work Product and Non-Solicitation of Employee Agreement, effective as of November 10, 2008, between you and Capital One shall remain in force pursuant to its terms (subject to the modifications under “Non-Solicitation of Employees” herein) and that you shall comply with your obligations under such Agreement.

Indemnification

All rights to indemnification and exculpation from liability for acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Termination Date existing in your favor under Capital One’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware law and otherwise shall continue in full force and effect subsequent to the Termination Date. Capital One will ensure that you remain covered under its directors and officers insurance policy at least to the extent then provided for other directors and officers of Capital One with respect to all acts, omissions and/or events relating to or arising out of your being an employee, officer, director, representative or trustee/administrator or other fiduciary with Capital One or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or employee benefit plans or any third party with respect to which you were acting as a representative of Capital One or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

Section 409A

All payments and benefits to be paid or provided to you pursuant to the Agreements are intended to comply with or be exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and the rulings, notices and other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service interpreting the same (“Section 409A”), and the provisions of this Agreement shall be administered, interpreted and construed in accordance with and to implement such intent. In implementation of the foregoing, it is agreed as follows:

(a) Your termination of employment with Capital One on the Termination Date for any reason other than death shall be treated as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(n)(1).

(b) The Initial NCA Payment shall be paid as set forth in the first sentence Section 2(a) of the Non-Competition Agreement, which payment terms are consistent with the terms set forth in the Prior NCA and Section 409A. The Additional NCA Payment shall be paid as set forth in the second sentence of Section 2(a), which fixed timing satisfies the rules of Section 409A. The Release of Claims Payment shall be paid to you six (6) months and one day following the Termination Date, provided that you have complied with the release of claims requirement in the Supplemental General Release, which payment timing is consistent with the terms set forth in the Severance Plan and Section 409A.

(c) To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits under any provision of the Agreements is subject to Section 409A (after taking into account all applicable exclusions and exemptions), (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (ii) reimbursement of any such expenses shall be made by no later than December 31 of the year next following the calendar year in which such expense is incurred, and (iii) your right to receive such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

No Mitigation

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall you be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the accounts payable to you under any of the provisions of this Agreement, and such amounts shall not be reduced by future compensation whether or not you obtain other employment.

Choice of Law

To ensure uniformity of the enforcement of this Agreement, and irrespective of the fact that either of the parties now is or may become, a resident of a different state, this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any principles of conflicts of law.


No Waiver

Any waiver by Capital One of any provision of this Agreement in any instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision in the future.

Headings

The headings in this Agreement are included for convenience only and shall not constitute a part of the Agreement nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

Integration

This Agreement, together with the Non-Competition Agreement and the Supplemental General Release (collectively, the “Agreements”), constitute the final and complete agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and you agree and stipulate that no other representations have been made by Capital One to you except those expressly set forth herein, and the Agreements resolve all outstanding issues arising from or relating to your employment with Capital One, and that you will not receive anything further from Capital One except as provided herein; provided, however, that notwithstanding any provision of the Agreements to the contrary, any agreements containing confidentiality, intellectual property, non-solicitation provisions or similar agreements to which you are a party (other than the Prior NCA), your award agreements regarding outstanding equity awards, and applicable benefit plans and agreements, shall expressly remain in full force and effect according to their terms (provided that such provisions and agreements shall be subject to any exceptions or exclusions set forth in the Agreements), unless expressly waived by the Agreements.

Opportunity for Review

You agree and acknowledge that your execution of this Agreement is completely voluntary and that you have been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Agreement to ensure that you fully and thoroughly understand its legal significance.

If the terms of this Agreement are acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement by signing below and returning two originals to:

Frank LaPrade

Capital One Financial Corporation

1680 Capital One Drive

McLean, VA 22102-3491

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


You are advised to discuss the benefits and obligations outlined in this Agreement, including the provision relating to your general release of claims, with an attorney or advisor of your choice.

The Parties have read this Agreement, understand it, and accept all of its terms:

 

 

   

 

Peter A. Schnall     Date

 

   
SS#    
Authorized Capital One Representative:    

 

   

 

Jory A. Berson     Date
Chief Human Resources Officer    


Exhibit A

SUPPLEMENTAL GENERAL RELEASE TEMPLATE

This Supplemental General Release (“Supplemental Release”) is made by and between Peter A. Schnall (“you” or “your”) and Capital One Financial Corporation, including any of its subsidiaries (referred to collectively as “Capital One”) effective as of                     .

Reason for Agreement

The purpose of this Supplemental Release is to supplement, but not supersede that certain Special Retention, Separation and Non-Compete Agreement and Release that you executed as of October 15, 2012 (the “Special Agreement”), by and between you and Capital One, which is incorporated herein by reference. In the event that any inconsistencies occur between this Supplemental Release and the Special Agreement, you agree that the terms of this Supplemental Release shall govern and be given full and binding effect. You further agree that to the extent not specifically set forth in this Supplemental Release the provisions set forth in the Special Agreement, including, but not limited to Non-Solicitation of Employees, Non-Compete, Confidentiality, and all other terms of the Special Agreement shall be enforceable in their entirety and are fully incorporated herein by reference. Capitalized terms not specifically defined herein have the meanings specified in the Special Agreement.

Consideration

Separation Payment

Your Termination Date (as that term is defined in the Special Agreement) with Capital One has occurred and you agree that as of                     , you are no longer employed by Capital One. As consideration for this Supplemental Release, and specifically, but without limitation, as consideration for your agreement to the provisions under “General Release of Claims,” Capital One shall pay you separation pay pursuant to the Capital One Financial Corporation Executive Severance Plan (the “Severance Plan”) in the amount of $1,283,850, which amount reflects the severance payment provided for under the Severance Plan at the time you executed the Special Agreement (the “Release of Claims Payment”). Such amount shall be payable in one lump sum as provided in the Section 409A section of the Special Agreement (i.e. six (6) months and one day following the Termination Date), provided that you have executed this Supplemental Release. This Supplemental Release shall be provided to you by Capital One within 7 business days following your Termination Date and shall be executed by you and Capital One within 28 days following the Termination Date. All applicable federal, state and local taxes will be withheld by Capital One from these payments to the extent such taxes are required by law or regulation to be withheld. In the event you elect to exercise COBRA rights, you will also receive COBRA continuation benefits as described below (see “Benefit Continuation” section below). Capital One shall also make available to you, at its sole expense, up to 12 month(s) worth of outplacement services to be provided by a nationally recognized outplacement services firm selected by Capital One. You must begin using these outplacement services within 90 days following your Termination Date.

If you do not agree to the terms set forth in this Supplemental Release, you will not receive the Release of Claims Payment or outplacement services set forth in this section titled “Consideration”.

Benefit Continuation

You shall receive all benefits for which you are currently eligible and properly enrolled until and including the Termination Date. If you are currently eligible and properly enrolled as of the Termination Date, your medical and dental coverage will continue through the end of the month of your separation. You will also be entitled to receive the health continuation coverage described in Section 2 of Exhibit B of the Special Agreement.

If you wish to continue any optional supplemental life insurance in effect as of your Termination Date, please contact Aetna US Healthcare at (800) 523-5065. All other benefits, including but not limited to, those provided under the Long Term Managed Income Protection plan, Short Term Managed Income Protection plan, AD&D policy, the Associate Stock Purchase Plan, Voluntary Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan, and the Associate Savings Plan will be discontinued, if applicable, as of the Termination Date other than as expressly provided for under this Supplemental Release.


Non-Solicitation of Employees

For a period of two (2) years following your Termination Date, you shall not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity: (a) solicit or induce any employee of Capital One (or any individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to become employed by any person or entity; (b) hire or otherwise engage any employee of Capital One (or any individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to provide services to any person or entity; or (c) solicit or induce any employee to cease his or her employment relationship with Capital One. In addition, beginning two (2) years following your Termination Date until five (5) years following your Termination Date, You shall not directly: (a) solicit or induce any credit officer, senior credit officer or model risk officer (or credit professionals in identical roles to these with replacement titles that may be used in the future) (“Restricted Credit Professional”), whether working for risk management or for any other line of business, employed by Capital One (or any such individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to become employed by any person or entity involved in activity competitive to Capital One; or (b) hire or otherwise engage any Restricted Credit Professional (or any such individual who was employed by Capital One in the immediately-preceding six (6) months) to provide services to any person or entity involved in activity competitive to Capital One.

Non-Compete

You and Capital One have entered into the Non-Competition Agreement attached as Exhibit B to the Special Agreement (the “Non-Competition Agreement”). For the avoidance of doubt, the Non-Competition Agreement shall continue in force in accordance with its terms.

Return of Capital One Assets

All assets of Capital One and its affiliates (including, but not limited to confidential information, telephones, fax machines, personal computers, Blackberries, corporate credit cards and phone cards) must be returned to Capital One in their current condition prior to receiving any payments under this Supplemental Release. By signing and returning this Supplemental Release, you represent that you have left with, or returned to, or agree to leave with or return to Capital One and/or destroyed (where applicable) and no longer possess or control, prior to receiving any payments under this Supplemental Release, any memoranda, notes, documents, business plans, customer lists, computer programs and any other records, or any kind, and any and all copies (either written or electronic) thereof, made or compiled, in whole or in part, by you or made available to you, during the course of your employment with Capital One which are in your possession as of the Termination Date. Nothing herein shall prohibit you from retaining (i) your personal effects (including, but not limited to, personal cell phones, Blackberry devices, photographs, diaries, rolodexes, Outlook contacts and calendars); (ii) information relating to your compensation as reasonably needed for tax purposes; and (iii) your copies of plans, programs and agreements relating specifically to the terms and conditions of your employment.

For the sake of clarity, you may retain your copies (electronic or hardcopy) of documents that were authored by non-Capital One parties that are not the Work Product of Capital One. Permissible documents in this category include, but are not limited to, articles, white papers, regulations, external training materials, and commentaries. You can also retain copies of Capital One documents that you created, or were created by Capital One employees or parties sponsored by Capital One, with permission from Capital One at Capital One’s sole discretion. Permissible documents in this category potentially include non-proprietary risk management principles, speeches and presentations made to external audiences, and products of non-proprietary risk management research that you conducted, and other designated documents that Capital One may permit you to retain. A list of the documents Capital One has authorized you to retain, in its sole discretion, is attached as Schedule 1 to this Supplemental Release.


Unused Vacation/PTO Days

You will be paid for the number of unused vacation/PTO days accrued as of your Termination Date in accordance with Capital One’s usual payment practices, less applicable federal, state and local taxes. Any unpaid business expenses incurred by you that are outstanding as of the Termination Date shall be reimbursed pursuant to Capital One’s expense reimbursement policies. Payment of the foregoing amounts shall be made to you on, or as soon as administratively practicable after, your Termination Date, but, provided such business expenses are submitted for reimbursement as of the Termination Date, in any event no later than 30 days following your Termination Date.

Associate Savings Plan

As of the Termination Date, you will be considered a terminated participant under the Associate Savings Plan. Please refer to the exit paperwork for details on your options upon termination.

Executive Life Insurance Program

Capital One will continue to pay the entire portion of the premiums associated with group term life insurance coverage offered under the current Capital One Executive Life Insurance Program (the “ELIP”) through the earlier of the date you become eligible to receive coverage under another group life insurance program or 12 months after the Termination Date. You will be responsible for any applicable taxes related to such payments, which premium payments will be reported on Internal Revenue Service Form W-2 to the extent includible in your gross income. If you wish to convert your group term life insurance policy to an individual whole life policy, please contact Aetna Life Insurance at 1-888-584-2983.

Deferred Compensation Plan

If applicable, the vested value in your account under the Capital One Financial Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan will be distributed directly to you in accordance with the plan’s provisions.

General Release of Claims

In consideration of the payments and other benefits provided for in this Supplemental Release, which you agree is good, valuable, adequate and sufficient consideration under this Supplemental Release, you acknowledge and agree that, you and your agents, representatives, and heirs, do hereby fully release ( i.e ., give up) and forever discharge Capital One and its parent, subsidiary and affiliated corporations, organizations and entities, including without limitation CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION, CAPITAL ONE SERVICES, INC., CAPITAL ONE SERVICES, LLC, CAPITAL ONE, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CAPITAL ONE AUTO FINANCE, INC., CAPITAL ONE BANK (USA), NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, CHEVY CHASE BANK, F.S.B. and each of them, and all of their respective past, present and future affiliates, partners, joint ventures, stockholders, predecessors, successors, assigns, insurers, officers, directors, employees, agents, representatives, attorneys and independent contractors of all such released corporations, organizations and entities, as well as their employee benefit plans, and the trustees, administrators, fiduciaries and insurers of such plans (collectively, the “Released Parties”), and each of them, jointly and severally, from any and all claims, causes of action, charges, suits, controversies, and demands of any kind, whether known or unknown, whether for injunctive relief, back pay, fringe benefits, reinstatement, reemployment, or compensatory, punitive or any other kind of damages, which you ever have had in the past or presently have against the Released Parties through the date of this Supplemental Release, arising from or relating to your employment with Capital One or the termination of that employment or any circumstances related thereto.

Types of Claims Waived

Such claims, causes of action, charges or similar actions include but are not limited to claims arising under or relating to employment, employment contracts, employee benefits or purported employment discrimination or violations of civil rights of whatever kind or nature, including without limitation all claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Civil Rights Acts of 1866 and/or 1871, 42 U.S.C. Section 1981, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act (“ADEA”), the Family Medical Leave Act, Executive Order 11246, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, any state human rights act, or any other applicable federal, state or local employment statute, law or ordinance. Except as provided herein, all claims for incentive compensation awards under any Capital One plan or payroll practice, along with any claims under any state wage and hour laws, are specifically subject to this release of claims. You further agree that you will not file or permit to be filed, initiated or prosecuted on your behalf any such claim this Supplemental Release purports to waive.


Claims Not Waived

Notwithstanding the preceding provision or any other provision of the Agreement, your agreement to the provisions under “General Release of Claims” is not intended to prohibit you from bringing an action to challenge the validity of your release of claims under the ADEA.

This Supplemental Release is not intended to interfere with your right to file a charge with an administrative agency in connection with any claim you believe you may have against any of the Released Parties. However, by executing this Supplemental Release, you hereby waive the right to recover, and agree not to seek any damages, remedies or other relief for yourself personally in any proceeding you may bring before such agency or in any proceeding brought by such agency on your behalf. This Supplemental Release is also not intended to apply to claims under ERISA Section 502(a)(1)(B) for benefits that are vested and accrued (other than claims for severance and severance-related benefits) under any qualified employee benefit plan of Capital One pursuant to the terms of any such plan or to claims under any other compensation or employee benefit plan of Capital One for accrued and vested benefits pursuant to the terms of any such plan.

Further, you understand that you are not releasing your rights under this Supplemental Release, that any claims which cannot be lawfully waived are excluded from this Supplemental Release and that by executing this Supplemental Release you are not waiving any such claims. In addition, you are not releasing any rights you may have to indemnification under applicable corporate law, under the by-laws or certificate of incorporation of Capital One or any of its affiliates or as an insured under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy now or previously in force, or any rights you may have under Capital One’s equity award plans or rights as a stockholder of Capital One.

Likewise, you are not releasing any rights or claims that may arise after the date on which you sign this Supplemental Release. In addition, while this Supplemental Release requires you to waive any and all claims against Capital One arising under workers’ compensation laws (e.g., claims of retaliation for filing a workers’ compensation claim), it is not intended to prohibit you from filing in good faith for and from receiving any workers’ compensation benefits from Capital One’s workers’ compensation carrier for compensable injuries incurred during your employment. Accordingly, pursuit of any such workers’ compensation benefits with Capital One’s workers’ compensation carrier will not be considered a violation of this Supplemental Release.

Notification of ADEA Rights and Claims/Opportunity for Review

As outlined above in the General Release of Claims provision, you understand that this Supplemental Release specifically releases and waives all claims you may have for age discrimination under the ADEA, except for those that may arise after the date this Supplemental Release is executed by you. Likewise, you understand that this Supplemental Release does not prohibit you from challenging the validity of your release of claims under the ADEA. Understanding the above, you agree and acknowledge that your execution of this Supplemental Release is completely voluntary and that you have been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Supplemental Release to ensure that you fully and thoroughly understand its legal significance. You acknowledge that you have at least twenty-one (21) days from receipt of this Supplemental Release to consider the provisions of this Supplemental Release during which time you can consult with counsel concerning its terms. You acknowledge that if you execute this Supplemental Release prior to the expiration of the twenty-one (21)  days, your execution is completely voluntary and done with the knowledge that you are waiving your entitlement to this review period. You acknowledge that any changes negotiated by the parties shall not re-start the consideration period.

You further acknowledge and understand that you may revoke this Supplemental Release within seven (7)  days after its execution by you by sending a written letter of revocation post-marked no later than seven (7)  days after your execution of this Supplemental Release to Frank LaPrade at the address below. You further acknowledge and understand that this Supplemental Release is not effective or enforceable until the revocation period has expired.


Acknowledgment

You acknowledge that as of the time of the execution of this Agreement by you, you are unaware of or have already fully disclosed to Capital One pursuant to Capital One’s policies or Capital One is otherwise aware of any facts or conduct that would tend to establish or in any way support an allegation that Capital One or any of the Released Parties or their employees or agents have engaged in conduct that you believe would constitute a violation of any statute, rule or regulation of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any provision of federal law relating to fraud against shareholders pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act or any state or local counterpart and are unaware of or have already fully disclosed to Capital One or Capital One is otherwise aware of any facts or conduct that would give rise to a claim by you or by any other party against Capital One of the type or sort referenced in this section.

Effect of Pursuing Released Claims

Except to the extent such agreement is prohibited by applicable law or regulation, you understand and agree that if you file a lawsuit for claims released by this Agreement, such action shall void Capital One’s obligations to you to pay the Release of Claims Payment and shall further require you to pay all reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred by Capital One in defending any such action brought by you in violation of this Agreement, in addition to any other damages or relief to which Capital One may be entitled.

Notwithstanding the above or any other provision to the contrary, the above will not apply to any action brought by you to challenge the validity of your waiver of any ADEA claims under this Agreement.

Injunctive Relief

You acknowledge that any violation of the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation of Employees or Non-Compete provisions of this Agreement or any continuing obligation contained in any applicable confidentiality agreement or restrictive covenant with Capital One will result in immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One which cannot be fully and adequately redressed by the award of monetary damages. In the event of your violation or threatened violation of the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation of Employees or Non-Compete provisions of this Agreement or any continuing obligation contained in any applicable confidentiality, intellectual property, non-solicitation, non-competition or other covenant or agreement with Capital One, you agree that Capital One, without limiting any other legal or equitable remedies available to it, shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including without limitation, temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief and specific performance from any court of competent jurisdiction.

Modification

This Supplemental Release may be modified only in writing, signed by both parties. E-mail communication does not modify this agreement.

No Admission

This Supplemental Release does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing of any kind by Capital One or its affiliates.

Severability

It is the intent of the parties that the provisions of this Agreement be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under applicable law. If any provision of this Agreement shall be adjudged by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such judgment shall not invalidate any other provision of this Agreement. The parties agree that if a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges any provision of this Agreement to be valid or unenforceable; such court shall modify such provision so that it is enforceable to the extent permitted by applicable law consistent with the parties’ intent. Likewise, to the extent providing any payment or benefit under this Agreement would violate any law or regulation not in effect at the time the Agreement is executed by you, but would violate any such law or regulation in effect at the time such payment or benefit is to be provided, the Parties agree that no such payment or benefit will be provided, except to the extent permitted by law; provided, that the parties shall use all reasonable efforts to provide for an alternative equivalent payment to the extent legally permitted. If you do not receive the Release of Claims Payment because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Release of Claims provision. If you do not receive the Additional NCA Payment (as defined in Exhibit


B) because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Non-Competition provision of section 3 of Exhibit B beginning two (2) years following your Termination Date until 5 years following your Termination Date. If you do not receive both the Additional NCA payment and the Initial NCA Payment (as defined in Exhibit B) because it would violate any such law or regulation, you shall not be bound by the Non-Competition provision of section 3 of Exhibit B.

Successor

This Supplemental Release is personal to you and shall not be assignable by you other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. This Supplemental Release shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by your heirs and legal representatives. The rights and obligations of Capital One under this Supplemental Release shall be binding on and inure to the benefit of Capital One, its successors and assigns.

No Further Payments, Benefits, Attorney’s Fees or Costs

You understand and agree that you will not receive any payments or benefits from Capital One or its affiliates after the Termination Date, except as expressly provided for under this Supplemental Release and the Special Agreement (or under applicable benefit plans and arrangements). The payments and benefits received by you from Capital One pursuant to this Supplemental Release shall not be taken into account as compensation and no service credit shall be given after the Termination Date for purposes of determining the benefits payable under any other plan, program, agreement or arrangement of Capital One or its affiliates. You acknowledge that, except for the payments made by Capital One as expressly provided for under this Supplemental Release and the Special Agreement, you are not entitled to any payment in the nature of severance or termination pay from Capital One or its affiliates.

Tax Withholding

Capital One may withhold from any amounts payable to you hereunder all federal, state, local or other taxes that it may reasonably determine are required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation in connection with any payments or benefits provided to you pursuant to this Supplemental Release.

Confidentiality

You acknowledge and agree that the Confidentiality, Work Product and Non-Solicitation of Employee Agreement, effective as of November 10, 2008, between you and Capital One shall remain in force pursuant to its terms (subject to the modifications under “Non-Solicitation of Employees” herein) and that you shall comply with your obligations under such Agreement.

Choice of Law

To ensure uniformity of the enforcement of this Supplemental Release, and irrespective of the fact that either of the parties now is or may become, a resident of a different state, this Supplemental Release shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to any principles of conflicts of law.

Full Cooperation

You agree that until your Termination Date, you will cooperate fully with Capital One and take all reasonable actions requested by Capital One to transition your responsibilities and to otherwise assist in the operation of Capital One. At all times until and for five years after your Termination Date, you agree to take all reasonable actions requested by Capital One to assist in any threatened or pending litigation involving Capital One. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in carrying out the provisions of this paragraph, you shall not be required to take any action that could result in any type of criminal liability on your part. Capital One will make reasonable efforts to limit your participation under this paragraph to regular business hours and will also make reasonable efforts to accommodate your personal and business commitments. Capital One shall reimburse you for your reasonable expenses incurred in carrying out the provisions of this paragraph, including demonstrably lost wages and, if reasonably deemed necessary by you, legal fees for separate counsel. You understand that Capital One’s agreement to provide you with the consideration set forth in this Supplemental Release is specifically conditioned on your agreement to provide such cooperation.


Indemnification

All rights to indemnification and exculpation from liability for acts or omissions occurring on or prior to the Termination Date existing in your favor under Capital One’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware law and otherwise shall continue in full force and effect subsequent to the Termination Date. Capital One will ensure that you remain covered under its directors and officers insurance policy at least to the extent then provided for other directors and officers of Capital One with respect to all acts, omissions and/or events relating to or arising out of your being an employee, officer, director, representative or trustee/administrator or other fiduciary with Capital One or any of its affiliates, subsidiaries or employee benefit plans or any third party with respect to which you were acting as a representative of Capital One or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries.

Section 409A

All payments and benefits to be paid or provided to you pursuant to this Supplemental Release and the Special Agreement (collectively, the “Agreements”) are intended to comply with or be exempt from section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and the rulings, notices and other guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service interpreting the same (“Section 409A”), and the provisions of the Agreements shall be administered, interpreted and construed in accordance with and to implement such intent. In implementation of the foregoing, it is agreed as follows:

(a) Your termination of employment with Capital One on the Termination Date for any reason other than death or termination of employment by Capital One for Cause shall be treated as a “separation from service” within the meaning of Treas. Reg. §1.409A-1(n)(1).

(b) To the extent that the reimbursement of any expenses or the provision of any in-kind benefits under any provision of the Agreements is subject to Section 409A (after taking into account all applicable exclusions and exemptions), (i) the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided during any one calendar year shall not affect the amount of such expenses eligible for reimbursement, or in-kind benefits to be provided, in any other calendar year, (ii) reimbursement of any such expenses shall be made by no later than December 31 of the year next following the calendar year in which such expense is incurred, and (iii) your right to receive such reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.

No Mitigation

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall you be obligated to seek other employment or take any other action by way of mitigation of the accounts payable to you under any of the provisions of this Supplemental Release, and such amounts shall not be reduced by future compensation whether or not you obtain other employment.

No Waiver

Any waiver by Capital One of any provision of this Supplemental Release in any instance shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision in the future.

Headings

The headings in this Supplemental Release are included for convenience only and shall not constitute a part of the Agreement nor shall they affect its meaning, construction or effect.

Integration

This Supplemental Release, together with the Special Retention, Separation and Non-Compete Agreement and Release and the Non-Competition Agreement (collectively, the “Agreements”), constitute the final and complete agreement between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, and you agree and stipulate that no other representations have been made by Capital One to you except those expressly set forth herein, and the Agreements resolve all outstanding issues arising from or relating to your employment with Capital One, and that you will not receive anything further from Capital One except as provided herein; provided, however, that notwithstanding any provision of the Agreements to the contrary, any agreements containing confidentiality, intellectual property, non-solicitation provisions or similar agreements to which you are a


party (other than the Prior NCA), your award agreements regarding outstanding equity awards, and applicable benefit plans and agreements, shall expressly remain in full force and effect according to their terms (provided that such provisions and agreements shall be subject to any exceptions or exclusions set forth in the Agreements), unless expressly waived by the Agreements.

Opportunity for Review

You agree and acknowledge that your execution of this Supplemental Release is completely voluntary and that you have been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Supplemental Release to ensure that you fully and thoroughly understand its legal significance.

If the terms of this Supplemental Release are acceptable to you, please indicate your agreement by signing below and returning two originals to:

Frank LaPrade

Capital One Financial Corporation

1680 Capital One Drive

McLean, VA 22102-3491

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


Please be advised that the terms offered in this Supplemental Release shall be automatically withdrawn if the Agreement is not executed and returned to Capital One within twenty-one (21) days following your Termination Date.

You are advised to discuss the benefits and obligations outlined in this Supplemental Release, including the provision relating to your general release of claims, with an attorney or advisor of your choice.

The Parties have read this Supplemental Release, understand it, and accept all of its terms:

 

 

   

 

Peter A. Schnall     Date

 

   
SS#    
Authorized Capital One Representative:    

 

   

 

Jory A. Berson     Date
Chief Human Resources Officer    


Schedule 1 to Exhibit A

[to be provided when this template agreement is finalized]


Exhibit B

NON-COMPETITION AGREEMENT

This Non-Compete Agreement (“Agreement”) is made by and between Peter A. Schnall (“You” or “Your”) and Capital One Financial Corporation, including any of its subsidiaries (referred to collectively as “Capital One”) effective as of October 15, 2012. This Agreement supersedes the current Non-Competition Agreement between you and Capital One, dated as of January 1, 2009 and amended as of March 1, 2010 (the “Prior NCA”), which shall no longer be in effect.

1. Legitimate Business Interest. You have been employed in a senior leadership role at Capital One since 1996, including service as Chief Credit Officer from October 2002 through June 2006, and Chief Risk Officer since June 2006. You acknowledge and agree that you have had access to Capital One’s Trade Secrets and other Confidential Information (as those terms are defined in the Confidentiality, Work Product and Non-Solicitation of Employee Agreement effective as of November 10, 2008 (the “CWP Agreement”)), and have developed relationships with Capital One’s customers and business partners. Most significantly, you acknowledge and agree that, as Chief Risk Officer, you are a Named Executive Officer responsible for overseeing, among other things, Capital One’s credit, compliance, operational and enterprise risk management functions, and you have had access to some of the most sensitive and business critical Trade Secrets and Confidential Information that Capital One possesses, including information relating to general business strategies and credit risk models and related risk management and business strategies, that would cause immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One if disclosed to or used on behalf of a competitor.

2. Non-Compete Consideration. In consideration for your undertakings hereunder, Capital One shall provide you the following payments and benefits (the “Non-Compete Consideration”):

(a) Capital One will pay you $1,426,500, which is consistent with the penultimate sentence of paragraph 2(a) of the Prior NCA (the “Initial NCA Payment”), as modified to comply with Section 409A of the Code (i.e., with (i) an amount equal to the two times the limitation in effect under section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code as in effect on the Termination Date, payable within 30 days following the second anniversary of the Termination Date and (ii) the balance paid to you six (6) months and one day following the Termination Date). In addition, Capital One shall pay you $5.3 million in 36 equal monthly installments commencing in the month following the second anniversary of the Termination Date (the “Additional NCA Payment”). In the event of your death during the Non-Competition Period, your designated beneficiary (which shall be your then-current spouse if you have not designated a beneficiary in writing) shall be entitled to receive any unpaid payments under this paragraph, which shall be paid in a lump sum within 60 days after your death.

(b) In the event you elect “COBRA” coverage, Capital One will assume the cost of the employer’s portion of the monthly premium and the 2% COBRA administrative fee for each month you are enrolled through the end of the eighteenth month following the Termination Date (the “COBRA Period”), and you will pay the remaining balance of the COBRA premium directly to the COBRA administrator. Should you become covered under another party’s health insurance plan between your Termination Date and the end of the COBRA Period, such payments by Capital One shall immediately be terminated. You agree to notify Capital One immediately of the date that you become eligible to receive health insurance coverage from another party. In addition, if you remain eligible for COBRA through the end of the eighteen (18) month period following your Termination Date or if you die before the end of such period while still eligible for COBRA, Capital One will permit you or your surviving spouse to continue to purchase health coverage on the same basis as COBRA enrollees until the fifth anniversary of your Termination Date (and your surviving spouse to continue such coverage through such fifth anniversary if you die before such anniversary).

3. Non-Competition. For a period of five (5) years following your Termination Date (the “Non-Competition Period”), you agree that you will not serve as an employee, officer, director, principal, partner or agent for, or provide any form of consulting or advisory services to, any of the entities listed on Schedule 1, including their affiliates, subsidiaries, or successors (the “Strictly Prohibited Entities” or “SPEs”). You also agree that during the Non-Competition Period, you will not serve as an employee, officer, director, principal, partner or agent for, or provide any form of consulting or advisory service to, any entity, including its subsidiaries or affiliates, that purchases an entity or substantially all of the consumer financial services assets within the United States, United Kingdom, or Canada, of an entity listed on Schedule 1 (an “Acquisition Event”) if the acquiring entity is substituted for the selling entity as


described in the following sentence. Under an Acquisition Event, Capital One shall decide, in its sole discretion, whether the acquiring entity, including its subsidiaries or affiliates, shall be substituted for the selling entity and included on the list of Strictly Prohibited Entities. In the event you are already employed at an acquiring entity prior to an Acquisition Event, you may continue in your existing role so long as you do not engage in activities otherwise prohibited under this Agreement, including refraining from performing any services related to the acquired SPE entity or SPE assets. In addition, during the Non-Competition Period, you agree that, with the exception of the Permitted Services, you will not provide services (whether as an officer, employee, consultant or otherwise) in the United States, United Kingdom or Canada to any person or entity relating to consumer financial products or services or relating to small business lending (including, without limitation, small business credit card lending), to include, without limitation, services relating to business strategy or credit strategy (which includes, without limitation, credit modeling, analytics or techniques for the purpose of customer selection, underwriting, acquisition or management (collectively “Credit Strategy”)). You may, however, provide services unrelated to small business lending or consumer financial products or services to entities other than the Strictly Prohibited Entities.

Provided that you do not use or disclose any of Capital One’s Trade Secrets or Confidential Information, you may also engage in the following activities for any entity other than any of the Strictly Prohibited Entities:

(1) Consulting in the area of risk management processes or approaches, governance approaches, risk reporting, and risk policies and procedures. This consulting may include advising on (a) general processes and approaches to govern and establish loan loss allowances and general approaches for forecasting credit losses, (b) stress testing including general approaches for modeling revenues and losses, (c) the determination of capital levels and the allocation of capital, and (d) risk identification and supporting assessments; notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event will such consulting involve advising on Credit Strategy;

(2) Consulting regarding student lending for a non-Strictly Prohibited Entity or working in any capacity for a non-Strictly Prohibited Entity affiliated student lending company;

(3) Serving as a director on the board of an entity that is not a Strictly Prohibited Entity after the second anniversary of the Termination Date; or

(4) Providing executive coaching services to any executive that does not work for a Strictly Prohibited Entity as long as such coaching does not involve topics prohibited under this Agreement.

(collectively the “Permitted Services”).

In addition, you will be allowed to engage in the following specified non-competitive activities: (1) providing government service or government consulting; and (2) providing services to or working for a merchant acquirer that is not affiliated with a Strictly Prohibited Entity, an auto dealer, a trade association or a professional association.

Subject to the process set forth below, you may request permission from Capital One to work for or provide services to (a) a non-financial services company that is engaged incidentally in consumer financial services, or (b) a third-party service provider that provides services, other than consulting or advisory services, to a Strictly Prohibited Entity or to a non-Strictly Prohibited Entity financial institution that is engaged in consumer financial services. You shall notify Capital One prior to accepting employment with or otherwise providing services to such an entity and provide a description of the services to be provided. Capital One, in its sole discretion and in good faith, shall determine within fifteen (15) business days of notification whether such services are permissible and will notify you of the determination and rationale in writing. Permission shall not be unreasonably withheld and shall be based on one or more of the following reasons (x) the services compete with or seek to displace services that Capital One provides or reasonably anticipates providing, (y) the services include assisting providers of consumer or small business-related financial services with credit strategy, credit modeling, credit scoring, credit analytics, or customer selection, acquisition, or management strategies, analytics or techniques, or (z) the services could otherwise cause competitive harm to Capital One. Granting permission to allow you to provide such services will not impact the Non-Compete Consideration to be paid.

4. Trade Secrets and Confidential Information. You agree that, other than on behalf of Capital One in the course of your employment through your Termination Date, you will not use or disclose any Capital One Trade Secrets or Confidential Information without the express written permission of Capital One, and you remain bound by the CWP Agreement. In addition, you agree that you will return all Capital One property on or before the Termination Date, or earlier upon request, and will retain no copies thereof except with the prior written consent of Capital One’s Chief Executive Officer.


5. Compliance Information and Review. During the Non-Competition Period, you agree to notify Capital One in writing of the identity of any employer or business opportunity on whose behalf you intend to perform services, together with a brief description of your intended functions, prior to accepting such employment or business opportunity. If during the Non-Competition Period, Capital One has reason to believe in good faith that you are not in compliance with Exhibit B, it may request information from you to permit it to determine whether you are otherwise in compliance with this Exhibit B. You agree to provide a response to such a request within fifteen (15) business days after receiving such a request or such longer period as the parties may agree.

6. Irreparable Harm; Injunctive Relief. You acknowledge and agree that your violation of any of the post-employment restrictions in this Exhibit B will cause immediate, substantial and irreparable harm to Capital One which cannot be adequately redressed by monetary damages alone. In the event of your violation or threatened violation of any of the post-employment restrictions in this Exhibit B, you agree that Capital One, without limiting any other legal or equitable remedies available to it, shall be entitled to seek equitable relief, including temporary, preliminary and permanent injunctive relief, return of property, and specific performance, from any court of competent jurisdiction.

7. Acknowledgements. You acknowledge and agree that the non-competition restrictions in Section 3 are narrowly tailored, reasonable and necessary for the protection of Capital One’s legitimate business interests and that the restrictions in Section 3 will not restrict your ability to earn a livelihood following the Termination Date. You acknowledge and agree that you have been represented by sophisticated commercial counsel, and have meaningfully participated, in the negotiation and drafting of this Exhibit B, including these post-employment restrictions. Both parties acknowledge that they may not waive the Non-Compete restriction in paragraph 3 in full or the Non-Compete Consideration without mutual consent.

8. Prior Agreements. You acknowledge that this Exhibit B supersedes and replaces in its entirety the Non-Competition Agreement between you and Capital One effective as of January 1, 2009, as amended by the First Amendment to the Non-Competition Agreement effective as of March 1, 2010 (the “Prior NCA”). You further acknowledge that the CWP Agreement remains in effect pursuant to its terms, as modified by the “Non-Solicitation of Employees” section of the main body of the Agreement.

9. Court’s Right to Modify Restriction. The parties agree that if at the time enforcement is sought, a court of competent jurisdiction adjudges any terms of any provision of this Exhibit B to be void, invalid, or unenforceable, including without limitation portions of Section 3 above, such court may modify or reform such provision so that it is enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, or if such modification or reformation is not possible, shall sever the unenforceable portion of the provision, and enforce the remaining provisions of the Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. If a court of competent jurisdiction determines that Section 3 above is void, invalid, or unenforceable, Capital One shall have no obligation to pay the Non-Compete Consideration during any period in which the court determines that Section 3 above shall not be in effect.

10. Successors and Assigns. The rights and obligations under this Exhibit B are personal to you and cannot be assigned to any party. This Exhibit B and all promises made herein shall survive the execution of this Exhibit B and shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Capital One’s successors and assigns without further consent.

11. Choice of Law. This Exhibit B shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (the state of incorporation of Capital One), without regard to its principles of conflicts of law.

12. Capitalized Terms. Capitalized terms not specifically defined in this Exhibit B have the meanings specified in the main body of the Agreement.

13. Entire Agreement; Integration. This Exhibit B does not supersede, but rather supplements, any written policies of Capital One generally applicable to employees of Capital One respecting the treatment of Confidential Information and Work Product applicable to you. The CWP Agreement shall remain in effect pursuant to its terms as modified by the “Non-Solicitation of Employees” section of the main body of the Agreement. This Exhibit B may be modified only by a writing signed by the party to be bound.

[remainder of page intentionally left blank]


The Parties have read this Non-Competition Agreement, understand it, and accept all of its terms:

 

 

   

 

Peter A. Schnall     Date

 

   
SS#    
Authorized Capital One Representative:    

 

   

 

Jory A. Berson     Date
Chief Human Resources Officer    


Schedule 1 to Exhibit B

J.P. Morgan Chase & Co.

American Express Company

Discover Financial Services

Ally Financial

Bank of America Corp.

Citigroup

Wells Fargo & Company

TD Bank Group

Santander Group

Exhibit 10.10.2

 

LOGO

January 31, 2013

Dear Stephen,

We are very pleased to welcome you to the Capital One leadership team as Chief Financial Officer Designate. In this role, you will be a member of Capital One’s Executive Committee and report directly to Rich Fairbank, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Your start date will be determined at a later date. Effective May 24, 2013, you will be appointed to the role of Chief Financial Officer. You will be based in New York City.

As a member of the Executive Committee, you will be eligible for a compensation package for 2013 that includes Base Salary, Mid-Term Incentive and Long-Term Incentive as described in more detail below. The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) reviews and approves all compensation for members of the Executive Committee, and the final terms and amounts of any compensation are subject to the Committee’s discretion. Capital One is pleased to confirm the following offer, including the terms of your 2013 compensation package:

Base Salary: Capital One will provide you with a total base salary of $2,625,000 annually (which shall be pro-rated based on your start date), subject to applicable taxes and withholdings and delivered to you in two components as follows: (1) $1,500,000 annual cash salary to be at a rate of $57,692 bi-weekly, and (2) $1,125,000 stock salary delivered as restricted stock units. Your first stock salary award will be granted on your start date, and these units typically vest on December 15 annually and settle as cash. The terms and conditions associated with this pay component will be in your grant agreement.

The Committee reviews the salaries for members of the Executive Committee annually and bases your opportunity for an increase in salary on a variety of factors. You will be eligible for your first annual salary increase in March 2014.

Capital One pays all associates on a bi-weekly schedule. Paychecks or direct deposit statements are issued every other Friday, after the close of the pay period. If the pay day falls on a holiday, checks will be issued on the last business day prior to the holiday.

Mid-Term Incentive:  You will be eligible for a Mid-term Incentive award. The Committee reviews this program on an annual basis. Your 2013 personalized target incentive is $1,125,000 and is expected to be delivered as cash or a cash-settled vehicle that vests over three years. The Committee bases your actual award amount on a variety of company performance factors. You will be eligible for your first Mid-term Incentive award for performance year 2013, to be awarded no later than March 15, 2014, and pro-rated based on your start date.

The amount, terms and conditions of Mid-term Incentive awards for members of our Executive Committee, including any clawbacks and vesting restrictions, are subject to the approval of the Committee and to the terms of any equity award agreements, and any governing stock incentive plan, which are the controlling documents for any of your equity incentive grants. The Committee has discretion to adjust any payouts based on its sole discretion.


Long-Term Incentive: You will be eligible to receive Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) awards, which may include restricted stock, stock options, restricted stock units, performance shares, or other equity-based vehicles, subject to the review and approval of the Committee. Your 2013 personalized target incentive is $3,750,000. The amount of your actual LTI award amount will be determined by the Committee based on your individual performance and will be pro-rated based on your start date. You will be eligible for your first LTI award for performance year 2013, to be awarded no later than March 15, 2014. The award will vest according to the terms and conditions approved by the Committee.

The amount, terms and conditions of LTI awards, including any clawbacks and vesting restrictions, for members of our Executive Committee are subject to the approval of the Committee and to the terms of any equity award agreements, and any governing stock incentive plan, which are the controlling documents for any of your equity incentive grants. The Committee has discretion to adjust any payouts based on its sole discretion.

The Committee reviews its compensation programs for members of the Executive Committee regularly and may add, modify or discontinue compensation amounts or programs at any time. This letter is not a guarantee of any compensation to be paid in the future.

Special Grant: Additionally, the Committee has approved an award to you of shares of Capital One restricted stock in a number of shares equal to $9.8 million divided by the closing price of Capital One’s stock on your start date as reported on the NYSE, rounded to the nearest 1,000 shares. This award will vest over five years in equal fifths on the first, second, third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the date of grant. The grant is governed by the terms of the equity award agreement and any governing stock incentive plan, which are the controlling documents for your grant. The date of grant for this award of restricted stock will be your start date. However, this grant will be null and void and of no further force and effect if you do not begin your employment with Capital One by February 15, 2013. This award will be subject to holding requirements until the end of the five year vesting term and subject to clawback. See the equity award agreement for details on terms and conditions .

Benefits:  You are eligible to participate in Capital One’s benefit programs, subject to the terms of applicable plans and program documents. Your benefits generally become effective your first day of employment, provided you enroll within 31 days from your hire date (if required by applicable plan documents). As part of this benefit program, you will be entitled to four (4) weeks of paid vacation annually, pro-rated for any periods of employment constituting less than a full calendar year. These plans may, from time to time, be amended or terminated. Executive Programs: You are eligible to participate in a variety of other executive benefit programs, subject to the terms of applicable plan and program documents. These include a Deferred Compensation Plan, an Executive Life Insurance Plan, an Executive Health Screening program and a car allowance. Details on these programs will be discussed at a later time. Your participation in any such programs is subject to the terms of the applicable program or plan documents. Such plans or programs may, from time to time, be amended or terminated.

Capital One University: This is a website created specially for new hires to use before they arrive at Capital One as well as anytime afterwards. The site contains descriptions of key benefits, and self-directed, interactive eLearning courses on Capital One, our businesses and products, our core Values, and how you can succeed at Capital One. You can start to inform yourself right away by logging into: https://www.capitaloneuniversity.com/ . Input the user name and password that will be provided to you separately.

Additional Provisions: After your start date, you will be provided with a change of control agreement that provides for certain payments in the event of a change of control that are commensurate with other peer executives.

Capital One respects the intellectual property rights of third parties and fair competition. By your signature below, you represent that you have provided Capital One with a copy of any non-compete, non-solicitation,


invention assignment or other similar agreement to which you are a party, and that you are in compliance with and will continue to comply with such agreement(s). You represent that you are not subject to any contractual or other obligation or restriction that is inconsistent with or prohibits your acceptance of this offer of employment. You further acknowledge and agree that in the course of your employment with Capital One, you are not permitted to make any unauthorized use of documents or other information that are the confidential, trade secret or proprietary information of another individual or company.

Please be advised that this offer letter does not constitute an employment contract and that your employment with Capital One is at-will. You or Capital One may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason. Capital One also reserves the right to alter or change the terms and conditions of your employment at any time and for any reason and it reserves the right to add, modify or discontinue compensation and benefit programs at any time.

Stephen, we are excited about the prospect of having you on our team and look forward to welcoming you to Capital One.

This offer was approved by the Committee, and is contingent upon returning a signed copy of the Non-Competition Agreement (NCA), and the Confidentiality, Work Product and Non-Solicitation of Employee Agreement (“CWP+NSE”), as well as complying with policies for new hires and starting work by the date required by Capital One.

To indicate your acceptance of this offer, please sign and date the enclosed copy of this letter. In doing so you acknowledge that Capital One has notified you of your regular rate of pay and Capital One’s designated regular pay day.

This is an exciting time to join Capital One. While we have discussed your responsibilities and the specifics of this offer in detail, please don’t hesitate to contact me with any remaining questions.

Warmest regards,

Jory Berson

Chief Human Resources Officer

I accept your offer of employment as outlined in this letter and my start date will be .

 

 

Signed:  

/s/ Stephen S. Crawford

Name:   Stephen S. Crawford
Date:  

 

Exhibit 12.1

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES (1)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Ratio (including interest expense on deposits):

              

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 5,035       $ 4,587       $ 4,330       $ 1,336       $ 582   

Fixed charges

     2,377         2,251         2,903         2,975         3,985   

Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     127         112         49         60         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings available for fixed charges, as adjusted

   $ 7,539       $ 6,950       $ 7,282       $ 4,371       $ 4,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings

   $ 2,375       $ 2,246       $ 2,896       $ 2,967       $ 3,963   

Interest factor in rent expense

     2         5         7         8         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 2,377       $ 2,251       $ 2,903       $ 2,975       $ 3,985   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges

     3.17         3.09         2.51         1.47         1.16   

Ratio (excluding interest expense on deposits):

              

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 5,035       $ 4,587       $ 4,330       $ 1,336       $ 582   

Fixed charges

     974         1,064         1,438         882         1,473   

Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     127         112         49         60         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings available for fixed charges, as adjusted

   $ 6,136       $ 5,763       $ 5,817       $ 2,278       $ 2,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense on borrowings (2)

   $ 972       $ 1,059       $ 1,431       $ 874       $ 1,451   

Interest factor in rent expense

     2         5         7         8         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 974       $ 1,064       $ 1,438       $ 882       $ 1,473   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits

     6.30         5.42         4.05         2.58         1.43   

 

(1)  

On February 27, 2009, we acquired Chevy Chase Bank, fsb acquisition. On February 17, 2012, we acquired ING Direct. On May 1, 2012, we acquired the HSBC U.S. credit card business. Each of these transactions was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, and their respective results of operations are included in our results from each respective transaction date.

(2)  

Represents total interest expense reported in our consolidated statements of income, excluding interest on deposits of $1.4 billion, $1.2 billion, $1.5 billion, $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion in 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Exhibit 12.2

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO COMBINED FIXED CHARGES

AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS (1)

 

     Year Ended December 31,  

(Dollars in millions)

   2012      2011      2010      2009      2008  

Ratio (including interest expense on deposits):

              

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 5,035       $ 4,587       $ 4,330       $ 1,336       $ 582   

Fixed charges

     2,377         2,251         2,903         2,975         3,985   

Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     127         112         49         60         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings available for fixed charges, as adjusted

   $ 7,539       $ 6,950       $ 7,282       $ 4,371       $ 4,622   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense on deposits and borrowings

   $ 2,375       $ 2,246       $ 2,896       $ 2,967       $ 3,963   

Interest factor in rent expense

     2         5         7         8         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 2,377       $ 2,251       $ 2,903       $ 2,975       $ 3,985   

Preferred stock dividend requirements (2)

     20                         188         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

   $ 2,397       $ 2,251       $ 2,903       $ 3,163       $ 4,001   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends

     3.15         3.09         2.51         1.38         1.16   

Ratio (excluding interest expense on deposits):

              

Earnings:

              

Income from continuing operations before income taxes

   $ 5,035       $ 4,587       $ 4,330       $ 1,336       $ 582   

Fixed charges

     974         1,064         1,438         882         1,473   

Equity in undistributed loss of unconsolidated subsidiaries

     127         112         49         60         55   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Earnings available for fixed charges, as adjusted

   $ 6,136       $ 5,763       $ 5,817       $ 2,278       $ 2,110   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fixed charges:

              

Interest expense on borrowings (3)

   $ 972       $ 1,059       $ 1,431       $ 874       $ 1,451   

Interest factor in rent expense

     2         5         7         8         22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total fixed charges

   $ 974       $ 1,064       $ 1,438       $ 882       $ 1,473   

Preferred stock dividend requirements (2)

     20                         188         16   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total combined fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits, and preferred stock dividends

   $ 994       $ 1,064       $ 1,438       $ 1,070       $ 1,489   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits, and preferred stock dividends

     6.17         5.42         4.05         2.13         1.42   

 

(1)  

On February 27, 2009, we acquired Chevy Chase Bank, fsb acquisition. On February 17, 2012, we acquired ING Direct. On May 1, 2012, we acquired the HSBC U.S. credit card business. Each of these transactions was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting, and their respective results of operations are included in our results from each respective transaction date.

(2)  

Preferred stock dividends represent pre-tax earnings that would be required to cover any preferred stock dividend requirements, computed using our effective tax rate, whenever there is an income tax provision, for the relevant periods.

(3)  

Represents total interest expense reported in our consolidated statements of income, excluding interest on deposits of $1.4 billion, $1.2 billion, $1.5 billion, $2.1 billion and $2.5 billion in 2012, 2011, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2012

 

Subsidiaries*   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization   Parent Company

Capital One Bank, (USA), National

Association (“COBNA”)

 

  United States   Capital One Financial Corporation

Capital One N.A. (“CONA”)

 

  United States   Capital One Financial Corporation

*Direct subsidiaries of Capital One Financial Corporation other than COBNA and CONA are not listed above because, in the aggregate, they would not constitute a significant subsidiary.

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements, as listed below, of Capital One Financial Corporation and in the related Prospectuses, where applicable, of our reports dated February 27, 2013, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Capital One Financial Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of Capital One Financial Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Capital One Financial Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2012.

 

Registration
Statement
Number

    

Form

    

Description

033-99748

    

Form S-3

    

Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

333-97125

    

Form S-3

    

2002 Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan

333-181047

    

Form S-3

     Debt Securities, Preferred Stock, Depositary Shares, Common Stock, Purchase Contracts, Warrants, Units

033-86986

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

033-91790

    

Form S-8

    

1995 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan

033-97032

    

Form S-8

    

Amendment to 1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-42853

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – 1997 Special Option Program

333-45453

    

Form S-8

    

1998 Associate Savings Plan

333-51637

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-51639

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – Tier 5 Special Option Program

333-57317

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – 1998 Special Option Program

333-70305

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – Supplemental Special Option Program

333-78067

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-78383

    

Form S-8

     1994 Stock Incentive Plan – 1999 Performance-Based Option Program and Supplemental Special Option Program

333-78609

    

Form S-8

    

1999 Stock Incentive Plan

333-78635

    

Form S-8

    

1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan

333-84693

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – Supplemental Special Option Program

333-91327

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-92345

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-43288

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-58628

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-72788

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan – 2001 Performance-Based Option Program

333-72820

    

Form S-8

    

1999 Non-Employee Stock Incentive Plan

333-72822

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-76726

    

Form S-8

    

1994 Stock Incentive Plan

333-72820

    

Form S-8

    

1999 Non-Employee Directors Stock Incentive Plan

333-97123

    

Form S-8

    

2002 Non-Executive Officer Stock Incentive Plan

333-97127

    

Form S-8

    

2002 Associate Savings Plan

333-100488

    

Form S-8

    

2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan

333-117920

    

Form S-8

    

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

333-124428

    

Form S-8

    

Acquisition of Hibernia Corporation

333-136281

    

Form S-8

    

2004 Stock Incentive Plan

333-133665

    

Form S-8

    

Acquisition of North Fork Bancorporation

333-151325

    

Form S-8

    

Amended and Restated Associate Stock Purchase Plan

333-158664

    

Form S-8

    

Second Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Incentive Plan

333-181736

    

Form S-8

    

Amended and Restated 2002 Associate Stock Purchase Plan

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, VA

February 28, 2013

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Richard D. Fairbank, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of Capital One Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2013     By:  

  /s/ R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK

     

Richard D. Fairbank

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer and President

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)

I, Gary L. Perlin, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of Capital One Financial Corporation;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  e. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  f. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  g. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  h. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

c. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

d. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: February 28, 2013     By:  

  /s/ G ARY L. P ERLIN

     

Gary L. Perlin

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Richard D. Fairbank, Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that to my knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 28, 2013      

  /s/ R ICHARD D. F AIRBANK

     

Richard D. Fairbank

Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer

and President

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 of Capital One Financial Corporation (the “Company”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Gary L. Perlin, Chairman, Chief Financial Officer, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 that to my knowledge:

 

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Date: February 28, 2012      

  /s/ G ARY L. P ERLIN

     

Gary L. Perlin

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 99.1

CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (COF)

Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures and Regulatory Capital Measures

We refer to our consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) as our “reported” or GAAP financial statements. Effective January 1, 2010, we prospectively adopted two accounting standards related to the transfer and servicing of financial assets and consolidations that changed how we account for securitized loans. The adoption of these accounting standards, which we refer to as “consolidation accounting standards,” resulted in the consolidation of substantially all of our securitization trusts. Prior to our adoption of these new consolidation accounting standards, management evaluated the company’s performance on a non-GAAP “managed” basis, which assumed that securitized loans were not sold and the earnings from securitized loans were classified in our results of operations in the same manner as the earnings from loans that we owned. We believed that our managed basis information is useful to investors because it portrays the results of both on- and off-balance sheet loans that we manage, which enables investors to understand and evaluate the credit risks associated with the portfolio of loans reported on our consolidated balance sheet and our retained interests in securitized loans. Our non-GAAP managed basis measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.

As a result of the adoption of these consolidation accounting standards, the accounting for the loans in our securitization trusts in our reported GAAP financial statements is similar to how we accounted for these loans on a managed basis prior to January 1, 2010. Consequently, we believe our managed basis presentations for periods prior to January 1, 2010 are generally comparable to our reported basis presentations for periods beginning after January 1, 2010. In periods prior to January 1, 2010, certain of our non-GAAP managed basis measures differed from our comparable reported measures because we assumed, for our managed basis presentation, that securitized loans that were accounted for as sales in our GAAP financial statements remained on our balance sheet.

The following tables, which are described below, provide a reconciliation of reported GAAP financial measures to the non-GAAP managed basis financial measures included in our filing. We also provide the details of the calculation of certain non-GAAP capital measures that management uses in assessing its capital adequacy.

 

            

    Page    

Table 1: Reconciliation of Financial & Statistical Summary—Reported GAAP Measures, Securitization Adjustments and Non-GAAP Managed Basis Measures      Reflects selected financial measures from our consolidated GAAP financial statements or metrics calculated based on our consolidated GAAP financial statements to those measures calculated based on our Non-GAAAP managed basis results.   2
Table 2: Explanatory Notes (Table 1)      Includes explanatory footnotes that provide additional information for certain financial and statistical measures presented in Table 1.   3
Table 3: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Average Balances, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin      Presents a reconciliation of our average balances and net interest margin on a reported basis to our average balances and net interest margin on a non-GAAP managed basis.   4
Table 4: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Capital Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures      Presents a reconciliation of our regulatory capital measures to certain non-GAAP capital measures.   5

 

1


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (COF)

Table 1: Financial & Statistical Summary—Reported GAAP Measures (8)

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009 (1)  

(Dollars in millions) (Unaudited)

  Reported     Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed     Reported     Securitization
Adjustments
    Managed  

Earnings :

           

Net interest income

  $ 12,457      $ 4      $ 12,461      $ 7,697      $ 4,392      $ 12,089   

Non-interest income (2)

    3,714        2        3,716        5,286 (3)     (539 )     4,747   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total net revenue (4)

  $ 16,171      $ 6      $ 16,177      $ 12,983      $ 3,853      $ 16,836   

Provision for credit losses

    3,907        6        3,913        4,230        3,853        8,083   

Balance sheet statistics (period average)

           

Average loans held for investment

  $ 128,526      $ 96      $ 128,622      $ 99,787      $ 43,727      $ 143,514   

Average earning assets

    175,741        74        175,815        145,310        40,683        185,976   

Average assets

    200,114        71        200,185        171,598        41,060        212,658   

Average liabilities

    175,173        71        175,244        144,992        41,060        186,052   

Return on average assets (“ROA”)

    1.52 %             0.21 %     1.73 %     0.58 %     (0.12 )%     0.46 %

Balance sheet statistics (period end)

           

Loans held for investment

  $ 125,947      $ 0      $ 125,947      $ 90,619      $ 46,184      $ 136,803   

Total assets

    197,503        0        197,503        169,646        42,743        212,389   

Total liabilities

    170,962        0        170,962        143,057        42,767        185,824   

Tangible assets (A)

    183,158        0        183,158        155,516        42,767        198,283   

Tangible common equity (“TCE”) ratio (B)

    6.9 %     0 %     6.9 %     8.0 % (5)     (1.7 )%     6.3 %

Performance statistics

           

Net interest income growth (year over year) (6)

    62 %     (59 )%     3 %     8 %     2 %     6 %

Non-interest income growth (year over year) (6)

    (30 )     8        (22 )     (22 )%     10 %     (12 )%

Revenue growth (year over year)

    25        (29 )     (4 )     (7 )%     (7 )%     %

Net interest margin

    7.09        0        7.09        5.30 %     1.20 %     6.50 %

Revenue margin

    9.20        0        9.20        8.94 %     0.11 %     9.05 %

Non-interest expense as a% of average loans held for investment (annualized)

    6.17        0        6.17        7.43 %     (2.26 )%     5.17 %

Efficiency ratio  (C)

    49.06        0        49.06        56.21 %     (12.86 )%     43.35 %

Credit quality statistics

           

Net charge-offs

  $ 6,651      $ 6      $ 6,657      $ 4,568      $ 3,853      $ 8,421   

Net charge-off rate (7)

    5.18 %     0 %     5.18 %     4.58 %     1.29 %     5.87 %

30+ day performing delinquencies

  $ 4,430      $ 0      $ 4,430      $ 3,746      $ 2,719      $ 6,465   

30+ day performing delinquency rate  (7)

    3.52 %     0 %     3.52 %     4.13 %     0.60 %     4.73 %

 

2


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (COF)

Table 2: Explanatory Notes (Table 1)

Notes

 

(1) Effective February 27, 2009, the Company acquired Chevy Chase Bank, FSP for $476 million, which included a cash payment of $445 million and the issuance of 2.6 million common shares valued at $31 million. The acquisition of Chevy Chase Bank included $10 billion in loans and $13.6 billion in deposits.
(2) Includes the impact from the change in fair value of retained interests, including interest-only strips, totaling $(5) million and $(146) million for the years 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(3) In Q2 2009, the Company elected to convert and sell 404,508 shares of MasterCard class B common stock, which resulted in the recognition of a gain of $66 million that was recorded in non-interest income.
(4) Billed finance charges and fees not recognized in revenue totaled $949 million and $2.1 billion for the years 2010 and 2009, respectively.
(5) Includes the impact of the issuance of 56,000,000 common shares at $27.75 per share on May 14, 2009.
(6) Prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation and adjusted to reflect purchase accounting refinements related to the acquisition of Chevy Chase Bank, fsb (“CCB”).
(7) The denominator used in calculating the allowance as a % of loans held for investment, the net charge-off rate and the 30+ day performing delinquency rate include loans acquired as part of the CCB acquisition. These metrics, calculated excluding CCB loans, are presented below.

 

(Dollars in millions) (unaudited)

   2010     2009  

CCB period end acquired loan portfolio

   $ 5,532      $ 7,251   

CCB average acquired loan portfolio

   $ 6,302      $ 7,996   

Allowance as a % of loans held for investment, excluding CCB loans

     4.67 %     4.95 %

Net charge-off rate (Reported), excluding CCB loans

     5.44 %     4.98 %

Net charge-off rate (Managed), excluding CCB

     5.44 %     6.21 %

30+ day performing delinquency rate (Reported), excluding CCB

     3.76 %     4.49 %

30+ day performing delinquency rate (Managed), excluding CCB

     3.76 %     4.99 %

 

(8) The managed loan portfolio does not include auto or home loans that have been sold in whole loan sale transactions where the Company has retained servicing rights.

Statistical/Metric Calculations

 

(A)  

Tangible assets represent total assets from continuing operations less identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. See “Table 4: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Capital Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures.”

(B)  

Tangible common equity (“TCE”) represents common stockholders’ equity (total stockholders’ equity less preferred stock) less identifiable intangible assets and goodwill. See “Table 4: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Capital Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures.”

(C)  

Calculated based on non-interest expense less restructuring expense divided by total net revenue.

 

3


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (COF)

Table 3: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Average Balances, Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

    Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  

(Dollars in millions)(unaudited)

  Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
    Interest
Income/
Expense
    Yield/
Rate
 

Reported basis

            

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans held for investment

  $ 168,015      $ 15,276         9.09   $ 136,697      $ 10,367        7.58

Other

    7,726        77         1.00        8,613        297        3.45   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    175,741        15,353         8.74        145,310        10,664        7.34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Securitization liability

    34,185        809         2.37        5,516        282        5.11   

Total interest-bearing liabilities

    154,363        2,896         1.88        126,600        2,967        2.34   
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/spread

    $ 12,457         6.86     $ 7,697        5.00
   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income to average interest-earning assets

         8.74         7.34

Interest expense to average interest-earning assets

         1.65            2.04   
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

         7.09         5.30
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Non-GAAP securitization reconciliation adjustments

            

Interest-earning assets:

            

Loans held for investment

  $ 96      $ 8           $ 43,727      $ 5,678        1.31

Other

    (22     0         (0.01     (3,061 )     (229 )     (2.23
 

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

       

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

    74        8         0.00        40,666        5,449        1.32   
 

 

 

      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

            

Securitization liability

    79        4                41,100        1,057        (2.24
   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net interest income/spread

    $ 4             $ 4,392        1.26
   

 

 

    

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Interest income to average interest-earning assets

                 1.32

Interest expense to average interest-earning assets

                    0.12   
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

Net interest margin

                 1.10
      

 

 

       

 

 

 

 

4


     Year Ended December 31,  
     2010     2009  

(Dollars in millions)(unaudited)

   Average
Balance
     Interest
Income/
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
    Average
Balance
     Interest
Income/
Expense
     Yield/
Rate
 

Non-GAAP managed basis

                

Interest-earning assets:

                

Loans held for investment

   $ 168,111       $ 15,284         9.09 %   $ 180,424       $ 16,045         8.89 %

Other

     7,704         77         0.99        5,552         68         1.22   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total interest-earning assets

     175,815         15,361         8.74       185,976       $ 16,113         8.66  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

                

Securitization liability

     34,264         813         2.37       46,616       $ 1,339         2.87  

Total interest-bearing liabilities

     154,443         2,900         1.88       167,700       $ 4,024         2.40  
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Net interest income/spread

      $ 12,461         6.86 %      $ 12,089         6.26 %
     

 

 

    

 

 

      

 

 

    

 

 

 

Interest income to average interest-earning assets

           8.74 %           8.66 %

Interest expense to average interest-earning assets

           1.65 %           2.16  
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

Net interest margin

           7.09 %           6.50 %
        

 

 

         

 

 

 

 

5


CAPITAL ONE FINANCIAL CORPORATION (COF)

Table 4: Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Capital Measures and Calculation of Regulatory Capital Measures

In addition to disclosing required regulatory measures, the Company also reports certain non-GAAP capital measures that management uses in assessing its capital adequacy. These non-GAAP measures include average tangible common equity, tangible common equity (“TCE”), TCE ratio, Tier 1 common equity and Tier 1 common ratio. The table below provides the details of the calculation of each of these measures. While these non-GAAP capital measures are widely used by investors, analysts and bank regulatory agencies to assess the capital position of financial services companies, they may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies.

 

(Dollars in millions)(unaudited)                                                                   

   2010     2009  

Stockholders equity to non-GAAP tangible common equity

    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 26,541      $ 26,590   

Less: Intangible assets  (1)

     (13,983 )     (14,107 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

   $ 12,558      $ 12,483   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets to tangible assets

    

Total assets

   $ 197,503      $ 169,646   

Less: Assets from discontinued operations

     (362 )     (24 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets from continuing operations

     197,141        169,622   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Less: Intangible assets  (1)

     (13,983 )     (14,107 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible assets

   $ 183,158      $ 155,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP TCE ratio

    

Tangible common equity

   $ 12,558      $ 12,483   

Tangible assets

   $ 183,158      $ 155,515   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

TCE ratio (2)

     6.9 %     8.0 %
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Non-GAAP managed basis TCE ratio

    

Total reported assets

   $ 197,503      $ 169,646   

Plus: Securitization adjustment  (3)

            42,767   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total managed assets

   $ 197,503      $ 212,413   

Less: Assets from discontinued operations

     (362 )     (24 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets from continuing operations

     197,141        212,389   

Less: Intangible assets  (1)

     (13,983 )     (14,107 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Managed tangible assets

   $ 183,158      $ 198,282   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tangible common equity

   $ 12,558      $ 12,483   

Managed tangible assets

   $ 183,158      $ 198,282   

Managed TCE ratio (2)

     6.9 %     6.3 %

Non-GAAP Tier 1 common equity and regulatory capital ratios

    

Total stockholders’ equity

   $ 26,541      $ 26,590   

Less: Net unrealized (gains) losses on AFS securities recorded in AOCI (4)

     (368 )     (200 )

           Net losses on cash flow hedges recorded in AOCI (4)

     86        92   

           Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets (5)

     (13,953 )     (14,125 )

           Disallowed deferred tax assets

     (1,150 )       

           Other

     (2 )     (2 )
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common equity

   $ 11,154      $ 12,355   

Plus: Tier 1 restricted core capital items (6 )

     3,636        3,634   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital

   $ 14,790      $ 15,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Plus: Long-term debt qualifying as Tier 2 capital

     2,827        3,018   

          Qualifying allowance for loan and lease losses

     3,748        1,581   

          Other Tier 2 components

     29        4   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital

   $ 6,604      $ 4,603   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total risk-based capital (7)

   $ 21,394      $ 20,592   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Risk-weighted assets (8)

   $ 127,132      $ 116,309   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Tier 1 common ratio (9)

     8.8 %     10.6 %

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio (10)

     11.6 %     13.8 %

Total risk-based capital ratio (11)

     16.8 %     17.7 %

 

6


 

(1)  

Includes impact from related deferred taxes.

(2)  

Calculated based on tangible common equity divided by tangible assets.

(3)  

Reflects the adjustment to reported total consolidated assets to reflect loans underlying off-balance sheet securitized trusts in the same manner as on-balance sheet loans.

(4)  

Amounts presented are net of tax.

(5)  

Disallowed goodwill and other intangible assets are net of related deferred tax liability.

(6)  

Consists primarily of trust preferred securities.

(7)  

Total risk-based capital equals the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital.

(8)  

Calculated based on prescribed regulatory guidelines.

(9)  

Tier 1 common ratio is a non-GAAP measure calculated based on Tier 1 common equity divided by risk-weighted assets.

(10)  

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Tier 1 capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

(11)  

Total risk-based capital ratio is a regulatory capital measure calculated based on Total risk-based capital divided by risk-weighted assets.

 

7